Polls must create political epic: Leader

0

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei says the upcoming presidential election in Iran should create a political epic in the country.

Ayatollah Khamenei made the remarks while addressing a ceremony at Imam Khomeiniâ„¢s Mausoleum in southern Tehran to commemorate the 24th anniversary of the passing of the founder of the Islamic Republic.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

Ayatollah Khamenei also noted that the principles of the late founder of the Islamic Republic, Imam Khomeini, constitute the roadmap for the countryâ„¢s progress.

To be continued.

YH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The “Cloudy” Skies Corporations Want to Sell You

0

It’s the nature of the shallow, consumer-driven, dream-drunken culture our society tries to impose on us that we popularly adopt terms without knowing what they mean and, more often than not, they don’t mean much of anything.

Such is the case with “the Cloud”.

Most people who use computers believe they know what it is except that everyone seems to have a different definition. From a satellite-based storage system to a virtually invisible network to a collection of hard drives all over the world to a new form of storage that doesn’t require computers to…whatever new definition pops up this week. In any case, you have heard of the “cloud” and probably aren’t sure what it really is.

This week, the Army announced it would be putting its Defense Cross-Domain Analytical Capability – a database storing various kinds of “security-relevant” information – on the Cloud. This surprising development indicates a level of maturity for Cloud computing that could be important for us all, in a contradictory way. We are closer than ever to being able to build a completely de-centralized and privacy-protected Internet network and that is a development we all should be actively supporting. Unsurprisingly, it’s a development corporations are frantically seeking to prevent or control.

To understand all this, you have to first understand what “cloud storage” actually is and to do that you have to divert your eyes from the sky. That’s not where you’ll find it – no satellites or “non-wired data transfer” or invisible storage devices. It’s not the complete break with previous Internet technology some think it is. In fact, it’s not even new.

A “cloud” is nothing more than a bunch of computers linked by a network. There’s no consensus about how it got its name, although companies are more than happy to avoid correcting people’s misinterpretations. But we know how it was developed. It’s a simple “protocol” (a system of computer commands) that allows for the automatic and rapid sharing of information across a network based on the division of files into smaller packages. In short, while you think you claim a precise place for all your files (a kind of personal hard drive in space) when you rent a piece of the “cloud”, you’re giving your files to a provider so they can be chopped up and stored on several computers in the provider’s network.

This allows a provider to use its space efficiently and serve up your stored files quickly. If a particular storage computer is being overloaded with attempts to store information on it or retrieve information from it, the traditional storage computer would slow down or even crash. But with Cloud technology, the provider can route your request to many computers on which your file is stored and “distribute” the demand with each storage device on the network taking on a bit of the “load”. It’s a like a team pulling a heavy object and it all happens automatically and in a flash.

Neat, huh? Companies sure think so and they’re selling the service aggressively. They also have all kinds of products that afford an expansion of the basic storage services. For a higher price, for example, you can store your own software or share the software you and other cloudsters routinely use. So with this enhanced Cloud product, your computer’s hard drive can be almost empty.

This is a newer version of an old protocol called “dumb computer networking” in which your computer is not much more than a screen, a keyboard and a connection to the central server. All the computers on the network use that server as their hard drive. That’s the way a lot of companies still work, keeping their employees from using their own workstations for personal communication (or writing a novel on company’s time) and also making “owership” of that data unquestioned and unassailable. When they use the Cloud, it’s as a back-up of their data.

That’s also the way most individuals use it although they store stuff on their own hard drives. For them, the Cloud provides a safe and secure back-up storage that’s immune to the data-loss resulting from that dreaded incident all of us have experienced: the hard drive crash.

If that sounds particularly attractive and without a down-side, a question might pierce that illusion. Do you have any private data, stuff you don’t want anyone else to see or files you want to own without sharing? Do you store any of that on a cloud? Then it’s not private anymore and, legally, it’s not completely yours. Your data is now in the hands of a big corporation that moves it around, divides it, backs it up and stores it in places you don’t know exist.

If the government demands for that data or some lawyer manages to get a judge to subpeona it, it is no longer yours. It will be consolidated and handed over almost immediately. In fact, even if you cleverly decide to erase all your Cloudy data the second you learn of the subpeona or seizure order (through one of those National Security Letters), you have absolutely no assurance that your data won’t be available. It’s been backed up in ways you know nothing about and, even if you erase it, it probably is still someplace on the Cloud network.

The recent decision ordering Google to turn over data demanded by National Security letters means that companies will turn information over. If one the richest and most politically connected technology companies on earth can’t win that one, very few companies are going to even try. And the privacy policies that accompany Cloud contracts simply don’t protect your datas. Here, for instance, is part of the privacy statement from DropBox (more or less what they all say):

“We may disclose to parties outside Dropbox files stored in your Dropbox and information about you that we collect when we have a good faith belief that disclosure is reasonably necessary to (a) comply with a law, regulation or compulsory legal request…If we provide your Dropbox files to a law enforcement agency as set forth above, we will remove Dropbox’s encryption from the files before providing them to law enforcement.”

That make you feel safe? In case you’re wondering, a “compulsory legal request” can, and frequently is, a letter from an FBI agent demanding the files.

The irony of this pay-as-you-store technological intrusion is that it’s built on a protocol that could actually protect us from government snooping or at least make the snoop much harder. The concept is called “distributed data retention” or “distributed computing” and it doesn’t need a company in the middle and no central place in which the storing computers are kept.

Imagine this…

You join a network and, as part of your membership in that network, you get a small storage device which you hook up to your Internet connection. That storage device already has some computer programs on it that you don’t need to worry about. You just turn the device on and then use your computer as you normally would choosing to use your little box as a primary storage unit or as a back-up. Of course, you’re not really saving it to the box because your data is now distributed to all the computers on the network in little pieces. You can retrieve it quickly if you need to (as quickly as you could from your computer’s drive) but most of it is not on that box anymore. It’s on someone else’s box and someone else’s data is on yours. You have no idea whose data is there and no idea where yours is.

This means that if government officials walk into your home and take the box, they aren’t going to know what’s on it and they can’t get that information from you since you don’t know either.

This isn’t science fiction. In fact, the capability has been around for many years. Remote network storage distribution is the way “anonymous email service” (or “remail service”) is done. The only difference is that the storage places in those systems are probably sitting among publicly available servers like the one May First/People Link (the organization to which I belong) shared with our colleagues at Rise-up. That’s the one the FBI seized last year and couldn’t get any information from – it was encrypted – so they returned it without ever informing us (or RiseUp) that they took it in the first place.

The approach to sharing pieces of files among various computer is called “peer to peer file sharing” and is also very much available. It’s the concept used by BitTorrent, the remarkable file-sharing protocol developed by Bram Cohen. Bit Torrent now functions as the most popular file-sharing system on the Internet with as many users as Facebook and YouTube viewers combined. You download files from a bunch of other computers on a network, most of the time in small pieces each stored on a different computer. The Bit Torrent protocol switches the storage source constantly during the download and, as if by magic, you end up with one file.

BitTorrent, by the way, doesn’t mask your IP address (the numbers that identify you while you’re on the Internet) so it’s not “privacy-proof” but a BitTorrent compatible protocol called One Swarm [12] does just that and there are many approaches in development to making you “anonymous” as you share files.

The distribution protocol is there. So is the storage protocol. All that’s needed to make this a reality is the network of people willing to participate. But the companies that sell Cloud storage are frantically trying to recruit the entire Internet to their bank-account-expanding services, thereby making distributed network that much more difficult to recruit to. The fact that most people, activists or not, have no idea how any of this works makes things adds to the difficulty.

But what if an activist movement was to decide that such a project was worth organizing? What if some Internet organization were to develop and launch this kind of network? What if a bunch of progressive Internet providers were to establish a coordination that would make it happen?

Now that’s an idea that would blow away the clouds and reveal a pretty sunny sky of Internet privacy and protection.

Alfredo Lopez is a member of ThisCantBeHappening!, the new independent three-time Project Censored Award-winning online alternative newspaper.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

China Benefits From Bush’s Folly

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/china_benefits_from_bushs_folly_20130603/

Posted on Jun 3, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Waiting For Abigail Fisher

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/waiting_for_abigail_fisher_20130603/

Posted on Jun 3, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

German drone nearly hits 100-passenger Airbus jet — leaked video

0

Nine years ago a German drone nearly collided with a passenger plane over Afghanistan. The classified drone camera footage drew public attention after the German defense ministry scrapped a drone program for its lack of anti-collision technology.

Footage taken by an EMT Luna X-2000 reconnaissance drone as it
passed mere meters under the left wing of an Airbus A300
passenger plane surfaced on YouTube several years ago. After the
encounter, the drone was caught in the plane’s wake turbulence,
lost control, and crashed over the Afghan capital Kabul, Der
Spiegel reported.

The Ariana Afghan Airlines plane was carrying about 100 people on
board, the magazine said. The manufacturer of the 40kg drone has
claimed that the near-collision occurred after the passenger jet
veered off-course without informing ground control.

The video was leaked a week after German Defense Minister Thomas
de Maizière decided to scrap the $652 million EuroHawk program —
meant to be a replacement for existing reconnaissance aircraft —
including the Luna drones. EuroHawk is part of the NATO Global
Hawk project, under which Germany was to buy Northrop Grumman
RQ-4B drones and fit them with customized sensors.

Luna X 2000 UAV

However, the German military would not be able to certify the
drone for use in European airspace without an anti-collision
system, which would make the aircraft too expensive, de Maizière
said, adding that even with such a system installed certification
would not be guaranteed. German media also reported that EuroHawk
suffered from technical problems and cost overruns.

Germany has bought one drone from the US manufacturer of the
EuroHawk program, and was expected to purchase four more. If
given the green light, the contract would be worth $1.3 billion.

Euro Hawk plane (AFP Photo / Armin Weigel Germany Out)

De Maizière came under criticism recently for the drone program
after a leaked defense ministry report showed that the drone’s
flaws were apparent as early as 15 month ago. Critics have
accused the minister of failing to act and continuing to spend
taxpayer money on the doomed project. De Maizière will appear
before the German Parliament this week to report on the issue.

Advancements in unmanned weapons systems have become a global
controversy in recent years. Militaries have praised the weapons
for not endangering the lives of operators, and for being
generally more cost-effective than older manned hardware.

But critics are expressing increasing concerns over the
collateral damage caused by drone strikes, the vague legal
justifications for their use, and the potential creation of
weapons that would remove human judgment altogether from the
decision to pursue a target.

There is also the perception that nations with advanced drone
technology — specifically the US and Israel — have an unjust
capability to enforce their policies on other countries.

This article originally appeared on: RT

RINF VIDEO: Phone Users Monitored Without Consent

0

Mick Meaney reports on how a research company covertly gathered and attempted to sell personal data to the London Met, while in the United States it emerged that the FBI has warrantless access to electronic communications.

Thumbnail for 78944

 

Six anti-drones protesters nabbed in UK

0

Six protesters have been nabbed at Britain’s drones command at RAF Waddington after they entered the facility and set up anti-war banners there.

The protesters, including two priests, had also planted a Å“peace garden” at the facility before being arrested.

The site in Lincolnshire has seen several protests since April when the Ministry of Defense revealed it is using the military base to operate killer drones bombing Afghanistan.

The police has also reportedly ambushed the detaineesâ„¢ houses and seized their computer equipment.

The detainees said they wanted to expose the impact of the killer drones on global peace and the lives of ordinary Afghans, calling on the government to Å“disarm” its killer drones.

The move coincided with the fifth anniversary of Britainâ„¢s first drone strike in Afghanistan and the International Day of Innocent Children Victims of Aggression.

Activists from different anti-war campaign groups, including the Stop the War Coalition, Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament, Drone Wars UK and Disarm the Drones, have been calling for an end to the killer unmanned aerial vehiclesâ„¢ operations saying they give the politicians the means to murder innocent people and go scot-free.

Å“Operated far away from conflict zones, drones make it much easier for politicians to launch military strikes and order extrajudicial assassinations without democratic oversight or accountability to the public,” the Stop the War Coalition said during a protest at the Lincolnsire base back in April.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Polls must create political epic: Leader

0

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei says the principles of the late founder of the Islamic Republic, Imam Khomeini, constitute the roadmap for the countryâ„¢s progress.

Ayatollah Khamenei made the remarks while addressing a ceremony at Imam Khomeiniâ„¢s Mausoleum in southern Tehran to commemorate the 24th anniversary of the passing of the founder of the Islamic Republic.

To be continued.

YH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Youth, greatest asset of Iran: Rezaei

0

Iranian independent presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei says Iranâ„¢s youths are the most important asset of the country and that he will seek their help in resolving the countryâ„¢s problems if elected.

Rezaei, who is currently the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Expediency Council, made the remarks in his first election documentary aired on Iranâ„¢s national TV on Monday.

He said that making use of the potentials of the new generations and preparing them to administer the country is high on his agenda.

Rezaei also described Iranâ„¢s economy as his most important concern.

The presidential candidate said he plans to control the liquidity to curb the inflation and increase domestic production to boost the currency.

Rezaei will be competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, while some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

YH/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

3 protesters killed in Turkey so far

0

An injured protestor is being carried away during clashes near Taksim Square in Istanbul, Turkey, June 3, 2013.

At least three protesters have been killed in Turkey as clashes between police and anti-government protesters continue in major cities across the country, Press TV reports.

A 22-year-old man, named Abdullah Comert, died at a hospital on Monday after being shot by police during anti-government demonstrations in the southern Turkish province of Hatay, AFP quoted Turkeyâ„¢s NTV television as saying on Tuesday.

Protests erupted in Istanbul on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful sit-in protest against the demolition of Gezi Park at Taksim Square.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last green public space.

On June 1, Amnesty International said at least two people had been killed and more than a thousand others injured during demonstrations in Istanbul.

The international group criticized the use of excessive force by the Turkish police against the demonstrators, describing it as Å“disgraceful.” It also said that some protesters have been left blind by the massive quantities of tear gas used by the police.

The Amnesty also said in a report on Monday that 1,500 people had been injured during clashes with riot police in Istanbul over the past days, while at least 414 others were wounded in Ankara. The rights group also said that 420 protesters sustained injuries in demonstrations in the western city of Izmir.

Meanwhile, the Turkish Doctorsâ„¢ Union said on Monday that a 20-year-old man was killed after a taxi drove into a group of protesters in the Mayis district of Istanbul.

On Monday, the Turkish protesters took to the streets in major cities, including the capital, Ankara, and Istanbul, for the fourth day, calling for the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

On Sunday, thousands of protesters marched on Erdogan’s office in Ankara, shouting, Å“Dictator, resign!” and Å“We will resist until we win,” and clashed with riot police.

SAB/HN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK undecided on arming Syria terrorists

0

London says it does not yet know whether it will arm Syrian rebels and a decision will be delayed until after the planned Geneva talks on Syria.

British Foreign Minister William Hague said in an interview with German daily Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung that London believes efforts to bring representatives of the Syrian government and foreign-backed armed groups round the negotiating table should continue, though he said he is not Å“overly optimistic”.

“A decision on whether to deliver lethal weapons will depend on how those negotiations go and other countries’ attitudes,” he said.

“We need a political solution as soon as possible,” he added.

Russia and the US said last month that they want a conference on Syria to be held in Geneva but no date is yet set for the event.

Hagueâ„¢s remarks come after the EU did not extend an arms embargo on Syria last month, allowing governments, such as London and Paris, to consider direct arming of Syrian terrorists following months of reported covert arms deliveries to Syrian militants.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

4 killed in Afghanistan bomb blast

0

People carry a wounded student school boy to hospital in Pakita province, Afghanistan, on June 3, 2013.

A roadside bomb blast has claimed the lives of a father and his three children in Afghanistanâ„¢s western province of Farah.

Abdul Rahman Zhwandy, a provincial government spokesman, said that the incident occurred in Lash Wa Juwayn District on Tuesday when a car hit an Improvised Explosive Device (IED).

The mother of the family, who sustained serious injuries, has been taken to a nearby hospital for treatment, the official said.

Zhwandy blamed Taliban militants for the attack.

On Monday, a family of seven died in similar incident in eastern Laghman Province.

Meanwhile, over a dozen people, including school children, were killed in another bomb explosion in eastern province of Paktia.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues across the country.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

French MEP loses immunity for remarks

0

An extreme far-right member of the European Parliament (MEP), Marine Le Pen, has lost her immunity from prosecution over hateful remarks against Muslims, Press TV reports.

According to Swedish MEP Cecilia Wikstrom, the Legal Affairs Committee voted to lift the leader of the French National Frontâ„¢s immunity for voicing hateful remarks by comparing Muslim praying in the streets to Å“Nazi occupation,” in 2010.

During a speech three years ago, Le Pen said, Å“For those who want to talk a lot about World War II, if itâ„¢s about occupation, then we could also talk about” Muslim prayers in the streets).

Le Pen added that Å“there may not be any tanks or soldiers, but it is nevertheless an occupation.”

MEPs have since been trying to strip Le Pen of her immunity.

Å“This is a good step towards stopping the racist discourse in France which is rarely punished. Since the Sarkozy-era, Islamophobia has been getting worse and worse, and if they donâ„¢t put an end to it, who knows how far some people will go?” said Mahmoud Bourassi with the Collective of French Muslims.

French Muslims have welcomed the nearly unanimous vote on Le Pen.

Muslim leaders in France say that they have no choice but to pray in the streets as a result of a serious shortage of mosques in the country. They say they are in desperate need of at least 2,000 mosques.

France has approximately five million Muslims.

SZH/HN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US expands illegal sanctions on Iran

0

The United States has expanded its illegal sanctions on Iranâ„¢s currency and auto industry over unfounded allegations about the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

US President Barack Obama on Monday signed an executive order to expand the existing sanctions on Iranâ„¢s finance and energy sectors, in particular its oil exports.

The new illegal sanctions allow the US president to subject other Iranian industries, such as engineering, to similar restrictions.

Sanctions were also imposed on foreign financial institutions that purchase or sell the Iranian currency, rial, and those who have significant amounts of the rial in accounts abroad.

The expanded sanctions also impose a ban on the sale or transfer of goods or services intended for Iranâ„¢s auto sector.

The measures had been approved by the US House Committee on Foreign Affairs on May 22.

On May 31, the US Treasury Department issued a statement, announcing sanctions on eight Iranian petrochemical companies including Bou Ali Sina, Mobin, Nouri, Pars, Shahid Tondgouyan, Shazand, Tabriz and Imam.

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the European Union imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegation and argues that it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

The IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iranâ„¢s nuclear facilities, but has never found any evidence showing that the Iranian nuclear energy program has been diverted to non-civilian purposes.

MYA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

2 security personnel killed in Pakistan

0

Pakistani security officials scan the site of a bomb explosion in Quetta on November 21, 2012.

At least two Pakistani security personnel have been killed and two others wounded in a bomb explosion in the southwestern province of Balochistan.

According to security sources, the incident took place on Monday when a military vehicle was attacked in Mastung District near the city of Quetta.

Security forces rushed to the site of the attack and cordoned off the area.

The injured have been taken to a hospital in Quetta.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for the bombing.

Thousands of people have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks in Pakistan since 2001 when the country entered an alliance with the US in so-called war against terrorism.

DB/HN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran marks passing of Imam Khomeini

0

Iran is commemorating the 24th anniversary of the passing of the late founder of the Islamic Republic, Ayatollah Seyyed Rouhollah Khomeini.

Iranians across the country and abroad are holding mourning ceremonies to mark the decease of Imam Khomeini.

A large number of people and officials have currently gathered at Imam Khomeiniâ„¢s Mausoleum in the south of the Iranian capital, Tehran, for a commemoration ceremony.

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei will address the gathering.

Imam Khomeiniâ„¢s grandson, Hojjatoleslam Seyyed Hassan Khomeini, will also deliver a speech during the ceremony.

Every year, millions of Iranians from across the country travel to Tehran to pay tribute to the late founder of the Islamic Republic.

Rouhollah Mousavi Khomeini, who came to be known as Imam Khomeini, was born in the town of Khomein on September 24, 1902.

Coming from a family of scholars, who for generations had devoted their lives to offering religious guidance to the people, young Rouhollah began his education by memorizing the holy Qurâ„¢an and later went to Arak (1920-21) and Qom (1923) to complete his religious studies.

During the 1930s, Imam Khomeini dedicated his time to teaching Islamic jurisprudence in Qom.

In 1961, Ayatollah Khomeini became a Shia source of emulation and gradually entered the political arena. In January 1963, he engaged in activities against the then-monarch of Iran, Mohammad-Reza Pahlavi, who had announced his so-called White Revolution program.

Imam Khomeini changed the lives of Iranians and inspired people from other countries by guiding one of the greatest revolutionary movements of modern history to victory.

Ayatollah Khomeini passed away on June 3, 1989, eleven days after he was taken to hospital for an operation to stop internal bleeding in May 1989.

With the passing away of Imam Khomeini, Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei was elected the Leader of the Islamic Revolution by Iranâ„¢s Assembly of Experts.

YH/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Two very different documentaries: <em>Sofia’s Last Ambulance</em> and <em>Sing Me The Songs That Say I Love You–A Concert for Kate McGarrigle</em>

0

 

San Francisco International Film Festival 2013–Part six

By
David Walsh

4 June 2013

This is the sixth and final part of a series of articles on the recent San Francisco International Film Festival, April 25-May 9. Part one was posted May 16, Part two on May 22, Part three on May 24, Part four on May 27 and Part five on May 30.

Sofia’s Last Ambulance is a full-length documentary by Bulgarian director Ilian Metev (also, co-producer, cinematographer and editor), which won an award at the 2012 Cannes film festival. The modest film follows a three-person paramedic crew in the course of their duties over a period of two years.

Their vehicle is not literally the “last” in Sofia, but there are only a dozen or so ambulances servicing Bulgaria’s capital city, the 15th largest in the European Union, with a population estimated at 2 million people. This is one of the many catastrophic results of the re-introduction of free market capitalism in Eastern Europe in the 1990s and resulting cuts to social services.

The trio are Dr. Krassimir Yordanov, who has worked in the emergency services for a quarter of a century, nurse Mila Mikhailova, and the ambulance driver, Plamen Slavkov.

The camera follows Yordanov and Mikhailova as they tend to the sick and the injured, in workplaces, tenement apartments, out in the bleak suburbs. “Krassi,” as the doctor is called, has white hair, glasses, a worried, lined face. He sighs now and then, but proceeds tirelessly, professionally with his work.

Mikhailova is the most outgoing personality. She talks the most, she commiserates, she wonders about her workmates. “Why did you sigh, Krassi?” A little girl is in the ambulance, a wardrobe has fallen on her. All she can mutter is “No … no … no … no … no.” Mikhailova talks to her gently, as she does to her own child on the telephone.

The ambulance gets hit by a taxi. We find out that Plamen has another job, when he tells the other driver, “You make me embarrassed to be a taxi driver.” They get lost in the country amidst shacks and appalling poverty.

The crew is called in when a dead body is found, partially decomposed. “The woman was all alone.” Krassi talks to a junkie, five of whose friends have died and who is shooting up “trash,” with horse tranquilizer mixed in. A pregnant woman has tried aborting by swallowing something. In another case, the ambulance doesn’t arrive for four hours. “It’s too late,” they are told sadly.

There are lighter moments occasionally, and big smiles. “How’s your love life?” “Rubbish.” “Same here.”

But mostly there is too much work, too little pay, a ridiculous and inefficient bureaucracy.

They explain to the camera: “Our squad’s been completely destroyed. … Nobody’s stayed.” Many of the trained personnel who could do so have left Bulgaria. An estimated 1,200 nurses are departing the Balkan nation each year.

Thirteen–or sixteen–ambulances, depending on the report you read, for a city of two million people. A social crime. So big European banks can be repaid and thrive.

Since the beginning of 2013, six people have set themselves on fire in Bulgaria, the poorest country in the European Union, to protest the levels of social misery.

The BBC reported in early May, for example, that “Dimitar Dimitrov did not just want to die. He wanted to sacrifice himself for his country. On 13 March, the unemployed 53-year-old set off from his apartment in the capital, Sofia, and headed for the presidential offices in the city centre. When he arrived, he doused himself in petrol and set himself alight.” He survived, despite the “excruciating” pain and after numerous operations.

In the town of Radnevo, Vechislav Arsenov, also 53, also unemployed, set himself on fire after social welfare payments dried up. On the day he died, Arsenov telephoned “each of his five grown-up children to tell them he was sorry for what he was about to do. Then he went to the mayor’s office to ask for money. He insisted that the mayor come and talk to him, shouting to the receptionists that, if no such meeting were granted, he would light a match.”

“‘We were desperate,’ his son, Txumir, explains. “My father had recently lost his job. We could not pay our bills or our debts and he could not afford to buy food for us.” The BBC adds, “Txumir is now trying to keep his impoverished family alive. He, too, is unemployed and relies on summer work as an agricultural labourer. Eleven of the family (six children and five adults) share Txumir’s two-bedroom flat.” This is modern-day Bulgaria.

In Sofia’s Last Ambulance, Metev concentrates on the faces of Yordanov, Mikhailova and Slavkov. Whether out of respect for the privacy of those being treated, or a desire to avoid sensationalism, we never directly see the sick and injured.

The final shot of the film (from a dashboard camera), which lasts several minutes, is simply the three of them driving, silently.

At the film’s premiere in Sofia in November 2012, Bulgaria’s Health Minister Desislava Atanasova acknowledged, “Sofia’s Last Ambulance reflects the reality of things.” The government has opened up two new emergency response centres in Sofia since the film’s making. Yordanov told Agence France Presse, “‘The shortage of medical personnel is what poses the real problem’ … adding that the new centres have changed nothing in practice.”

Sing Me the Songs: Celebrating the Works of Kate McGarrigle

Sing Me the Songs: Celebrating the Works of Kate McGarrigle is a documentary film made of concerts at New York City’s Town Hall in May 2011 in tribute to Canadian singer-songwriter Kate McGarrigle, who died of a rare form of cancer in January 2010.

The concert includes performances or comments from Emmy Lou Harris, Teddy Thompson, Antony, Krystle Warren, Norah Jones, Jimmy Fallon and writer Michael Ondaatje, as well as Kate McGarrigle’s children, Rufus and Martha Wainwright. Kate was married to singer-songwriter Loudon Wainwright III from 1971 to 1978.

Anna and Kate McGarrigle, born in 1944 and 1946, respectively, formed a duo that produced some remarkable music in the 1970s in particular. Born in Montreal of Irish and French-Canadian descent, the McGarrigles began performing as teenagers in the 1960s. Their reputations as songwriters (Linda Ronstadt had success with one of their most famous songs, “Heart Like a Wheel,” in 1974) led to a recording contract and their first, and finest album in 1975. [Available in its entirety here.]

The 2011 memorial concerts in the film, supplemented by interviews, are highly uneven, with heartfelt performances alternating with rather overwrought performances. There are unquestionably moving moments, including the presence of Anna McGarrigle, looking lost without her younger sister.

A highlight of the film, oddly enough, is Fallon’s lighthearted and unpretentious version of Loudon Wainwright’s “Swimming Song” [from the McGarrigles’ first album].

The McGarrigles, in their early work, brought a brightness, lyricism and emotional depth, much of which holds up forty years later. Something perhaps about the combined (and aggrieved) national heritages, the social explosiveness in Quebec at the time (although the sisters never make a reference to such affairs and as English-speaking Canadians were somewhat distant from the nationalist extravagances in particular) and their own musical training at the hands of nuns in Saint-Sauveur-des-Monts, northwest of Montreal, created a very distinctive style and sound. Their voices were saucy, irreverent, occasionally heart-breaking.

Following their first concert in London in July 1976, Michael Watts in Melody Maker described their music as “a holy marriage of strong sentiment and brilliant, pure singing … Anna’s, lilting and airy, Kate’s, deeper and fiercer–these are amongst the very best voices to be heard in popular music today.” The comment was just.

Unfortunately, as sometimes happens, the pent-up feelings and desires they conveyed in their first recordings and performances proved to be their most important and enduring. The McGarrigles continued recording into the past decade, but never recaptured or equaled the freshness and sharpness, or sense of fun, of their early work.

A rehearing of the sisters’ music brings back not simply a sound, but a complex and volatile era, as reflected in one of its most musically pleasing expressions.

All one can do is recommend to the reader such songs as “(Talk to Me of) Mendocino,” “Foolish You,” and the irrepressible “Complainte pour Ste-Catherine”: “Moi, j’me promene sur Ste. Catherine, J’profite d’la chaleur du métro.”

Anyone unmoved by the harmonies and sentiments here is not someone in whose company I would want to spend much time.

Concluded



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Spanish Popular Party government seeks to turn back the clock on abortion rights

0

 

By
Alejandro López

4 June 2013

The Spanish right-wing Popular Party (PP) government is preparing to reform the abortion law passed by the previous Socialist Workers Party (PSOE) government in 2010, with many analysts arguing this will return them a situation similar to that which existed under the fascist regime of General Franco.

Justice Minister Alberto Ruiz-Gallardón has stated that the government will “promptly” reform the existing abortion law, adding that life is “an inalienable right”. Interior Minister Jorge Fernandez Diaz said that women do not have “absolute primacy” over their unborn children, whose well-being he said was “a good that is juridically protected.”

During Francoism abortion was illegal. Thousands of women, mostly coming from working class backgrounds, died in unsafe clandestine abortions, while women from the upper classes went to France or Britain to abort. In 1974, an estimated 300,000 back-alley abortions were being performed a year, according to the Supreme Court prosecutor’s office.

In 1985, the PSOE passed legislation allowing abortion, while still considering it a crime except in three circumstances: as a result of rape, in the case of foetal abnormality or when there was a danger to the health of the mother. The effect was that 98 percent of the women that aborted were forced to justify themselves by citing a physical risk to themselves.

In 2008, the PSOE capitulated to the Catholic Church, removing the extension of abortion rights in its manifesto for the national elections that year. In 2010, the PSOE passed a new limited abortion law. The current law that the PP is attempting to roll back allows women to abort up to 14 weeks without having to provide a reason, up to 22 weeks if there is a risk to the mother’s health, or when two doctors say the foetus has severe abnormalities. Minors aged 16 or over can abort.

The reform was an attempt to bring its abortion laws in line with most other European countries, while at the same time avoiding conflict with the Church, which opposed it anyway. The law meant that women who could decide to abort under the clause “danger to the health of the mother” in the 1985 law, under which there was no time limit, now could not do it after the 14th week. Added to this, the reform imposed a 22-week limit on “voluntary interruptions of pregnancy” in the case of serious threats to the health or life of pregnant women, which previously had no time limit.

The law in effect meant that the “right to life” of the foetus is given preference not only over a woman’s right to choose, but over her health or even her life. The law obliges abortion clinics to give over an envelope containing alternatives to abortion and make women wait 72 hours to “think it over”. It contains a provision allowing medical professionals to refuse to carry out terminations “for reasons of conscience”. On top of this, most women choose to pay the €350 to €400 (US$460- US$525) the surgery costs rather than wait the average 20 to 25 days it takes for the public health system to perform it for free.

The legislation caused a series of mass demonstrations by the PP, the Catholic Church and anti-abortion organisations. Pope Benedict XVI attacked the reforms when he visited Barcelona’s Sagrada Familia church in November 2010, warning of a “strong and aggressive secularism” that was undermining traditional family values.

During the 2011 national elections, the PP vowed to “change the current legislative model relating to abortion in order to reinforce the protection of the right to life as well as female minors,” without clarifying the exact measures they would take.

The new bill, which has yet to be presented to congress, will likely do away with the limited time-specific rights to abortion on demand so far enacted. Worse still, Ruiz-Gallardón said the PP’s legislation will not include malformations of the foetus as a reason for interrupting a pregnancy. “I don’t understand why the foetus should be unprotected, allowing it to be aborted, just because it suffers some kind of disability or malformation”, he said, adding that “risk to physical and mental health cannot be considered as a pretext to not protect the life of a newborn.”

The PP has also promised that those under 18 would need the permission of their parents for a termination.

The changes, experts warn, would take Spain back more than 25 years and place it alongside only two other countries within the European Union where foetal abnormalities are not considered a valid reason for abortion–Ireland and Malta. According to an interview with gynaecologist Pilar Martínez Ten in El País, this would affect the 3,000 or so extremely serious cases of birth defects diagnosed each year.

A change in the law would not put an end to the more than 110,000 abortions that are carried out in Spain each year. Instead, working class women under conditions of mass unemployment, cuts in salaries and working conditions, and an exponential growth of poverty, will have to travel abroad or resort to unsafe methods. As gynaecologist Isabel Serrano said to El País, “Women will use drugs that were not meant for this use, and this will cause them serious health problems.”

The latest official figures show that from 2011 there has been a 5 percent increase in abortions, probably due to the economic crisis.

According to a poll published in July 2012 in El País, the vast majority of Spaniards, 81 percent, are against banning abortion in cases where a foetus is malformed. In 2009, before the PSOE introduced the new law, 79 percent of Spaniards supported the right to abortion on demand for women in the first weeks of pregnancy.

The ideological campaign against abortion rights is in line with the PP’s recent education law, reminiscent of the Franco era, which reinstates religion as a subject that counts towards a high school student’s average grade, a determining factor in obtaining scholarships. The PP also continues to finance Catholic schools and limits the teaching of the co-official languages (Catalan, Basque and Galician).



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Patriot Coal bankruptcy approved, thousands of retirees to lose health care

0

Patriot Coal has been granted permission to tear up its collective bargaining agreements with the United Mine Workers (UMW) and escape its obligations to provide health care to its retirees. The ruling by US Bankruptcy Judge Kathy A. Surratt-States threatens the health care for some 21,000 retirees and their dependents and promises to bring down the labor costs of its more than 1,650 unionized miners to the level of its non-union workforce.

Under the ruling, Patriot will be allowed to change its collective bargaining agreements for both its active union workforce and retirees. According to a statement by the company, “The ruling would permit Patriot to adjust wages, benefits and work rules for union employees to a level consistent with the regional labor market.”

Under its approved bankruptcy plan, Patriot will cease providing health care to retirees and instead form a UMW Retiree Healthcare Trust, which will be structured as a Voluntary Employees’ Benefits Association (VEBA) to be administered by the union. The company will provide the VEBA with $15 million in cash, a fraction of its retiree health care costs now averaging nearly $7 million a month.

The UMW will be given a 35 percent stake in the reorganized company giving the union a financial stake in ratcheting up the exploitation of its membership in the future company. The scheme is modeled on the one imposed by the United Auto Workers during the Obama administration’s forced restructuring of the auto industry in 2009.

The bankruptcy plan was drawn up by the private-equity firm Blackstone Group, which has close ties to the Obama administration and has made billions through corporate acquisitions and asset stripping. CEO and co-founder Stephen Schwarzman who has amassed a fortune worth $5.2 billion received more than $100 million in dividend payouts last year alone.

Patriot is the first major coal company to fall victim to the economic crisis of 2008. It is another case of the criminality of the American ruling class, which is determined to loot society and steal back everything ever won by the working class.

The bankruptcy proceedings have been closely followed throughout the coal mining industry and promise to herald a renewed assault on the living standards and working conditions of miners in the United States and internationally. The consequences of the ruling will be measured in the coming months and years though the increased loss of lives and limbs in the mines and the deepening of the social crisis gripping coalfield communities.

In her ruling, Judge Surratt-States acknowledged the receipt of over 900 letters by the court, many of which were from the thousands of retired coal miners who will be affected. The letters discussed the “horrendous conditions of the coal mines” and “how physically, mentally and emotionally grueling being a coal miner was.”

Many of these letters also included “medication lists, lists of various coal mining-related diagnoses and personal accounts of the years of hard work, and, all the reasons why these sacrifices were worth it for the promise of health care for life and an earned pension.”

While promising that “None of these letters, or their comments have been lost on this Court,” Judge Surratt-States argued that her decision had to be grounded in what the Bankruptcy Code and stare decisis (legal precedent) required.

In addition, she cynically claimed her decision had to balance the interests of the retirees with the some 4,200 workers currently employed by Patriot. “What is better — something for a period of time or nothing in a short amount of time? What of the current employees; the fate of the rank and file UMWA-represented coal miners?” Surratt-States opined.

Patriot Coal was created on October 31, 2007 when Peabody Energy–the world’s largest coal company–sold its union operations east of the Mississippi to the new company. In 2008, Patriot bought Magnum Coal, a similar spinoff of union operations from Arch Coal–the second largest coal company in the US. Patriot currently operates 11 mining complexes in West Virginia and Kentucky.

Judge Surratt-States shied away from answering the charge that Patriot was created to fail. “Is it indeed that Debtor Patriot Coal Corporation was created to fail, or is it that hindsight is 20/20–and does the answer to that question have anything to do with the matter before the Court today?”

In her conclusion, she reiterated the question, “Was Debtor Patriot Coal Corporation created to fail? Maybe not. Maybe.” In fact, there is ample evidence that the creation and ultimate failure of Patriot was the conscious business plan of mining giants Peabody and Arch in order to shed its accumulated liabilities owed to generations of miners won through decades of bitter struggles waged in the coalfields.

When Peabody created Patriot in 2007, it sold the new company 13 percent of its coal reserves but burdened it with $617 million, or about 40 percent, of its health care liabilities, as well as a raft of below-market coal contracts. At the time, Peabody CEO Rick Navarre gloated that the move would significantly lower Peabody’s legacy liabilities.

“Our retiree, health care liability and related expense will be reduced by about 40%,” Navarre claimed. “Workers’ compensation liability will be cut nearly 90% and asset retirement obligations will be one-third lower and the combined fund and multi-employee co-act obligations will now fully reside with Patriot. In total, our legacy liabilities, expenses and cash flows will be nearly cut in half.”

The recklessness of the deal is underscored by the fact that Peabody was forced to retain the liabilities for a group of 3,100 retirees in order for Patriot to be technically solvent and allow shares of the new company to be distributed to Peabody shareholders tax-free. In its first quarterly report filed after the spin-off, Patriot reported $1.2 billion in assets and $1.1 billion in liabilities.

Similarly, the creation of the spinoff Magnum by Arch in 2006 included the transfer of 12 percent of Arch’s assets but 97 percent of its retiree health care liabilities. In announcing the transaction, the company bragged of a “substantial reduction Arch’s legacy liabilities,” worth about $530 million. Arch also unloaded “an estimated $50 million to $60 million of below-market legacy sales contracts” to the new company, which was then bought by Patriot in 2008.

The ruling also directly threatens the benefits of the 3,100 retirees retained by Peabody by explicitly refusing to declare that the relief sought by Patriot shall not affect Peabody’s obligations to these retirees. Peabody has already announced, “should Patriot’s benefit obligations decrease, our funding would proportionately be reduced.”

While largely excusing the asset strippers who drove the company into bankruptcy, Judge Surratt-States blamed miners for “demanding benefits that the employer cannot realistically fund in perpetuity.”

In other words, the interests of workers, regardless of whether they are enshrined in legal contracts or not, are ultimately subject to what the capitalist class deems is affordable.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Connecticut legislature nears passage of austerity budget

0

 

By
Dorian Griscom

4 June 2013

Connecticut Democratic Governor Dannel Malloy and its Democratic Party-controlled state legislature are in the final stages of tweaking a state budget that will cut nearly $2 billion in social spending over the next two years while extending a handful of corporate taxes originally set to expire. The negotiations between the Governor and the legislature have predictably centered on watering down or doing away entirely with certain of the tax extensions, while leaving the spending cuts intact and likely deepening them.

Democratic legislators from the southeastern part of the state prevailed upon the governor to curtail the extension of a $70 million tax on electricity generators. They claimed that Dominion Resources, which owns two nuclear power plants on Millstone Point in Waterford, which account for more than half of the revenue the state receives from the tax, might choose to close the plants and leave 1,300 workers out of a job if the its profits were cut by the continued tax. Dominion’s profits for the first quarter of 2013 alone amounted to $435 million, about ten times the annual tax it pays on the plants. Nonetheless, the mere extension of a tax the company had already been paying is viewed as an unacceptable affront.

While the corporate tax extensions–largely token measures intended to lend the appearance of fairness to what is in reality an austerity budget–amount to at most a minor inconvenience for the corporations affected, the impact of the social spending cuts for working class families in the state will be real and painful.

Malloy’s budget will cut funding to hospitals by a whopping $550 million. An open letter signed by 25 hospital CEOs has warned that these cuts will result in a substantial number of layoffs.

Eligibility rules for low-income adults receiving Medicaid will be tightened, with those denied assistance being given the “opportunity” to pay about $5,000 per year for the state administered Charter Oak Health Plan, which is to be discontinued for all others. It will also become more difficult for low-income adults under the age of 26 who live with their parents to receive assistance from the state for healthcare.

Those whom the state deigns to provide health coverage will see punishing new restrictions to the benefits they receive. There will be new limits on stays in nursing homes, as well as visits to doctors’ offices and from home health aides and the state will cut back its reimbursement rate for medication and other medical supplies. Retired teachers will be forced to pay an additional 9 percent in premiums on their health care plans.

The budget will implement a previously approved increase in Connecticut’s gasoline tax, resulting in a surge in gas prices in a state which already has the most expensive gas in New England. The proposed budget will also reduce the amount poor families receive from the Earned Income Tax Credit by one sixth. Moreover, there will likely be new spending cuts added to the plan which have yet to be specified.

While the press published information regarding the deep cuts in social spending contained in the budget months ago, official discussion has since focused almost exclusively on whether the budget will succeed in filling a projected $1.2 billion deficit for the fiscal year starting July 1.

Not a single voice in either the Democratic or Republican party, or in the corporate media, has challenged the premise that cuts in social spending are necessary to cover this deficit. Even modest tax extensions for corporations are regarded at best as a necessary evil, while devastating social cuts are passed over without a murmur of protest.

In reality the state’s ruling elite, as well as its privileged upper middle class, is awash with wealth. Connecticut has the highest proportion of households earning over $200,000 a year in the country. It is second in income inequality only to New York state.

Connecticut is home to 11 billionaires, whose combined wealth is estimated at $45.2 billion dollars, amounting to nearly 40 times the state’s projected deficit. Ray Dalio, currently the richest man in the state, has an estimated net worth of $12.5 billion, enough to pay the deficit off ten times over.

The massive wealth accumulated by these individuals remains inviolate, while the entire political establishment is united in its determination to extract the money needed to pay off the deficit by slashing the living standards of poor and working class families who are scraping to get by in the midst of the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US Supreme Court allows police to take DNA samples of arrestees

0

The US Supreme Court ruling on Monday that police can collect DNA samples from arrestees is another major attack on constitutional rights and an expansion in the powers of the state.

The 5-4 decision has vast implications not just for facilitating the growth of the state database of genetic information–which currently includes more than 11 million individuals–but for the basic right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. The decision allows for the collection of DNA information of individuals who are not convicted of a crime, and are therefore presumed innocent, to be used as evidence in cases for which the state has no reasonable suspicion that they are guilty.

In overturning a previous ruling by the Maryland Court of Appeals, Justice Anthony Kennedy, who wrote the majority opinion, argued that swabbing for DNA samples is akin to fingerprinting and mugshots–a “legitimate police booking procedure” that can be used to identify the arrestee. In fact, the acquired evidence is not used primarily for identification, but for submission in government databases.

Kennedy was joined by most of the traditional right-wing of the court, including Chief Justice John Roberts and Justices Clarence Thomas and Samuel Alito, along with a traditional liberal, Justice Stephen Breyer. The dissent was written by conservative Justice Antonin Scalia, who was joined by Justices Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Sonia Sotomayor and Elena Kagan.

The case, Maryland vs. King, involved a Maryland man, Alonzo Jay King Jr., who was arrested in 2009 on assault charges. Before being convicted on assault, his DNA was obtained. This led to his conviction in an unrelated rape charge from 2003.

The Maryland appeals court overturned the rape conviction, ruling that the state law authorizing DNA collection from arrestees was a violation of the Fourth Amendment, which says that the “right of the people to be secure in their persons, house, papers and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated.”

The Maryland court ruled that the “weighty and reasonable expectation of privacy against warrantless, suspicion-less searches” overruled any “purported interests in assuring proper identification,” and that DNA provided a “vast genetic treasure map” for the state to utilize.

It speaks to the decay of liberalism that it was left to the arch-reactionary Scalia to make certain valid points, from a libertarian perspective, in opposition to the majority ruling. Reading his decision from the bench, Scalia noted that the majority was carrying out a “sleight of hand” by justifying the collection of DNA data as necessary for identification.

“Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your DNA can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason.” He added that “the proud men who wrote the charter of our liberties would not have been so eager to open their mouths for royal inspection.”

The same logic that is used to justify warrantless seizure of DNA evidence could be employed to argue for a vast array of intrusive information-gathering activities by the state–any one of which might also have the effect of obtaining information to solve past crimes.

In opposing the decision, Steven Shapiro, the legal director for the American Civil Liberties Union, noted that it “creates a gaping new exception to the Fourth Amendment,” which “has long been understood to mean that the police cannot search for evidence of a crime–and all nine justices agreed that DNA testing is a search–without individualized suspicion. Today’s decision eliminates that crucial safeguard.”

Moreover, while Maryland’s law limits DNA collection to those arrested for “serious” crimes, laws in other states are much broader. Twenty-seven states as well as the federal government have laws or regulations that allow for this practice.

A friend of the court brief from the Electronic Privacy Information Center noted that the Combined DNA Indexing System (CODIS) has been vastly expanded over the past several years. While it “once included DNA profiles of only convicted sex offenders,” it “now contains more than eleven million profiles.”

The EPIC brief noted, moreover, that CODIS “is not strictly limited, as all law enforcement agencies in the country, at the federal, state and local levels, have access for purposes of DNA matching. As CODIS expands, individual privacy rights are implicated, and not just for the individuals whose DNA is collected; the ability to search for partial matches also implicates the privacy rights of family members whose DNA is a close enough match that the person is flagged in a CODIS DNA search.”

Over the past decade, the state, under the banner of the “war on terror,” has begun constructing vast databases of emails, text messages, Internet activity, financial information and criminal and medical records. There is no doubt that DNA data will be incorporated into this systematic spying operation directed at the American people.

The Supreme Court decision is another in a long line of judicial attacks on fundamental democratic rights.

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Turkish clashes continue as Erdogan brands protesters “extremists”

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

4 June 2013

Tens of thousands of demonstrators poured once again into central Istanbul’s Taksim Square Monday night, as protests that began over the government’s plans to bulldoze one of the city’s few parks and erect a shopping mall in its place entered their second week.

Thousands also demonstrated in the Turkish capital of Ankara. In both cities, protesters were met with intense barrages of tear gas and attacks by riot police.

What began with a few dozen environmentalist protesters late last month has now drawn hundreds of thousands into the streets across the country to confront a violent crackdown by Turkey’s security forces.

Seemingly oblivious to the continued confrontations, Turkey’s Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan began a four-day tour of North Africa Monday with a press conference in Morocco. “The situation is a lot calmer now and reason seems to be prevailing,” he asserted. “I think things will return to normal. These demonstrations are not all over Turkey, just in some big cities.”

The first confirmed death in the protests was reported Monday. Mehmet AyvalıtaÅŸ, a 20-year-old member of the Socialist Solidarity Platform (SODAP), was run down and killed by a car while participating in a demonstration in Istanbul’s working class Ümraniye’s 1 Mayıs neighborhood. Some reports suggested that he was deliberately targeted by a right-wing supporter of the government.

In response to the killing, the Turkish Doctors’ Union (TTB) issued a statement Monday demanding an end to the police repression and a release of all those jailed by the government. It indicted Erdogan additionally for creating an atmosphere of intimidation and violence with his threats to unleash the supporters of his Islamist ruling party against the demonstrators.

At least five other injured protesters are reported to be in critical condition, fighting for their lives. One, Ethem Sarisuluk, received a gunshot wound to the head. According to a Turkish human rights foundation, doctors have declared him brain dead.

As of early Monday, the doctors’ union has recorded 1,480 people wounded in Istanbul, 414 in Ankara and 420 more in the coastal city of İzmir. Izmir was the scene of one of the largest protests Sunday and saw some of the most intense clashes, with demonstrators setting fire to the offices of the ruling Justice and Development Party (AKP), and protesters set upon by gangs of pro-government thugs wielding nail-studded sticks.

Despite the prime minister’s sanguine view of developments, according to Erdogan’s own interior minister, Muammer Guler, there had been as of early Monday 235 separate protests in 67 different Turkish cities. Guler also reported that 1,730 people had been arrested in protests Sunday evening.

This may be a considerable underestimate. A Turkish opposition member of parliament, Aylin Nazliak, reported that she witnessed over 1,500 people in detention Sunday night in Ankara alone, with more busloads of prisoners being brought in.

Police in the Turkish capital raided shopping centers where demonstrators had taken shelter and rounded up everyone, including many passersby. “There were about 1,500 in custody,” she told the Hürriyet Daily News. “While we were there [in the police department], nine other buses arrived.”

She said that those detained were beaten with police clubs and otherwise roughed up as they were forced onto buses. Many of them were bleeding from plastic handcuffs that were tied tightly around their wrists. Once in police custody, they were denied access to lawyers, photographed, had their cell phones confiscated and were pressured to sign statements acknowledging that they had been arrested while breaking the law.

Before leaving for his tour of the Maghreb, Erdogan issued a public statement in which he made the time-worn charge of all besieged autocrats that those who had taken to the streets were an “extremist fringe,” and that his intelligence agencies were investigating unspecified “foreign links.” He went on to denounce Twitter as a source of “lies” and to declare all social media “the worst menace to society.”

Erdogan also tried to portray the mass protests as the work of the opposition CHP, or Republican People’s Party, because of its refusal to accept defeat at the polls. This is nonsense; the Kemalist CHP has proven incapable of mobilizing mass opposition to the Erdogan government and is widely distrusted because of its historic ties to the military and the country’s secularist elite. When CHP leader Kemal KılıçdaroÄŸlu attempted to address the protesters, they drowned him out with singing.

Underlying the eruption of the mass protests sparked by the plan to destroy Gezi Park is deep-seated popular anger against an increasingly autocratic government that rules in the interests of a layer of crony capitalists that forms its core constituency, while attempting to maintain a popular base by appealing to more backward sections of the population with Islamic-based social policies.

The scheme to plough under Gezi Park and build a shopping mall is only one of a number of major “urban renewal” projects developed behind closed doors by the government. Those directly benefiting from these projects are politically connected capitalists–including Erdogan’s son-in-law, who is the owner of a major development company, and the mayor of Istanbul, the owner of a retail chain who stands to profit handsomely from turning a park into a mall.

With another major construction project, the building of a third bridge over the Bosphorus, Erdogan and his AKP have managed both to enrich their capitalist cronies and inflame sectarian tensions. They are naming it after a 16th century Ottoman sultan notorious for massacring tens of thousands of Alevis, believers in an offshoot of Shiite Islam who are today the country’s largest religious minority.

The continuous introduction of religious-based policies in Turkey, which is formally a secular state, has alienated broad sections of the population, including minorities such as the Alevis and the Kurds, and large sections of secular Turks. This has included the imposition of tight restriction on the consumption and sale of alcohol and a bid to ban abortion.

Also deeply unpopular is the Erdogan government’s backing of the so-called rebels in Syria with arms, money and logistical aid and its alignment with United States foreign policy as a NATO ally.

The Obama administration has treated the repression in Turkey with kid gloves. White House spokesman Jay Carney told a press briefing that “Turkey is a very important ally.” Referring to the massive state violence in Turkey, he commented, “All democracies have issues that they need to work through.”

At the heart of the mass protests are the issues of social inequality that are deeply felt both by sections of the young urban middle class, who make up a large share of the demonstrators, and the working class. Erdogan’s “urban renewal” programs have been carried out to benefit the rich with luxury housing and businesses, while driving sections of the poor and the working class out of central Istanbul.

Meanwhile, the so-called Turkish “miracle,” touted as testament to neo-liberal capitalist economic policies and a model for the Middle East, has stalled. GDP growth has fallen from 9 percent three years ago to virtually nil today. At the same time, there has been a 5 percent reduction in employment in the so-called formal sector, reflecting massive job losses in industry and public services.

The spontaneous eruptions across Turkey reflect the fact that those opposed to the government’s policy can find no viable means of political struggle against it within the official political setup, or, for that matter, within the trade union movement.

One Turkish trade union federation representing public sector workers has called a two-day strike beginning June 4 in protest against “state terror” by the Erdogan government. The walkout by the 240,000-member Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK) is expected to shut down schools, universities and public offices across Turkey.

Earlier, the Confederation of Revolutionary Trade Unions of Turkey (DISK) called upon its members to join the protests, but announced no independent industrial actions.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

The 2008 crisis and the restructuring of class relations in America

0

The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis released a report Friday showing that, after adjusting for inflation, the average US household has recovered only 45 percent of the wealth it lost during the 2008 crash. This undermines claims that the US is experiencing an “economic recovery,” and points to the vast effects of the collapse in home values, falling wages, and mass unemployment.

After noting that 62 percent of the increase in aggregate wealth since 2009 has come from increasing share values–which are overwhelmingly owned by the rich–the report notes with understatement, “Considering the uneven recovery of wealth across households, a conclusion that the financial damage of the crisis and recession largely has been repaired is not justified.”

A principal factor in the collapse of household wealth beginning in 2007 was the collapse of the housing market bubble. This particularly affected lower-income families, whose main asset is their home. While the stock market has soared back to record highs as a result of government policy, the housing market has remained stagnant.

Even the St. Louis Fed report, however, masks the vast redistribution of wealth that has taken place during the economic collapse of 2007-2008 and the so-called “recovery” starting 2009. The aggregate figure–a 45 percent increase in average household wealth–masks vast inequalities.

According to figures from the Census Bureau, between 2005 and 2009, the median net worth of the lowest fifth of income earners fell from $6,870 to $3,500, an astonishing drop of 50 percent. By contrast in the same period, the wealth of a typical household in the top fifth of earners fell from $343,863 to $283,081–a reduction of only 18 percent.

While the wealth of the super-rich has surged with the roaring stock market, the vast majority of the population has had no recovery in its wealth. In fact, between 2009 and 2011, the poorer 93 percent of households had their wealth fall by four percent, according to a Pew Research Center analysis of Census Bureau data.

The top seven percent of households, however, had their wealth increase dramatically, by 28 percent–from $2.4 million to $3.2 million, on average.

The Pew report concluded, “From the end of the recession in 2009 through 2011… the 8 million households in the U.S. with a net worth above $836,033 saw their aggregate wealth rise by an estimated $5.6 trillion, while the 111 million households with a net worth at or below that level saw their aggregate wealth decline by an estimated $0.6 trillion.”

Five years since the 2008 crash, over twenty million people remain unemployed or underemployed, while wages continue to fall. Between 2007 and 2011, the US median household income has plunged by 11.6 percent, from $57,143 (in 2011 dollars) to $50,502.

What has taken place since the beginning of the crisis in 2007 is a massive intensification in the social oppression of the working class, reflected in a vast transfer of wealth from the working class–that is, the vast majority of the population–to the rich.

This is the product of policies pursued by the ruling class and its political representatives, under Bush and then Obama. The US government responded to the 2008 crash by offering hundreds of billions of dollars in bailouts and trillions in free credit to the banks. Working households, over ten million of which foreclosed on their houses since 2008, were offered nothing.

Vast sums were made on the basis of speculation in the housing market and predatory lending prior to the collapse of the housing bubble. When housing prices collapsed, the value of the principal asset of working people was wiped out, while those who speculated on subprime mortgage assets were bailed out. The financial aristocracy made money on the way up, largely preserved it during the crash, and have accumulated even more during the “recovery.”

Nearly five years after the economic crash, the Federal Reserve still underwrites the profits of the financial system through $85 billion per month in asset purchases, half of which go to prop up toxic mortgage-backed securities held by Wall Street.

As a result of these parasitic operations, the major US banks have once again posted record profits in the first quarter of this year: $40.3 billion. These profits are not made from creating jobs or boosting economic production, but rather by impoverishing the working population and blowing new financial bubbles that are sowing the seeds of the next, even more explosive crisis.

This confirms the analysis made by the World Socialist Web Site that the 2008 crisis was not a passing conjunctural crisis, but one rooted in deep underlying contradictions of American and world capitalism. The entire past period has shown that there can be no solution in the interests of the working class that does not direct itself at overturning the dictatorship of the financial aristocracy through the socialist transformation of economic life.

Now, the ruling class has turned to cutting social services that keep millions out of poverty. Two million people had their unemployment benefits slashed in the latest round of “sequester” budget cuts, not to mention cuts to food assistance programs, Medicare, and education.

Meanwhile in Washington, amid a deluge of scandals regarding tax avoidance by the rich and major corporations, all talk is of “tax reform,” that is, of slashing corporate taxes and putting the burden of the government’s endless wars and bank bailouts on the working class.

The only way to fight poverty and mass unemployment is to break the stranglehold of this parasitic financial aristocracy over political and economic life. This can only be done by building a mass movement of the working class, armed with a socialist program of nationalizing major corporations, seizing ill-gotten profits, and reorganizing society to meet the social needs of the many, not to enrich the few.

Andre Damon

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Syrian opposition launch rocket attacks in Lebanon

0

 

By
Thomas Gaist

4 June 2013

Fighting raged in Lebanon on Sunday between Hezbollah militants and US-backed Syrian rebels, with at least 12 killed. According to a Lebanese security official, the clashes broke out as Syrian opposition elements prepared to launch rocket attacks against the city of Baalbek, in north-east Lebanon. These clashes near Baalbek come as another indication that the war is spreading beyond Syria’s borders.

Eighteen rockets and mortars fell on Lebanese soil on Saturday, and the Shi’ite shrine of Sayida Khawla came under attack from gunmen around 2:30am Sunday morning. Additionally, three Syrian rockets struck the Lebanese city of Hermel, a Hezbollah stronghold, on Sunday morning.

According to the Daily Star, the Free Syrian Army has claimed responsibility for the attacks, saying they were launched in response to Hezbollah support for Assad.

Hezbollah is moving aggressively into Syria, helping deal serious defeats to the US-backed opposition. It now poised to take strategic towns in the north, operating in coordination with Syrian army forces. Hezbollah’s leadership has expressed confidence of achieving more victories against the opposition.

Media reports describe thousands of Hezbollah fighters massing in Aleppo province, where they have taken up positions in Shia majority towns north of Aleppo city. “The Aleppo battle has started on a very small scale; we’ve only just entered the game,” said a Hezbollah commander, fresh from fighting in the southern Syrian city of Qusair. “We are going to go after strongholds where they think they are safe. They are going to fall like dominoes.”

Hezbollah Secretary General Hassan Nasrallah has pledged his full support to the Assad regime, promising “victory” in Syria to his supporters during a speech commemorating the 13th anniversary of Israel’s withdrawal from Lebanon.

“We will continue to the end of the road, we accept this responsibility and will accept all sacrifices and expected consequences of this position,” he declared.

US-backed opposition forces have met with serious defeats in recent months. As the Assad government continues a sustained offensive against rebel positions in the strategic border town of Qusair, with the support of fresh forces from Hezbollah, the rebels appear incapable of mounting a serious counter-offensive, let alone defeating the regime.

Yusuf al-Qaradawi, a Qatari Sunni TV host with millions of views, issued a call for blood against Assad and Hezbollah on Friday, referring to the Shiite Hezbollah as “the party of the devil.” He declared that “Everyone who has the ability and has training to kill” must travel to Lebanon and Syria to support the Sunni forces.

In addition to defeats on the battlefield, the opposition faces an internal crisis. On Monday, a faction within the opposition’s National Coalition, the Syrian Revolution General Commission, withdrew its support, declaring that the leadership has “taken initiatives far removed from the true revolution.” The SRGC is a secular element of the Syrian opposition, with ties to Western imperialist forces such as the German Left Party. It has demanded that Western air power mount operations to impose a no-fly zone inside Syria.

It has also collaborated in arming Islamist militias fighting the Assad regime since 2011. Yesterday, however, it accused foreign powers of “manipulating” the war, declaring: “Each of these countries puts their blocs up against the others, and these blocs act in line with agendas foreign to the revolution.”

The imperialist intervention in Syria is at the center of a plan for restructuring the entire region, for isolating Syria’s main ally, Iran, and eliminating Hezbollah, aiming to neutralize opposition to the US and Israel from other Middle East states. Fundamental commercial and strategic interests are at stake. Having insisted that Assad must go, and thus far failed to achieve this goal through a proxy war, Washington is now debating how it will escalate its intervention to support the opposition.

Increasingly, the US and its European allies are considering a direct attack on Syria using their own military forces as a serious option.

Officials announced Monday that Patriot missile batteries deployed to Jordan along with F-16 for the “Eager Lion” war games will remain there indefinitely. Senator John McCain, a leading proponent of expanded military intervention in Syria, told the Jordan Times that the deployment of the Patriot systems would mark a “first step” toward the carving out of a “safe zone” for rebel operations in Syria. At least 200 US troops are also being deployed to Jordan.

Israeli war planes conducted maneuvers in Lebanese airspace over the weekend. The Israelis have launched three airstrikes on Syria already, and in 2006 they destroyed much of Beirut. They are now preparing for a full scale assault on their regional adversaries, in coordination with the US.

Calls for direct imperialist intervention are emanating with increasing force from the ruling elite. Speaking on “Face the Nation,” Senator McCain asked: “Remember all this talk we’ve heard for the last year or two–it’s inevitable that Bashar Assad will fall?” Following up, he concluded, “Well, I think we can’t make that statement today.”

“Hezbollah has now invaded, the Iranians are there, Russia is pouring weapons in, and anybody that believes that Bashar Assad is going to go to a conference in Geneva when he’s prevailing on the battlefield, it’s just ludicrous,” McCain said.

Tensions continue to mount between the US and Russia over the Syrian war in the run-up to international talks in Geneva. Secretary of State John Kerry and German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle issued a combined warning to Russia on Friday, claiming that the planned transfer of S-300 anti-aircraft missile systems to the Syrian government threatened to disrupt peace talks.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Sri Lankan defence secretary backs chauvinist campaign against provincial election

0

 

By
Wasantha Rupasinghe and K. Ratnayake

4 June 2013

Sri Lanka’s defence secretary, Gotabhaya Rajapakse, has publicly opposed the election planned for the northern provincial council, highlighting the dilemma confronting the government.

After dragging his feet for years, President Mahinda Rajapakse, under pressure from India and Western powers including the US, promised to hold the election in September. At the same time, his government rests on the military and Sinhala chauvinist forces deeply opposed to any, even minor concessions, to the Tamil elites.

In an interview in the Island on May 23, Gotabhaya Rajapakse warned the government of “dire consequences” if the Tamil National Alliance (TNA) won the provincial council election. This would lead, he claimed, to the establishment of a separate Tamil state of Eelam.

The defence secretary’s comments are a flagrant attempt to whip up communal antagonisms in order to justify the continued de-facto military occupation and rule over the Northern Province since the defeat of the separatist Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) in May 2009.

The TNA, which functioned as the LTTE’s mouthpiece during the island’s protracted civil war, dropped its call for a separate state and instead is seeking a power-sharing arrangement based on a limited devolution of powers.

Gotabhaya Rajapakse, the president’s brother, is an unelected official–the top defence ministry bureaucrat–and not formally part of the government. His open intervention into politics, directly contradicting the government’s spokesman Anura Priyadarshana Yapa, speaks volumes for the powerful role of the military in the island’s political life.

In his cabinet press briefing on May 23, Yapa announced that the government had decided to hold the northern provincial council election, in accordance with the 13th Amendment to the Constitution. His comments followed concerns raised by Indian external affairs minister Salman Khurshid over calls for changes to the 13th amendment, under which the provincial councils were formed.

Two Sinhala chauvinist parties in the ruling coalition have been campaigning against the 13th amendment. The Jathika Hela Urumaya (JHU) demands the abolition of the provincial council system, while the National Freedom Front (NFF) wants the removal of police and land powers from provincial councils. The opposition Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna (JVP), another Sinhala extremist party, is also calling for provincial councils to be eliminated.

These political forces bitterly opposed the 13th amendment when it was implemented as part of Indo-Lanka Accord reached between New Delhi and Colombo in July 1987. The Accord’s purpose was to disarm the LTTE, impose an Indian peace-keeping force in the North, and devolve limited powers to the Tamil elite in a merged North and East province.

The JVP carried out fascistic attacks on workers, trade unionists and political opponents of its reactionary patriotic campaign, including on the Revolutionary Communist League (RCL), the forerunner of the Socialist Equality Party (SEP). The RCL was the only party to oppose the Accord not from the standpoint of the unity of the Sri Lanka capitalist state, but on the internationalist and socialist basis of unifying Sinhala and Tamil workers against the machinations of Colombo and New Delhi to prop up bourgeois rule on the island.

The north-east provincial council was established in 1988 but was quickly dissolved after the Accord collapsed and the war resumed. The JVP and other Sinhala extremists never accepted the 13th amendment. On the basis of a case filed by the JVP, the Supreme Court issued what was a political ruling, de-merging the North and East provinces.

Since the LTTE’s defeat, India and the Western powers, each for their own purposes, have promoted the election of a northern provincial council under the 13th amendment as a “political solution” to the war. India is falsely presenting itself as a defender of Tamil rights in order to deflect ongoing anger in its southern state of Tamil Nadu over the treatment of Tamils in Sri Lanka. The US is exploiting the issue to pressure President Rajapakse to end his close relations with China.

Gotabhaya Rajapakse, however, is openly contemptuous of bowing to this pressure. In an interview with the Tamil-language Sudar Oli on May 26, he was asked whether his opposition to the provincial devolution of power would anger India. “Just because India or some other country will get angry, we cannot stop doing what is good for our country,” he declared.

Arguing for no dilution of the government’s autocratic powers, the defence secretary opposed those “forces trying to weaken Lanka’s Central Executive by divesting it of the powers of land and the police; demanding independent commissions to make official appointments; and promoting an independent judiciary.”

In line with the government’s propaganda, Gotabhaya Rajapakse again claimed that Sri Lanka was facing an international conspiracy, saying “powerful external elements are trying to undermine peace and stability here through local pawns.” He insisted that “the positioning of armed forces shouldn’t be a political issue or a topic for discussions with any external players.”

Neither President Rajapakse nor any other government leader has said anything about the defence secretary’s remarks, showing there is no fundamental disagreement with him.

The government is manoeuvring. It is preparing to hold the provincial election knowing there is only a remote possibility that its allies will win, given the widespread hostility to the continued military occupation and anti-Tamil discrimination and repression. A voter registration bill is being drawn up that will allow votes from people who fled the North years or decades ago. Undoubtedly, the ruling parties are also preparing vote rigging and intimidation in the event of an election.

At the same time, the Sinhala chauvinist campaign against the election, with which the government obviously sympathises, may provide the pretext to delay or call off the poll. The defence secretary’s statements have emboldened communal extremists. The JHU announced last week that it would introduce a constitutional change to abolish the 13th Amendment. A new chauvinist organisation, Bodu Bala Sena (Buddhist Power Force), has also initiated a virulent campaign, saying it will not allow the northern provincial election to take place.

The defence secretary’s political intervention has broader implications, however. His insistence that the military occupation of the North remain in force and his defence of the government’s centralised and autocratic powers are a warning to the working class. The police-state measures developed during the island’s 30-year civil war are being strengthened in order to suppress the inevitable struggles of workers and youth that will erupt against the Rajapakse government’s imposition of harsh austerity measures.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

School district of Philadelphia passes “doomsday” austerity budget

0

The School Reform Commission (SRC), the leading oversight body in the Philadelphia school district, voted May 30 to approve its budget for the upcoming year. Under the plan, schools will be deprived of many needed essentials, including learning programs, supplies and staff.

Adopted by a margin of four-to-one, the $2.4 billion dollar budget falls nearly $300 million short of minimum operating needs, forcing schools to forgo even basic essentials. Individual schools will be cut as much as 25 percent, depriving them of supplies, counselors, art and sport programs, even paper and textbooks in some cases. Included in the plan is the layoff of more than 3,000 faculty members, including teachers, with those remaining facing larger class sizes–as many as 30 students for K-8 and 33 for high schools.

The district also faces a 29 percent cut in its federal grant budget, which exists parallel to the funds serving normal operations. The cuts there could lead to a further loss of 1,300 school-related jobs.

The attack on public education is part of a bipartisan assault carried out by both Democrats and Republicans at the local, state, and national levels. Philadelphia Democratic mayor Michael Nutter gave vocal support to Chicago mayor Rahm Emanuel’s recent attack on teachers in that city. In April, the Chicago Public Schools announced the closure of 49 facilities, the largest in history.

Emanuel was the former chief of staff in the Obama administration, which has spearheaded an assault on public education across the United States. Since taking office, Obama has overseen the destruction of more than 300,000 teaching jobs and the closure of 4,000 public schools. He has tied meager federal funding to the expansion of charter schools and attacks on teachers such as merit-based pay.

In the face of the funding reduction advanced by the Philadelphia SRC, popular opposition is seething. On the day of the commission’s vote, more than 800 students, parents and teachers gathered outside the school district’s headquarters to protest the proposed cuts. The budget cuts come just months after the announcement by Philadelphia Public School’s superintendent William Hite Jr. that more than two-dozen traditional public schools in the city would be closing this year and next.

After formally adopting the budget, many city officials feigned concern. School Commissioner Joseph Dworetzky, the SRC’s lone dissenting vote, stated, “I’m forced to consider what are components to school being a school, and this budget eviscerates…some of the things essential to schools being school.”

Declared School Superintendent William Hite, “This is not the budget anyone wants…. I’m doing everything in my power to prevent this budget from becoming a reality,” later adding that “[t]o be fiscally responsible, the Philadelphia school district must live within its means.”

Other members of the commission sought to justify their votes based upon the District’s formal obligation to adopt a budget by May 31. “We should not think that today is the end of anything,” said SRC chairman Pedro Ramos. Both city officials and members of the SRC were seeking to obtain funds from other sources to fill the gap.

City officials have seized upon the district’s current budget deficit as a means to close down traditional public schools to be replaced by for-profit schools, which have flourished in the intervening period. Philadelphia currently possesses one of the nation’s largest charter school operations, predicted to enroll nearly 40 percent of the city’s students by 2017. The SRC itself has played a major role in facilitating the expansion of charters, doling out grants of state money to facilities that often have poorer performance ratings than those of traditional public schools.

In face of the funding crisis in Philadelphia, city officials have proposed a series of regressive measures. These include borrowing funds from the state, the imposition of alcohol and tobacco taxes of between 10 and 15 percent, and imposing between $100 and $130 million in givebacks on city workers. The increase in regressive taxes and worker concessions would serve to further impoverish the population while increased borrowing from the state merely sets the stage for even deeper cuts when the debts come due.

On the question of givebacks, Jerry Jordan, president of the Philadelphia Federation of Teachers (PFT) sought to don a phony display of populism.

In a posting on the official PFT blog website in the run-up to a staged “rally” in the vote’s aftermath, Jordan lamented that “our schools and educators have been ‘sacrificing’ for the past 13 years,” going on to say “[t]here is simply no more fat to trim from our schools, save for the most vital services.” In other words: the PFT has forced its members to accept so many concessions in recent times that there are few, if any, more possible items to cut. Philadelphia teachers regularly are forced to spend out-of-pocket funds in order to make ends meet in their classrooms.

The World Socialist Web Site spoke to a worker with children in the Philadelphia school system about the district’s plans to remove basic necessities from the budget. The parent, who was visibly distraught about the decision, stated, “Why is it that while traditional schools continue to close down, these charters are doing better than ever? They can refuse kids that apply to them; you know if these traditional schools close that they won’t accept all those kids.”

Speaking about her children, she said, “They love these programs. I have a daughter who plays the violin and piano. A lot of these kids will be on the street if these programs get cut.” When asked about various city officials’ pledges to find other sources of revenue through cuts to teacher’s pay, she replied “they should leave these teachers alone. Philadelphia has some really good teachers, and they have to put up with a lot, most of them have to buy things themselves. They shouldn’t have to do that.” She added, “There’s got to be other places to get the money, the rich aren’t paying anything, the banks are getting away scot-free, why do they have to always go after the kids?”

The author also recommends:

Philadelphia mayor threatens elimination of school programs, staff

[14 May 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Chinese poultry slaughterhouse fire kills more than 100 workers

0

 

By
Mike Head

4 June 2013

A fire swept through a poultry processing plant in northern China yesterday, killing at least 119 workers, many of whom were trapped behind locked doors. More than 300 workers were inside the Baoyuan plant at Dehui in Jilin province, about 800 kilometres northeast of Beijing, when the fire broke out. Emergency workers searching for survivors were uncertain how many remained trapped inside, the official Xinhua news agency reported.

While the tragedy highlights the unsafe conditions throughout the country’s sweatshop factories, policed by the Chinese Communist Party regime, it also follows a series of industrial catastrophes in Bangladesh and Pakistan and a factory explosion in the United States, pointing to the increasingly common dangers facing workers worldwide as a result of the relentless drive for corporate profit.

Survivors interviewed by the media described panic as workers, mostly women, struggled through smoke to reach doors that turned out to be blocked. One worker, 39-year-old Guo Yan, told Xinhua the emergency exit at her workstation could not be opened. As a result, she was knocked to the ground in the crush of workers searching for a way to escape. “I could only crawl desperately forward,” Guo said. “I worked alongside an old lady and a young girl, but I don’t know if they survived or not.”

It seems that escape route indicators blacked out, leaving many workers with little chance of finding routes to flee the fire. “Inside and outside the workshop was glowing red, and the lighting and escape indicators were all out,” another worker, Wang Xiaoyun, told the China News Service.

The Southern Metropolis Daily reported on its microblog that only a side door to the building was open, with the rest of the exits locked. The newspaper quoted an unidentified worker as saying the fire engulfed the building in just three minutes.

Reports on Hong Kong’s Phoenix Television cited family members as saying the doors were always kept locked during working hours and workers forbidden to leave. The plant reportedly never carried out fire drills.

The provincial government said 54 people were being treated in hospitals, mostly for inhalation of toxic gases, including ammonia. A media spokesperson said he expected the death toll to rise as more bodies were recovered from the charred buildings.

Xinhua reported the blaze appeared to have been sparked by three explosions, which the provincial fire department attributed to an ammonia leak. A long-standing liquefied ammonia operator, Lu Qiang, told China Business News that deaths occur every year from ammonia leaks in refrigeration facilities. Because ammonia is the cheapest cooling media, many refrigeration businesses prefer it, despite the safety dangers.

It is the third major industrial blaze reported in China in the past four days: an oil-tank explosion in Liaoning province on Sunday killed two people and left two others missing, and a fire on Friday raged through a grain storage centre in Heilongjiang province, although nobody was hurt.

The fire is one of China’s worst recent industrial disasters, with the death toll the highest since a September 2008 mining cave-in that claimed 281 lives. It is also the country’s worst fire for more than a decade, according to listings on Baidu, an Internet portal. In December 2000, a blaze inside a four-storey shopping centre at Luoyang, in the central province of Henan, killed 309 people. In 1993, a toy factory in southern China killed 87 workers.

Chinese social media soon featured accusations of lax safety standards, a token government response and possible corruption–such as bribes paid to safety inspectors to allow exits to remain locked.

The Chinese leadership tried to assuage the public outcry by promising that no effort would be spared to rescue the survivors, investigate the fire and punish anyone responsible. President Xi Jinping, who is touring the Americas, told officials to “get to the bottom of the causes of this accident, pursue culpability according to the law, sum up the profound lessons and adopt effective measures to resolutely prevent major accidents from occurring,” Xinhua reported.

Most likely, as has become standard practice, individual company and local government scapegoats will be found. A Xinhua editorial yesterday said: “Companies that violate the law and officials who neglect their duties deserve harsh punishment.”

The promises of action to prevent future catastrophes will soon be forgotten, just as they were after the Henan fire in 2000, the 2008 mining disaster and, more recently, the 2011 crash of high-speed passenger trains, which killed more than 40 people.

The government claims to have tightened safety checks on factories and mines, and that workplace accident deaths fell nearly 5 percent last year. These assertions not only lack credibility but underscore Beijing’s contempt for the lives of workers–over 70,000 still died in industrial accidents in each of the past two years, according to official figures.

Unlike many of China’s notorious coal mines, where tens of thousands of miners have perished in explosions and collapses over the past three decades of rampant capitalist development, the Jilin Baoyuanfeng chicken plant was a new facility. It was built in 2009 to exploit the growing market for poultry products in China and globally. Nearby is one of the biggest producers of chickens in China, Jilin Deda Co., which is partly owned by Thailand-based giant Charoen Pokphand Group.

By 2011, Dehui’s poultry industry had the capacity to produce 250 million chickens a year and slaughter 150 million of them. The conditions in the factories are driven by the fight between rival conglomerates to gain larger shares of the highly profitable global food market.

The Beijing regime’s transformation of China into a cheap labour platform for global capitalism is responsible for industrial disasters such as yesterday’s. But China is not alone. In Pakistan last September, at least 259 workers in the Ali Enterprises garment factory in Karachi died in the world’s deadliest factory fire. It highlighted the slave-like exploitation of workers in the clothing plants that service the needs of major Western brands.

In Bangladesh, just six weeks ago, the Rana Plaza in Dhaka collapsed, killing at least 1,127 people, mostly garment workers who were ordered back into the building after cracks appeared in its walls. Only six months earlier, a fire at the Tazreen garment factory burned 112 workers to death.

Dangerous conditions are not confined to the most oppressed countries. In the US, an explosion at a fertiliser plant in West, Texas killed 15 people, injured more than 200 others, and destroyed 37 city blocks in April. According to a safety plan filed with the federal government, the factory had no automatic shutoff system or firewalls.

The author also recommends:

Christmas night fire kills 311 in central China
[28 December 2000]

 



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Britain’s Accident and Emergency services reach breaking point

0

Reports that National Health Service (NHS) Accident and Emergency (A&E) services across the UK are reaching the breaking point have forced the House of Commons health committee to start an investigation.

The heads of A&E units across the West Midlands region, which has a population of 5.4 million, were the latest to voice their concerns. They called on the government to fix “an emergency system failing to cope”, in which employees are “exhausted and overwhelmed” because of relentless workloads and patient safety is being put at risk from “toxic overcrowding”.

Scenes of A&E units with patients waiting to be seen lying on trolleys in corridors for hours have become commonplace in UK hospitals.

Dr. Bernadette Garrihy, the West Midlands representative for the College of Emergency Medicine and a consultant at Russells Hall hospital’s A&E unit, said, “It became obvious during the course of [our meetings] that we were all suffering with the same unrelenting, unremitting pressures in our emergency units and we felt we were bordering on it becoming unsafe…. What we’re seeing in our emergency units reflects a problem throughout the whole system.”

“This hasn’t come around in the last six months, this has been building for years but I feel this year we reached the tipping point,” Garrihy added.

Current health legislation stipulates that 98 percent of patients attending A&E should be seen, treated, admitted or discharged in less than four hours. Recent figures published by the Unit of Health show the number of patients forced to wait more than the four hours standard has instead doubled over the past 12 months.

In the North East of England A&E unit, waiting times have almost trebled in the last 12 months. In County Durham and Darlington, the increase in patients waiting more than four hours for emergency treatment has increased by 240 percent. In South Tees, the increase has been 263 percent, and in York, 295 percent. In Newcastle, waiting times have risen a staggering 630 percent.

The crisis in A&E units is, in large part, due to attendances rising by 50 percent over the past decade. There are a number of reasons for this, which were entirely predictable, particularly the cutting down of general practitioner s’ (GPs’) surgery times and out-of-hours services and attacks on other social care and support services, leading to more reliance on A&E when things goes wrong. In addition, front-line jobs have been cut, producing a shortage in both middle-grade and senior doctors. The number of vacant beds in wards has been cut at the same time as difficulties in discharging patients due to cuts in social care provision have increased.

Last September, the Royal College of Physicians was already warning in its report, “Hospitals on the Edge?” that there were a third fewer general and acute beds than there were 25 years ago and that “three quarters of hospital consultants reported being under more pressure than three years ago and over a quarter of medical registrars report an unmanageable workload.”

This period corresponded with the £20 billion of “efficiency savings” to the £108 billion NHS budget begun under the previous Labour government and escalated by the present Conservative/Liberal Democrat coalition.

Patients have resorted to attending A&E as a result of the problems getting medical advice outside of normal hours, or finding the next available appointment at a GP surgery is days ahead. The change to GP contracts in 2004 allowed them to opt out of providing night and weekend cover, leaving it to other agencies such as NHS Direct to provide care.

The government has pushed ahead with the recently launched NHS 111 non-emergency phone call system, which is not manned by clinicians, unlike even the wholly inadequate NHS Direct service it replaced. It has proven to be a disastrous failure, with doctors at a British Medical Association conference this month voting unanimously for an inquiry into the service, complaining that calls were not answered, poor advice was given and their own workloads had actually increased.

About 70 percent of NHS spending is on patients with currently incurable problems such as dementia and heart disease, much of the time resulting in care having to be provided in residential homes. But when that system fails–as it does too often–they can have crises and inevitably end up at A&E.

Despite this overwhelming evidence indicating a service on the point of collapse, the Conservative/Liberal Democrat government remains committed to plans to close a further 34 or more NHS hospitals and A&E units across the country, five out of nine in North West London alone. They are ignoring the massive opposition from the working people living in the surrounding areas and health workers who work in those hospitals.

The government’s unprecedented slashing of NHS funding and its privatisation strategy has been justified with arguments that streamlining of A&E units and concentrating them in fewer specialised hospitals would bring down mortality rates. This is the same argument used to close down children’s heart units, maternity units and other specialised services across the country.

That reasoning goes against all the evidence. Research led by Professor Jon Nicholl at Sheffield University shows that mortality increases with the distance needed for treatment. His study shows that 5.8 percent of patients who travelled less than 6.2 miles to A&E died before being discharged from hospital, whilst among patients who travelled more than 13 miles, almost 9 percent died.

A recent Mail on Sunday report revealed shocking evidence that the closure of A&E units costs hundreds of lives a year. Official figures obtained through the Freedom of Information Act show there has been a 37 percent rise in death rates for emergency treatment–an extra 72 people have needlessly died–in the town of Newark, where the A&E unit closed two years ago.

The crisis in NHS A&E treatment is bound to intensify. Last month, as part of the government’s health reforms, 211 Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs) run by GPs took control of £65 billion of health spending, or two thirds of the NHS budget. It was an unprecedented step towards privatisation of the NHS, which opened the door for CCGs to buy care either from the NHS or private sector. The crisis in A&E provision is already being used by some GPs to claim the only solution is for private providers to take over the service.

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Bradley Manning’s court martial begins

0

 

By
Naomi Spencer

4 June 2013

After 1,100 days in prison, Army private Bradley Manning faced a military court martial Monday. Day one of the trial, like the months’ long series of pre-trial hearings before it, was characterized by government secrecy, vindictiveness and lies.

Manning, accused of leaking some 700,000 military and diplomatic files to whistleblower organization WikiLeaks, faces a possible life sentence if convicted on 20 charges, the most serious of which is “aiding the enemy” under the Espionage Act. The Obama administration prosecutors argue that Manning knowingly provided intelligence information to al Qaeda because anyone, including terrorists, could access it on the WikiLeaks web site.

In a statement before military judge Colonel Denise Lind in February, Manning explained that he transmitted the material in order to expose the crimes of the US government and military being carried out in the name of the American people. His aim, he said, was to spark “worldwide discussion, debates, and reforms.”

Lind ruled that the questions of motive or conscience were irrelevant to the case, stripping the 25-year-old soldier of the ability to mount a whistleblower defense, and ruling inadmissible any discussion of the content of the leaked material.

Manning offered to plead guilty on several charges in order to reduce the possible sentence. The Obama administration rejected the possibility of a plea deal, seeking to secure the maximum possible sentence.

Manning’s is the most prominent case of a systematic attack on whistleblowers by the Obama administration, which has prosecuted more individuals under the Espionage Act than all other administrations in US history combined. Over the course of his three-year-long ordeal, Manning has been subjected to conditions tantamount to torture, including being held in solitary confinement 23 hours a day for months at a time, forced nudity and sleep deprivation.

The government intends to make an example of Manning for other would-be leakers. The case likewise sets a dangerous precedent for journalists, Internet sites and all those who access information the government considers sensitive or detrimental to its “interests.”

The implications of the arguments advanced in the prosecution of Manning were indicated in the revelation earlier this month that the Obama administration had alleged criminal activity on the part of a Fox New reporter for arranging to obtain classified information from a government informant–a basic element of newsgathering. The administration is seeking to criminalize media activity that exposes secret government activities, part of a broader criminalization of political dissent.

Even as Manning is prosecuted to the fullest extent for seeking to reveal war crimes, those whose criminality were exposed in the leaked material not only remain free, but are being actively protected by the Obama administration.

A Kafkaesque atmosphere surrounds the proceedings. Much of the trial, scheduled over the next three months at Fort Meade, Maryland, will be held behind closed doors. Military prosecutors intend to present a large amount of classified material as evidence and will call on 24 witnesses who will testify anonymously, in disguise, within only limited view of the public and the press.

Lind argued that the extraordinary arrangements were necessary to prevent “spillage of classified information”; reportedly, several of the secret witnesses were members of the Navy Seals team that assassinated Osama bin Laden in 2011. The defense team will not be allowed to cross-examine the secret witnesses on anything involving the Abbottabad raid or their personal backgrounds.

Lind ruled that documents published on WikiLeaks must remain classified and cannot be mentioned in open court.

The Center for Constitutional Rights has pointed out that Manning’s legal hearings have been “more restrictive than military tribunals at Guantanamo Bay.” At least 30,000 documents have been produced over the past three years in relation to the case, very little of it unclassified. This unprecedented censorship exposes the entire process as an anti-democratic frame-up. It suggests a great nervousness on the part of the political and military establishment over the growing opposition to American imperialism.

Only 16 seats are available for the public to attend in the courtroom; a trailer on the base has 35 additional seats for public viewing of a video feed. Only 10 credentialed media personnel are allowed in.

The Washington Post noted that the courtroom was packed on Monday, with several of Manning’s relatives in attendance. Supporters of the whistleblower have held rallies outside the gates of the base for the past few days.

On Monday, lead prosecutor Captain Joe Morrow delivered an hour-long opening argument in which he laid out new allegations, including that Manning was taking direction from WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange. WikiLeaks has never acknowledged or denied that Manning contacted the organization at all. Morrow’s assertions were predicated on a blatant attempt at character assassination. He told the court that Manning was driven to “gain the notoriety he craved.”

“If you had unprecedented access to classified networks 14 hours a day 7 days a week for 8 months, what would you do?” Morrow asked, quoting a statement Manning made in a private chat later handed over to the government by hacker-turned-informant Adrian Lamo.

Morrow declared, “This is not a case about a government official making discreet disclosures. This is a case about a soldier who harvested hundreds of thousands of documents and dumped them on the Internet where they would be available to the enemy.” The prosecutor added that it was about “what happens when arrogance meets access to information.”

Manning, he said, knew there was a “great value to our adversaries and in particular our enemies.” Morrow concluded his remarks with a reference to Osama bin Laden, who the government claims had digital copies of some material publicly available on WikiLeaks.

David Coombs, Manning’s civilian defense lawyer, opened by describing an incident in Iraq on December 24, 2009. A US military convoy, traveling along a roadway, forced a vehicle carrying five civilians onto the side of the road. They struck a roadside bomb.

At Forward Operating Base Hammer, where Manning was stationed, he and other intelligence officers watched the event unfold. The other soldiers erupted in cheers because the US forces were unhurt, Coombs said. Manning was disturbed. “He couldn’t forget about the life that was lost on that day. He couldn’t forget about the lives and that family that was lost on that Christmas Eve.”

Coombs explained that the young private struggled over a sense of moral obligation, leading him to decide he “needed to do something to make a difference in the world. He needed to do something to help improve what he was seeing.”

In releasing the Iraq War Logs, which documented many similar atrocities, and the “Collateral Murder” video of a helicopter gunship attack on civilians and journalists, Coombs argued that Manning thought “the American people should know what is happening on a day-to-day basis… When he decided to release this information, he believed this information showed how we value human life. He was troubled by it and he believed if the American public saw it they too would be troubled by it and maybe things might change.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Australian government announces bogus “assistance” for Ford workers

0

 

By
Patrick O’Connor

4 June 2013

Prime Minister Julia Gillard visited the regional Victorian city of Geelong on the weekend to announce additional funding to supposedly help “transition” 1,200 Ford workers into new employment after they lose their jobs when the company ends its manufacturing operations in Australia.

The package will do nothing to help the targeted workers and their families. As with previous Labor government “assistance” programs announced following the closure of large industrial plants, the beneficiaries will be the trade unions, selected local businesses, and the privately-owned and operated employment network providers.

The latter will receive the bulk of the government’s $52 million Automotive Industry Structural Adjustment Program, which provides Ford workers with access to intensive “support” as they seek new employment. Another $30 million has been allocated to promote “economic development and diversification” in Geelong and Broadmeadows, home to the two Ford plants slated for closure by October 2016. This money will be funnelled into private businesses, via cheap loans or subsidies, without their owners incurring any obligation to hire laid off auto workers.

Few details have been provided about exactly how an extra $15 million announced by Gillard on Saturday will be spent. According to a media release, the funds will “coordinate labour adjustment activities” and “support communities to identify how they will respond to this significant adjustment in the local economy.” Gillard also promoted a sponsored “jobs and skills expo” and other “jobs marts” to be held in Geelong next year, describing these as “practical steps that will help workers and their families.”

The Labor government has nothing but contempt for Ford workers, their families, and the working class communities that will be hard hit if the plant closures proceed as planned.

Gillard has consciously spearheaded the sweeping pro-business economic restructuring agenda that has eliminated wide layers of Australia’s manufacturing base. In the process, areas of the country dependent on industrial employment have been devastated. The official unemployment rate in Broadmeadows is more than 10 percent, with the real rate far higher. Similarly in Geelong, the planned Ford closure comes as 600 Shell oil refinery workers and 500 Alcoa aluminum smelter workers in the city face being laid off in coming months.

There will no alternative employment available for the retrenched Ford workers, many of whom have spent their entire working lives in the car plants. They face the prospect of permanent unemployment, with their families and communities left to deal with the well documented social consequences, including mental health problems, drug and alcohol abuse, and family breakdown.

The government’s “expos” and “transition” assistance are nothing but cynical diversions. Gillard’s response to the Ford closure has been an orchestrated exercise in public relations, attempting to project a “caring” response, while at the same time working closely with the trade union bureaucracies to deliver another “orderly closure” in the auto industry, ensuring that there is no opposition to Ford’s closure.

The Labor government responded in a similar manner to Mitsubishi’s sudden closure in 2008, when nearly 1,000 workers in Adelaide were sacked. Announcing $50 million for worker retraining and “economic development,” Gillard, then deputy prime minister, declared that the government would “get those workers into proper jobs.”

More than two years later, only one third of ex-Mitsubishi workers had found gainful employment. The University of Adelaide’s Andrew Beer found that another one third of the workforce had quit trying to find work and the final third were either unemployed or underemployed. Of the sacked workers classified as less skilled, 70 percent reported receiving lower incomes, with many depending on insecure casual employment.

The situation has proven little different for the 1,400 BlueScope steelworkers laid off in 2011 in Hastings, Victoria and Wollongong, New South Wales.

The ABC’s “7.30” current affairs program last month exposed the government’s $30 million Illawarra Region Innovation and Investment Fund, announced in the wake of the BlueScope closure. The government pledged to create 888 jobs by mid-2014, but now admits that only 117 positions have so far been generated. Of the 37 companies receiving government subsidies under the government’s scheme, just two have employed any former steelworkers. Some local businesses have taken on greater debts in order to qualify for the public subsidies, raising fears that they could go bankrupt, triggering more job losses.

The ABC spoke with one worker, Donny Windsor, who remained unemployed 18 months after his redundancy. He had applied unsuccessfully for more than 200 positions. “Most of the time I hear nothing back,” he explained. “The mines–you’re just classed as a greenhorn if you’ve never been in a mine, so it’s very hard. And one company I applied for said they had 3,000 applications a week.”

Ford workers in Geelong and Broadmeadows ought to reject with contempt the empty pledges of support being issued by the government and the trade unions, and establish their own independent rank-and-file committees to oppose the closures on the basis of the socialist perspective advanced by the Socialist Equality Party.

The auto plants―built by the labour of generations of workers―must be taken out of the hands of Ford and placed under public ownership and the democratic control of the working class, together with the mining giants, the banks and finance houses. The productive capacity of society in Australia and internationally must be harnessed for the social needs of the majority, not the profit calculations of the banks and major corporations.

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne, VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

FEMA refuses Hurricane Sandy aid to elderly US Army veteran

0

As New York City continues to rebuild and reimburse those residents displaced by Hurricane Sandy at least one man, a US Army veteran, was refused help because of a strict federal law that prevents someone from collecting aid on their property.

Vito Colucci Sr., a Staten Island resident who served in the
Korean War, was living with his son’s family in New Jersey when
Hurricane Sandy hit at the end of October. Colucci was diagnosed
with dementia two years ago and submitted an application to the
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) three days after the
storm ravaged his Staten Island home, according to the New York
Daily News.

Colucci owns the damaged home, but FEMA rejected his application
because Colucci had taken residence with his son.

“They said because my father didn’t live there, owner or not,
it doesn’t matter. It’s a second home so he doesn’t qualify for
aid,”
Colucci Jr. said, adding that his father frequently has
trouble remembering the names of people he has known for decades.
“I said, ‘The guy is sick. He hasn’t got a second home.’ It’s
not like you’re talking to somebody that has a ton of money.”

Colucci Jr., a veteran himself, of the Vietnam War, told the
Daily News that while neighbors were receiving large checks, his
family could only complete basic clean-up of his father’s home.
He said one FEMA worker questioned why Colucci admitted his
father was staying with him in the first place.

“I was trying to tell the truth, and look what happened,”
he went on. “I’m a loyal American and when they needed me to
step up, I joined the service. Now we’re penalized for not
playing the game.”

FEMA spokesman Ray Perez told the Daily News the Coluccis’ case
was “a really tough one.”

FEMA has helped many Sandy victims in the months since the storm
hit New York City and the New Jersey coastline, even putting some
newly homeless in hotels. But a seeming lack of foresight in how
to spend recovery dollars, along with mismanagement accusations,
has frustrated city dwellers and New Jerseyans alike.

The American Red Cross, a separate entity from FEMA but one with
similar goals, admitted it did not distribute more than one-third
of the funds collected in the storm’s aftermath. Americans
donated $303 million to the Red Cross to help Sandy victims, the
most collected by any organization, but more than $110 million
has not been dispersed.

“People were cold. Homes mildewed. There wasn’t enough decent
housing,”
Kathleen McCarthy, the director for the Center for
the Study of Philanthropy and Civil Society at the City
University of New York, told the Associated Press. “Given the
lingering despair, it’s hard to understand the argument that ‘We
are setting that money aside.’”

This article originally appeared on: RT

“Artworks for Peace”: Support Global Research

0

Thanks to the support of our fundraising activity by Montreal artist Louise Ladouceur, we are in a position to offer an original woodblock printing to Global Research supporters who make a donation starting at US$300 (including shipping and handling)

For US Residents a Tax Receipt for deductible charitable contributions can be provided for donations to Global Research in excess of $400.00 through our fiscal sponsorship program. If you are a US resident and wish to make a donation of $400 or more, contact us at crg.online@yahoo.com (please indicate “US Donation” in the subject line) and we will send you the details. We are much indebted for your support.

Louise Ladouceur is renowned for her unique ability to create vibrant and expressive woodblock printings, using ancient techniques with contemporary styling, and has staged exhibits across Canada, the United States, Western Europe and Japan. Her works are also contained in several public and private collections including Quebec’s National Library (Bibliothèque Nationale du Québec).

Each piece in this collection depicts a different message.

We encourage you to make a donation to Global Research and help spread the message of peace embodied in these works.

Scroll down for further information and images of available woodblock printings.

The number of original prints in each edition varies between 10 and 12. The market value of these original woodblock printings is in excess of the suggested donation.

NEW!

From Visibility to Invisibility  2004

Dimensions: 40 x 25.5 cm

Beyond the beauty of the world, a great force guides us towards a peaceful silence.

Suggested donation $300+

NEW!

Wind for the Rose 2012

Engraved wood, Dimensions: 59 x 46 cm

The rose, a peace symbol, draws power in the hope of reconciliation among nations. A wind of tranquility for humans. The rising city keeps nature’s balance as an inspiration.

Suggested donation $500+

NEW! 

Revolution Around the Rose 2012

Dimensions: 46 x 48.5 cm

Different parts of the world keep linking and exchanging, moving around the rose. A revolution with a wind of change for peace in the universe.

Suggested donation $450

Coeur atout pour la paix (Heart trumps for peace) 2003

Dimensions : 54 x 25 cm

Beams of colour signify diversity and complementarity while the heart and clover bring peace and warmth. A rotation of the needle places us in an opportune moment.

Suggested donation $300+

Consensus pour la rose (Consensus for the rose) 2003

Dimensions : 76 x 32 cm

The image of a woman fighting for life and love, surrounded by a colourful mosaic representative of our diverse planet.

Suggested donation $400+

 DONATE AND ACQUIRE AN ORIGINAL WOODBLOCK PRINTING

1. Online

If you are able to make a donation to Global Research of $300 or more, click button below for online donations. Kindly also indicate in a separate email message to crg.online@yahoo.com, which woodblock printing you wish to acquire.

Also be sure to confirm your mailing address. Shipping and handling is included. The woodblock printing is sent unframed.

To donate and acquire an original woodblock, visit our donation page (paypal and credit card transactions)

2. by Mail

Kindly send your cheque or money order to the following address:

Clearly indicate which woodblock printing you would like to acquire. Also be sure to confirm your mailing address. Shipping and handling is included

Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG)
PO Box 55019
11 Notre-Dame Ouest,
MONTREAL, Qc, H2Y 4A7
CANADA

For donations from the US, the money order should be “International” payable outside the US
To reach us by email: crg.online@yahoo.com


Please Not that for US Residents: Tax Receipts for deductible charitable contributions by US residents
can be provided for donations to Global Research in excess of $400.00 through our fiscal sponsorship program.

If you are a US resident and wish to acquire a woodblock printing and make a donation of $400 or more, contact us at crg.online@yahoo.com (please indicate “US Donation” in the subject line) and we will send you the details. We are much indebted for your support.

DONATE TO GLOBAL RESEARCH OR BECOME MEMBER

To make a (one time) donation and/or become a Member. Any amount large or small will contribute to supporting Global Research
DONATE AND/OR BECOME A MEMBER  (link to donation page)

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Second fatality, thousands injured as police try to curb Turkey protests

0

A second fatality has been confirmed as protests in Turkey enter their fifth day. With several thousands already reported injured Turks continue to flood social media with video, images, and allegations of police brutality.

On Monday, the Union of Turkish Doctors confirmed the death of
22-year-old Abdullah Cömert in the city of Antakya, which is
located in the province of Hatay, near Turkey’s border with
Syria. 

The fatality was the second so far to be confirmed since protests
flared up on Friday in Istanbul and Ankara, and sprouted
demonstrations nationwide.

According to Turkish news reports Cömert died of injuries
sustained after being shot by unidentified gunmen, though many
users via social media were placing the blame on local police
forces.  

The BBC has reported that Cömert was a member of the youth wing
of the opposition Republican People’s Party, but did not
speculate as to the exact cause of death.

Earlier on Monday, the Turkish Doctors’ Union announced that
20-year-old Mehmet Ayvalitas, the first reported fatality since
Friday, was hit by a car in the Mayis district of Istanbul on
Sunday. 

Demonstrators clash with riot police between Taksim and Besiktas in Istanbul on June 4, 2013 (AFP Photo / Aris Messinis)

Demonstrators clash with riot police between Taksim and Besiktas in Istanbul on June 4, 2013 (AFP Photo / Aris Messinis)

Though many Turkish social media users again placed blame on
police forces for the death of Ayvalitas, any such link had yet
to be confirmed. According to the BBC the vehicle in question
ignored warnings to stop and ploughed into a crowd of
demonstrators.

According to the Turkish Medical Association, which was cited by
CNN International on Monday, the violence has so far left 3,195
people injured, with 26 in serious or critical condition. 

“There has been unprecedented violence against protesters and
social protest,”
demonstrator Neslihan Ozgunes told CNN on
Monday.

So far the majority of the injured have occurred in Istanbul,
though the protests have since spread to Ankara, Izmir, Adana and
smaller cities, such as Antakya to the East. Both video and
images depicting police in riot gear firing tear gas, using
pepper spray or at times physically beating demonstrators have
appeared throughout social media. Often, images alleging
excessive use of force by Turkish police have shown lone
protesters surrounded by riot gear-clad officers. 

On Sunday night, protesters in the Besiktas district of Istanbul
tore up paving stones to build barricades, and police responded
with tear gas and water cannon. According to the BBC, 
mosques, shops and a university in Besiktas were reportedly
turned into makeshift hospitals to treat the injured
demonstrators. 

International groups such as Amnesty International have
criticized the Turkish police response as excessive. On Sunday, a
CNN crew reported witnessing authorities roughing up at least one
protester in Ankara. One CNN videographer was reportedly even
kicked by a police officer,

Turkey’s Prime Minister Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan responded to
widespread protests on Monday by dismissing these as the work of
“extreme elements”. 

At a news conference prior to a trip to Morocco, which the PM
declined to postpone despite the ongoing demonstrations, ErdoÄŸan
accused the political opposition of provoking “his
citizens.” 

by twitter user @ChrisRobertsPR

This article originally appeared on: RT

One can’t join vague opposition — Kudrin

0

Former long-time Russian finance minister and the head of an opposition-minded think tank has said that those who take to Russian streets in protest must form real party structures based on concrete platforms.

Aleksey Kudrin said in an interview with the Kommersant-Vlast
weekly political magazine that it was wrong to describe the
Russian protesters unanimously as “opposition”.

“Currently the very notion of opposition has been made very
primitive. All those who are marching on Bolotnaya Square are
being called opposition and they are leftists and nationalists,
rightists and communists and ordinary citizens who are not siding
with anyone but they are discontent. I think we are making a
mistake when we summarily call them opposition and think that one
can join or not join such opposition
,” he told the magazine.

He explained that as the rally goers were not formally united in
some sort of organization or community it was impossible to join
their group. Only in the future might the opposition community
form separate platforms and become a real opposition to the
authorities through political party mechanisms.

“But I think that we are now at an early stage of
platform-forming. So right now there is no need to join Bolotnaya
— there is nothing there to join
,” Kudrin noted, referring to
the square in Moscow near the Kremlin that became the site of
several massive demonstrations of protest against alleged
elections violations after the 2011 parliamentary poll.

Kudrin also predicted that economic problems that might emerge in
the country would strengthen the protesters’ left wing and
emphasized that if the authorities start making concessions it
would only make the situation worse.

Kudrin was finance minister for over 10 years before losing the
post in 2011 after a public row with then-President Dmitry
Medvedev — Kudrin opposed the increase of social and military
spending, saying that they would undermine the budgetary balance.
After the resignation, Kudrin founded and headed the think tank
named the Committee of Civil Initiative, which quickly became
famous for its warnings and sometimes gloomy forecasts.

Kudrin initially voiced support for the Bolotnaya protests,
saying that the opposition views and healthy criticism were
import for the healthy development of the nation. However, in
time he changed his mind, telling the press last week that he was
not planning to participate in any future rallies as he had other
means by which to share his views with political decision-makers.

Despite his conflict with Medvedev, Kudrin remained a personal
friend of President Vladimir Putin. He confirmed this fact again
in the Kommersant-Vlast interview and added that he was meeting
the president about once every two months to give his opinion on
key economic and political issues.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bilderberg 2013: Just your average charity case?

0

As approximately 140 members of the global elite prepare to meet in Watford, England, this week for the 61st Bilderberg meeting, British residents may be surprised to see who is forced to foot the bill for security.

This week, the global movers and shakers will check into the
5-star Grove Hotel outside London for four days of wining, dining
and comparing notes on how to control the world (June 6-9).

At the same time, thousands of passionate protesters from around
the world will gather outside the 300-acre premises, complete
with 18-hole golf course, causing traffic jams and general
mayhem. Dorothy Thornhill, the mayor of Watford, has raised fears
that the activities could also bring “violence.”

“I have my concerns about it because it does attract people
who can and do cause violence and disturbance,”
she told the
Watford Observer. “But I am confident the police will be able
to minimize that and give them their right to protest.”



It will be the British taxpayers, however, who will be forced to
pick up part of the tab for part of the security expenditures;
the global elite that will be in town will have its portion
covered by its specially designated status.

 

Hertfordshire Police said the Bilderberg Group has agreed to pay
some of the cost of security through the charity called the
Bilderberg Association.

Yes, you’ve heard right. The Bilderberg Group, who is suspected
by those with a more conspiratorial slant of mind as having
designs on global domination (enter sinister laugh, piano music),
is actually an officially registered charity case (# 272706).

“According to its Charity Commission accounts, the association
meets the ‘considerable costs’ of the conference when it is held
in the UK, which includes hospitality costs and the travel costs
of some delegates,”
the Guardian reported.

And who pays into the Bilderberg charity fund? As the Guardian
reported, the charity receives regular “five-figure sums” from
two weighty supporters of its benevolent goals: Goldman Sachs and
BP.

Yes, those two cuddly corporate behemoths, which are practically
synonymous with well-worn clichés, like corporate malfeasance and
insane greed. The former was responsible for blowing a
devastating hole in the global economy by hawking a tricky
investment product known as a subprime mortgages; the latter was
responsible for the Gulf of Mexico oil spill, which entered the
history books as the largest such disaster ever.

Some may see a conflict of interest here, where two corporate
monsters are footing the bill for global politicians, CEOs, and
other luminaries to eat well and play golf while discussing ways
to “steer” the course of the global economy.

Not surprisingly, after years of meeting behind closed doors, the
Bilderberg Group seems prepared to meet the public halfway on the
question of transparency. This will also involve some added
expenditures to the final bill.

“This year there is a press zone, police liaison, portable
toilets, a snack van, a speakers’ corner — all the ingredients
for a different Bilderberg,”
the Guardian reported.

A “festival feel” has been promised, it continued.

Meanwhile, activists are planning to hold a ‘Bilderberg Fringe
Festival,’ which organizers say will be a peaceful weekend of
guest speakers, music and workshops nearby.

Public scrutiny of the 61st Bilderberg meeting promises to be at
an all-time high, while media in Britain seems more prepared to
report on the secretive event — even gently mock it.

It would be too easy to blame the uptick in Bilderberg paranoia
on internet chat rooms, where conspiracy theories are minted
faster than wooden nickels. After all, in our hyper-connected age
of social media, the best way for a group to attract unwanted
attention is to boldly declare: “Elite Only, Democracy Need Not
Apply.”


Although members of the ‘Bilderberg Steering Group’ say their
closed-door meetings are merely “informal talk shops” where
participants can freely discuss pressing global issues, it seems
to be the unstated rule that participants do not speak publicly
about the event.

“Attendees are encouraged not to discuss the proceedings,
which fuels the secrecy concerns. Many adopt a ‘Fight Club’
approach to answering questions afterward,”
The Washington
Post divulged following last year’s meeting. “In other words,
the first rule is, you do not talk about Bilderberg.”

This year, the Bilderberg Group (named after the Dutch hotel in
which it held its first conference in 1954), has invited a
handful of the planet’s most powerful to the luxurious Grove
Hotel, where attendees will be able to cavort with their peers
away from the glare of democratic oversight. This high level of
privacy has attracted a mixed bag of reactions.

“If a hundred of the world’s best-known sports figures or film
stars were gathered at some exclusive resort behind closed doors
for a private meeting, the entirety of the mass media would be on
hand, clamoring for admittance and demanding to know what was
going on,”
commented James P. Tucker, the late investigative
journalist who was one of the first to throw a spotlight on the
Bilderberg meetings over two decades ago.

“When the world’s richest bankers, media barons,
industrialists, members of royalty and political leaders were
meeting secretly and discussing public policy matters that
impacted on the course of the world’s affairs, the establishment
press never said a word,”
Tucker added.

Proponents of the meeting, however, say that collaboration among
individuals is possible to occur without the necessity of an
exclusive event.

“The idea that the so-called global elite need to have a
special retreat in order to hatch sinister plots that run counter
to the needs of the people is simply ridiculous,”
a former
attendee of the event, who spoke on the condition of anonymity,
told RT.  

While no official guest list for this year’s event has been
released, the annual gathering has previously welcomed
influential personalities including Henry Kissinger, David
Rockefeller, Tony Blair, the Prince of Wales, Bill Clinton,
Condoleezza Rice, not to mention, most surprisingly, a sprinkling
of editors of major newspapers.

Ironically, it has been the mainstream media’s deafening silence
of the prestigious event that has given Bilderberg most of its
largely-unwanted publicity. This year, organizers of the global
event hope to reverse that trend, aiming for much-needed
transparency and oversight.

Robert Bridge is the author of the book, Midnight in the American Empire, which
deals with the consequences of extreme corporate power in the
United States.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Supreme Court allows police to take DNA without a warrant

0

US police are now legally allowed to take DNA samples from those who are arrested, even if they have not been convicted for a crime or gone to trial. The Supreme Court ruled 5-4 to uphold the controversial practice on Monday.

Critics claim that taking DNA samples from anyone in custody
without a warrant is considered an unconstitutional
“search”, but the high court believes otherwise. US police
who arrest anyone for a felony are now legally allowed to take a
cheek swab of the arrestee to obtain a DNA sample, regardless of
whether or not an individual has been convicted.

The court compared this practice to fingerprinting and
photographing, and ruled that it is “a legitimate police
booking procedure that is reasonable under the Fourth
Amendment.”
The court also described DNA sampling as the 21st
century version of fingerprinting.

“DNA identification of arrestees is a reasonable search that
can be considered part of a routine booking procedure,”

Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote, representing the court’s majority
decision.

The Supreme Court narrowly ruled 5-4 in favor of this practice,
which Justice Samuel Alito described as “the most important
criminal procedure case that this court has heard in decades.”

In response to critics’ claims that DNA sampling is an
unconstitutional search, the court said that the procedure
requires nothing beyond “a light touch” and does not require a
surgical intrusion, which is why it does not constitute a
“search”. Twenty-eight states and the federal government
currently take DNA samples from those who are under felony
arrest, but have not yet gone to trial.  

Justice Antonin Scalia, who ruled with the minority, responded
angrily to the ruling, suggesting that DNA sampling of arrestees
may be a stepping-stone to future privacy violations of innocent
Americans in the name of safety.  

 

“Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your DNA
can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever
arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever season,” Scalia
said in response to the decision. “This will solve some extra
crimes, to be sure. But so would taking your DNA whenever you fly
on an airplane.”

During oral arguments in February, Justice Sonia Sotomayor
expressed her concern that DNA swabs could eventually be conduced
in schools and workplaces if the court upholds the police
procedure.

“Why don’t we do this for anybody who comes in for a driver’s
license?”
she asked.

But President Barack Obama has made comments in which he appears
to favor DNA sampling of arrestees. In January 2012, the
president signed the Katie Sephich Enhanced DNA Collection Act,
which provides states with federal funding for police to conduct
cheek swabs.

“It’s the right thing to do,” Obama said in a 2010
appearance on America’s Most Wanted, referring to the procedure
of taking DNA from arrestees. “This is where the national
registry becomes so important.”

The DNA sampling case landed on the Supreme Court’s desk this
year after 26-year-old Alonzo King, a Maryland resident, was
arrested for second-degree assault in 2009. Police took a DNA
sample from his cheek and matched it to an unsolved rape from six
years earlier. As a result, King was convicted of both the 2009
assault and the 2003 rape and was sentenced to life in prison.
The rape conviction was later overturned after the Maryland Court
of Appeals ruled that the DNA sampling was considered an
unreasonable search. The state then brought the case to the
Supreme Court, which on Monday upheld the police procedure.

But the procedure remains controversial, and Scalia warned that
the decision will lead to dire consequences.

“Make no mistake about it,” Scalia wrote. “As an
entirely predictable consequence of today’s decision your DNA can
be taken and entered into a national DNA database if you are ever
arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Future of the Arctic in focus as more countries start playing in the region

0
<!–Alexander Yakovenko–>

Dr Alexander Yakovenko, Russian Ambassador to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Deputy foreign minister (2005-2011).

As interest in the Arctic region, its exploration and preservation, rapidly grows, the Arctic Council is getting more hands to help out with the new Permanent Arctic Council Secretariat starting its work in northern Norway.

Eight Arctic nations, Canada, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway,
Russia, Sweden and the US, make the Arctic council, but as of May
15, twelve permanent observers have joined the Council. These
include countries away from the Arctic circle such as China,
Italy, Japan and South Korea. With Arctic ice melting and new
opportunities for commercial transportation and extraction of
mineral resources, new platers are being attracted to the region.
The decision on permanent observers reflects growing interest
toward the Arctic among non-Arctic states.

This also means that more states accept the role of the Council
in defining the future of the Arctic and recognize the principle
of sovereignty of the Arctic states and the responsibility for
managing affairs of that vital area, which, indeed, strengthens
the significance of this international body on a global scale.

At the meeting in Kiruna the ministers signed the second 
legally binding pan-Arctic document in history – the Agreement on
Cooperation on Marine Oil Pollution Preparedness and Response in
the Arctic. This, further evidence of the Arctic countries’
responsibility role for the state of affairs in the region. The
next is preparation of the Agreement on Marine Oil Spill
Prevention. The Arctic Council also continues to discuss the
problem of black carbon – this issue requires focused and
comprehensive study.

Russia welcomes the results of the completed large-scale
scientific projects of the Arctic Council accompanied by valuable
recommendations. It’s believed they will help better understand
the changes taking place in the Arctic region, to forecast the
vector of their development and will be in demand when our
countries make relevant decisions.

One of the evident achievements of the Swedish presidency is the
fruitful meeting of ecology ministers of member-states this
February, the interaction between the military that started last
year.

The interest in the Arctic region is growing fast. We welcome the
observers, including China and Italy, whose status is subject to
the criteria approved in Nuuk. Several other applications will be
considered at the next session of the Council.

The priorities of the starting Canadian presidency in the Council
are shared by us — development of resources of the North, the use
of Arctic maritime transport route, support for those who live in
the Arctic region. They are largely in line with the Strategy of
Development of the Arctic Zone of the Russian Federation and
Ensuring National Security for the period till 2020.

It is important that all Arctic strategies adopted in
member-states of the Council state that national interests may be
fully secured only through close cooperation with partners in the
region. The changes taking place in the Arctic region not only
bring common challenges to us, but also open up new opportunities
for cooperation.

It is hard to overestimate the importance of a rather symbolic
trip of senior officials of the Arctic Council to the North Pole
this April together with the Secretary of the Security Council of
the Russian Federation Nikolai Patrushev and a well-known Russian
polar explorer Artur Chilingarov and their photos taken against
the background of flags of the eight member-states and the flag
of the Arctic Council.

Russia will hold the third international Arctic Forum organized
by the Russian Geographical Society in Salekhard on 24-25
September 2013.

We are convinced that all the issues not settled yet in the
Arctic region — and their number is diminishing — will be
resolved by the Arctic countries on the existing and sufficient
international and legal basis and, of course, good will.

The Arctic region is becoming an example for many other,
unfortunately, less peaceful regions. Russia has no doubts that
the future of the Arctic region will be defined by notions like
peace, sustainable development, close cooperation and strong
Arctic Council.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Anti-WikiLeaks hacker group attacks RT.com as Manning trial begins

0

RT.com was temporarily disabled Monday for just under five hours by a DDoS attack. It coincided with RT’s reporting on the trial of Bradley Manning and massive anti-government protests in Turkey, with coverage continuing uninterrupted on Twitter.

The attack, claimed by anti-WikiLeaks hacker group AntiLeaks,
also came as RT celebrated its status as the first international
news agency to reach one billion views on YouTube.

“Yes we are responsible for the attack on #RT_com,” read a
tweet from AntiLeaks Monday. The same hackers previously used a
distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attack in August of 2012
during the debut episode of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange’s
show on RT.  

Hackers often use DDoS attacks to disable websites by fabricating
Internet traffic and overwhelming a site’s hosting service, which
is what happened in this case.

“This is a continuation of our protest against RT.com for
their support of the traitor Bradly Manning and cyber terrorist
Julian Assange who I need to remind your viewers once threatened
to release a ‘thermonuclear device’ of government files
containing the names of spies, sources, and informants if he’s
killed or brought to trial,”
AntiLeaks wrote in an email to
journalist Michael Rusch. 

Monday’s leak coincides with the first day of the Bradley Manning
trial, with the AntiLeaks spokesman referring to Manning, who
risked his life to reveal atrocities carried out by US forces in
Iraq and Afghanistan, as a “coward.” AntiLeaks has previously
described Assange as “a new breed of terrorist” and warned him
Monday that “you will see your final days here in America.” 

This attack however, like the one last year, did not impede RT’s
ongoing coverage of the Manning trial or the protests in
Turkey. 

The AntiLeaks hackers also make reference to RT’s announcement
that the number of people who have watched our coverage has
exceeded one billion.

Little information can be gleaned on AntiLeaks aside from the
organization’s Twitter feed, though its few dozen tweets over the
course of nearly a year are peppered with patriotic American
lines like “Semper Fi,” the motto of the US Marine Corps. Various
blogs have speculated the group is made up of staff from the
National Security Agency, the decades-old, fabled intelligence
organization only made public under the George W. Bush
administration, or computer experts affiliated with the NSA. One
tweet, sent after AntiLeaks disabled WikiLeaks’ website in August
2012, reveals little more. 

“You can call me DietPepsi,” the message read. “I am
the leader of AntiLeaks. We are not doing this to call attention
to ourselves. We are young adults, citizens of the United States
of America and are deeply concerned about the recent developments
with Julian Assange and his attempt at Asylum in Ecuador.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Ridiculous Manning trial proves demand for whistleblowers’

0

Barack Obama has prosecuted more whistleblowers than any of his predecessors, with Bradley Manning’s case part of the crackdown, but people will still break the rules to reveal the truth to the public, Kristinn Hrafnsson, Wikileaks spokesman, told RT.

The trial of the US army private, Bradley Manning, who handed
classified military data to Wikileaks, is now underway in
Maryland.

The whistleblower faces a list of charges — among them aiding the
enemy, which could land him in prison for the rest of his life.

Kristinn Hrafnsson believes that Manning has already suffered
enough and should be set free as no lives have been harmed due to
the data he disclosed. 

RT: Manning is on trial for providing information to your
organization. You’re the ones who made it public – do you feel
responsible for his predicament?

Kristinn Hrafnsson: We are a journalistic organization,
who of course provide a platform for whistleblowers and sources
to submit information to us anonymously. And the best way to
secure the people — the whistleblowers — is by not knowing their
identity. So, I can say that I first heard the name ‘Bradley
Manning’ when I read in the papers that he has been arrested in
May 2010. So, it’s worth emphasizing that nothing that WikiLeaks
did led to his arrest and this trail. 

RT: What is your organization doing to help him avoid life
imprisonment for collaborating with you?

KH: We do support him in any way possible through the
millions of people that have subscribed to our Twitter and our
Facebook accounts. And we try to provide a mass of support
to Bradley Manning because he, certainly, needs it and will need
it in the future. This trial is very much a trial of the freedom
of the press. And it’s worth noting that there are extremely
serious steps taken by the US administration to pursue these
extremely serious charges against young Bradley Manning for
aiding the enemy, for basically treason, which carries the death
penalty. It’s an extremely serious thing that should be
considered by the general public and journalists as a serious
threat.

RT: It turns out that by publishing Manning’s documents
WikiLeaks aided the enemy as well. Should you also be prosecuted?

KH: It’s totally absurd. We work with more than 100 media
organizations all around the world, including the New York Times,
who published this information. So, did the New York Times aid
the enemy? Would’ve it have made a difference if those
soldiers who killed Osama bin Laden, found a copy of the New York
Times in his house or online material? This is
journalism.  

RT: Many blame Manning for spilling state secrets without
regard to those he might endanger. He deserves to be punished
doesn’t he?

KH: Absolutely not. He should be set free. He ‘s suffered
enough after three years in prison and one year almost under
torturous conditions. Enough is enough. The information that was
revealed by WikiLeaks was information on war crimes and
corruption and information that should be in the public domain.
There’s not a single report or claim that life has been harmed as
a result of these leaks.  

RT: The US government is already under fire for apparently
clamping down on press freedoms, take the AP debacle, for
example. Could this play into Manning’s hands, getting him a
softer sentence?

KH: This should be a wakeup call to everybody. Yes, you
are correct. This is a part of a strategy, a tendency, which is
extremely serious. You mentioned phone records that were taken
from 20 Germans from the Associated Press, the gruesome Fox
affair as well. Let’s not forget that under Obama more
whistleblowers had been prosecuted that under all other president
after World War II combined. 

AFP Photo / Will Oliver

RT: Julian Assange remains holed up in the Ecuadorian
Embassy in London, Bradley Manning faces a lifetime in prison –
what kind of future do you think the whistleblowing movement has?

KH: There’s an obvious attempt to stop the whistleblowers
because those in power they, of course, see that in our modern
age it’s easier to submit information to the general public
through WikiLeaks or other platforms that are similar. It won’t
stop whistleblowers. There’ll always be brave people out there,
who are filled with the right ideals and, who feel that sometimes
they need to break the rules to get information out to the people
because the people have the right to know. I don’t see that as a
serious threat towards whistleblowing, in general. And it’s a
positive thing that in many other countries, outside the US,
there’s growing tendency towards strengthening the legal base of
whistleblowing, including here in my own country [Iceland]. So, I
don’t fear that too much, but overreaction and this ridiculous
show-trial that started today is an indication of, actually, the
positive element that whistleblowing can have and the need for us
to have whistleblowers to submit information into the public
domain.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Exonerated Chicago man claims police tortured him into confession

0

After spending 24 years in prison for a crime he didn’t commit, a Chicago man has filed a lawsuit claiming that police subjected him to violent torture methods that made him urinate blood to force him to make a false confession.

James Kluppelberg was released from a southern Illinois prison in
May 2012 after his case was dismissed, 24 years after he was
convicted and locked up for an arson-murder. The man was charged
with setting a March 1984 fire that killed a woman and her five
children — a felony crime that Kluppelberg confessed he
committed.

Prosecutors initially sought the death sentence for Kluppelberg,
who was 18 years old when the fire occurred and 22 when he was
imprisoned. But he received a life sentence and insisted on his
innocence throughout his imprisonment.

During an appeal, the man’s defense attorneys argued that the
fire was not arson, and that the confession was invalid because
Kluppelberg had been coerced. Now, the former inmate is arguing
that he was subjected to brutal torture at the hands of police,
and is demanding punitive damages.

Former Chicago police Commander Jon Burge, who is named in the
complaint, was convicted in 2011 for lying about police torture
and sentenced to 4 ½ years in prison. Evidence presented at his
trial showed that he suffocated suspects with plastic bags, held
loaded guns to their heads and shocked them with electrical
devices, Courthouse News reports.

The former commander was allegedly also involved in the torture
inflicted upon Kluppelberg.

“Despite Mr. Kluppelberg’s innocence, the defendants beat a
false confession out of him, hitting him so violently that he was
urinating blood,”
the lawsuit states. “The trial court
ultimately suppressed Mr. Kluppelberg’s confession, finding that
it was ‘obvious’ that [he] had been severely mistreated, but not
before the confession was used by the defendants to set in motion
[his] wrongful arrest and prosecution.”

The complaint alleges that the defendants knew the man was
innocent throughout the trial and that they conspired to generate
false witness statements and fabricated arson evidence. The
former girlfriend of Kluppenberg testified against the man,
allegedly because police beat her and threatened her children,
the lawsuit states.

The man was arrested in 1988 even though police had already
identified a woman who told them she “may have set” the fire, but
couldn’t remember because she was intoxicated on the night of the
incident. The original fire investigators had allegedly
stated that the origin of the fire could not be determined, but
the defendants used false evidence to convict Kluppelberg, likely
to cover up the actions of the intoxicated woman. The woman had
admitted to setting a different home in the same neighborhood
ablaze, but all information about her was withheld during the
trial.

The complaint states that Burge and 13 other Chicago police
officers were involved in torturing Kluppelberg. The suit also
seeks damages from two members of the Chicago Fire Department and
the City of Chicago.

The case is the latest in a series of lawsuits filed against
Chicago police on allegations of torture. In January, the city of
Chicago was forced to pay $10.25 million to compensate a man who
spent 26 years in prison for a murder he didn’t commit. The
victim, Alton Logan, said police, including the former Commander
Burge, had tortured him into confessing.

Before this settlement, the city had already paid about $30
million to compensate victims tortured under Burge’s leadership
and $16 million in legal fees, the Chicago Sun Times reported.

Last month, a commission that investigates claims by inmates who
say they were tortured found seven new cases that it may pursue —
five of which involve Burge, and all of which will be referred to
the chief judge of the Circuit Court of Cook County, ABC reports.

Between 1972 and 1991 — the years that Burge served as commander
— approximately 135 African-American men and women were arrested
and tortured under his leadership, the University of Chicago’s
Human Rights watch reported in 2007.

“It is common knowledge that in the early to mid-1980s Chicago
Police Commander Jon Burge and many officers working under him
[partook] in the physical abuse and torture of prisoners to
extract confessions,”
concluded the 1999 court case Maxwell
v. Gilmore.

Reports of torture incidents involving Burge continue to arise
and with each lawsuit, the city faces potential settlements at
the expense of its taxpayers.

Despite the fact that Kluppelberg was released from prison in
2012, the 47-year-old will never regain the lost years that were
robbed from him by police. He has struggled to make money and get
back on his feet after spending more than two decades in prison.

“I’m really lost at this point,” he told the Chicago
Tribune while standing outside the Menard Correction Center with
nothing but $14 in his pocket, last year. “I don’t even know
what’s going to happen tomorrow morning.”

The lawsuit seeks monetary compensation for violations of
Kluppelberg’s constitutional rights, malicious prosecution and
emotional distress. If the former inmate’s claims are valid, he
could become the latest case in which the city will be required
to shovel out taxpayer dollars to compensate Burge’s torture
victims.

This article originally appeared on: RT

IRS wasted $50 mln on luxury hotels, alcohol and baseball tickets

0

An internal watchdog claims the IRS spent $50 million on ‘inappropriate’ conference funds during a three-year period — news that serves to further embarrass the agency in wake of its targeting of conservative groups.

The Internal Revenue Service allegedly spent nearly $50 million
on about 200 employee conferences between 2010 and 2012, during
which it frequently provided its workers with presidential hotel
suites and allowed them to take dance classes and attend baseball
games, according to excerpts from an inspector general’s report
slated to be released Tuesday.

An August 2010 conference in Anaheim, Calif., cost the IRS $4
million. About 2,600 managers attended the event and stayed in
presidential hotel suites that usually cost $1,500 to $3,500 per
night. About 15 outside speakers were paid $135,000 each, one of
which was hired to discuss “leadership through art”,
according to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee,
which released the excerpts.

The IRS also failed to negotiate lower room rates, which is a
standard practice for federal government agencies. Employees who
attended the conference also received a number of costly
benefits, including baseball tickets at taxpayers’ expense.

“They ended up with free drinks, they ended up with tickets to
games — basically kickbacks,”
Rep. Darrell Issa (R-Calif.),
chairman of the House oversight panel that released the excerpts,
told NBC News.

Over the weekend, a video surfaced online, showing about a dozen
IRS employees line dancing before the Anaheim conference. The
latest recording of the dancing workers cost the agency about
$1,600 and portrays a lack of seriousness in the hours leading up
to the conference. The “Cupid shuffle” line dance
recording was released after two IRS video parodies of the
“Star Trek” and “Gilligan’s Island” TV shows were
publicized in recent weeks. The IRS allegedly spent about $60,000
in taxpayer funds to produce all three videos, ABC News reports.

“It’s outrageous. Any kind of wasteful spending like this must
be put down, particularly at these times,”
Sen. Charles
Schumer (D-N.Y.) told NBC.

 

IRS Acting Commissioner Danny Werfel admitted that the spending
outlined by the inspector general’s report was excessive, but
argued that the agency has become more responsible since then.

“This conference is an unfortunate vestige from a prior
era,”
IRS Acting Commissioner Danny Werfel said in a
statement released Sunday, referring to the event in Anaheim.
“While there were legitimate reasons for holding the meeting,
many of the expenses associated with it were inappropriate and
should not have occurred.”

Werfel also claims that travel and training expenses have
decreased by “more than 80 percent.”

The Treasury Department released a statement alleging that the
administration “has already taken aggressive and dramatic
action to reduce conference spending.”
IRS spokeswoman
Michelle Eldridge also said that spending on conferences with 50
or more participants was reduced from $37.6 million in 2010 to
$4.9 million in 2012, AP reports.

But news of the IRS’s spending history serves as further
embarrassment after the agency has been exposed numerous times
for its inappropriate conduct in recent weeks. The agency has
come under fire for targeting tea party organizations and other
conservative political groups more frequently for audits, which
generated immense criticism toward the IRS from Americans of
all political groups.

The inspector general’s report also includes quotes from
interviews with IRS employees, one of which said that “all my
direction”
in screening conservative groups came from an
official in Washington, D.C. — a statement that further
contradicts IRS officials’ initial claims that low-level
employees ordered the targeted audits.

Rep. Issa plans to hold a hearing on the conference spending on
Thursday, two days after the full report is slated to be
released.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Clashes as thousands of Cambodians protest Nike factory work conditions

0

Hundreds of police intervened after around 4,000 striking staff at Nike’s factory in the Cambodian capital clashed with colleagues, who continued working. This comes after the factory’s management refused to raise monthly salaries by US$12.

Police said that at least 11 officers and
eight workers were injured during the brawl in Phnom Penh. The
strikers also say seven people were
arrested.

The employees at the Sabrina
factory are pressing for a wage increase, following the death of
1,000 people in a collapse of a garment factory building in
Bangladesh this April.

According to witnesses, the
striking workers, who were armed with sticks and rocks, smashed
windows before being confronted by the members of the opposing
labor union, who didn’t support the
action.

A contingent of about
1,000 police and soldiers, with batons and shields, was required
to separate the clashing sides and disperse the
strikers.

“We had to
break them up in order to protect the whole factory from
destruction,”
Kheng Tito, national military police spokesman,
told
Reuters.

Garment workers stand near police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)

The
president of the Free Trade Union (FTU) at Sabrina, Sao
Sreytouch, has accused the police and factory owners of colluding
“to cause chaos” and force an end to the strike, running
since May
21. 

He
said that the striking workers, who want their salary to be
raised from the equivalent of $74 dollars to $88 per month, were
the only ones beaten up and detained during the
brawl. 


Last week, the administration of the Taiwanese-owned Sabrina
factory announced that it doesn’t have the necessary funds to
increase their workers’ payment by the requested
$12.


US sportswear giant, Nike, is monitoring the situation at
one of its five plants in Cambodia, but the company’s stance on
the issue is that the pay raise is the responsibility of the
Sabrina factory
alone.


“It is our understanding that this factory raised
its own minimum wage on May 1 and pays above the country’s
minimum wage,”
Mary Remuzzi, Nike spokeswoman, told Reuters
by
e-mail.


The garment industry is Cambodia’s biggest
export earner, employing about 500,000 people in more than 500
garment and shoe factories. Last year, the Southeast Asian state
shipped more $4 billion worth of products to the US and
Europe.


The protest action by the Cambodian
workers is unlikely to have any effect as the issue of poor
Indochinese states being exploited by Western brands must be
solved on an international level, economist Richard Wolff, author
of ‘Democracy at work: A cure for capitalism’, told
RT.


“We know why the clothing
giants are in places like Cambodia, Bangladesh and so on. They’re
running away from the high wages that workers have successfully
won in Europe, in North America and Japan and so on,”
he
said. “They’re running away to make more profits by paying
lower
wages.”


“The problem is —
nothing has ever changed in that story unless and until the
workers push back. And usually when they push back and make
demands, the government is in the pockets of the businesses and
so the lines are drawn. And we’re simply seeing in Cambodia the
same sad replay. And here’s the worst of it. If the Cambodians
are successful in pushing for higher wages — the way, for
example, the Chinese have been in recent decades — well, then
you’re going to get what? The movement of those firms out of
Cambodia, making them pay for their demand for a decent life by
losing their jobs. And going to yet another country that will
prostrate itself in order get those
jobs.”


Despite Nike
expressing its concern over the Cambodian strike, Wolff believes
the US company won’t move a finger to improve the conditions for
its workers in the Third World.

Garment workers confront police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)


Reports of
accidents and riots in such countries like Cambodia and
Bangladesh are “always responded to by shock and surprise on
the part of the employer — that no one in the US believes — and
then a promise to investigate, which no one in the US takes
seriously and which almost inevitably has little or no
consequence as we can see by the endless repetition of these
sorts of incidents,”
he
stressed.


Wolff
also said that he’s concerned that Cambodia is becoming the new
Bangladesh and he expects more strikes and riots from the local
low-paid
workers.



“We have to understand that countries like Cambodia are in a
terrible situation. They’re trying desperately to recover from
poverty, from uneven development, from the horrible wars the US
waged in the Indochina,”
he
said.



“And they’re desperate for work to come and so they make
themselves an available, an attractive place for capitalists to
invest in — unbelievably low wages, no enforcement of all kinds
of rules. The conditions, which saw the collapse of that building
in Bangladesh, are reproduced in Cambodia. And it’s only than a
matter of time before the horrific conditions produce a fight
back on the part of the workers, who demand something of a
participation, you might say, in the economic development that
would be impossible without their low wages. And that puts them
on a collision course with the employers, who try to get the
local government to side with
them.”

Garment workers sit beside police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Day one of Manning trial focuses on intent of WikiLeaks source

0

The military trial of admitted WikiLeaks source Bradley Manning began Monday morning in Fort Meade, Maryland, more than three years after he was arrested in Iraq.

Manning, a 25-year-old soldier who reached the rank of private
first class in the United States Army, has been in pretrial
custody since May 2010. He could spend the rest of his life in
prison if a military judge convicts him at the end of the trial
for providing support to al-Qaeda.

In a small courtroom outside of Baltimore early Monday, Army
prosecutors painted a picture of Pfc. Manning that portrayed him
as a traitor that released files to WikiLeaks with intent to
cause harm to the US. Manning’s defense counsel David Coombs
insisted otherwise, however, and rejected the government’s
argument that the soldier made contact with the anti-secrecy
website in order to bring harm to the country he had taken an
oath to protect.

Manning previously pleaded guilty to a number of lesser charges
lobbed by the US government, but his counsel’s biggest challenge
will occur during the court-martial, when they are faced with
defending the private against counts of aiding the enemy and
espionage.

Day one of the court-martial got underway around 10am Monday with
Army prosecutors presenting a slideshow that paved the way for
how they intend to prove that Pfc. Manning went to WikiLeaks will
ill intentions. By presenting an outline of the evidence they
plan to present as the trial continues trough the summer,
prosecutors said they will show that Manning knowingly aided the
enemy.

“This is not a case about an accidental spill of classified
information” or “a case about a few documents left in a
barracks,”
prosecutors said.

“This, your honor, this is a case about a soldier who
systemically harvested hundreds of thousands of documents from
classified databases, and literally dumped that information onto
the Internet in the hands of the enemy,”
putting the lives of
his fellow soldiers at risk.

“This is a case about what happens when arrogance meets access
to sensitive information.”

Prosecutors also argued that Manning conspired with WikiLeaks
founder Julian Assange, citing chat logs alleged to have occurred
between the two in which Manning discussed classified
intelligence that was publically requested and discussed by the
WikiLeaks Twitter feed.

“We would like a list of as many .mil email addresses as
possible. Please contact editor@wikileaks.org,”
one tweet
read in part. Manning is accused of supplying WikiLeaks with a
list containing the personal information of 74,000 troops shortly
thereafter, and the Army may be able to prove that the soldier
took a cue from Assange, likely setting the stage for an eventual
case against Assange that could finally pressure his extradition
to the US.

But earlier this year, Manning testified during pretrial hearings
that he was never sure who he communicated with during his few
chats with a WikiLeaks staffer the government alleges to be
Assange. Manning admitted to sending hundreds of thousands of
files to WikiLeaks during a February 2013 statement, and on
Monday his attorney said he had a very good reason for that.

Speaking of one file Manning admitted to leaking – a video of a
US Apache chopper opening fire and killing civilians – Coombs
said Manning sent it to WikiLeaks in hopes of bringing change to
a war in Iraq being fought in a way very much unlike it was being
reported.

“When he decided to release this information, he believed that
this information showed how we value human life,”
Coombs
said. “He was troubled. And he believed that the American
public saw it they too would be troubled. And maybe things would
be changed,”
he said.

Manning also has been attributed with leaking an entire trove of
sensitive files to the website, including State Department
diplomatic cables, Guantanamo Bay detainee assessment files and
other materials. Before he concluded his brief opening statement,
Coombs offered insight as to why his client did as charged.

“He released these documents because he was hoping to make the
world a better place,”
Coombs said. “He was 22 years old.
He was young. He was a little naïve in thinking the information
he selected could actually make a difference, but it was good
intentions.”

“He had absolutely no actual knowledge that the enemy would
get access to it,”
Coombs said.

The prosecution called a handful of witnesses on Monday,
including the Army officials who began the investigation into
Pfc. Manning in May 2010 and his roommate in Iraq. The trial will
enter day two on Tuesday and is expected to run through the
summer.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Give Manning a Plea Deal

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/give_manning_a_plea_deal_20130603/

Posted on Jun 3, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Israel to expel African migrants

0

The Israeli regime has decided to send thousands of African migrants to an undisclosed country in an attempt to stem the influx of migrants.

According to a court document made public on Monday, an Israeli lawyer said that a deal was reached with an unidentified country to absorb the migrants. The lawyer stated that the absorption of the migrants would be Å“gradual.”

Tally Kritzman-Amir, an immigration law expert at the Academic Center for Law and Business in Tel Aviv, said, “It is possible to transfer the migrants to a third country,” adding, “but the primary responsibility to the rights of the refugees still lies with Israel.”

Later on Monday, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said, “We have stopped the infiltration phenomenon into Israel. Last month only two infiltrators entered Israel, compared to more than 2,000 a year ago. Now we are focused on the infiltrators leaving.”

Over the past eight years, some 60,000 African migrants, mostly from Eritrea or Sudan, have entered Israel via Egypt.

Israel has built a fence along the border with Egypt to prevent the influx of migrants. Last year, it offered cash to the migrants to leave voluntarily.

IA/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Day one of Manning trial focuses on intent of WikiLeaks source

0

The military trial of admitted WikiLeaks source Bradley Manning began Monday morning in Fort Meade, Maryland, more than three years after he was arrested in Iraq.

Manning, a 25-year-old soldier who reached the rank of private
first class in the United States Army, has been in pretrial
custody since May 2010. He could spend the rest of his life in
prison if a military judge convicts him at the end of the trial
for providing support to al-Qaeda.

In a small courtroom outside of Baltimore early Monday, Army
prosecutors painted a picture of Pfc. Manning that portrayed him
as a traitor that released files to WikiLeaks with intent to
cause harm to the US. Manning’s defense counsel David Coombs
insisted otherwise, however, and rejected the government’s
argument that the soldier made contact with the anti-secrecy
website in order to bring harm to the country he had taken an
oath to protect.

Manning previously pleaded guilty to a number of lesser charges
lobbed by the US government, but his counsel’s biggest challenge
will occur during the court-martial, when they are faced with
defending the private against counts of aiding the enemy and
espionage.

Day one of the court-martial got underway around 10am Monday with
Army prosecutors presenting a slideshow that paved the way for
how they intend to prove that Pfc. Manning went to WikiLeaks will
ill intentions. By presenting an outline of the evidence they
plan to present as the trial continues trough the summer,
prosecutors said they will show that Manning knowingly aided the
enemy.

“This is not a case about an accidental spill of classified
information” or “a case about a few documents left in a
barracks,”
prosecutors said.

“This, your honor, this is a case about a soldier who
systemically harvested hundreds of thousands of documents from
classified databases, and literally dumped that information onto
the Internet in the hands of the enemy,”
putting the lives of
his fellow soldiers at risk.

“This is a case about what happens when arrogance meets access
to sensitive information.”

Prosecutors also argued that Manning conspired with WikiLeaks
founder Julian Assange, citing chat logs alleged to have occurred
between the two in which Manning discussed classified
intelligence that was publically requested and discussed by the
WikiLeaks Twitter feed.

“We would like a list of as many .mil email addresses as
possible. Please contact editor@wikileaks.org,”
one tweet
read in part. Manning is accused of supplying WikiLeaks with a
list containing the personal information of 74,000 troops shortly
thereafter, and the Army may be able to prove that the soldier
took a cue from Assange, likely setting the stage for an eventual
case against Assange that could finally pressure his extradition
to the US.

But earlier this year, Manning testified during pretrial hearings
that he was never sure who he communicated with during his few
chats with a WikiLeaks staffer the government alleges to be
Assange. Manning admitted to sending hundreds of thousands of
files to WikiLeaks during a February 2013 statement, and on
Monday his attorney said he had a very good reason for that.

Speaking of one file Manning admitted to leaking – a video of a
US Apache chopper opening fire and killing civilians – Coombs
said Manning sent it to WikiLeaks in hopes of bringing change to
a war in Iraq being fought in a way very much unlike it was being
reported.

“When he decided to release this information, he believed that
this information showed how we value human life,”
Coombs
said. “He was troubled. And he believed that the American
public saw it they too would be troubled. And maybe things would
be changed,”
he said.

Manning also has been attributed with leaking an entire trove of
sensitive files to the website, including State Department
diplomatic cables, Guantanamo Bay detainee assessment files and
other materials. Before he concluded his brief opening statement,
Coombs offered insight as to why his client did as charged.

“He released these documents because he was hoping to make the
world a better place,”
Coombs said. “He was 22 years old.
He was young. He was a little naïve in thinking the information
he selected could actually make a difference, but it was good
intentions.”

“He had absolutely no actual knowledge that the enemy would
get access to it,”
Coombs said.

The prosecution called a handful of witnesses on Monday,
including the Army officials who began the investigation into
Pfc. Manning in May 2010 and his roommate in Iraq. The trial will
enter day two on Tuesday and is expected to run through the
summer.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Gunmen kill lawmaker in NW Pakistan’

0

Pakistani police say gunmen have shot and killed a newly elected member of the provincial assembly in Hangu, a town in the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province.

Senior police officer Bin Yamin Khan said on Monday that Farid Khan was killed when armed men sprayed his vehicle with bullets, The Associated Press reported.

Khan and his driver died on the spot while the guard sustained injuries in the attack.

The police officer said Khan was elected from Hangu as an independent candidate and later joined the Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf party, led by cricket star Imran Khan.

No one has claimed responsibility for the attack yet.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran rejects France's nuclear propaganda

0

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Seyyed Abbas Araqchi has censured the latest remarks by French officials about Tehranâ„¢s nuclear energy program and called them baseless.

Å“Through making baseless allegations about the Islamic Republic of Iranâ„¢s peaceful nuclear activities, the French authorities are taking a stance that does not conform with reality and does not correspond with Iranâ„¢s transparent objectives in its civilian nuclear program,” Araqchi said in a statement issued on Monday.

He also expressed surprise over the French officialsâ„¢ efforts to distort the facts and kowtow to the Å“illegitimate” Israeli regime.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that the Iranian nuclear program has been diverted toward military objectives.

Araqchi also rejected French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabiusâ„¢ allegation that Iran is involved in the conflict in Syria and said that Tehran is only trying to help find a peaceful solution to the crisis.

He went on to say that certain states, which are supporting and arming Å“irresponsible” militant groups in Syria, have adopted an unconstructive stance toward the crisis, and such an approach has only led to more suffering for the Syrian people, more loss of life and wealth, and more insecurity in Syria and the rest of the Middle East.

Araqchi also condemned Fabiusâ„¢ comments, in which he said Iran should not be invited to the upcoming Geneva conference on Syria, describing the remarks as surprising.

On May 25, Fabius expressed opposition to Iranâ„¢s participation in the Geneva conference, claiming that Iran Å“is not seeking a political solution” in Syria and is Å“directly” involved in the conflict in the country.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Exonerated Chicago man claims police tortured him into confession

0

After spending 24 years in prison for a crime he didn’t commit, a Chicago man has filed a lawsuit claiming that police subjected him to violent torture methods that made him urinate blood to force him to make a false confession.

James Kluppelberg was released from a southern Illinois prison in
May 2012 after his case was dismissed, 24 years after he was
convicted and locked up for an arson-murder. The man was charged
with setting a March 1984 fire that killed a woman and her five
children — a felony crime that Kluppelberg confessed he
committed.

Prosecutors initially sought the death sentence for Kluppelberg,
who was 18 years old when the fire occurred and 22 when he was
imprisoned. But he received a life sentence and insisted on his
innocence throughout his imprisonment.

During an appeal, the man’s defense attorneys argued that the
fire was not arson, and that the confession was invalid because
Kluppelberg had been coerced. Now, the former inmate is arguing
that he was subjected to brutal torture at the hands of police,
and is demanding punitive damages.

Former Chicago police Commander Jon Burge, who is named in the
complaint, was convicted in 2011 for lying about police torture
and sentenced to 4 ½ years in prison. Evidence presented at his
trial showed that he suffocated suspects with plastic bags, held
loaded guns to their heads and shocked them with electrical
devices, Courthouse News reports.

The former commander was allegedly also involved in the torture
inflicted upon Kluppelberg.

“Despite Mr. Kluppelberg’s innocence, the defendants beat a
false confession out of him, hitting him so violently that he was
urinating blood,”
the lawsuit states. “The trial court
ultimately suppressed Mr. Kluppelberg’s confession, finding that
it was ‘obvious’ that [he] had been severely mistreated, but not
before the confession was used by the defendants to set in motion
[his] wrongful arrest and prosecution.”

The complaint alleges that the defendants knew the man was
innocent throughout the trial and that they conspired to generate
false witness statements and fabricated arson evidence. The
former girlfriend of Kluppenberg testified against the man,
allegedly because police beat her and threatened her children,
the lawsuit states.

The man was arrested in 1988 even though police had already
identified a woman who told them she “may have set” the fire, but
couldn’t remember because she was intoxicated on the night of the
incident. The original fire investigators had allegedly
stated that the origin of the fire could not be determined, but
the defendants used false evidence to convict Kluppelberg, likely
to cover up the actions of the intoxicated woman. The woman had
admitted to setting a different home in the same neighborhood
ablaze, but all information about her was withheld during the
trial.

The complaint states that Burge and 13 other Chicago police
officers were involved in torturing Kluppelberg. The suit also
seeks damages from two members of the Chicago Fire Department and
the City of Chicago.

The case is the latest in a series of lawsuits filed against
Chicago police on allegations of torture. In January, the city of
Chicago was forced to pay $10.25 million to compensate a man who
spent 26 years in prison for a murder he didn’t commit. The
victim, Alton Logan, said police, including the former Commander
Burge, had tortured him into confessing.

Before this settlement, the city had already paid about $30
million to compensate victims tortured under Burge’s leadership
and $16 million in legal fees, the Chicago Sun Times reported.

Last month, a commission that investigates claims by inmates who
say they were tortured found seven new cases that it may pursue —
five of which involve Burge, and all of which will be referred to
the chief judge of the Circuit Court of Cook County, ABC reports.

Between 1972 and 1991 — the years that Burge served as commander
— approximately 135 African-American men and women were arrested
and tortured under his leadership, the University of Chicago’s
Human Rights watch reported in 2007.

“It is common knowledge that in the early to mid-1980s Chicago
Police Commander Jon Burge and many officers working under him
[partook] in the physical abuse and torture of prisoners to
extract confessions,”
concluded the 1999 court case Maxwell
v. Gilmore.

Reports of torture incidents involving Burge continue to arise
and with each lawsuit, the city faces potential settlements at
the expense of its taxpayers.

Despite the fact that Kluppelberg was released from prison in
2012, the 47-year-old will never regain the lost years that were
robbed from him by police. He has struggled to make money and get
back on his feet after spending more than two decades in prison.

“I’m really lost at this point,” he told the Chicago
Tribune while standing outside the Menard Correction Center with
nothing but $14 in his pocket, last year. “I don’t even know
what’s going to happen tomorrow morning.”

The lawsuit seeks monetary compensation for violations of
Kluppelberg’s constitutional rights, malicious prosecution and
emotional distress. If the former inmate’s claims are valid, he
could become the latest case in which the city will be required
to shovel out taxpayer dollars to compensate Burge’s torture
victims.

This article originally appeared on: RT

IRS wasted $50 mln on luxury hotels, alcohol and baseball tickets

0

An internal watchdog claims the IRS spent $50 million on ‘inappropriate’ conference funds during a three-year period — news that serves to further embarrass the agency in wake of its targeting of conservative groups.

The Internal Revenue Service allegedly spent nearly $50 million
on about 200 employee conferences between 2010 and 2012, during
which it frequently provided its workers with presidential hotel
suites and allowed them to take dance classes and attend baseball
games, according to excerpts from an inspector general’s report
slated to be released Tuesday.

An August 2010 conference in Anaheim, Calif., cost the IRS $4
million. About 2,600 managers attended the event and stayed in
presidential hotel suites that usually cost $1,500 to $3,500 per
night. About 15 outside speakers were paid $135,000 each, one of
which was hired to discuss “leadership through art”,
according to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee,
which released the excerpts.

The IRS also failed to negotiate lower room rates, which is a
standard practice for federal government agencies. Employees who
attended the conference also received a number of costly
benefits, including baseball tickets at taxpayers’ expense.

“They ended up with free drinks, they ended up with tickets to
games — basically kickbacks,”
Rep. Darrell Issa (R-Calif.),
chairman of the House oversight panel that released the excerpts,
told NBC News.

Over the weekend, a video surfaced online, showing about a dozen
IRS employees line dancing before the Anaheim conference. The
latest recording of the dancing workers cost the agency about
$1,600 and portrays a lack of seriousness in the hours leading up
to the conference. The “Cupid shuffle” line dance
recording was released after two IRS video parodies of the
“Star Trek” and “Gilligan’s Island” TV shows were
publicized in recent weeks. The IRS allegedly spent about $60,000
in taxpayer funds to produce all three videos, ABC News reports.

“It’s outrageous. Any kind of wasteful spending like this must
be put down, particularly at these times,”
Sen. Charles
Schumer (D-N.Y.) told NBC.

 

IRS Acting Commissioner Danny Werfel admitted that the spending
outlined by the inspector general’s report was excessive, but
argued that the agency has become more responsible since then.

“This conference is an unfortunate vestige from a prior
era,”
IRS Acting Commissioner Danny Werfel said in a
statement released Sunday, referring to the event in Anaheim.
“While there were legitimate reasons for holding the meeting,
many of the expenses associated with it were inappropriate and
should not have occurred.”

Werfel also claims that travel and training expenses have
decreased by “more than 80 percent.”

The Treasury Department released a statement alleging that the
administration “has already taken aggressive and dramatic
action to reduce conference spending.”
IRS spokeswoman
Michelle Eldridge also said that spending on conferences with 50
or more participants was reduced from $37.6 million in 2010 to
$4.9 million in 2012, AP reports.

But news of the IRS’s spending history serves as further
embarrassment after the agency has been exposed numerous times
for its inappropriate conduct in recent weeks. The agency has
come under fire for targeting tea party organizations and other
conservative political groups more frequently for audits, which
generated immense criticism toward the IRS from Americans of
all political groups.

The inspector general’s report also includes quotes from
interviews with IRS employees, one of which said that “all my
direction”
in screening conservative groups came from an
official in Washington, D.C. — a statement that further
contradicts IRS officials’ initial claims that low-level
employees ordered the targeted audits.

Rep. Issa plans to hold a hearing on the conference spending on
Thursday, two days after the full report is slated to be
released.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Clashes as thousands of Cambodians protest Nike factory work conditions

0

Hundreds of police intervened after around 4,000 striking staff at Nike’s factory in the Cambodian capital clashed with colleagues, who continued working. This comes after the factory’s management refused to raise monthly salaries by US$12.

Police said that at least 11 officers and
eight workers were injured during the brawl in Phnom Penh. The
strikers also say seven people were
arrested.

The employees at the Sabrina
factory are pressing for a wage increase, following the death of
1,000 people in a collapse of a garment factory building in
Bangladesh this April.

According to witnesses, the
striking workers, who were armed with sticks and rocks, smashed
windows before being confronted by the members of the opposing
labor union, who didn’t support the
action.

A contingent of about
1,000 police and soldiers, with batons and shields, was required
to separate the clashing sides and disperse the
strikers.

“We had to
break them up in order to protect the whole factory from
destruction,”
Kheng Tito, national military police spokesman,
told
Reuters.

Garment workers stand near police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)

The
president of the Free Trade Union (FTU) at Sabrina, Sao
Sreytouch, has accused the police and factory owners of colluding
“to cause chaos” and force an end to the strike, running
since May
21. 

He
said that the striking workers, who want their salary to be
raised from the equivalent of $74 dollars to $88 per month, were
the only ones beaten up and detained during the
brawl. 


Last week, the administration of the Taiwanese-owned Sabrina
factory announced that it doesn’t have the necessary funds to
increase their workers’ payment by the requested
$12.


US sportswear giant, Nike, is monitoring the situation at
one of its five plants in Cambodia, but the company’s stance on
the issue is that the pay raise is the responsibility of the
Sabrina factory
alone.


“It is our understanding that this factory raised
its own minimum wage on May 1 and pays above the country’s
minimum wage,”
Mary Remuzzi, Nike spokeswoman, told Reuters
by
e-mail.


The garment industry is Cambodia’s biggest
export earner, employing about 500,000 people in more than 500
garment and shoe factories. Last year, the Southeast Asian state
shipped more $4 billion worth of products to the US and
Europe.


The protest action by the Cambodian
workers is unlikely to have any effect as the issue of poor
Indochinese states being exploited by Western brands must be
solved on an international level, economist Richard Wolff, author
of ‘Democracy at work: A cure for capitalism’, told
RT.


“We know why the clothing
giants are in places like Cambodia, Bangladesh and so on. They’re
running away from the high wages that workers have successfully
won in Europe, in North America and Japan and so on,”
he
said. “They’re running away to make more profits by paying
lower
wages.”


“The problem is —
nothing has ever changed in that story unless and until the
workers push back. And usually when they push back and make
demands, the government is in the pockets of the businesses and
so the lines are drawn. And we’re simply seeing in Cambodia the
same sad replay. And here’s the worst of it. If the Cambodians
are successful in pushing for higher wages — the way, for
example, the Chinese have been in recent decades — well, then
you’re going to get what? The movement of those firms out of
Cambodia, making them pay for their demand for a decent life by
losing their jobs. And going to yet another country that will
prostrate itself in order get those
jobs.”


Despite Nike
expressing its concern over the Cambodian strike, Wolff believes
the US company won’t move a finger to improve the conditions for
its workers in the Third World.

Garment workers confront police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)


Reports of
accidents and riots in such countries like Cambodia and
Bangladesh are “always responded to by shock and surprise on
the part of the employer — that no one in the US believes — and
then a promise to investigate, which no one in the US takes
seriously and which almost inevitably has little or no
consequence as we can see by the endless repetition of these
sorts of incidents,”
he
stressed.


Wolff
also said that he’s concerned that Cambodia is becoming the new
Bangladesh and he expects more strikes and riots from the local
low-paid
workers.



“We have to understand that countries like Cambodia are in a
terrible situation. They’re trying desperately to recover from
poverty, from uneven development, from the horrible wars the US
waged in the Indochina,”
he
said.



“And they’re desperate for work to come and so they make
themselves an available, an attractive place for capitalists to
invest in — unbelievably low wages, no enforcement of all kinds
of rules. The conditions, which saw the collapse of that building
in Bangladesh, are reproduced in Cambodia. And it’s only than a
matter of time before the horrific conditions produce a fight
back on the part of the workers, who demand something of a
participation, you might say, in the economic development that
would be impossible without their low wages. And that puts them
on a collision course with the employers, who try to get the
local government to side with
them.”

Garment workers sit beside police officers during a protest in front of a factory owned by Sabrina (Cambodia) Garment Manufacturing in Kampong Speu province, west of the capital Phnom Penh June 3, 2013.(Reuters / Samrang Pring)

This article originally appeared on: RT

US urges Turkey violence investigation

0

Anti-government protesters clash with riot police during a demonstration in Ankara.

The United States has called on Turkey to carry out an investigation into the policeâ„¢s violent crackdown on anti-government protesters described by defiant Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan as extremists.

“We are concerned by the reports of excessive use of force by police,” US Secretary of State John Kerry told reporters on Monday. “We obviously hope that there will be a full investigation of those incidents and full restraint from the police force.”

On the fourth day of the anti-government protests, Turkish police used teargas and water cannon to disperse the demonstrators who had gathered in the downtown Kizilay Square in the capital Ankara to demand Erdoganâ„¢s resignation. The protests in the city continued into the early hours of Tuesday.

Riot police fired teargas to disperse thousands of protestors massing near his Istanbul office in the Besiktas district late Monday as the clashes.

In Taksim Square, the focal point of the protests, a helicopter hovered over thousands of demonstrators who were shouting “Tayyip, resign!” and wafted teargas into the square.

The violence, which erupted on Friday over plans to build over Gezi Park in Istanbul, has so far claimed the life of one protester who was killed when a car crashed into a crowd of demonstrators in the Mayis district of the city on Sunday.

More than 1,000 people have been injured in the crackdown on protests in Istanbul with 700 wounded in Ankara, according to rights groups and doctors. Over 2,000 protesters have also been arrested.

The Turkish policeâ„¢s use of Å“excessive force” against protesters has been followed by irritating comments by Erdogan who called the protesters Å“extremists” and Å“vandals.”

White House spokesman Jay Carney said US officials think most of the protesters in the streets have been ordinary citizens engaged in peaceful demonstrations.

Kesk, a left-wing trade union confederation, has said it will start a two-day strike from Tuesday to support the protesters.

The Turkish prime minister, who started a four-day tour of Morocco on Monday despite the widespread protests, told a news conference in Rabat the “The situation (in Turkey) is now calming down… On my return from this visit, the problems will be solved.”

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Colombia military kills 4 FARC rebels

0

Four rebels of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) have been killed by government soldiers in recent clashes in Colombia’s southern Putumayo province.

The government issued a statement on Monday saying the four were killed in a rural area near Puerto Leguizamo during a military operation, AFP reported.

Five people — three minors, an Ecuadoran and an Indian — were also taken prisoner, according to the statement.

The casualties occurred as the government and the rebels are engaged in peace talks in Havana to try to end their almost five-decade-old conflict.

FARC is Latin America’s oldest insurgent group and has been fighting the government since 1964.

Bogota estimates that 600,000 people have been killed, and some three million others have been internally displaced by the fighting.

The rebel organization is thought to have around 8,000 fighters operating across a large swathe of the eastern jungles of the Andean nation.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Ridiculous Manning trial proves demand for whistleblowers’

0

Barack Obama has prosecuted more whistleblowers than any of his predecessors, with Bradley Manning’s case part of the crackdown, but people will still break the rules to reveal the truth to the public, Kristinn Hrafnsson, Wikileaks spokesman, told RT.

The trial of the US army private, Bradley Manning, who handed
classified military data to Wikileaks, is now underway in
Maryland.

The whistleblower faces a list of charges — among them aiding the
enemy, which could land him in prison for the rest of his life.

Kristinn Hrafnsson believes that Manning has already suffered
enough and should be set free as no lives have been harmed due to
the data he disclosed. 

RT: Manning is on trial for providing information to your
organization. You’re the ones who made it public – do you feel
responsible for his predicament?

Kristinn Hrafnsson: We are a journalistic organization,
who of course provide a platform for whistleblowers and sources
to submit information to us anonymously. And the best way to
secure the people — the whistleblowers — is by not knowing their
identity. So, I can say that I first heard the name ‘Bradley
Manning’ when I read in the papers that he has been arrested in
May 2010. So, it’s worth emphasizing that nothing that WikiLeaks
did led to his arrest and this trail. 

RT: What is your organization doing to help him avoid life
imprisonment for collaborating with you?

KH: We do support him in any way possible through the
millions of people that have subscribed to our Twitter and our
Facebook accounts. And we try to provide a mass of support
to Bradley Manning because he, certainly, needs it and will need
it in the future. This trial is very much a trial of the freedom
of the press. And it’s worth noting that there are extremely
serious steps taken by the US administration to pursue these
extremely serious charges against young Bradley Manning for
aiding the enemy, for basically treason, which carries the death
penalty. It’s an extremely serious thing that should be
considered by the general public and journalists as a serious
threat.

RT: It turns out that by publishing Manning’s documents
WikiLeaks aided the enemy as well. Should you also be prosecuted?

KH: It’s totally absurd. We work with more than 100 media
organizations all around the world, including the New York Times,
who published this information. So, did the New York Times aid
the enemy? Would’ve it have made a difference if those
soldiers who killed Osama bin Laden, found a copy of the New York
Times in his house or online material? This is
journalism.  

RT: Many blame Manning for spilling state secrets without
regard to those he might endanger. He deserves to be punished
doesn’t he?

KH: Absolutely not. He should be set free. He ‘s suffered
enough after three years in prison and one year almost under
torturous conditions. Enough is enough. The information that was
revealed by WikiLeaks was information on war crimes and
corruption and information that should be in the public domain.
There’s not a single report or claim that life has been harmed as
a result of these leaks.  

RT: The US government is already under fire for apparently
clamping down on press freedoms, take the AP debacle, for
example. Could this play into Manning’s hands, getting him a
softer sentence?

KH: This should be a wakeup call to everybody. Yes, you
are correct. This is a part of a strategy, a tendency, which is
extremely serious. You mentioned phone records that were taken
from 20 Germans from the Associated Press, the gruesome Fox
affair as well. Let’s not forget that under Obama more
whistleblowers had been prosecuted that under all other president
after World War II combined.

RT: Julian Assange remains holed up in the Ecuadorian
Embassy in London, Bradley Manning faces a lifetime in prison –
what kind of future do you think the whistleblowing movement has?

KH: There’s an obvious attempt to stop the whistleblowers
because those in power they, of course, see that in our modern
age it’s easier to submit information to the general public
through WikiLeaks or other platforms that are similar. It won’t
stop whistleblowers. There’ll always be brave people out there,
who are filled with the right ideals and, who feel that sometimes
they need to break the rules to get information out to the people
because the people have the right to know. I don’t see that as a
serious threat towards whistleblowing, in general. And it’s a
positive thing that in many other countries, outside the US,
there’s growing tendency towards strengthening the legal base of
whistleblowing, including here in my own country [Iceland]. So, I
don’t fear that too much, but overreaction and this ridiculous
show-trial that started today is an indication of, actually, the
positive element that whistleblowing can have and the need for us
to have whistleblowers to submit information into the public
domain.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Anti-WikiLeaks hacker group attacks RT.com as Manning trial begins

0

RT.com was temporarily disabled Monday for just under five hours by a DDoS attack. It coincided with RT.com’s reporting on the trial of Bradley Manning and massive anti-government protests in Turkey, with coverage continuing uninterrupted on Twitter.

The attack, claimed by anti-WikiLeaks hacker group AntiLeaks,
also came as RT celebrated its status as the first international
news agency to reach one billion views on YouTube.

“Yes we are responsible for the attack on #RT_com,” read a tweet
from AntiLeaks Monday. The same hackers previously used a
distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attack in August of 2012
during the debut episode of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange’s
show on RT. 

Hackers often use DDoS attacks to disable websites by fabricating
Internet traffic and overwhelming a site’s hosting service, which
is what happened in this case.

“This is a continuation of our protest against RT.com for
their support of the traitor Bradly Manning and cyber terrorist
Julian Assange who I need to remind your viewers once threatened
to release a ‘thermonuclear device’ of government files
containing the names of spies, sources, and informants if he’s
killed or brought to trial,”
AntiLeaks wrote in an email to
journalist Michael Rusch. 

Monday’s leak coincides with the first day of the Bradley Manning
trial, with the AntiLeaks spokesman referring to Manning, who
risked his life to reveal atrocities carried out by US forces in
Iraq and Afghanistan, as a “coward.” AntiLeaks has previously
described Assange as “a new breed of terrorist” and warned him
Monday that “you will see your final days here in America.” 

This attack however, like the one last year, did not impede RT’s
ongoing coverage of the Manning trial or the protests in
Turkey. 

I’m tired of Watching RT. *Turns off the TV* @rt_com #AntiLeaks

– Anti Leaks (@AntiLeaks) June 3,
2013

The AntiLeaks hackers also make reference to RT’s announcement
that the number of people who have watched our coverage has
exceeded one billion.

@rt_com I’m sorry I
spoiled your “1 Billion Views’ Special Program” parading around
a bunch of terrorists (cont) tl.gd/n_1rkkolg

– Anti Leaks (@AntiLeaks) June 3,
2013

Little information can be gleaned on AntiLeaks aside from the
organization’s Twitter feed, though its few dozen tweets over the
course of nearly a year are peppered with patriotic American
lines like “Semper Fi,” the motto of the US Marine Corps. Various
blogs have speculated the group is made up of staff from the
National Security Agency, the decades-old, fabled intelligence
organization only made public under the George W. Bush
administration, or computer experts affiliated with the NSA. One
tweet, sent after AntiLeaks disabled WikiLeaks’ website in August
2012, reveals little more. 

“You can call me DietPepsi,” the message read. “I am
the leader of AntiLeaks. We are not doing this to call attention
to ourselves. We are young adults, citizens of the United States
of America and are deeply concerned about the recent developments
with Julian Assange and his attempt at Asylum in Ecuador.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Ridiculous Manning trial proves demand for whistleblowers’

0

Barack Obama has prosecuted more whistleblowers than any of his predecessors, with Bradley Manning’s case part of the crackdown, but people will still break the rules to reveal the truth to the public, Kristinn Hrafnsson, Wikileaks spokesman, told RT.

The trial of the US army private, Bradley Manning, who handed
classified military data to Wikileaks, is now underway in
Maryland.

The whistleblower faces a list of charges — among them aiding the
enemy, which could land him in prison for the rest of his life.

Kristinn Hrafnsson believes that Manning has already suffered
enough and should be set free as no lives have been harmed due to
the data he disclosed. 

RT: Manning is on trial for providing information to your
organization. You’re the ones who made it public – do you feel
responsible for his predicament?

Kristinn Hrafnsson: We are a journalistic organization,
who of course provide a platform for whistleblowers and sources
to submit information to us anonymously. And the best way to
secure the people — the whistleblowers — is by not knowing their
identity. So, I can say that I first heard the name ‘Bradley
Manning’ when I read in the papers that he has been arrested in
May 2010. So, it’s worth emphasizing that nothing that WikiLeaks
did led to his arrest and this trail. 

RT: What is your organization doing to help him avoid life
imprisonment for collaborating with you?

KH: We do support him in any way possible through the
millions of people that have subscribed to our Twitter and our
Facebook accounts. And we try to provide a mass of support
to Bradley Manning because he, certainly, needs it and will need
it in the future. This trial is very much a trial of the freedom
of the press. And it’s worth noting that there are extremely
serious steps taken by the US administration to pursue these
extremely serious charges against young Bradley Manning for
aiding the enemy, for basically treason, which carries the death
penalty. It’s an extremely serious thing that should be
considered by the general public and journalists as a serious
threat.

RT: It turns out that by publishing Manning’s documents
WikiLeaks aided the enemy as well. Should you also be prosecuted?

KH: It’s totally absurd. We work with more than 100 media
organizations all around the world, including the New York Times,
who published this information. So, did the New York Times aid
the enemy? Would’ve it have made a difference if those
soldiers who killed Osama bin Laden, found a copy of the New York
Times in his house or online material? This is
journalism.  

RT: Many blame Manning for spilling state secrets without
regard to those he might endanger. He deserves to be punished
doesn’t he?

KH: Absolutely not. He should be set free. He ‘s suffered
enough after three years in prison and one year almost under
torturous conditions. Enough is enough. The information that was
revealed by WikiLeaks was information on war crimes and
corruption and information that should be in the public domain.
There’s not a single report or claim that life has been harmed as
a result of these leaks.  

RT: The US government is already under fire for apparently
clamping down on press freedoms, take the AP debacle, for
example. Could this play into Manning’s hands, getting him a
softer sentence?

KH: This should be a wakeup call to everybody. Yes, you
are correct. This is a part of a strategy, a tendency, which is
extremely serious. You mentioned phone records that were taken
from 20 Germans from the Associated Press, the gruesome Fox
affair as well. Let’s not forget that under Obama more
whistleblowers had been prosecuted that under all other president
after World War II combined.

RT: Julian Assange remains holed up in the Ecuadorian
Embassy in London, Bradley Manning faces a lifetime in prison –
what kind of future do you think the whistleblowing movement has?

KH: There’s an obvious attempt to stop the whistleblowers
because those in power they, of course, see that in our modern
age it’s easier to submit information to the general public
through WikiLeaks or other platforms that are similar. It won’t
stop whistleblowers. There’ll always be brave people out there,
who are filled with the right ideals and, who feel that sometimes
they need to break the rules to get information out to the people
because the people have the right to know. I don’t see that as a
serious threat towards whistleblowing, in general. And it’s a
positive thing that in many other countries, outside the US,
there’s growing tendency towards strengthening the legal base of
whistleblowing, including here in my own country [Iceland]. So, I
don’t fear that too much, but overreaction and this ridiculous
show-trial that started today is an indication of, actually, the
positive element that whistleblowing can have and the need for us
to have whistleblowers to submit information into the public
domain.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Future of the Arctic in focus as more countries start playing in the region

0
<!–Alexander Yakovenko–>

Dr Alexander Yakovenko, Russian Ambassador to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Deputy foreign minister (2005-2011).

As interest in the Arctic region, its exploration and preservation, rapidly grows, the Arctic Council is getting more hands to help out with the new Permanent Arctic Council Secretariat starting its work in northern Norway.

Eight Arctic nations, Canada, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway,
Russia, Sweden and the US, make the Arctic council, but as of May
15, twelve permanent observers have joined the Council. These
include countries away from the Arctic circle such as China,
Italy, Japan and South Korea. With Arctic ice melting and new
opportunities for commercial transportation and extraction of
mineral resources, new platers are being attracted to the region.
The decision on permanent observers reflects growing interest
toward the Arctic among non-Arctic states.

This also means that more states accept the role of the Council
in defining the future of the Arctic and recognize the principle
of sovereignty of the Arctic states and the responsibility for
managing affairs of that vital area, which, indeed, strengthens
the significance of this international body on a global scale.

At the meeting in Kiruna the ministers signed the second 
legally binding pan-Arctic document in history – the Agreement on
Cooperation on Marine Oil Pollution Preparedness and Response in
the Arctic. This, further evidence of the Arctic countries’
responsibility role for the state of affairs in the region. The
next is preparation of the Agreement on Marine Oil Spill
Prevention. The Arctic Council also continues to discuss the
problem of black carbon – this issue requires focused and
comprehensive study.

Russia welcomes the results of the completed large-scale
scientific projects of the Arctic Council accompanied by valuable
recommendations. It’s believed they will help better understand
the changes taking place in the Arctic region, to forecast the
vector of their development and will be in demand when our
countries make relevant decisions.

One of the evident achievements of the Swedish presidency is the
fruitful meeting of ecology ministers of member-states this
February, the interaction between the military that started last
year.

The interest in the Arctic region is growing fast. We welcome the
observers, including China and Italy, whose status is subject to
the criteria approved in Nuuk. Several other applications will be
considered at the next session of the Council.

The priorities of the starting Canadian presidency in the Council
are shared by us — development of resources of the North, the use
of Arctic maritime transport route, support for those who live in
the Arctic region. They are largely in line with the Strategy of
Development of the Arctic Zone of the Russian Federation and
Ensuring National Security for the period till 2020.

It is important that all Arctic strategies adopted in
member-states of the Council state that national interests may be
fully secured only through close cooperation with partners in the
region. The changes taking place in the Arctic region not only
bring common challenges to us, but also open up new opportunities
for cooperation.

It is hard to overestimate the importance of a rather symbolic
trip of senior officials of the Arctic Council to the North Pole
this April together with the Secretary of the Security Council of
the Russian Federation Nikolai Patrushev and a well-known Russian
polar explorer Artur Chilingarov and their photos taken against
the background of flags of the eight member-states and the flag
of the Arctic Council.

Russia will hold the third international Arctic Forum organized
by the Russian Geographical Society in Salekhard on 24-25
September 2013.

We are convinced that all the issues not settled yet in the
Arctic region — and their number is diminishing — will be
resolved by the Arctic countries on the existing and sufficient
international and legal basis and, of course, good will.

The Arctic region is becoming an example for many other,
unfortunately, less peaceful regions. Russia has no doubts that
the future of the Arctic region will be defined by notions like
peace, sustainable development, close cooperation and strong
Arctic Council.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Supreme Court allows police to take DNA without a warrant

0

US police are now legally allowed to take DNA samples from those who are arrested, even if they have not been convicted for a crime or gone to trial. The Supreme Court ruled 5-4 to uphold the controversial practice on Monday.

Critics claim that taking DNA samples from anyone in custody
without a warrant is considered an unconstitutional
“search”, but the high court believes otherwise. US police
who arrest anyone for a felony are now legally allowed to take a
cheek swab of the arrestee to obtain a DNA sample, regardless of
whether or not an individual has been convicted.

The court compared this practice to fingerprinting and
photographing, and ruled that it is “a legitimate police
booking procedure that is reasonable under the Fourth
Amendment.”
The court also described DNA sampling as the 21st
century version of fingerprinting.

“DNA identification of arrestees is a reasonable search that
can be considered part of a routine booking procedure,”

Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote, representing the court’s majority
decision.

The Supreme Court narrowly ruled 5-4 in favor of this practice,
which Justice Samuel Alito described as “the most important
criminal procedure case that this court has heard in decades.”

In response to critics’ claims that DNA sampling is an
unconstitutional search, the court said that the procedure
requires nothing beyond “a light touch” and does not require a
surgical intrusion, which is why it does not constitute a
“search”. Twenty-eight states and the federal government
currently take DNA samples from those who are under felony
arrest, but have not yet gone to trial.  

Justice Antonin Scalia, who ruled with the minority, responded
angrily to the ruling, suggesting that DNA sampling of arrestees
may be a stepping-stone to future privacy violations of innocent
Americans in the name of safety.  

 

“Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your DNA
can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever
arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever season,” Scalia
said in response to the decision. “This will solve some extra
crimes, to be sure. But so would taking your DNA whenever you fly
on an airplane.”

During oral arguments in February, Justice Sonia Sotomayor
expressed her concern that DNA swabs could eventually be conduced
in schools and workplaces if the court upholds the police
procedure.

“Why don’t we do this for anybody who comes in for a driver’s
license?”
she asked.

But President Barack Obama has made comments in which he appears
to favor DNA sampling of arrestees. In January 2012, the
president signed the Katie Sephich Enhanced DNA Collection Act,
which provides states with federal funding for police to conduct
cheek swabs.

“It’s the right thing to do,” Obama said in a 2010
appearance on America’s Most Wanted, referring to the procedure
of taking DNA from arrestees. “This is where the national
registry becomes so important.”

The DNA sampling case landed on the Supreme Court’s desk this
year after 26-year-old Alonzo King, a Maryland resident, was
arrested for second-degree assault in 2009. Police took a DNA
sample from his cheek and matched it to an unsolved rape from six
years earlier. As a result, King was convicted of both the 2009
assault and the 2003 rape and was sentenced to life in prison.
The rape conviction was later overturned after the Maryland Court
of Appeals ruled that the DNA sampling was considered an
unreasonable search. The state then brought the case to the
Supreme Court, which on Monday upheld the police procedure.

But the procedure remains controversial, and Scalia warned that
the decision will lead to dire consequences.

“Make no mistake about it,” Scalia wrote. “As an
entirely predictable consequence of today’s decision your DNA can
be taken and entered into a national DNA database if you are ever
arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘The Texas Twister Has Landed’: Max Keiser and Charlie Skelton Talk Alex Jones

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

In a teaser interview for the upcoming Bilderberg meeting’s 2013 coverage, London Guardian writer Charlie Skelton and financial analyst and TV host Max Keiser discuss what to expect now that “the Texas Twister” Alex Jones has landed in London.

“Do you think anybody will dare invite him on Newsnight or something?” Keiser report co-host Stacey Herbert quizzes Skelton. “Will he get a reprise of his Piers Morgan event?”

While Keiser lauds Jones’ work in exposing “lots of bad things,” Skelton answers what thousands of Americans have probably already wondered: “What the heck is Watford anyway?”

Follow the coverage on Alex’s Bilderberg page

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:40 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Reformists to rally round one candidate’

0

A senior reformist figure says members of the political camp plan to join forces and rally around the reformist candidate with the best chance of victory in Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election.

Mohammad Ali Najafi, the spokesman of the coalition working group of reformists, said on Sunday that reformists intend to seriously contest the presidential election, and a seven-man working group is working on the formation of a coalition to support a single candidate.

The results of the meetings will be officially announced by June 8, he added.

However, reformist presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref says he has no intention of forming a coalition with rival candidate Hassan Rohani in the upcoming election.

In an interview with the Mehr News Agency on Sunday, Aref said he would stay in the presidential election “to the end.”

Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, Hassan Rohani, who is the president of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are the eight candidates running for president.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in foreign countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish gov’t websites hacked by Anonymous

0

Voice of Russia
June 3, 2013

A group of computer hackers known as Anonymous carried out early on Monday a series of cyberattacks on Turkish government websites in retaliation for violent police response to anti-government protests.

Several Anonymous messages in its Twitter blog provide links to the sites, including those of President Turkish President Abdullah Gul and Turkey’s ruling Justice and Development Party, that have been denied public access.

Hackers normally use distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks to knock their targets offline.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:40 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Turkey protests in pictures: Fourth day of violence against ‘authoritarian’ government

0

Steve White
mirror.co.uk
June 3, 2013

Protesters in Turkey clashed with police again in a fourth day of violence against the government.

Demonstrators tore up paving stones to hurl at police who responded with tear gas and water cannon.

The protest began against the redevelopment of a park into a shopping centre — but rapidly became against the government.

At one point in the early hours demonstrators commandeered a bulldozer and drove it towards the Prime Minister’s office, but they were stopped.

Protesters say the Turkish government is becoming increasingly authoritarian.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:42 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Demo held in US to back Turkish protests

0

A large group of demonstrators gather to protest the demolition of Gezi Park in Taksim Square on May 31, 2013.

Around 100 protesters have staged a demonstration outside the Turkish consulate in New York to voice their support for anti-government protests in Turkey and demand the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

Chanting, “We want freedom” and “Erdogan, Resign,” the demonstrators expressed their discontent with the Turkish government and how it treats its citizens on Monday, AFP reported.

Some of the demonstrators brandished photos of Erdogan emblazoned with a Nazi swastika while others carried banners, reading, “Turkey you are not alone,” and “Stop police brutality.”

Turkey is on edge as the country witnessed the fourth day of fierce anti-government protests in major cities.

On Sunday, thousands of protesters marched on Erdogan’s office in Ankara and Istanbul, shouting “Dictator, resign!” and “We will resist until we win,” and clashed with the riot police who responded with tear gas.

Meanwhile, Erdogan has remained defiant, denying accusations that he has been acting like a dictator.

He has also rejected any possibility of an uprising in Turkey, arguing that these protesters do not represent the entire Turkish society.

Protests erupted in Istanbul on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful four-day sit-in by environmental activists against the demolition of Gezi Park at Taksim Square.

Activists say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last public green space.

The tough police response to park protesters sparked mass anti-government demonstrations in nearly 50 other cities.

The harsh police response has drawn international condemnation with EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton condemning Turkish police for using disproportionate force against demonstrators.

The White House has also called on Turkish security forces to exercise restraint in dealing with the protests, saying public demonstrations are part of the democratic expression.

Turkey Interior Minister Muammer Guler said on Sunday that more than 1,700 people had been arrested, adding that 58 civilians and 115 security officers had also been injured in the protests. Rights groups, however, have put the number of injured in the hundreds.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Jordan blocks 'unlicensed' websites

0

Jordan has blocked unlicensed websites. (file photo)

Jordan has blocked 304 domestic Å“unlicensed” and unregistered news websites in a bid to regulate the online media and curb sensational reporting.

The Press and Publication Department said access to 304 sites was cut. However, it added that 102 news websites which are either licensed or seeking registration remained accessible.

Information Minister Mohammed Momani said, “The government recognizes media is one of the most important pillars of modern democracy, and strengthening it is a key component of Jordan’s political reform efforts.”

“We seek free and independent national media, with the highest standards of professionalism and credibility,” he added.

Momani went on to say, Å“We will not allow personal attacks against individuals, or attacks against any groups or minorities.”

Jordan’s parliament passed a law last year that requires news websites to register with the Department of Press and Publication. Moreover, the state can block websites if they are deemed in violation of the law.

On Monday, Jordan security forces arrested 13 people in connection with riots and armed clashes in the southern city of Maan. The unrest erupted after a YouTube video showed unknown people kicking the corpses of two men murdered in the city a few days ago.

Angry rioters torched shops and a post office, accusing the police of failing to arrest suspects in the killing of the two men. However, police say investigations are still under way, and insist that the video footage was fabricated.

IA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Social Security Trustees Celebrate: Trust Funds Won’t Be Broke for Years

0

With Friday’s announcement by the trustees of the Social Security Administration that “reserves are still growing and will continue to do so through [the year] 2020,” it didn’t take long for groups like Strengthen Social Security (SSS) to chortle that not only is Social Security “fully affordable and structurally sound, [but it] will meet all its obligations to the American people as far as the eye can see.”

That works only if the eye can see out to the year 2020 and not beyond. SSS added: “Social Security’s cumulative projected surplus will be roughly $2.8 trillion in 2013 and [will] continue to grow until it reaches about $3 trillion around 2020.” This is, according to SSS, “the result of decades of foresight and planning.”

Unfortunately, buried in the trustees’ report are two unsettling facts that SSS ignored altogether. First, the Disability Trust Fund under Social Security will be out of funds in three years, forcing beneficiaries to take at least a 20-percent cut in their benefit checks. Second, after the year 2020 the highly touted “surplus” drops to zero in 2033, forcing everyone receiving a check to take a “haircut” of at least 25 percent, if not more. Under the trustees’ “high cost” scenario, totally ignored by SSS, Social Security will be out of funds by 2026, a scant 13 years from now.

By taking a longer view and broader view, however, Boston University economics professor Laurence Kotlikoff calculates that the difference between the government’s promises and its revenues, discounted to present value, is $222 trillion, or nearly 14 times the country’s gross domestic output. He points out that most people don’t know that the difference is that large because so many of those promises are kept off the books and consequently are not counted when the national debt is calculated:

You want to put everything on an even footing. Most of the liabilities the government has incurred in the postwar period have been kept off the books because of the way we’ve labeled our receipts and payments. The government has gone out of its way to run up a Ponzi scheme and keep evidence of that off the books by using language to make it appear that we have a small debt.

So, just how much of that $222 trillion belongs to Social Security? NBC News’ Business Editor Stephen Ohlemacher did the math and concluded that it’s $134 trillion, or eight times the country’s GDP.

These numbers are so staggering that they have galvanized both senators from Texas, John Cornyn and Ted Cruz, to take a hard look at what’s happening in Galveston, Texas, to see if something similar can’t be implemented nationally to make the program solvent. Back in 1979, the municipal employees in Galveston, Brazoria, and Matagorda counties opted out of Social Security under a loophole that Congress, in its infinite wisdom, closed in 1983. They voted to “go private,” 78 to 22, and are they glad they did. The 5,000 employees still covered under a plan, based on approximately the same level of contributions they would have made under Social Security, are now receiving vastly larger retirement checks than they would have received under Social Security. Those who have died were able to pass along to their heirs any unused part of their retirement funds, while those who died early, or became disabled along the way, also received larger benefits than those that would have been provided under Social Security. For instance, workers earning $51,000 a year can expect a monthly retirement check of about $3,100 instead of just $1,350.

County Judge Ray Holbrook helped design the plan, which provided a minimum rate of return on funds invested, along with some exposure to other investments that could earn a higher rate. He explained:

We sought a secure, risk-free alternative to the Social Security system, and it has worked very well for nearly a quarter-century. Our retirees have prospered, and our working people have had the security of generous disability and accidental death benefits.

Most important, we didn’t force our children and grandchildren to be unduly taxed and burdened for our retirement while these fine young people are struggling to raise and provide for their own families.

According to Holbrook, Galveston’s results would provide a good model for the country to follow:

It shouldn’t be a pay-as-you-go system, where children and grandchildren are paying for your Social Security. That’s why it’s bankrupt, and that’s why [Texas Governor] Rick Perry says it’s a Ponzi scheme, which I agree with.

Will anything be done before it’s too late, and beneficiaries start taking “haircuts” in their benefit checks? Probably not, if enough senators, such as “democratic socialist” Bernie Sanders from Vermont, think that other problems require more attention sooner. Back in 2012, Sanders said:

I would like to see Congress move on this tomorrow but we do have 22 years before there is any cut in Social Security benefits. Compared to other crises – the collapse of the middle class, real wages falling for American workers, 50 million people having no health insurance – how would I rate the Social Security situation? Nowhere near as serious as these and many other problems.

The problems facing Social Security and its beneficiaries are going to have to get a lot worse before Congress turns its attention to anything like the Galveston plan. After all, according to Strengthen Social Security, Social Security is “structurally sound [and it] will meet all of its obligations to the American people as far as the eye can see,” provided one doesn’t look too far ahead. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Illinois Legislature Passes Concealed Carry Bill

0

If Governor Pat Quinn signs the bill passed last week in the state legislature, Illinois will no longer be the only state in the American Republic without a legal provision for state residents to carry concealed firearms. On Friday, the legislature rushed through a bill allowing for limited concealed carry, as Democrats neared the deadline that the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals had given them to bring the state into compliance with the provisions of the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights. However, what remains to be seen is whether the new law will be recognized by the court as fulfilling the stipulations of its ruling late last year.

As reported for The New American last December (“Concealed Carry Coming to Illinois”), the Seventh Court gave the legislature 180 days to reform the state’s gun laws; otherwise, the court would strike down the statute. However, the ruling came out only days before the tragic shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut. In the intervening six months, the legislature has weighed a variety of new gun control laws – even as state lawmakers knew that action would have to take place to comply with the ruling of the court. In February, Attorney General Lisa Madigan attempted to get the full Seventh Court to reverse its early ruling, but a majority of the court upheld its previous determination on the basis of law, not a perception of public sentiment.

With a June 9 deadline looming, the final bill was raced through the legislature with very little opportunity for representatives to even review the legislation that they were expected to pass. As the National Rifle Association noted in a January 1 press release: “Given that some anti-gun Senators were attempting to skirt the court-ordered mandate and prevent a strong Right to Carry law, final language from this 168-page bill was only released early Friday morning, and was rushed through the legislature without committee consideration – leaving little time for a thorough review before the vote occurred yesterday afternoon.”

Nevertheless, in the assessment of the NRA, the bill has several virtues, not least of which is that it tackles the thorny issue of preemption: “This bill contains comprehensive preemption of handgun-related local ordinances for anyone with a FOID card and reserves regulation of all laws relating to the concealed carrying of handguns to the state. It also provides protections to those traveling with firearms by providing comprehensive preemption of local ordinances as applied to individuals with a FOID who are transporting firearms in compliance with all state regulations.” In other words, cities such as Chicago will not be able to simply nullify the new concealed handgun law.

However, a grave defect in the legislation is the lack of any provision for reciprocity: Residents of other states – regardless of any other concealed carry licenses they may possess – will still be required to apply for an Illinois license, and the cost for an nonresident license will be high. Kevin McDermott, writing for the St. Louis Dispatch, notes that nonresident licenses will be twice as expensive as the state resident rate:

The legislation that lawmakers passed Friday, under orders from a federal court, doesn’t contain any reciprocity language.

That means that anyone who wants to carry firearms in public in Illinois – even those already approved in other states – will have to get an Illinois permit. That in turn means paying a $300 non-resident fee (double the in-state fee) and taking 16 hours of training.

However, McDermott reports that the law does have this provision: “The legislation (Senate Amendment 5 to HB183) does allow CCW [carrying a concealed weapon] holders from other states to transport firearms in their cars while driving through the state, as long as the weapons stay in the vehicle.”

What remains to be seen is what reaction the Seventh Court will have to the new law – presuming that Quinn signs the legislation. If Quinn fails to sign the bill, or if the court deems it to have inadequately addressed the court’s requirements, Illinois may find the court removing the state’s concealed carry legislation altogether – which would mean that, for once, the simply language of the U.S. Constitution would actually rule in Illinois, at least on this one issue: “A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.”

When the concern of many legislators is how far they can go in abridging the constitutional liberties of citizens and still get away with it, the entire purpose for the Bill of Rights is still far from the being the law in the “Land of Lincoln.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

N.J. Senator Lautenberg Dies at 89

0

Sen. Frank Lautenberg (D-N.J., shown), who was the oldest member and last World War II veteran in the Senate, died Monday following complications stemming from viral pneumonia. He was New Jersey’s longest-serving U.S. Senator, first elected in 1982, retiring in 2000, then elected again in 2002.

Fox News noted that the door was opened for Lautenberg’s initial run for the Senate 1982 when long-serving Democratic Sen. Harrison Williams resigned after being convicted of bribery in what became known as the Abscam scandal. During that sting operation, FBI agents posing as Arab sheiks offered bribes to government officials and seven members of Congress, including Williams, were convicted. 

Lautenberg won the N.J. Democratic Senate primary that year, topping eight other candidates, and spent $4 million of his own money to defeat the popular Republican Rep. Millicent Fenwick.

After serving three terms in the Senate, Lautenberg announced his retirement in 2000. But two year later, when incumbent Democrat Sen. Robert Torricelli decided not to run for reelection, party leaders convinced Lautenberg to run again. He won the election and was reelected in 2008.

Born to poor Polish and Russian Jewish immigrants in Paterson, New Jersey, in 1924, Lautenberg joined the Army after graduating from high school and served in the Army Signal Corps in Europe during World War II. After the war, he attended Columbia University on the G.I. Bill and earned a degree in economics. He joined two boyhood friends in founding the nation’s first payroll services company, Automatic Data Processing, becoming ADP’s first full-time salesman and eventually chairman and CEO of the firm. The success of ADP made all three men millionaires.

Lautenberg was diagnosed with b-cell lymphoma, a cancer affecting his stomach, in February 2010. After several months of chemotherapy, he was declared cancer-free.

Lautenberg had suffered from physical ailments such as muscle fatigue and weakness in his legs in recent months. Back in February, he announced his decision to retire from the Senate following his current term, joking that he wanted to run for vice president in 2016.

Following the procedure specified in the Constitution, New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, a Republican, will appoint a replacement to fill the remainder of Lautenberg’s term, which ends in January 2015.

An article about Lautenberg’s Senate career in The Record (the Garden State’s second-largest circulation newspaper) noted:

Lautenberg was a reliable – some might say predictable – Democrat. He was pro-choice and pro-gun control and fierce in his opposition to the war in Iraq launched by a Republican president, George W. Bush. Based on his votes on key social, economic and foreign policy issues, Lautenberg was ranked by National Journal magazine as the fourth most-liberal senator in 2009. A favorite conservative target was Bush’s vice president, Dick Cheney. In a scathing 2004 Senate speech, Lautenberg – who served in the U.S. Army Signal Corps during World War II – called Cheney the “lead chicken hawk” among Republicans questioning the military credentials of Democratic presidential candidate and Vietnam War veteran John Kerry.

“We know who the chicken hawks are,” the article went on to quote Lautenberg. “They talk tough on national defense and military issues and cast aspersions on others. When it was their turn to serve, where were they? AWOL, that’s where they were.”

There is little doubt that Lautenberg was a committed liberal on most issues – particularly on domestic spending and social issues. However, the above report uses the tired “conservative Republican hawk” vs. “liberal Democrat dove” stereotypes to describe foreign policy positions. Such oversimplified analysis ignores the more meaningful opposing stands between neoconservative Republicans such as Cheney and Senator John McCain and libertarian-constitutionalist Republicans such as former Texas Rep. Ron Paul.

Interestingly, in reply to a question from CNN’s Soledad O’Brien on January 4, 2012 on the program Starting Point concerning Newt Gingrich’s assertion that Rep. Ron Paul would be a “dangerous” candidate because of his opposition to undeclared wars such as those in Iraq and Afghanistan, Paul used the same term Lautenberg employed against neoconservative Cheney – “chickenhawk” – to describe neoconservative Gingrich:

When Newt Gingrich was called to serve us in the 1960s during the Vietnam era, guess what he thought about danger? He chickened out on that and got deferments and didn’t even go. Right now he sends the young kids over there and the young people come back and the ones in the military right now, they overwhelmingly support my campaign….

So Newt Gingrich has no business talking about danger because he is putting other people in danger. Some people call that kind of a program a “chickenhawk” and I think he falls into that category.

While few will dispute Lautenberg’s unabashed liberalism, his opposition to the Bush administration’s interventionist foreign policy was a poor example to cite. In fact, his stand in that area might have been one place where he was in accord with strict constitutionalists.

In other areas, Lautenberg showed typically “liberal” colors, however. As was pointed out in an article in The New American on February 15, Lautenberg backed intrusive legislation to ban the ownership of guns by people convicted of “domestic violence,” no matter how trivial. Larry Pratt explained the consequences of such a law in his book, On the Firing Line:

Lautenberg federalizes state laws dealing with husband and wife relationships and even those of parent and child – that’s all covered under the term “domestic.”

Lautenberg’s measure means that if one were convicted of any kind of domestic violence misdemeanor (a slap, a foul mouth, spanking of a child), one is forever prohibited from owning a gun….

Who is affected [the most] by the Lautenberg gun ban? An increasingly large number of women are being kept from owning their best means of self-defense. This is because police are more and more arresting both partners in a domestic dispute and getting domestic misdemeanor convictions against both the man and the woman.

Lautenberg’s extreme liberalism was also showcased in another article for The New American on March 31 2011, which quoted from a speech the late senator delivered in front of a bus Planned Parenthood had been driving around the country in order to build up support for receiving tens of millions in taxpayer dollars for the nation’s largest abortion provider.

“Planned Parenthood is under attack by Tea Party Republicans who have put their extremist ideology above women’s health,” Lautenberg said.

When a pro-life counter-protester shouted, “Shame on you, Lautenberg,” he fired back: “These people [referring to the pro-life advocates] don’t deserve the freedoms in the Constitution.”

Perhaps then realizing the extreme nature of his statement, he added, as an afterthought, “but we’ll give it to them anyway.”

Though Lautenberg stood fast with his more liberal Democrat allies, the Senate long has been, first and foremost, a club whose members share a collegiality that transcends partisan politics. In that spirit, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) released a statement honoring Sen. Lautenberg that read as follows:

The entire Senate is saddened today by the loss of our colleague, Senator Frank Lautenberg. The Senate’s last remaining World War II veteran, Frank was a patriot whose success in business and politics made him a great American success story and a standout even within the fabled Greatest Generation. Elaine and I send our condolences to Bonnie, the Lautenberg children, and the entire Lautenberg family.

Photo of late Sen. Frank Lautenberg: AP Images

Related articles:

Sen. Lautenberg Says Tea Partiers Don’t Deserve Constitutional Rights

N.J. Senator Lautenberg to Retire, Opens Way to Newark Mayor Cory Booker

This article originally appeared on: The New American

McCain’s Third-rate Escapade in Syria

0

“Third-rate men, of course, exist in all countries, but it is only here that they are in full control of the state,” wrote H.L. Mencken in his 1922 essay “On Being an American.”

A current case of third-rate performance is the surprise visit by Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., with the rebels in Syria opposing President Bashar al-Assad’s regime and McCain’s call for the United States to become more militarily immersed in that dysfunctional nation’s increasingly bloody civil war.

A critic of President Obama’s apparent reluctance to get more involved in another war in the Middle East, McCain charged that Obama’s “red line” on Syria is written in “disappearing ink.”

A failure by the United States to get more involved in Syria, argues McCain, will further destabilize the region, as if the previous, enormously costly U.S. interventions in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Libya have resulted in increased stability. Meeting with rebel leaders, McCain was accompanied on his trip by the leader of the Supreme Military Council of the Free Syrian Army, Gen. Salim Idris.

“We need American help to have change on the ground,” said Idris. “We are now in a very critical situation. What we want from the U.S. government is to (make) the decision to support the Syrian revolution with weapons and ammunition, anti-tank missiles and anti-aircraft weapons.”

Assad announced recently in a television interview that “Syria has received the first shipment of Russian anti-aircraft S-300 rockets. The rest of the shipment will arrive later today.”

With the U.S. federal debt already at $16.8 trillion (more than 100 percent of GDP), not counting the unfunded liabilities of Medicare, Social Security and other outsized federal obligations (taking the red ink to $90 trillion, or over 500 percent of GDP), there was nothing in the news of McCain’s trip about the senator making a surprise stop in Riyadh to ask the Saudis to pick up the tab for the Syrian rebels’ anti-aircraft weapons – and nothing from McCain about how pitting American anti-aircraft weapons against Russian anti-aircraft rockets would help stabilize the region or the world.

There also was nothing from McCain about the likelihood of U.S. weapons supplied to the rebels in Syria finding their way into the ranks of al-Qaeda and other anti-Western Islamic extremists, as occurred with weapons sent by the United States to the mujahedin “freedom fighters” opposing the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan in the 1980s.

And there’s this from The Guardian in London: “Horrific video of a Syrian rebel commander eating the heart or lung of a dead government soldier has aroused furious international controversy, fueling an already heated debate over Western support for the armed uprising against President Bashar al-Assad’s regime.”

The proud perpetrator, Khaled al-Hamad, aka Abu Sakkar, said he also has footage of himself sawing a Syrian government soldier into “small and large pieces.”

On May 30, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, the U.S.-funded news organization, reported that the leader of the strongest anti-Assad jihadist group in Syria, the Al-Nusra Front, had “pledged his allegiance to al-Qaida leader Ayman al-Zawahri, who has a $25 million bounty on his head.”

Ralph R. Reiland is an associate professor of economics and the B. Kenneth Simon professor of free enterprise at Robert Morris University in Pittsburgh.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Iran refutes (P)GCC interference claims

0

Iran has categorically rejected allegations by the (Persian) Gulf Cooperation Council concerning Tehranâ„¢s interference in the domestic affairs of regional states.

In a statement issued on Monday, Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Seyyed Abbas Araqchi said the (P)GCC is unfortunately repeating its unfounded allegations against Iran at the same time as some of its member states should be held responsible for intervention in the internal affairs of other countries, such as Syria and Bahrain, and their military and financial support for terrorist groups.

He also deplored the interfering stance of the (P)GCC on the three Persian Gulf islands of Greater Tunb, Lesser Tunb, and Abu Musa, stressing that repetition of such claims will never change legal and historical facts, and the three islands are inseparable parts of Iran.

The islands of the Greater Tunb, the Lesser Tunb, and Abu Musa have historically been part of Iran, proof of which can be found and corroborated by countless historical, legal, and geographical documents in Iran and other parts of the world.

Araqchi also dismissed (P)GCC claims about lack of progress in negotiations between Iran and the six major world powers over the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program, noting that such allegations clearly attest to the unawareness of the Saudi Arabia-based union with regards to the trend of the talks.

Iran and the P5+1 — China, Russia, France, Britain and the US plus Germany — last held talks in the Turkish city of Istanbul on May 16. Two earlier meetings were held in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 5-6 and February 26-27.

The United States, Israel and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran has roundly rejected the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and an International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) member, it is entitled to acquire and develop nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that the Iranian nuclear program has been diverted toward military objectives.

MP/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

DeLand police officer fired after running over, killing man

2

Patricio G. Balona
Daytona Beach News-Journal
June 3, 2013

The police car that ran over and killed Marlon Brown is shown at its resting point off South Delaware Avenue in DeLand / Provided by Krystal Brown

A DeLand patrol car appeared to be moving quickly across an empty lot when it ran over Marlon Brown and killed him, according to a witness who spoke to The Daytona Beach News-Journal on Thursday.

“I can’t sleep and can’t eat and I have this vision in my head,” Laheia Olvera, 23, said in a telephone interview. “From his neck to his waist, he was completely smashed. His head was swelled up.”

Marlon Brown, 38, was killed early Wednesday when DeLand Police Officer James Harris, 25, ran him down in his patrol car as he ran through a vegetable garden in an empty lot behind 901 S. Delaware Ave., according to reports filed by the Volusia County Sheriff’s Office and the Florida Highway Patrol, which is leading the investigation.

Read full article

22 escape in Niger jailbreak

0

Nigerien security forces surround the prison in Niamey after the attack.

The Nigerien government says 22 prisoners have escaped from the central prison in Niamey during an attack launched by militants.

Justice Minister Marou Amadou said late on Sunday that the prison was attacked on Saturday and two prison guards were killed in the incident, The Associated Press reported on Monday.

Boko Haram militants are the main suspects.

Malian national Cheibane Ould Hama, who was convicted of killing four Saudi Arabians and a US citizen, also escaped during the jailbreak, Amadou added.

He went on to say that the Nigerien security forces are tracking down the escapees.

The Boko Haram militant group, headquartered in neighboring Nigeria, says its goal is to overthrow the Nigerian government.

The group — whose name means Å“Western education is forbidden” — has claimed responsibility for a number of deadly gun and bomb attacks in various parts of Nigeria since 2009.

Over the past four years, violence in the north of Africaâ„¢s most populous country has claimed the lives of 3,600 people, including killings by the security forces.

MN/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg 2013: Police Post Notice On Protests

1

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

An Infowars.com reader has sent a notice posted by the Hertfordshire Constabulary. It informs residents that the “event will be policed proportionately” and the police will work with “organizers and any protest groups to ensure that any impact on the local residents is kept to an absolute minimum.”

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Californians Sign Petition to Protect Holocaust Beach Party

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Media analyst and social critic Mark Dice has once again pushed the envelope in demonstrating the state of utter mindlessness most Americans exhibit on a day to day basis.

This time Mark showed how out-of-touch with reality Americans are by asking beach goers if they would mind signing a petition to protect the “Holocaust Beach Party,” a Jewish festival, Dice explains, in danger of being canceled due to budget cuts.

“It’s gonna be a lot of Holocaust reenactments,” Dice tells one petition signer. “They’re gonna be digging holes in the beach and burying people for fun as a contest to see how many bodies they can bury in the beach, it’s part of the Holocaust celebration…so this supports the Holocaust.”

Mark tells another person, “It’s this old Jewish tradition,” and finishes up with 14 names on his form who volunteered signatures without batting an eyelid.

Obviously the festival Mark gathered support for is a fictional event completely thought up by Mark himself.

However, the nervy stunt is yet another disturbing glimpse into the nation’s trance-like, walking zombie mental state, and shows how most Americans are unwilling to take the time to read, or listen to, what they’re signing, instead choosing to keep their heads in the sand, so to speak, and stay uninformed.

Dice’s previous videos have also made headlines for getting numerous people to sign petitions to repeal both the First and Second Amendments and throw gun owners in prison.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:57 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Californians Sign Petition to Protect Holocaust Beach Party

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Media analyst and social critic Mark Dice has once again pushed the envelope in demonstrating the state of utter mindlessness most Americans exhibit on a day to day basis.

This time Mark showed how out-of-touch with reality Americans are by asking beach goers if they would mind signing a petition to protect the “Holocaust Beach Party,” a Jewish festival, Dice explains, in danger of being canceled due to budget cuts.

“It’s gonna be a lot of Holocaust reenactments,” Dice tells one petition signer. “They’re gonna be digging holes in the beach and burying people for fun as a contest to see how many bodies they can bury in the beach, it’s part of the Holocaust celebration…so this supports the Holocaust.”

Mark tells another person, “It’s this old Jewish tradition,” and finishes up with 14 names on his form who volunteered signatures without batting an eyelid.

Obviously the festival Mark gathered support for is a fictional event completely thought up by Mark himself.

However, the nervy stunt is yet another disturbing glimpse into the nation’s trance-like, walking zombie mental state, and shows how most Americans are unwilling to take the time to read, or listen to, what they’re signing, instead choosing to keep their heads in the sand, so to speak, and stay uninformed.

Dice’s previous videos have also made headlines for getting numerous people to sign petitions to repeal both the First and Second Amendments and throw gun owners in prison.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:57 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

'People Are Angry, Very Angry': Protests, Demands Grow in Turkey

0

In Zucotti: #OccupyGezi solidarity (Twitpic: Justin Wedes)Protests continue to swell across Turkey as tens of thousands of people joined the fourth consecutive day of anti-government actions in which “the demands of the protesters have broadened with their numbers.”

“We have had enough of the way [Prime Minister Recep Tayyip] Erdogan understands democracy and the way he wants to dictate his rules,” Ozgur Aksoy, an engineer demonstrating in Gezi Park on Monday, told Agence France-Presse.

“It’s not only about the park here, it is about everything else in the last 10 years. People are angry, very angry.”

Justin Wedes, one of the original organizers of Occupy Wall Street and who is in Turkey now, describes how the protest that started out to save a public park quickly morphed into something much bigger:

The protest began to save the park, but it quickly escalated into a full-out popular referendum on the legitimacy of the Erdogan administration, a religiously conservative and increasingly autocratic government. While broadly popular for its economic gains, the government has been increasingly scrutinized by groups that see it infringing more and more on people’s secular rights: a recent decree banned drinking in public places after 10 p.m., and women’s rights have been curtailed. At the same time, Erdogan has been pushing forward a very ambitious urban gentrification program, and Gezi Park – the “life center” of Istanbul according to a cafe owner I met here yesterday – was the last straw, for many people, in the over-development program. As in many cities around the world, over-gentrification leads to a squeezing of the working class and higher and higher pressure for job growth and salary increases, which aren’t keeping pace.

Now, the demands of the protesters have broadened with their numbers, and they’re calling for Erdogan’s resignation. They’re also calling for a more democratic government, a fairer media, and a whole host of other environmental and social demands. The protests are incredibly non-partisan, with youth in Gezi requiring people to put their political party flags away when entering the park. The only flags that remain are the Turkish ones, and many calls for “one united Turkey.”

Erdogan has brushed off calls that the protests marked the start of a “Turkish Spring,” and called social media, which helped mobilize thousands of poeple to “resist for their future,” the real threat society faces.

“There is now a menace which is called Twitter,” Erdogan said. “The best examples of lies can be found there. To me, social media is the worst menace to society.”

Speaking on Democracy Now! on Monday, Koray ÇaliÅŸkan, assistant professor of political science at a university in Istanbul, described the protests’ growth and the heavy use of tear gas by the police:

Three days ago, 700 people gathered to protest this, and police gassed them. Next day, 7,000 people gathered in the same square, and the police gassed them. And on Saturday, 700,000 people came together, and then the police fled.

On Monday, Turkey’s Confederation of Public Workers’ Unions (KESK), which has nearly a quarter million members across 11 unions, announced that it will hold a two-day strike starting Tuesday to protest what it desribes as “the state terror implemented against entirely peaceful protests” that “threatens civilians’ life safety.” KESK said the brutal crackdown by police showed the world the government’s “enmity to democracy.”

Watch a live stream here:

Video streaming by Ustream

The Guardian has video of protests on Sunday evening showing police firing tear gas at demonstrators:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US to send Patriot missiles to Jordan

0

The United States has decided to deploy Patriot missiles and F16 fighters to Jordan for a military drill and plans to keep the system and the jets there after the exercise.

Pentagon officials said on Monday that Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel has approved that the missile launchers and the jets will, at the request of Jordan, stay in the Arab country after the joint exercise, called Eager Lion.

The deployment of the missiles to Syriaâ„¢s southern neighbor came several months after NATO dispatched six Patriot batteries to Turkey, the northern neighbor of the crisis-hit country.

The US has already deployed 200 troops to Jordan and 400 soldiers to Turkey.

Sen. John McCain, who went into Syria through Turkey last week and met with militant commanders, told the Jordan Times during his recent visit to Jordan that the missiles could be a Å“first step” for the creation of a buffer zone for the militants fighting against the government of President Bashar al-Assad.

The Syria situation began to become more complicated last Monday when the European Union decided to end its arms embargo on Syria to pave the way for sending weapons to the militants. The move was sponsored by France and Britain but faced strong opposition from the other European heavyweight, Germany.

The 27-nation blocâ„¢s lifting of the embargo was a hint to Russia that had learned costly lessons from the Western intervention in Libya, which led to the downfall and killing of the North African countryâ„¢s ruler Muammar Gaddafi.

A day after the announcement of EUâ„¢s decision, Moscow said it would send its sophisticated S-300 air defense system to Syria in accordance with a contract it had signed with Damascus, raising fears and concerns in Israel and the West with the US and Germany saying that the Russian missiles would put the security of the Israeli regime at risk.

Russsia, however, said that it adopted the measure to prevent any Western intervention in Syria.

The deployment of the American missiles to Jordan seems to be a response to Russiaâ„¢s decision at a time the two major powers have failed to agree on a political roadmap to help end the crisis in Syria.

MA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Global Economy: A Midyear Snapshot

0


What happens to the US economy when the Federal Reserve stops printing money to buy mortgage based securities, treasury notes, and other bonds? What happens when that body stops injecting 85 billion dollars into the US economy every month?

These questions torture the economic pundits in the mainstream press.

Contrary to what most believe there has been no recovery. The reports from the other principal global economies have been dismal, recording stagnation or anemic growth. In the mean time, the US economy has been sustained by forced feeding. The Federal Reserve quietly prints notes and takes around 85 billion dollars worth of various securities off the market and parks them on the Fed’s balance sheets. The announced reasons for this action are to keep interest rates low, attracting borrowers, and to thus stimulate business growth and job creation. An unannounced consequence of the 85 billion dollar injection has been a surge in equity markets and housing prices. Since both stock portfolios and home values are the principal components in the psychological “wealth effect” — the subjective, personal sense of financial well-being — they have spurred the impression of recovery and consumer confidence. Behind this conjured image of recovery, the US economy continues to stagnate and erode.

Whenever the Federal Reserve has suggested that it might slow or end this life-support, markets have dropped precipitously.

Obviously, the Federal Reserve program, dubbed “quantitative easing,” is a back-door stimulus program. Not a stimulus program of the New Deal type, not public works and public jobs, but more a reclamation of the garbage piled up after the massive, destructive party thrown by the financial sector and a rekindling of the pre-crisis euphoria. No one in the political establishment, neither Republican nor Democrat, had the stomach for a full-blown New Deal program, nor did they have any desire to pass even a little of the cost of a fix-up on to their corporate masters.

So the task of recovery fell in the lap of the Federal Reserve, an ostensibly independent non-political body. The Federal Reserve is not political, except when it is. While it can’t be dictated to by the branches of government, its make-up of ivy league professors and financial industry veterans guarantees loyalty to corporate moguls. It also keeps an ear open to the powerful as well as the rich. On occasion the Fed even hears the voices from the barricades, but only when they are at the barricades!

It shares that “independence “ with the Supreme Court. Like the Supreme Court, the Fed gets occasionally chastised when it either missed or failed to get the message of a ruling class change in policy.

All central banks boast of their independence, but all listen closely for a shift in political favor. The Central Bank of Japan recently demonstrated its fealty to political change. With the election of Shinzo Abe as Prime Minister, the Bank relented to his pressure and began a policy of quantitative easing with the goal of doubling Japan’s money supply in two years. Abe, a right-wing nationalist, advocates purchasing securities and bonds through a speed-up of the Bank’s printing presses, but makes no effort to conceal his real goal: radically reducing the exchange rate of the national currency, the Yen.

Like his foreign policy initiatives, Abe’s currency policy is a bold act of aggression, in this case, economic aggression. A weak yen makes Japanese manufacturing products cheaper in global markets, giving Japan a competitive edge against other global manufacturers. The rise of Japanese nationalism has not gone unnoticed by other Asian powers. Chinese demonstrators have trashed Japanese cars in a way reminiscent of similar spectacles in the US decades ago. Japanese automobile sales have dropped sharply in the PRC.

While retaliation may well be on the horizon, the Abe policies have brought a sharp drop in the Yen’s value, but also great volatility in Asian equity markets.

Similarly, for all the US Federal Reserve’s aggressiveness in printing money, the stock market’s surge and the recovery of housing prices have masked serious issues plaguing the real US economy.

[June 2: “Investors have ignored poor economic news as stocks have risen… The Basil, Switzerland based Bank of International Settlements said… that central banks’ policies of record low interest rates and monetary stimulus had helped investors “tune out” bad news– every time an economic indicator disappointed, traders simply took that as confirmation that central banks would continue to provide stimulus.” as reported by Fox News.]

Disposable personal income growth is collapsing, for example. Excepting the 2008-2009 collapse, disposable personal income growth was lower in 2012 than any time since 1959 and is trending even lower in 2013. Not surprisingly, the personal savings rate– a rate that grew dramatically after the frivolity leading to the 2008-2009 collapse– has now dropped sharply. Clearly, workers are taking home less while reducing their savings to pay the bills. While unsustainable, this tact has buoyed consumer spending.

[May 31: The Commerce Department reported a .2% pull back in consumer spending for April, 2013.]

Manufacturing production in the US has declined for three of the last four months.Caterpillar Inc., a bell weather of the basic manufacturing sector, has witnessed factory orders of machines, calculated on a rolling three-month average, decline steadily throughout 2012, moving into negative territory at year’s end.

Hyper-exploitation in 2009, in the form of unprecedented gains of productivity growth, pulled the US economy from its nadir. But since 2009, productivity gains have slackened with a substantial decline in the last quarter of 2012 and only a very modest recovery in the first quarter of 2013. Consequently, anemic corporate revenue growth is increasingly crimping earnings, once again threatening the rate of profit.

Pressures on profit are demonstrated by the falling yield on junk bonds. The demand for yield– the never-ending search for a higher rate of profit– has driven the yield on the riskiest investments lower than at any time in recent memory (a leading high-yield bond index records a return below 5%, the lowest since records began in 1983!). Conversely, treasury bonds, once popular as a safe haven, are now commanding greater and greater yield despite the fact that the Federal Reserve gobbles them up and removes them from bond markets. Obviously, investors do not want safe Treasuries; investors do want risky junk bonds! The gap between Treasury yields and junk bond yields are narrower than any time since 2007. Are we skating on the same thin ice, the same crisis of accumulation?

Accelerating private debt in Asia suggests that much of the capital seeking higher profit growth rates has landed there. But Asia is not the hot bed of growth that it was a few years ago. The mounting private debt in Asian economies supports risky, speculative projects and services like commercial and residential real estate. With international trade tepid, these once export-leading countries are attempting to sustain growth through speculation and the hope of global recovery. The new Chinese leadership seems determined to reduce the role of the state sector, market regulation, and public financing, the very factors that allowed the PRC to painlessly weather the global crisis. They are determined to entrust the fate of the economy to global markets. The simultaneous shrinking of government debt and the explosion of private debt underline this policy shift.

[May 31: The Reserve Bank of India reported the lowest annual GDP growth rate in a decade for the end of the fiscal year, March 31.]

The once robust South American economies are also slowing. Exports to the PRC are declining and exports to the EU are on the skids, retarding growth throughout the region. Stagnant growth presents new challenges to the conservative neo-liberal regimes on the continent as well as the more progressive social democratic governments. Nor do South American economies offer any relief, as they have until recently, to the global economy.

And, of course, Europe is in a depression– a deep and profound depression. The EU as a unity faces both centrifugal and centripetal forces that challenge any policy resolution. Moreover, the major parties — conservative, liberal, and social democratic– have exhausted their policy toolboxes. Until a new road is chosen, the European Union will only drag the world economy towards a similar fate.

[May 31: Eurostat reports the EU unemployment rate reached a new high– 12.2% in April– the highest level ever recorded since euro-wide tracking began in 1995.]

The global economy faces two stubborn challenges: first, a crisis of accumulation and second, an insufficiency of global demand. They are, of course, inter-related, continuation of the 2008-2009 collapse, and immune to conventional treatment. The vast inequalities of wealth and the resultant massive accumulation of capital hungering for investment opportunities (driven by Marx’s tendency for the rate of profit to fall) stand at the center of the lingering crisis. Capital continues to seek increasingly risky and unproductive profit schemes, schemes that strangle productive, socially useful (but unprofitable!) activities. At the same time, the crisis has immiserated millions and idled a vast mass of human capital. Left with limited resources and limitless insecurities, these casualties of the crisis have necessarily reduced their patterns of consumption. A shrinkage in global demand followed.

Some still harbor illusions of taming capitalism and slaking its thirst for profit. As the years of crisis continue, it looks more and more like the beast must be slaughtered.

Zoltan Zigedy

zoltanzigedy@gmail.com




U.S. to send Patriot missiles, F-16s to Jordan

0

upi.com
June 3, 2013

Deployment of a Patriot missile battery and F-16 fighter jets to Jordan was approved over the weekend, a U.S. Central Command spokesman said.

Delivery of the weaponry, as part of a multinational training exercise, was approved by U.S. Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel, CNN said Monday, noting a broader message is being sent.

“In order to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the government of Jordan,” said Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor, a spokesman at the U.S. Central Command.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:08 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gold reclaims $1,400 as dollar falls

0

Myra P. Saefong and Carla Mozee
marketwatch.com
June 3, 2013

Gold futures closed above $1,400 an ounce on Monday, lifted by a weaker dollar in the wake of data showing a contraction in U.S. manufacturing in May.

Gold prices recouped nearly everything they lost on Friday with the weak manufacturing data easing concerns about a pullback in the Federal Reserve’s bond-purchase program, which has been supportive for gold.

Gold for August delivery GCQ3 +1.36% rose $18.90, or 1.4%, to settle at $1,411.90 an ounce on the Comex division of the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:22 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

U.S. to send Patriot missiles, F-16s to Jordan

0

upi.com
June 3, 2013

Deployment of a Patriot missile battery and F-16 fighter jets to Jordan was approved over the weekend, a U.S. Central Command spokesman said.

Delivery of the weaponry, as part of a multinational training exercise, was approved by U.S. Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel, CNN said Monday, noting a broader message is being sent.

“In order to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the government of Jordan,” said Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor, a spokesman at the U.S. Central Command.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:08 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gold reclaims $1,400 as dollar falls

0

Myra P. Saefong and Carla Mozee
marketwatch.com
June 3, 2013

Gold futures closed above $1,400 an ounce on Monday, lifted by a weaker dollar in the wake of data showing a contraction in U.S. manufacturing in May.

Gold prices recouped nearly everything they lost on Friday with the weak manufacturing data easing concerns about a pullback in the Federal Reserve’s bond-purchase program, which has been supportive for gold.

Gold for August delivery GCQ3 +1.36% rose $18.90, or 1.4%, to settle at $1,411.90 an ounce on the Comex division of the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:22 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

SRGC withdraws from Syria opposition

0

One of the main groups of the Syrian opposition, the so-called Syrian Revolution General Commission (SRGC), has announced its withdrawal from the foreign-backed Syrian National Coalition.

The opposition group said in a statement on Monday that it is withdrawing because the coalition cannot represent the opposition in a correct way.

Å“Money has been wasted on the personal interests of the Coalition members who are more concerned with appearing in the media…” the statement added.

The SRGC also accused some countries of imposing their blocs on the opposition coalition to ensure that the coalition serves their interests.

Syria has been gripped by turmoil since March 2011 and the foreign-sponsored militancy has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said on May 18 that militants from 29 different countries were fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

Several international human rights organizations have accused militants fighting against the government of President Assad of committing war crimes.

IA/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Auto Draft

0

upi.com
June 3, 2013

Deployment of a Patriot missile battery and F-16 fighter jets to Jordan was approved over the weekend, a U.S. Central Command spokesman said.

Delivery of the weaponry, as part of a multinational training exercise, was approved by U.S. Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel, CNN said Monday, noting a broader message is being sent.

“In order to enhance the defensive posture and capacity of Jordan, some of these assets may remain beyond the exercise at the request of the government of Jordan,” said Lt. Col. T.G. Taylor, a spokesman at the U.S. Central Command.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 3:08 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

McCain’s Third-rate Escapade in Syria

0

“Third-rate men, of course, exist in all countries, but it is only here that they are in full control of the state,” wrote H.L. Mencken in his 1922 essay “On Being an American.”

A current case of third-rate performance is the surprise visit by Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., with the rebels in Syria opposing President Bashar al-Assad’s regime and McCain’s call for the United States to become more militarily immersed in that dysfunctional nation’s increasingly bloody civil war.

A critic of President Obama’s apparent reluctance to get more involved in another war in the Middle East, McCain charged that Obama’s “red line” on Syria is written in “disappearing ink.”

A failure by the United States to get more involved in Syria, argues McCain, will further destabilize the region, as if the previous, enormously costly U.S. interventions in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Libya have resulted in increased stability. Meeting with rebel leaders, McCain was accompanied on his trip by the leader of the Supreme Military Council of the Free Syrian Army, Gen. Salim Idris.

“We need American help to have change on the ground,” said Idris. “We are now in a very critical situation. What we want from the U.S. government is to (make) the decision to support the Syrian revolution with weapons and ammunition, anti-tank missiles and anti-aircraft weapons.”

Assad announced recently in a television interview that “Syria has received the first shipment of Russian anti-aircraft S-300 rockets. The rest of the shipment will arrive later today.”

With the U.S. federal debt already at $16.8 trillion (more than 100 percent of GDP), not counting the unfunded liabilities of Medicare, Social Security and other outsized federal obligations (taking the red ink to $90 trillion, or over 500 percent of GDP), there was nothing in the news of McCain’s trip about the senator making a surprise stop in Riyadh to ask the Saudis to pick up the tab for the Syrian rebels’ anti-aircraft weapons – and nothing from McCain about how pitting American anti-aircraft weapons against Russian anti-aircraft rockets would help stabilize the region or the world.

There also was nothing from McCain about the likelihood of U.S. weapons supplied to the rebels in Syria finding their way into the ranks of al-Qaeda and other anti-Western Islamic extremists, as occurred with weapons sent by the United States to the mujahedin “freedom fighters” opposing the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan in the 1980s.

And there’s this from The Guardian in London: “Horrific video of a Syrian rebel commander eating the heart or lung of a dead government soldier has aroused furious international controversy, fueling an already heated debate over Western support for the armed uprising against President Bashar al-Assad’s regime.”

The proud perpetrator, Khaled al-Hamad, aka Abu Sakkar, said he also has footage of himself sawing a Syrian government soldier into “small and large pieces.”

On May 30, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, the U.S.-funded news organization, reported that the leader of the strongest anti-Assad jihadist group in Syria, the Al-Nusra Front, had “pledged his allegiance to al-Qaida leader Ayman al-Zawahri, who has a $25 million bounty on his head.”

Ralph R. Reiland is an associate professor of economics and the B. Kenneth Simon professor of free enterprise at Robert Morris University in Pittsburgh.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Federal Judge Rules for Property Rights, Smacks Down Abusive Feds

0

In an historic 104-page ruling, Chief Judge Robert C. Jones of the Federal District Court of Nevada has struck a major blow for property rights and, at the same time, has smacked down federal agencies that have been riding roughshod over Western ranchers and property owners. The long-awaited ruling, which had been expected before the end of last year, was finally issued at the end of May. The court case, U.S. v. Hage, has been keenly watched by legal analysts and constitutional scholars – but has been completely ignored by the major media.

As we reported last November (“Judge Blasts Federal Conspiracy; Ranch Family Vindicated – Again!”), in June 2012, Judge Jones had issued a scorching preliminary bench ruling that charged federal officials of the U.S. Forest Service (USFS) and the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) with an ongoing series of illegal actions against Nevada rancher E. Wayne Hage (shown on left) that the judge described as “abhorrent” and a literal, criminal conspiracy.

Judge Jones said he found that “the government and the agents of the government in that locale, sometime in the ’70s and ’80s, entered into a conspiracy, a literal, intentional conspiracy, to deprive the Hages of not only their permit grazing rights, for whatever reason, but also to deprive them of their vested property rights under the takings clause, and I find that that’s a sufficient basis to hold that there is irreparable harm if I don’t … restrain the government from continuing in that conduct.”

In fact, Judge Jones accused the federal bureaucrats of racketeering under the federal RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corruption Organizations) statute, and accused them as well of extortion, mail fraud, and fraud, in an effort “to kill the business of Mr. Hage.”

The Hage family has waged a heroic decades-long legal battle against these abusive agencies, in a David vs. Goliath contest against the combined might of the U.S. Department of Justice and the BLM/USFS legal teams. Precious few individual citizens are willing to undertake such a seemingly hopeless and costly effort as to challenge the formidable power and bottomless resources of the federal government. Wayne Hage and his wife Jean did so repeatedly, winning judgements only to have them endlessly appealed by the taxpayer-funded agencies. Jean Hage died in 1996. Wayne Hage and his second wife, former U.S. Congresswoman of Idaho, Helen Chenoweth Hage, both died in 2006.

The Hage’s son, Wayne N. Hage (shown next to father), and other family members have continued ranching and have continued the legal fight. Hage hailed Judge Jones’ May 24 decision as a landmark ruling for property rights, which the American Founding Fathers recognized as the bedrock of liberty and an essential security against tyrannical government.
 
“This decision is landmark for Western ranchers,” Hage commented from the family’s Pine Creek Ranch in Nevada. “I am pleased to announce for the ranchers of the Western states that it has been proven that a permit is not simply a revocable privilege, but rather there is a property interest in the permit for the purpose of the Due Process Clause, both procedural and substantive. This is important because it will safeguard rancher’s rights and historical grazing practices.”
 
Hage added, “More importantly we proved a ‘forage right.’ Ranchers in the state of Nevada are protected from trespass within a half-mile from a water source.”

Notably, the court said, “The Government may not abuse its discretion in refusing to renew, or in revoking, a [grazing] privilege.” Significantly, the family will be under permanent injunctive relief and the government shall not reduce the Hage’s permits by more than 25 percent for any period of time without the courts’ consent, and never permanently.
 
Specifically, the court found, “The Government has abused its discretion in the present case through a series of actions designed to strip the [Hage] Estate of its grazing permits, and ultimately to strip Defendants of their ability to use their water rights.” He explained, “Substantive due process protects individuals from arbitrary deprivation of their liberty by government.”
 
The court further explained, “The Government cannot withdraw them (grazing permits) or refuse to renew them vindictively or for reasons totally unrelated to the merits of the application as governed by published laws and regulations, lest the Government abuse its executive power in a way that shocks the conscience.”
 
Because of the government’s refusal to consider any grazing applications from the Hages, the court found the subsequent “chain of events is the result of the Government’s arbitrary denial of E. Wayne Hage’s renewal permit for 1993-2003, and the effects of this due process violation is continuing.”

“Government’s actions … shocks the conscience of the Court”
The court found, “In the present case, the Government’s actions over the past two decades shocks the conscience of the Court.” This finding, coupled with the court’s finding that agents of the BLM and the USFS engaged in a conspiracy to deprive the Hage family of their vested property rights, opens the door to potential lawsuits against the individual agents personally for their unconstitutional actions.
 
The ruling chronicles the drama of the 21-day trial in Reno, Nevada, last spring between rancher Wayne N. Hage who, unable to afford an attorney, represented himself, and Mark Pollot, the estate’s attorney, who were defending their case against two federal agencies represented by a cadre of attorneys and staff from the Justice Department.
 
The court noted the government’s motive for their pursuit of the present trespass case. “In 2007, … the Government brought the present civil trespass action against Hage and the Estate” because the USFS and BLM were “unsatisfied with the outcome” in the ongoing related 1991 Constitutional Fifth Amendment takings case of Hage v. U.S. before the U.S. Court of Federal Claims (CFC).
 
However, during the pendency of the trespass case, the agencies pursued remedies outside the jurisdiction of the court, leading to a referral to the U.S. attorney for obstruction of justice and findings of contempt of court. Specifically, the BLM invited others, including Gary Snow of Fallon, to apply for grazing permits on allotments where the Hages previously had permits; the BLM testified they knew Snow’s cattle would use Hage waters; the BLM and USFS both applied to the State of Nevada for stock watering rights over Hage waters, even though neither agency owns cattle, for the “purpose of obtaining rights for third parties other than Hage in order to interfere with Hage’s rights”; and they attempted to intimidate witnesses in the trespass case by issuing trespass notices and demands for payments against persons who had cattle pastured at Pine Creek Ranch, despite having been notified that Hage was responsible for these cattle.
 
Judge Jones reasoned the trespass notices and demands for payment were meant “to pressure other parties not to do business with the Hages, and even to discourage or punish testimony in the present case.” The court noted such demands for payment were even issued to “witnesses soon after they testified in this case.”
 
Tonopah BLM manager, Tom Seley, and Forest Ranger Steve Williams were both found to be in contempt of court, and were referred to the U.S. attorney for possible prosecution for criminal obstruction of justice. Noting that Seley and Williams knew of ongoing litigation between the parties in this court and the CFC, they “took actions to interfere with the defense of the present trespass action by intimidating witnesses.” A written order is pending from the separate August 2012 contempt hearing.

A permanent injunction was granted to prevent the government from denying the Hage’s continuation of their grazing permits and from imposing trespass charges against them every time the Hage’s cattle incidentally stray onto BLM/USFS land in the vast open range area. The court noted, “There is great probability that the Government will continue to cite Defendants and potentially impound Defendant’s cattle in the future in derogation of their water rights and those statutory privileges of which the Government has arbitrarily and vindictively stripped them.”
 
The court will require Hage to apply for a permit, but will also require the government to grant it. The government is enjoined from issuing trespass or impound notices to Hage or anyone leasing cattle to him; the government must request permission from the court to issue such notices.
 
The court added, “The government’s normal discretion is restricted under the present injunction, an injunction required in this extreme case because of the conspiracy noted and the history of violations of the Hages’ due process rights in their permits and vested property rights in the use of water, and the obvious continuing animus against Hage by the government officials charged with administering his permits.”
 
Although Hage noted defending this case created a tremendous personal hardship, “I hold the successful defense of my family’s rights, particularly for the beneficiaries of the Estates, the most important part of this decision and worth all the time and work that went into this case.  No longer are we subject to the arbitrary and vindictive rule of man–we now have the protection of the rule of law.”
 
The related Hage v. U.S. takings case has been appealed by the Hages to the U.S. Supreme Court on the narrow issue of whether or not a permit is required for normal maintenance of a historic 1866 Mining Act ditch right-of-way. That case is slated for a June 18 conference in the U.S. Supreme Court to determine if the court will grant the Hage’s appeal. A similar right-of-way case from the City of Tombstone, Arizona, is also on appeal to the USSC.
 
Related articles:

Judge Blasts Federal Conspiracy; Ranch Family Vindicated – Again!

Hage Family Vindicated by Court Victory

Huge Win for Property Owners (2006 interview with Wayne Hage)

Rancher Wins Fight for Rights (2002 article by Wayne Hage)

Remembering a champion: Helen Chenoweth-Hage

Bureaucrats “Giddy” With “Newly Minted Power”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘Geneva talks fruitless without Iran'

0

A high-ranking Russian official says the forthcoming international conference in Geneva to seek an end to the Syrian crisis will not succeed to bear fruit in the absence of Iran.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov said on Monday that Moscow and Washington are still divided over Tehranâ„¢s participation in the conference slated for June.

Nevertheless, the Russian Foreign Ministry believes that the event would not be successful if Iran were not invited, he pointed out.

On May 28, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov stressed the necessity of Iranâ„¢s presence in the upcoming Geneva talks.

Å“The issue of Iran is key for us. Iran, without question, is one of the most important nations,” he said.

Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow on May 7 to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

On May 26, Syrian Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem said that his country agrees “in principle” to attend US-Russia-backed conference.

Speaking at a joint news conference in Baghdad with his Iraqi counterpart Hoshyar Zebari, he said, “I informed the Iraqi prime minister of Syria’s decision that the government agreed in principle to send an official delegation to the Geneva peace conference that will take place in June.”

He stated that the Damascus government believes that the so-called Geneva 2 conference is a “good opportunity for a political solution for the crisis”.

“From the beginning of the crisis, I assured that Syria believes that dialogue among the Syrians is the only solution to Syria and that no one can make a decision on behalf of the Syria people when it comes to the future of their country,” Muallem pointed out.

Syriaâ„¢s main Western-backed opposition group announced on May 30 that it will not take part in the upcoming Geneva conference.

The so-called Syrian National Coalition (SNC), in comments delivered by its president George Sabra, claimed that the talks have no meaning in light of the ongoing bloodshed that the coalition blames on the Syrian government.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants fighting in Syria.

Several international human rights organizations have accused militants operating in Syria of committing war crimes.

MP/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Carbon Rise Leads to 'Urgent' Call for Climate Action at UN

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Concerned over the sharp rise in carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, UN delegates launched a new round of climate talks this week, in which they conferred over the 'urgent' action needed in order to curb climate change.

“I do not need to remind you that we simply cannot afford not to deliver implementation results urgently,” Chief of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Christiana Figueres told fellow delegates.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkish Opinion Poll Finds Majorities Slam Erdogan Policies on Alcohol, Syria (Video)

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/turkish_opinion_poll_finds_majorities_slam_erdogan_policies_on_alcohol_syri/

Posted on Jun 3, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Bloomberg’s vow to dad of girl paralyzed by stray bullet: I will do anything I can to stop gun violence

0

Jennifer Fermino and Barry Paddock
nydailynews.com
June 3, 2013

Mayor Bloomberg made a vow Monday to the heartbroken father of the 11-year-old girl paralyzed by a stray bullet – he will do anything he can to fight gun violence.

“I promised the father I would not flag in my desire to get guns out of the hands of minors and people with criminal records,” Bloomberg told reporters.

“You have a right to live in Bed-Stuy and not have bullets whiz past your head.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 2:15 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Al-Qaeda Sets Up Complaints Dept.

0

Richard Spencer
telegraph.co.uk
June 3, 2013

The organisation is the leading militia in the north-eastern part of rebel-held Syria, and has taken control of parts of the civilian administration in the city of Raqqa.

It posted a new notice there this week saying it was open to receiving complaints from members of the public.

“Any one who might have a complaint against any element of the Islamic state, whether the Emir or an ordinary soldier, can come and submit their complaint in any headquarters building of the Islamic state,” the notice said. “The complaint should be in writing, provide details and give evidence.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 2:19 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Social Security Trustees Celebrate: Trust Funds Won’t Be Broke for Years

0

With Friday’s announcement by the Trustees of the Social Security Administration that “reserves are still growing and will continue to do so through [the year] 2020,” it didn’t take long for groups like Strengthen Social Security (SSS) to chortle that not only is Social Security “fully affordable and structurally sound, [but it] will meet all its obligations to the American people as far as the eye can see.”

That works only if the eye can see out to the year 2020 and not beyond. SSS added: “Social Security’s cumulative projected surplus will be roughly $2.8 trillion in 2013 and [will] continue to grow until it reaches about $3 trillion around 2020.” This is, according to SSS, “the result of decades of foresight and planning.”

Unfortunately, buried in the trustee’s report are two unsettling facts that SSS ignored altogether. First, the Disability Trust Fund under Social Security will be out of funds in three years, forcing beneficiaries to take at least a 20-percent cut in their benefit checks. Second, after the year 2020 the highly touted “surplus” drops to zero in 2033, forcing everyone receiving a check to take a “haircut” of at least 25 percent, if not more. Under the trustee’s “high cost” scenario, totally ignored by SSS, Social Security will be out of funds by 2026, a scant 13 years from now.

By taking a longer view and broader view, however, Boston University economics professor Laurence Kotlikoff calculates that the difference between the government’s promises and its revenues, discounted to present value, is $222 trillion, or nearly 14 times the country’s gross domestic output. He points out that most people don’t know that the difference is that large because so many of those promises are kept off the books and consequently are not counted when the national debt is calculated:

You want to put everything on an even footing. Most of the liabilities the government has incurred in the postwar period have been kept off the books because of the way we’ve labeled our receipts and payments. The government has gone out of its way to run up a Ponzi scheme and keep evidence of that off the books by using language to make it appear that we have a small debt.

So, just how much of that $222 trillion belongs to Social Security? NBC News’ Business Editor Stephen Ohlemacher did the math and concluded that it’s $134 trillion, or eight times the country’s GDP.

These numbers are so staggering that they have galvanized both senators from Texas, John Cornyn and Ted Cruz, to take a hard look at what’s happening in Galveston, Texas, to see if something similar can’t be implemented nationally to make the program solvent. Back in 1979, the municipal employees in Galveston, Brazoria, and Matagorda counties opted out of Social Security under a loophole that Congress, in its infinite wisdom, closed in 1983. They voted to “go private,” 78 to 22, and are they glad they did. The 5,000 employees still covered under a plan, based on approximately the same level of contributions they would have made under Social Security, are now receiving vastly larger retirement checks than they would have received under Social Security. Those who have died were able to pass along to their heirs any unused part of their retirement funds, while those who died early, or became disabled along the way, also received larger benefits than those that would have been provided under Social Security. For instance, workers earning $51,000 a year can expect a monthly retirement check of about $3,100 instead of just $1,350.

County Judge Ray Holbrook helped design the plan, which provided a minimum rate of return on funds invested, along with some exposure to other investments that could earn a higher rate. He explained:

We sought a secure, risk-free alternative to the Social Security system, and it has worked very well for nearly a quarter-century. Our retirees have prospered, and our working people have had the security of generous disability and accidental death benefits.

Most important, we didn’t force our children and grandchildren to be unduly taxed and burdened for our retirement while these fine young people are struggling to raise and provide for their own families.

According to Holbrook, Galveston’s results would provide a good model for the country to follow:

It shouldn’t be a pay-as-you-go system, where children and grandchildren are paying for your Social Security. That’s why it’s bankrupt, and that’s why [Texas Governor] Rick Perry says it’s a Ponzi scheme, which I agree with.

Will anything be done before it’s too late, and beneficiaries start taking “haircuts” in their benefit checks? Probably not, if enough senators, such as “democratic socialist” Bernie Sanders from Vermont, think that other problems require more attention sooner. Back in 2012, Sanders said:

I would like to see Congress move on this tomorrow but we do have 22 years before there is any cut in Social Security benefits. Compared to other crises – the collapse of the middle class, real wages falling for American workers, 50 million people having no health insurance – how would I rate the Social Security situation? Nowhere near as serious as these and many other problems.

The problems facing Social Security and its beneficiaries are going to have to get a lot worse before Congress turns its attention to anything like the Galveston plan. After all, according to Strengthen Social Security, Social Security is “structurally sound [and it] will meet all of its obligations to the American people as far as the eye can see,” provided one doesn’t look too far ahead. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Iraq War Paying Off – for China

0

Remember those assurances that the Iraq War would pay for itself, once those oil revenues began gushing forth from a liberated Iraq? Well, a decade later, the Iraq War is paying off after all – for China.

“We lost out,” said Michael Makovsky, a former Defense Department official in the Bush administration. “The Chinese had nothing to do with the war,” he told the New York Times, “but from an economic standpoint they are benefiting from it, and our Fifth Fleet and air forces are helping to assure their supply.”

China is the biggest customer of Iraq’s oil, buying nearly 1.5 million barrels a day, close to half the oil Iraq produces, the Times reported. Beijing is looking to increase that share as it bids for a stake now owned by Exxon Mobil in one of Iraq’s largest oil fields.

“The Chinese are the biggest beneficiary of this post-Saddam oil boom in Iraq,” said Denise Natali, a Middle East expert at the National Defense University in Washington. “They need energy, and they want to get into the market.”

With an estimated 143.1 billion barrels in extractable oil reserves, Iraq is the second largest exporter of oil among the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), trailing only Saudi Arabia. China has recently become the world’s biggest importer of oil and is investing in oil and gas fields around the world, having spent $12 billion in that effort in 2011, according to the U.S. Energy Department. More than half of China’s oil imports come from the Middle East, even while the West’s economic sanctions against Iran over that nation’s nuclear program have reduced the amount of oil available from that source.

Iraq was already one of the world’s leading exporters of oil before the U.S.-led sanctions against the Saddam Hussein regime over violations of UN resolutions crippled the nation’s economy, including its oil industry. Part of the rationale given for the invasion and “regime change” in Baghdad, in addition to Saddam’s alleged “weapons of mass destruction,” was to revive the oil industry to pre-sanction levels or higher. The WMD were never found, but the increased production of oil in Iraq, much of it pumped by Chinese workers, has added to the world supply, offsetting the effect of reduced exports from Iran. U.S.-led sanctions against Iran are based on claims the nation’s nuclear program is aimed at developing nuclear weapons, though all 16 U.S. intelligence agencies have reported no evidence that the Tehran government has made that decision.

China National Petroleum is looking to expand its production in Iraq with its bid for a 60-percent share, now held by Exxon Mobil in a large oil field in southern Iraq. The U.S.-based company has so far refused to sell, but China National recently said it would be interested in forming a partnership with the American oil giant. Exxon Mobil may be forced to divest, the Times reported, because of its oil interests in Iraqi Kurdistan. The Kurds are said to offer more generous terms than the Baghdad government, which is reportedly unhappy with companies making separate deals in the semi-autonomous Kurdish region. 

The Chinese companies aggressively seek new contracts with Baghdad and are willing to accept lower profits to get them. “We don’t have any problems with them,” an Iraqi Oil Ministry official said, “They are very cooperative. There’s a big difference: the Chinese companies are state companies, while Exxon or BP or Shell are different.”

One big difference is that the American companies are profit-making enterprises. The state-owned Chinese firms don’t answer to shareholders, pay dividends, or necessarily make a profit. As a result they can make higher bids than their Western rivals as they strive to secure a steady and expanding supply of oil for their nation’s growing and energy-hungry economy.

Despite the violence and turmoil that has continued to plague Iraq since the 2011 departure of the combat units of the United States and its coalition partners, China has bet heavily on a steady supply of oil from the post-Saddam regime. In the desert near the Iran-Iraq border, China has built its own airport to fly workers in to Iraq’s oil fields. Chinese officials expect to have direct flights going from Beijing and Shanghai to Baghdad in the near future. 

The Chinese have also done their homework on the language and culture of the nation where they have invested so much in the future of their energy supplies. “Chinese executives impress their hosts not just by speaking Arabic, but Iraqi-accented Arabic,” the Times reports. And they don’t interfere in local or national affairs. “They are practical people,” an Iraqi oil official said. “They don’t have anything to do with politics or religion. They just work and eat and sleep.”

A boom in American domestic oil and gas production in newly discovered shale fields, meanwhile, has reduced U.S. dependence on Middle East oil. Perhaps it will reduce as well the political temptation to conjure up reasons to go to war in that part of the world. The American people might be more than a little reluctant to back another war to make the Middle East safe for Chinese oil supplies.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Illinois Legislature Passes Concealed Carry Bill

0

If Governor Pat Quinn signs the bill passed last week in the state legislature, Illinois will no longer be the only state in the American Republic without a legal provision for state residents to carry concealed firearms. On Friday, the legislature rushed through a bill allowing for limited concealed carry, as Democrats neared the deadline that the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals had given them to bring the state into compliance with the provisions of the Second Amendment of the Bill of Rights. However, what remains to be seen is whether the new law will be recognized by the court as fulfilling the stipulations of its ruling late last year.

As reported for The New American last December (“Concealed Carry Coming to Illinois”), the Seventh Court gave the legislature 180 days to reform the state’s gun laws; otherwise, the court would strike down the statute. However, the ruling came out only days before the tragic shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut. In the intervening six months, the legislature has weighed a variety of new gun control laws – even as state lawmakers knew that action would have to take place to comply with the ruling of the court. In February, Attorney General Lisa Madigan attempted to get the full Seventh Court to reverse its early ruling, but a majority of the court upheld its previous determination on the basis of law, not a perception of public sentiment.

With a June 9 deadline looming, the final bill was raced through the legislature with very little opportunity for representatives to even review the legislation that they were expected to pass. As the National Rifle Association noted in a January 1 press release: “Given that some anti-gun Senators were attempting to skirt the court-ordered mandate and prevent a strong Right to Carry law, final language from this 168-page bill was only released early Friday morning, and was rushed through the legislature without committee consideration – leaving little time for a thorough review before the vote occurred yesterday afternoon.”

Nevertheless, in the assessment of the NRA, the bill has several virtues, not least of which is that it tackles the thorny issue of preemption: “This bill contains comprehensive preemption of handgun-related local ordinances for anyone with a FOID card and reserves regulation of all laws relating to the concealed carrying of handguns to the state. It also provides protections to those traveling with firearms by providing comprehensive preemption of local ordinances as applied to individuals with a FOID who are transporting firearms in compliance with all state regulations.” In other words, cities such as Chicago will not be able to simply nullify the new concealed handgun law.

However, a grave defect in the legislation is the lack of any provision for reciprocity: Residents of other states – regardless of any other concealed carry licenses they may possess – will still be required to apply for an Illinois license, and the cost for an nonresident license will be high. Kevin McDermott, writing for the St. Louis Dispatch, notes that nonresident licenses will be twice as expensive as the state resident rate:

The legislation that lawmakers passed Friday, under orders from a federal court, doesn’t contain any reciprocity language.

That means that anyone who wants to carry firearms in public in Illinois – even those already approved in other states – will have to get an Illinois permit. That in turn means paying a $300 non-resident fee (double the in-state fee) and taking 16 hours of training.

However, McDermott reports that the law does have this provision: “The legislation (Senate Amendment 5 to HB183) does allow CCW [carrying a concealed weapon] holders from other states to transport firearms in their cars while driving through the state, as long as the weapons stay in the vehicle.”

What remains to be seen is what reaction the Seventh Court will have to the new law – presuming that Quinn signs the legislation. If Quinn fails to sign the bill, or if the court deems it to have inadequately addressed the court’s requirements, Illinois may find the court removing the state’s concealed carry legislation altogether – which would mean that, for once, the simply language of the U.S. Constitution would actually rule in Illinois, at least on this one issue: “A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.”

When the concern of many legislators is how far they can go in abridging the constitutional liberties of citizens and still get away with it, the entire purpose for the Bill of Rights is still far from the being the law in the “Land of Lincoln.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

N.J. Senator Lautenberg Dies at 89

0

Sen. Frank Lautenberg (D-N.J., shown), who was the oldest member and last World War II veteran in the Senate, died Monday following complications stemming from viral pneumonia. He was New Jersey’s longest-serving U.S. Senator, first elected in 1982, retiring in 2000, then elected again in 2002.

Fox News noted that the door was opened for Lautenberg’s initial run for the Senate 1982 when long-serving Democratic Sen. Harrison Williams resigned after being convicted of bribery in what became known as the Abscam scandal. During that sting operation, FBI agents posing as Abrab sheiks offered bribes to government officials and seven members of Congress, including Williams, were convicted. 

Lautenberg won the N.J. Democratic Senate primary that year, topping eight other candidates, and spent $4 million of his own money to defeat the popular Republican Rep. Millicent Fenwick.

After serving three terms in the Senate, Lautenberg announced his retirement in 2000. But two year later, when incumbent Democrat Sen. Robert Torricelli decided not to run for reelection, party leaders convinced Lautenberg to run again. He won the election and was reelected in 2008.

Born to poor Polish and Russian Jewish immigrants in Paterson, New Jersey, in 1924, Lautenberg joined the Army after graduating from high school and served in the Army Signal Corps in Europe during World War II. After the war, he attended Columbia University on the G.I. Bill and earned a degree in economics. He joined two boyhood friends in founding the nation’s first payroll services company, Automatic Data Processing, becoming ADP’s first full-time salesman and eventually chairman and CEO of the firm. The success of ADP made all three men millionaires.

Lautenberg was diagnosed with b-cell lymphoma, a cancer affecting his stomach, in February 2010. After several months of chemotherapy, he was declared cancer-free.

Lautenberg had suffered from physical ailments such as muscle fatigue and weakness in his legs in recent months. Back in February, he announced his decision to retire from the Senate following his current term, joking that he wanted to run for vice president in 2016.

Following the procedure specified in the Constitution, New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, a Republican, will appoint a replacement to fill the remainder of Lautenberg’s term, which ends in January 2015.

An article about Lautenberg’s Senate career in The Record (the Garden State’s second-largest circulation newspaper) noted:

Lautenberg was a reliable – some might say predictable – Democrat. He was pro-choice and pro-gun control and fierce in his opposition to the war in Iraq launched by a Republican president, George W. Bush. Based on his votes on key social, economic and foreign policy issues, Lautenberg was ranked by National Journal magazine as the fourth most-liberal senator in 2009. A favorite conservative target was Bush’s vice president, Dick Cheney. In a scathing 2004 Senate speech, Lautenberg – who served in the U.S. Army Signal Corps during World War II – called Cheney the “lead chicken hawk” among Republicans questioning the military credentials of Democratic presidential candidate and Vietnam War veteran John Kerry.

“We know who the chicken hawks are,” the article went on to quote Lautenberg. “They talk tough on national defense and military issues and cast aspersions on others. When it was their turn to serve, where were they? AWOL, that’s where they were.”

There is little doubt that Lautenberg was a committed liberal on most issues – particularly on domestic spending and social issues. However, the above report uses the tired “conservative Republican hawk” vs. “liberal Democrat dove” stereotypes to describe foreign policy positions. Such oversimplified analysis ignores the more meaningful opposing stands between neoconservative Republicans such as Cheney and Senator John McCain and libertarian-constitutionalist Republicans such as former Texas Rep. Ron Paul.

Interestingly, in reply to a question from CNN’s Soledad O’Brien on January 4, 2012 on the program Starting Point concerning Newt Gingrich’s assertion that Rep. Ron Paul would be a “dangerous” candidate because of his opposition to undeclared wars such as those in Iraq and Afghanistan, Paul used the same term Lautenberg employed against neoconservative Cheney – “chickenhawk” – to describe neoconservative Gingrich:

When Newt Gingrich was called to serve us in the 1960s during the Vietnam era, guess what he thought about danger? He chickened out on that and got deferments and didn’t even go. Right now he sends the young kids over there and the young people come back and the ones in the military right now, they overwhelmingly support my campaign….

So Newt Gingrich has no business talking about danger because he is putting other people in danger. Some people call that kind of a program a “chickenhawk” and I think he falls into that category.

While few will dispute Lautenberg’s unabashed liberalism, his opposition to the Bush administration’s interventionist foreign policy was a poor example to cite. In fact, his stand in that area might have been one place where he was in accord with strict constitutionalists.

In other areas, Lautenberg showed typically “liberal” colors, however. As was pointed out in an article in The New American on February 15, Lautenberg backed intrusive legislation to ban the ownership of guns by people convicted of “domestic violence,” no matter how trivial. Larry Pratt explained the consequences of such a law in his book, On the Firing Line:

Lautenberg federalizes state laws dealing with husband and wife relationships and even those of parent and child – that’s all covered under the term “domestic.”

Lautenberg’s measure means that if one were convicted of any kind of domestic violence misdemeanor (a slap, a foul mouth, spanking of a child), one is forever prohibited from owning a gun….

Who is affected [the most] by the Lautenberg gun ban? An increasingly large number of women are being kept from owning their best means of self-defense. This is because police are more and more arresting both partners in a domestic dispute and getting domestic misdemeanor convictions against both the man and the woman.

Lautenberg’s extreme liberalism was also showcased in another article for The New American on March 31 2011, which quoted from a speech the late senator delivered in front of a bus Planned Parenthood had been driving around the country in order to build up support for receiving tens of millions in taxpayer dollars for the nation’s largest abortion provider.

“Planned Parenthood is under attack by Tea Party Republicans who have put their extremist ideology above women’s health,” Lautenberg said.

When a pro-life counter-protested shouted, “Shame on you, Lautenberg,” fired back he shouted back: “These people [referring to the pro-life advocates] don’t deserve the freedoms in the Constitution.”

Perhaps then realizing the extreme nature of his statement, he added, as an afterthought, “but we’ll give it to them anyway.”

Though Lautenberg stood fast with his more liberal Democrat allies, the Senate long has been, first and foremost, a club whose members share a collegiality that transcends partisan politics. In that spirit, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) released a statement honoring Sen. Lautenberg that read as follows:

The entire Senate is saddened today by the loss of our colleague, Senator Frank Lautenberg. The Senate’s last remaining World War II veteran, Frank was a patriot whose success in business and politics made him a great American success story and a standout even within the fabled Greatest Generation. Elaine and I send our condolences to Bonnie, the Lautenberg children, and the entire Lautenberg family.

Photo of late Sen. Frank Lautenberg: AP Images

Related articles:

Sen. Lautenberg Says Tea Partiers Don’t Deserve Constitutional Rights

N.J. Senator Lautenberg to Retire, Opens Way to Newark Mayor Cory Booker

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Seven Bankers That Never Miss Bilderberg

0

Sarah Butcher
eFinancial Careers
June 3, 2013

[…] Although banking and financial services regulation aren’t on the agenda, it seems that plenty of bankers and banks attend Bilderberg meetings on a regular basis. We’ve combed through attendee lists for the past five years and noted that some names and organisations appear repetitively. They are:

1. Josef Ackermann, former chief executive of Deutsche Bank

According to our research, Ackermann has been at every Bilderberg meeting since 2008 and is a member of the steering committee. Despite having stepped down from Deutsche Bank in May last year, Ackermann will be at Bilderberg again this week. Neither Anshu Jain nor Jurgen Fitschen are on the 2013 guest list.

2. Marcus Agius, ex-chairman of Barclays

Marcus Agius, the former Barclays chairman who stepped down after the Libor scandal, has also been a regular fixture on the Bilderberg circuit. Like Ackermann, Agius attended Bilderberg meetings between 2008 and 2012 and is a member of the steering committee. Even though Agius is effectively retired, he’s attending again this week. Sir David Walker, Barclays’ new chairman, isn’t attending; David Wright, vice chairman of Barclays, is.

3. Roger Altman, chairman of Evercore Partners

Roger Altman, the ex-Lehman banker and founder and chairman of US-based ’boutique’ investment bank Evercore Partners, has also been at Bilderberg meetings on multiple occasions. Altman was there in 2009, 2010 and 2011.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

4. Peter Sutherland, Goldman Sachs

Lloyd Blankfein was allegedly on the Bilderberg guest list in 2007, but since then he seems to have deferred attendance on behalf of Goldman to Peter Sutherland, a former chairman of BP turned chairman and managing director at Goldman Sachs International in London. Also attending this year is Michael Evans, a vice chairman of Goldman Sachs globally.

5. Douglas Flint, chairman of HSBC

Douglas Flint, chairman of HSBC, is also all over Bilderberg. Guest lists suggest that Flint attended the event in 2011 and 2012. By comparison, HSBC chief executive Stuart Gulliver appears to have given the event a pass.

6. Henry Kravis, co-founder KKR

Henry Kravis, the billionaire co-founder of private equity firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, has also been attending Bilderberg meetings for many years. Guest lists posted on the web indicate that Kravis has been every year since 2009.

7. Kenneth Jacobs, chief executive of Lazard

Both Kenneth Jacons, Lazard CEO, and Vernon Jordan, managing director of Lazard, are Bilderberg devotees. It doesn’t appear that Bruce Wasserstein, the ex-Lazard chief and dealmaker, attended on any occasions.

Read full article

Imminent: “I Don’t Think Obama is Going to Finish His Second Term Without the Bottom Dropping Out”

0


One year ago this month it was revealed that throughout the course of this crisis some 40% of all wealth in America had been vaporized. It was a stunning number to be sure, and one that many analysts predicted would reverse as the Bernanke/Obama recovery took hold. Now, a full year on, the news has not gotten any better. It’s gotten much, much worse. According to a new report, the average American household has lost 55% of their net worth since the onset of the recession in 2008.

Many are likely holding to the belief that our benevolent government politicians and financial leaders have taken the necessary steps to turn this economy around.

But they’d be wrong.

The next wave of crisis is imminent and the end result will be a total wipe out for Americans:

“I think we are heading for a worse economic crisis than we had in 2007,” [Peter] Schiff said. “You’re going to have a collapse in the dollar…a huge spike in interest rates… and our whole economy, which is built on the foundation of cheap money, is going to topple when you pull the rug out from under it.”

…

According to Schiff, these numbers are unsustainable.

And the Fed has no credible “exit strategy.”

Eventually interest rates will rise… and when they do, Schiff says, stocks will tank and bonds dip to nothing. Massive new tax hikes will be imposed and programs and entitlements will be cut to the bone.

…

“The crisis is imminent,” Schiff said. “I don’t think Obama is going to finish his second term without the bottom dropping out. And stock market investors are oblivious to the problems.”

“We’re broke, Schiff added.

“We owe trillions. Look at our budget deficit; look at the debt to GDP ratio, the unfunded liabilities. If we were in the Eurozone, they would kick us out.”

Schiff points out that the market gains experienced recently, with the Dow first topping 14,000 on its way to setting record highs, are giving investors a false sense of security.

“It’s not that the stock market is gaining value… it’s that our money is losing value. And so if you have a debased currency… a devalued currency, the price of everything goes up. Stocks are no exception,” he said.

“The Fed knows that the U.S. economy is not recovering,” he noted. “It simply is being kept from collapse by artificially low interest rates and quantitative easing. As that support goes, the economy will implode.“

Via Money Morning

Peter Schiff knows a thing or two about what’s going on, and he’s been sounding the alarm since before 2008. He, like many others, understand that there is no way out.

There is no credible financial or economic exit strategy.

The government knows this and that’s why they are actively implementing an expansive control grid across this entire country.

Those with insider knowledge fully understand what’s coming and they have been war-gaming large scale economic collapse and the widespread civil unrest that will follow.

Make no mistake. The powers that be have an exit strategy — it just doesn’t involve recovery, stability or your well-being.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 720 people
Date: June 3rd, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

US manufacturing hits new 4-year low

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US manufacturing growth has contracted to its lowest reading in four years, the Institute for Supply Management (ISM) says.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Woman Calls 911 for Help As Police Punch Her in the Face Repeatedly

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Washington woman with cognitive and hearing disabilities says she endured vicious police brutality. The woman, Megan Graham, told her story to KIRO 7, a Washington-based news outlet. She could face charges of felony assault of an officer, though she says she didn’t assault anybody.

The alleged abuse occurred in Federal Way, Washington. Graham was trying to visit a friend at an apartment complex when she saw a police car trailing her. The police saw her using a cell phone, and she says she told the police she was going to drop her dog off at her friend’s apartment and that he could follow her.

That’s when the incident occurred. Graham says she did not hear the police officer’s order to get back into her car, and when the officer grabbed her wrist, she felt like she was being attacked. She called 911 to explain the situation to another police officer, and hoped that additional law enforcement officials could calm the situation down.

In a recording of the 911 call, Graham can be heard saying: “You attacked me before you said anything! There is no point whatsoever for you to touch me like that, especially with my condition, so how dare you even touch me?” The officer is heard saying that she is under arrest.

Another responding officer punched Graham in the face a few times, while telling Graham not to resist arrest. When a police officer put weight on Graham’s hip–where she was injured–”she reacted by trying to flip over. Federal Way police said she assaulted an officer during that struggle,” reports KIRO 7.

A photo published by KIRO 7 shows Graham with black and blue marks over her eye and face.

Graham’s friend Deborah Fenwick backed up Graham’s account in an interview with the local news outlet. “That woman was not resisting, I saw it. That woman doesn’t have a violent bone in her body. She’s got a heart of gold. If she would have understood the officer’s commands in the first place, she would have absolutely complied with him.”

The police dispute that narrative. In a statement e-mailed to KIRO 7, they said: “As the officer approached, Graham squared off against him in a fighter’s stance and attempted to strike him with closed fists. (The officer) responded with closed fist strikes to Graham’s face which brought her to the ground where she was handcuffed.”

Graham says she did not hit the officer, and that she told the officer “about my condition. Punching me over and over in the eye is obviously excessive force. He could have handled it a lot differently.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

British Finance MPs To Attend Bilderberg Meeting

0

Both government and opposition heads of finance to participate in secretive confab

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Both the British Chancellor of the Exchequer, and his opposition counterpart are scheduled to attend the secret elite meeting of the Bilderberg group this weekend.

Chancellor George Osbourne and Shadow Chancellor Ed Balls, often painted up as bitter political rivals in the British media, will be buddying it up behind closed doors at The exclusive Grove Hotel in Watford with over 100 of the world’s elite.

Bilderberg’s own attendee list confirms the attendance of Osbourne and Balls. The list has been released on the group’s otherwise sparse website for the past three years, primarily because it was constantly being leaked to researchers anyway, and as a way of feigning transparency.

While Obsourne and Balls have regularly attended the annual gathering for the best part of a decade, critics have continually asked why the British taxpayer should be paying for elected politicians to attend an undisclosed meeting, completely closed off to media scrutiny, and in the company of private bankers and other foreign finance politicians.

Bilderberg delegates attend in an informal, off-the-record basis and are not bound by their public, “pre-agreed” positions, according to the group’s website. Quite how that marries up with Osbourne and Balls’ attendance, as acting financial heads of Britain’s government, is anyone’s guess. British MP Kenneth Clarke, a long time attendee, is also once again reporting to his masters.

If anyone still actually read the London Times, which they don’t, they would see an article today arguing that Bilderberg is merely a talking shop where no policies are set or agreed upon.

Such detractors routinely contend that the annual elite gatherings are nothing more than an outdated irrelevant get together of aging has-beens whose power on the international stage has long since withered.

Take one look at the attendees at this year’s confab in Watford, however, and it immediately becomes clear that this is the absolute polar opposite of the truth.

Debating policy at this year’s meeting will be Eric Schmidt, Executive Chairman of Google, Craig J. Mundie, senior advisor to the CEO of Microsoft Corporation, and Jeff Bezos, the founder and CEO of Amazon.com. Another notable attendee is Peter Thiel, the man who provided the financial muscle for online ventures like Facebook and Paypal, as well as LinkedIn and Friendster.

There you have luminaries involved with some of the biggest online and social media companies on the globe, all in attendance together at a secret weekend getaway, due to discuss “How big data is changing almost everything.”

That alone should be enough to focus the attention of the mainstream media. But no.

Then factor in that also in attendance are José Barroso, the President of the European Commission, and Christine Lagarde, the much scrutinized Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund. Still no media coverage?

OK, how about the disgraced former CIA head and retired US General David Petraeus, currently embroiled in the centre of the Obama administration scandal regarding the Benghazi intelligence failures. Nah, that’s not interesting to the mainstream media.

Perhaps representatives from major US think tanks would perk interest? You like to have them on your news output every single day right mainstream media? You know, the guys from the Hudson Institute, the Council on Foreign Relations, the American Enterprise Institute, the Hoover Institution, the Peterson Institute for International Economics, the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, the Foundation for Defense of Democracies — all at Bilderberg.

Bilderberg also has the Vice Chairman and former Chairman of Barclays bank, the Deputy Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Group Chairman of HSBC, the Chairman and Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs, and the CEO of TD Bank Financial Group.

Bilderberg has other senior figures from major banks, finance houses, and insurance companies all over the globe, including the Deutsche Bank of Germany, the Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG Bank of Austria, the Swiss National Bank, the Dutch National Bank, the Zurich Insurance Group, AXA Group, Prudential plc, and Novartis AG.

Not one but TWO Former US Secretaries of the Treasury are attending, as well as several acting European finance ministers and other elected representatives. Both the Dutch Prime Minister and the monarch Princess Beatrix will also be in attendance.

Also present will be executives from major energy companies such as Shell and BP, representatives from huge defense contractors including BAE, officials with bio-medial and pharmaceutical giants including Novartis, and monolithic agriculture producers like Syngenta.

Add a dose of professors, lecturers and researchers from major Universities and colleges all over the globe and you literally have a small gathering of people that oversee everything on the planet.

Yet, according to the mainstream media it’s all just one hell of a round of golf.

Previously leaked documents from meetings, as well as other innumerable examples, have illustrated how the Bilderberg Group, contrary to the media-generated myth that the confab represents a harmless talking shop, actually has a direct influence on world affairs, and sets the consensus for policy decisions sometimes decades in advance.

A clear example is the 1955 Bilderberg meeting held in Garmisch-Partenkirchen, West Germany. Documents read by the BBC and later released by Wikileaks divulge how Bilderberg members were discussing the creation of the euro single currency nearly 40 years before it was officially introduced in the 1992 Maastricht Treaty.

It is clearly asinine to suggest that this group of people hold no power and do not have any sway on the international stage. Their influence is irrefutable.

Ask anyone if they believe banks and corporations have more influence on world affairs than politicians and close to 100% will say yes, so why is it that the G8 summits garner wall to wall media coverage yet Bilderberg does not?

British citizens, as well as citizens of the other countries from around the world, should en mass demand to know why democratically elected Members of Parliament and government, including the heads of national Treasuries, are meeting in secret with private financiers, bankers, defense contractors, oil multinationals, food giants and drug companies.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 12:58 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Syria inflicted damages on terrorists'

0

Syrian forces clash with foreign-backed militants in the western town of Qusayr, Homs Province. (File photo)

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Baku Mohsen Pakaein says Syria has inflicted heavy damages on terrorists over the past two decades, urging the international community to appreciate the Arab stateâ„¢s fight against organized terrorism.

Å“Syriaâ„¢s anti-terror valuable measures have been carried out under the circumstances that the West has so far unprecedentedly supported terrorist groups and the Zionist regimeâ„¢s [Israel] aggression against the country to strengthen terrorism,” Pakaein told reporters on Monday.

He added that the recent Friends of Syria Conference held in the Iranian capital, Tehran, was an important step to foster broad regional and international efforts in order to help people in the crisis-stricken country.

The Iranian official called for comprehensive national talks in a friendly atmosphere to help the Syrian people resolve the ongoing unrest.

On May 29, Iran hosted the Friends of Syria Conference in Tehran under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability.” The event was attended by representatives from 40 countries, seeking to find a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country.

”An immediate end to conflicts and the creation of an appropriate atmosphere to enter the democratic process are the Syrian peopleâ„¢s demands,” the Iranian ambassador stated.

He expressed Iranâ„¢s opposition to foreign intervention, violation of Syriaâ„¢s sovereignty and territorial integrity and the killing of innocent Syrians by terrorists and voiced Tehranâ„¢s support for international efforts to help the Arab state.

The envoy stressed the importance of dispatching humanitarian aid to Syria, and removing economic sanctions.

Unrest has gripped Syria for over two years and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security personnel, have lost their lives in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

On May 23, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said, Å“Syria is determined to tackle terrorism and those who support it regionally and globally, and to find a political solution to the crisis.”

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Al Gore backlash: Why environmentalists are celebrating rising CO2 levels

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 3, 2013

Thank goodness carbon dioxide levels are finally rising ever so slightly in our atmosphere, bringing much-needed carbon dioxide to the plants and forests of the world which have been starving for CO2. The lack of CO2 in the atmosphere is one of the most devastating limiting factors for plant growth and reforestation of the planet, and at just 400ppm – that’s just 400 micrograms per kilogram – carbon dioxide is so low that Earth’s plant life can barely breathe.

Author’s note: I have added substantially to this story since it was first published in order to attempt to educate what appear to be a mass of brainwashed, mathematically illiterate commenters on Facebook who demonstrate a wholesale inability to process information with anything resembling rationality on this subject.

Let me clarify three things before we even get into the story:

#1 — NO, I do not support the coal and oil industry, and in fact I think they are terrible polluters of our planet for lots of reasons that have nothing to do with CO2. As it turns out, all the coal and oil being burned across our world right now only slightly impacts CO2 levels, especially when compared with CO2 emissions by ocean life. So my support of CO2 as an essential plant nutrient in no way is any kind of endorsement of the oil and coal industries. My long track record of activism against corporate monopolists is irrefutably solid.

#2 — YES, CO2 is an essential plant nutrient. Despite all the idiotic beliefs of people who have been brainwashed by Al Gore into believing scientific mythologies, higher CO2 levels support faster plant growth and the re-greening of our planet, period! Anyone who disagrees with this is flatly uninformed, brainwashed or just plain ignorant of plant biology (and that’s a lot of people). Recent science is proving that rising CO2 levels are, in fact, expanding plant growth and reforestation around the world. Read Increase in Carbon Dioxide Levels “Greening” the Deserts at NatureWorldNews.com or read the press release from the original researchers out of Australia who documented this correlation. And everybody needs to read www.PlantsNeedCO2.org

#3 — The current level of CO2 in Earth’s atmosphere is 400ppm. By comparison, Oxygen exists in the atmosphere at 210,000ppm. When you exhale, your own breath contains 40,000ppm of CO2, and if you know anything about emergency first aid, then you know that breathing this 40,000ppm of CO2 into another person’s body (mouth-to-mouth resuscitation) is a lifesaving action. It’s not uncommon for CO2 to reach levels of 3000ppm in homes, schools and offices. OSHA allows workers to work in environments with up to 5000ppm of CO2. (Because, again, oxygen is present at 210,000ppm, vastly out-weighing the CO2.)

So all this talk of carbon dioxide threatening the entire planet at just 400ppm – less than one-half of 1/1000th of the air – is pure nonsense. Total quack science fearmongering.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

In fact, most of what we’ve all been told about CO2 over the pat few years is a complete lie. It’s time to stop believing these lies and wake up to reality. Most importantly, stop defending the CO2 / global warming hoax. Yes, CO2 is rising, but it’s mostly from non-human activity, and rising levels actually support forests and plants everywhere.

How did I “wake up” to this information? It’s simple: I used to be a believer in the CO2 hoax until I really began to study plant physiology and aquaponics production. Only then did I discover that CO2 is a vital nutrient for plant growth and that levels of CO2 in the atmosphere were radically deficient for optimal reforestation and plant biology. My awakening to this in no way means I endorse coal or oil industries, both of which are dirty polluters of the planet. But I am no longer allowing myself to be conned by the likes of Al Gore who has successfully convinced far too many people that their own breath is a global pollutant that needs to be regulated and taxed.

The CO2 scam is nothing more than a global tax moneymaking scheme being pushed by people who hope to get rich off our collective guilt for a problem that’s entirely fabricated and fictional.

My original story continues here:

Throughout the history of our planet, atmospheric CO2 was much, much higher, and it supported eras of lush rainforests, rapid plant growth and far greater biodiversity than what we see today. In fact, 525 million years ago, Earth’s atmospheric CO2 levels were as high at 7,000 ppm – and far from the planet “dying” as global warming hoax pushers try to claim, it was one of the most lush and biodiverse times in our planet’s history.

As the following chart clearly shows, CO2 levels are at one of their lowest levels in the history of our planet:

Carbon dioxide is greening the planet
Global warming alarmists and hoaxers, of course, have warned that CO2 levels crossing the threshold of 400ppm will spell certain doom for the human race. What they don’t mention is that rising CO2 levels actually set off a “global greening,” complete with forests re-growing at an accelerated rate, gardens producing more food and arid regions seeing a restoration of green plants.

In fact, a study just published in Geophysical Research Letters has documented that a 14% increase in CO2 levels in the atmosphere gave rise to a 5% — 10% increase in green foliage, with a total increase in plant “cover” of 11%. That study is entitled, CO2 fertilisation has increased maximum foliage cover across the globe’s warm, arid environments.

That study refers to CO2 as a “fertilizer” that causes a “fertilization effect.” As the study authors explain:

Our results confirm that the anticipated CO2 fertilization effect is occurring alongside ongoing anthropogenic perturbations to the carbon cycle and that the fertilisation effect is now a significant land surface process.

CO2, you see, isn’t a “pollutant.” It’s a nutrient!

By the way, your body is 18% carbon and 65% oxygen. (I’m going to pre-empt some stupid Facebook trolls who will say, “Not true! Your body is 75% water!” by answering in advance that H2O is made of hydrogen and oxygen. Hydrogen has such a low atomic weight, however, that it doesn’t contribute more than about 10% to your total body mass. Then again, trying to teach science to Facebook trolls is a lot like trying to teach pigs to write javascript.)

In total, you are 83% made of the same stuff as CO2, just in a different molecular arrangement. CO2 is, of course, constantly reformed and recycled throughout the planetary ecosystem. Ocean biological activity alone produces 90 billion tons of CO2 each year – many multiples of the far smaller amount produced by human activity (about 6 billion tons). If CO2 alone caused global warming and global death, we’d all be dead by now. It turns out that CO2 actually helps fertilize the growth and restoration of plants and forests!

Ocean plants love carbon dioxide, too!
By the way, it’s not just land plants that are starving for CO2. Marine plants also need more CO2, and most marine biology came into being in a time when CO2 levels were far higher than they are today.

The higher CO2 levels are in the atmosphere, the more CO2 gets absorbed into ocean water, making it available to help marine plants thrive. This CO2, importantly, is also used to build coral reefs.

Wait a second! Haven’t we all been told that CO2 is destroying coral reefs? I used to think so, too, because I hadn’t scrutinized the science closely enough. But if you really dig into this issue, it turns out that coral reefs are largely being destroyed by toxic chemical runoff from human activity, not from CO2.

If you love plants and forests and gardens, you gotta love CO2
The bottom line in all this is that if you love plant life on planet Earth, you’ve gotta love carbon dioxide. CO2 is the key nutrient that’s needed to bolster the rapid growth of nearly all plants, and right now Earth’s atmosphere is in a state of carbon dioxide deficiency.

That’s why professional greenhouse owners actually pump CO2 into their greenhouses to increase plant production.

Rising CO2 levels are a huge benefit to plant life across the planet. Hare-brained plans to “sequester” CO2 will cause an artificial reduction in this crucial plant nutrient, resulting in the mass global die-off of plants and the thinning of forests. Carbon sequestration is, quite literally, plant starvation and an attack against Mother Nature.

So don’t buy into the disinfo hawked by CO2 alarmists like Al Gore. They are pushing an utterly fictional story about how “CO2 will destroy the world” and end human civilization if we don’t stop its rise. I welcome rising CO2 levels and being scientifically trained, I know that carbon dioxide only exists at less than 1/1000th of the atmosphere. In fact, it’s currently at less than half of 1/1000th of the atmosphere. That’s an extremely small amount of CO2 – just 400ppm. And it’s just barely enough to keep Earth’s plants from dying en masse.

Conclusion:

– CO2 is an essential plant nutrient that accelerates the growth of plants, gardens and forests.

– CO2 is present in the atmosphere at just 400 ppm. By comparison, oxygen is present at 210,000 ppm. There is barely any CO2 in the atmosphere at all.

– Higher CO2 levels means better reforestation and “greening” of the planet. As CO2 levels rise, barren regions are able to “re-green” with trees that couldn’t grow there before.

– CO2 is chronically deficient in the atmosphere today; many plants are “starving” for carbon dioxide.

– NO, I do not support the oil and gas industries. In fact, there is hardly any link between energy usage and the rise of CO2 in the atmosphere. The vast majority of CO2 emissions come from biology, not burning fossil fuels.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 12:28 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Turkish army clashes with PKK

0

File photo shows PKK militants training at a base in northern Iraq.

Turkish Army helicopters have returned fire at Kurdish Workersâ„¢ Party (PKK) militants who targeted a Turkish military base near border with Iraq.

According to the Turkish army, PKK militants fired at the military base in the southeastern city of Sirnak, prompting an army helicopter to return fire. One soldier was reportedly injured in the clash.

This is the first clash reported by the Turkish army since it entered into a truce with PKK leader, Abdullah Ocalan, back in March, halting a 28-year armed struggle between the two sides.

Following the peace deal, the militants started withdrawing from Turkey to settle in bases in northern Iraq on May 8.

However, the group warned Ankara against Å“provocations and clashes” which it stated could hamper the retreat.

It also asked independent rights groups to take part in the process by observing the withdrawal, saying this could contribute to a safe operation.

The PKK has been fighting for an autonomous Kurdish region in southeastern Turkey since the 1980s. The conflict has left tens of thousands of people dead.

Ocalan, who was captured by Turkish security forces in the Kenyan capital Nairobi in 1999, is serving a life sentence at Imrali Island prison on charges of leading the PKK in its armed campaign against Ankara.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

America’s Greatest Affliction: The Presstitute Media

0

When Gerald Celente branded the American media “presstitutes,” he got it right. The US print and TV media (and NPR) whore for Washington and the corporations. Reporting the real news is their last concern. The presstitutes are a Ministry of Propaganda and Coverup. This is true of the entire Western media, a collection of bought-and-paid-for whores.

It seems that every day I witness a dozen or more examples. Take May 31 for example.

The presstitutes report that US Secretary of State John Kerry and his German counterpart are working on Russia to convince that country to be a “party to peace” in Syria by not supplying the Syrian government, whose country has been invaded, with arms. Kerry and the Israelis especially do not want Russia to deliver the S-300 anti-aircraft missile system to Syria.

This was the extent of the presstitutes’ report. The presstitutes made no mention of the fact that the invasion of Syria by al-Qaeda affiliated radical Muslims was organized and equipped by Washington via its proxies in the region, such as Saudi Arabia and the oil emirates. Americans sufficiently stupid to rely on the presstitute media do not know that it is not Syrians who want to overthrow their government, but Washington, Israel, and radical Islamists who object to Syria’s secular non-confrontational government.

One might think that the US media would wonder why Washington prefers to have al-Qaeda governing Syria than a non-confrontational secular government. But such a question is off-limits for the US media.

Israel, unlike Washington which so far hides behind proxies, has actually openly committed war crimes as defined by the Nuremberg trials of Nazis by initiating unprovoked aggression against Syria by militarily attacking the country.

In reporting Kerry’s pressure on Putin, presstitutes made no mention that the Washington-backed attempted overthrow of the Syrian government has run into difficulty, causing president obama to ask the Pentagon to come up with a no-fly plan, which means according to the Libya precedent NATO or US air attacks on Syrian government forces. As the S-300 missiles are a defensive weapon, obama’s plan to send in Western or Israeli air forces to attack the Syrian army is why Kerry is pressuring Russia not to honor its contract to deliver to Syria the S-300 missiles, which can knock US, NATO, and Israeli aircraft out of the sky.

Those who believed that Kerry could have made a difference as president must be disillusioned to see what a warmongering whore he is. In america marketing is everything; truth is nothing.

The real news story is that Washington is trying to convince Putin to acquiesce to Washington’s overthrow of the Syrian government so that Russia can be evicted from its only naval base in the Mediterranean Sea, thus making it Washington’s sea, Washington’s Mare Nostrum. The american pressitutes put all the onus on the Russian government for not helping Washington to overthrow the Syrian government in order that Washington has another victory over Russia and can start next on Iran.

William Hague, who serves, with Washington’s approval, as British foreign secretary to the shame of a once proud nation, made this clear when he declared: “We want a solution without Assad. We do not accept the stay of Assad.” This is amazing hypocrisy, because the Syrian government is more respectful of human rights than Washington and London.

While Kerry was trying to con Putin, White House spokesman Josh Earnest said that the obama administration’s immediate priority was removing Assad from power. http://thehill.com/blogs/global-affairs/middle-east-north-africa/302773-white-house-no-role-for-assad-in-transitional-government So for the US and UK, “peace” means the overthrow of the Syrian government by force.

Why isn’t the United Nations protesting? The answer is that the countries and their UN representatives have been purchased by Washington. Money talks. Integrity and justice don’t. Integrity and justice are poverty-inflicted. The UN belongs to the evil empire. Washington owns it. The american Empire has the money. It pays for the headlines and for the budget that lets the UN delegates enjoy New York City,

In the world today, integrity is worthless, but money is valuable, and Washington has the money because, as the dollar is the world reserve currency, it can be printed in sufficient quantities to purchase every country’s government, including our own. One year out of office and Tony Blair was worth $35 million. Look at the amazing Clinton riches. According to news report, $3.2 million was spent on Chelsea’s wedding. http://www.goingwedding.com/news_detail.asp?newsid=67

Hague said that the UK and France “seek to end the ban on arming Syrian rebels.” Hague did not explain how the invasion force was armed if there is a ban against arming it. But Hague did tell us who the invading force is: “the Syrian National Coalition,” which consists of Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Egypt (still the American puppet), the United States, Britain, France, Turkey, Germany and Italy. Obviously, the talk about a “Syrian rebellion” is pure BS. Syria is confronted with an attempted overthrow of its government by the US and its puppet states. Kerry is trying to convince Putin to let Washington overthrow Syria.

As if this wasn’t enough, also on May 31, I listened to e.j. dionne and david brooks on National Public Radio discuss the state of the obama presidency. Both were protective of “our president.” Neither would dare say: “the military-security complex’s president,” “Wall Street’s president,” “the Israel Lobby’s president,” “Monsanto’s president,” “the mining and fracking president.” obama is “our president.”

Both brooks and dionne agreed that the media had got rid of the Benghazi issue and that the IRS persecution of Tea Party members was under the media’s control and was not a threat to obama. david brooks did acknowledge that there were economic problems ignored and no new ideas. However, the blatant fact that under obama the US is in a constitutional crisis, well described by Dr. Francis Boyle, professor of international law at the University of Illinois, http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article35134.htm was not mentioned by NPR’s pundits, who define correct thoughts for the NPR audience, people too busy to pay attention.

In america today, the executive branch in explicit violation of the US Constitution detains indefinitely or murders any US citizen alleged without proof by an unaccountable member of the executive branch to be in any way associated with the broad but undefined term, “terrorism,” even innocently as a donor to hungry or ill Palestinian children. The executive branch clearly violates the US Constitution and US statutory laws against torture and spying on citizens without warrants. Congress does not impeach the president for his obvious crimes, and the Federal Judiciary enables them.

President Nixon was driven from office because he lied about when he learned of a burglary for which he was not responsible. President Clinton was impeached by the House of Representatives for lying about a sexual affair with a White House intern, Monica Lewinsky.

President george w. bush took america to wars based on obvious lies, and so did president obama. Both administrations are guilty of war crimes and almost every possible infraction of constitutional and international law. Yet, no presstitute member of the media would dare mention impeachment, and the House would never bring the charge.

There is no doubt whatsoever that in the 21st century presidents, their lawyers, Justice (sic) Department officials, and CIA and black-op operatives have broken law after law, and there is no accountability. For the presstitutes, this is a non-issue. “Rule of law, Constitution? We don’t need no stinking rule of law or Constitution.”

For the presstitutes, the bought-and-paid for-whores for evil, the issues are obama’s stable poll numbers; teenage girls arrested for fighting at a kindergarten graduation ceremony; ”Microsoft’s Bill Gates extended his lead over Mexico’s Carlos Slim as the world’s richest person,” “the $14 million-dollar girl: Beyonce rakes it in.”

Constitutional crisis? What is that? I mean, really, look at Beyonce’s legs. Didn’t you hear, the dollar rose today?

The presstitutes have not investigated any important issue. Not 9/11. Not the accumulation of unaccountable power in the executive branch. Not the demise of the Bill of Rights. Not the Boston Marathon bombing. Not the endless and unexplained wars against Muslims who have not attacked the US.

The Boston Marathon saga reached new levels of absurdity with the FBI’s murder of Ibragim Todashev, who was being pressured to admit to various associated crimes. The presstitutes first reported that Todashev was armed. It was a gun, then a knife, then after the presstitutes duly reported the false information planted on them, which for the insouciance American public was sufficient to explain Toashev’s murder, the FBI admitted that the victim was unarmed.

Nevertheless, he was shot seven times, one to the back of the head. His father wants to know why the FBI assassinated his son, but the presstitutes could not care less. Don’t expect any answer from the american press and TV media or from NPR, an organization that pretends to be a “listener station” but is financed by corporate contributions.

How’s Todashev’s murder for Gestapo justice? Where is the difference? A bullet in the back of the head. And America is the shining light on the hill, the font of freedom and democracy brought to the world courtesy of the military/security complex out of the barrel of guns and hellfire missiles from drones. And relentless propaganda in the schools, universities, and media.

But you will never hear about it from the presstitutes.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Geopolitics of Gas and the Syrian Crisis: Syrian «Opposition» Armed to Thwart Construction of Iran-Iraq-Syria Gas Pipeline

0

What has one of the most democratic countries of the Middle East, Syria, done to tick off some of its neighbors in the West, the fierce fighters for democracy? The irrationality and unscrupulousness of the approaches Western countries have taken to the Syrian crisis, when the same people who in Europe are considered terrorists are declared «freedom fighters» when it comes to Syria, becomes clearer in light of the economic dimension of the Syrian tragedy. There is every reason to think that by helping destroy its own cultural and historical roots in Syria, Europe is first and foremost fighting for energy resources. And a special role is played by natural gas, which is emerging as the main fuel of the 21st century. The geopolitical problems connected with its production, transportation and use are perhaps more than any other topic on the radar of Western strategists. 

In the apt expression of F. William Engdahl, «Natural gas is the flammable ingredient that is fueling this insane scramble for energy in the region.» A battle is raging over whether pipelines will go toward Europe from east to west, from Iran and Iraq to the Mediterranean coast of Syria, or take a more northbound route from Qatar and Saudi Arabia via Syria and Turkey. Having realized that the stalled Nabucco pipeline, and indeed the entire Southern Corridor, are backed up only by Azerbaijan’s reserves and can never equal Russian supplies to Europe or thwart the construction of the South Stream, the West is in a hurry to replace them with resources from the Persian Gulf. Syria ends up being a key link in this chain, and it leans in favor of Iran and Russia; thus it was decided in the Western capitals that its regime needs to change. The fight for «democracy» is a false flag thrown out to cover up totally different aims.

It is not difficult to notice that the rebellion in Syria began to grow two years ago, almost at the same time as the signing of a memorandum in Bushehr on June 25, 2011 regarding the construction of a new Iran-Iraq-Syria gas pipeline… It is to stretch 1500 km from Asaluyeh on the largest gas field in the world, North Dome/South Pars (shared between Qatar and Iran) to Damascus. The length of pipeline on the territory of Iran will be 225 km, in Iraq 500 km, and in Syria 500-700 km. Later it may be extended along the bottom of the Mediterranean Sea to Greece. The possibility of supplying liquefied gas to Europe via Syria’s Mediterranean ports is also under consideration. Investments in this project equal 10 billion dollars. (1)

This pipeline, dubbed the «Islamic pipeline», was supposed to start operation in the period from 2014 to 2016. Its projected capacity is 110 million cubic meters of gas per day (40 billion cubic meters a year). Iraq, Syria and Lebanon have already declared their need for Iranian gas (25-30 million cubic meters per day for Iraq, 20-25 million cubic meters for Syria, and 5-7 million cubic meters until 2020 for Lebanon). Some of the gas will be supplied via the Arab gas transportation system to Jordan. Experts believe that this project could be an alternative to the Nabucco gas pipeline being promoted by the European Union (with a planned capacity of 30 billion cubic meters of gas per year), which doesn’t have sufficient reserves. It was planned to run the Nabucco pipeline from Iraq, Azerbaijan and Turkmenistan through the territory of Turkey. At first Iran was also considered as a resource base, but later it was excluded from the project. After the signing of the memorandum on the Islamic Pipeline, the head of the National Iranian Gas Company (NIGC), Javad Oji, stated that South Pars, with recoverable reserves of 16 trillion cubic meters of gas, is a «reliable source of gas, which is a prerequisite for the building of a pipeline which Nabucco does not have».It is easy to observe that about 20 billion cubic meters per year will remain from this pipeline for Europe, which would be able to compete with Nabucco’s 30 billion, but not the 63 billion from the South Stream.

A gas pipeline from Iran would be highly profitable for Syria. Europe would gain from it as well, but clearly someone in the West didn’t like it. The West’s gas-supplying allies in the Persian Gulf weren’t happy with it either, nor was would-be no. 1 gas transporter Turkey, as it would then be out of the game. The new «unholy alliance» which formed between them shamelessly declared its goal to be «protecting democratic values» in the Middle East, although logically speaking the U.S. and its allies ought to begin this with their own partners in the coalition against Syria from among the monarchies of the Persian Gulf, which are questionable in this regard.

The Sunnite countries also see the Islamic Pipeline from the viewpoint of interconfessional contradictions, considering it a «Shiite pipeline from Shiite Iran through the territory of Iraq with its Shiite majority and into the territory of Shiite-friendly Alawite Asad». As renowned researcher on energy issues F. William Engdahl writes, this geopolitical drama is intensified by the fact that the South Pars field lies in the Persian Gulf directly on the border between Shiite Iran and Sunnite Qatar. But tiny Qatar, which is no match for Iran in power, makes active use of its connections with the military presence of the U.S. and NATO in the Persian Gulf. On the territory of Qatar are a command node of the Pentagon’s Central Command of the U.S. Armed Forces, the headquarters of the Head Command of the U.S. Air Force, the No. 83 Expeditionary Air Group of the British Air Force and the 379th Air Expeditionary Wing of the U.S. Air Force. Qatar, in Engdahl’s opinion, has other plans for its share in the South Pars gas field and is not eager to join efforts with Iran, Syria and Iraq. It is not at all interested in the success of an Iran-Iraq-Syria pipeline, which would be completely independent of the transit routes of Qatar or Turkey leading to Europe. In fact, Qatar is doing all it can to thwart the construction of the pipeline, including arming the «opposition» fighters in Syria, many of whom come from Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and Libya. (2)

Qatar’s resolve is fed by the discovery by Syrian geological exploration companies in 2011 of Syria’s own large gas-producing area near the Lebanese border, not far from the Mediterranean port of Tartus which Russia leases, and the detection of a significant gas field near Homs. According to preliminary estimates, these discoveries should substantially increase the country’s gas reserves, which previously amounted to 284 billion cubic meters. The fact that the export of Syrian or Iranian gas to the European Union could take place through the port of Tartus, which has ties to Russia, is unsatisfactory to Qatar and its Western patrons as well. (3)

The Arabic newspaper Al-Akhbar cites information according to which there is a plan approved by the U.S. government to create a new pipeline for transporting gas from Qatar to Europe involving Turkey and Israel. The capacity of such a pipeline is not mentioned, but considering the resources of the Persian Gulf and Eastern Mediterranean region, it could exceed that of both the Islamic Pipeline and Nabucco, directly challenging Russia’s South Stream. The main developer of this project is Frederick Hoff, who is «in charge of gas issues in the Levant» and a member of the U.S. «Syrian Crisis Committee». This new pipeline is to begin in Qatar, cross Saudi territory and then the territory of Jordan, thus bypassing Shiite Iraq, and reach Syria. Near Homs the pipeline is to branch in three directions: to Latakia, Tripoli in northern Lebanon, and Turkey. Homs, where there are also hydrocarbon reserves, is the «project’s main crossroads», and it is not surprising that it is in the vicinity of this city and its «key», Al-Qusayr, that the fiercest fighting is taking place. Here the fate of Syria is being decided. The parts of Syrian territory where detachments of rebels are operating with the support of the U.S., Qatar and Turkey, that is, the north, Homs and the environs of Damascus, coincide with the route that the pipeline is to follow to Turkey and Tripoli, Lebanon. A comparison of a map of armed hostilities and a map of the Qatar pipeline route indicates a link between armed activities and the desire to control these Syrian territories. Qatar’s allies are trying to accomplish three goals: «to break Russia’s gas monopoly in Europe; to free Turkey from its dependence on Iranian gas; and to give Israel the chance to export its gas to Europe by land at less cost». (4) As Asia Times analyst Pepe Escobar indicated, the Emir of Qatar apparently made a deal with the «Muslim Brotherhood» according to which it will support their international expansion in exchange for a pact of peace within Qatar. A «Muslim Brotherhood» regime in Jordan and in Syria, supported by Qatar, would abruptly change the entire geopolitical world gas market — decidedly in favor of Qatar and to the detriment of Russia, Syria, Iran and Iraq. It would also be a crushing blow to China. (5)

The war against Syria is aimed at pushing this project through, as well as at the breakdown of the agreement between Tehran, Baghdad and Damascus. Its implementation has been halted several times due to military action, but in February 2013 Iraq declared its readiness to sign a framework agreement which would enable the construction of the pipeline. (6) It is worth noting that after this, more and more new groups of Iraqi Shiites have risen up in support of Asad; as The Washington Post admits, they have «no little battle experience» in confronting Americans in their country. Along with fighters from Lebanon’s Hezbollah, they make an ever more formidable force. (7) The stakes in the «elimination game» started in Syria by the West over the gas pipeline continue to grow. The end of the European Union’s embargo on supplying weapons to the Syrian opposition, which according to the BBC the majority of EU member countries were against (8) (democracy, where are you?), might not be able to help the rebels.

As for civilization and justice, when profit is at stake, sentiment doesn’t matter. The main thing is not to play the wrong card in this unfair game that smells of blood and gas.

Notes

(1) http://www.voltairenet.org/article176676.html

(2) http://www.globalresearch.ca/syria-turkey-israel-and-the-greater-middle-east-energy-war/5307902

(3) http://www.naturalgasasia.com/syria-homs-gas-discovery

(4) http://zebrastationpolaire.over-blog.com/article-la-guerre-civile-en-syrie-et-la-geopolitique-petrogaziere-112539126.html

(5) http://www.atimes.com/atimes/Middle_East/NI28Ak03.html

(6) http://news.day.az/iran/385108.html

(7) http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/middle_east/iraqi-shiites-fight-for-syrian-

(8) http://www.bbc.co.uk/russian/rolling_news/2013/05/130527_rn_syria_uk_embargo.shtml

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Video captures moment German drone missed Afghan passenger plane

0

My Fox DC
June 3, 2013

Video posted online allegedly shows an out-of-control drone barely missing an Afghan passenger plane as it flew over Afghanistan.

The classified video was filmed from an unmanned German Luna drone in 2004.

100 people were onboard the passenger plane and the video has caused an outrage in Germany.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 12:12 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Major Anti-Government Riots Engulf Turkey

0

What began last week as a small protest against changes to a popular park in Istanbul, Turkey, quickly morphed into at least tens of thousands of furious demonstrators out in the streets of major cities across the country. Violent nationwide riots aimed at the increasingly authoritarian rule of Islamist Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan and his elected government are also wreaking havoc.

Some analysts argue that the riots are a response to government attacks on freedom, even labeling the unrest a “Turkish Spring” similar to the now-infamous “Arab Spring.” Others, however, point to far-left communist agitators in the streets hoping to exploit some of the worst chaos to rock Turkey in decades. For now, at least, the true causes and goals remain relatively unclear.

An estimated 1,700 protesters had already been arrested by Monday morning as the unrest spread to at least 65 cities and towns nationwide. Amid a fierce police crackdown using water cannons and tear gas, according to protesters cited in media reports, over 1,000 people were injured. At least two protesters have reportedly been killed as well, and more than 25 police officers have been injured by stone-throwing mobs so far.

Meanwhile, rioters continued setting fires and destroying property as a group of protesters drove a bulldozer toward the prime minister’s office. Angry citizens have also been setting up “occupy” camps, sparking police raids. As government forces tried to clamp down on the disorder, however, the protests grew, with opposition members of Parliament and prominent citizens joining the crowds as well. Reports of police and soldiers siding with the protesters have also surfaced. 

The demonstrators say the Islamist government, re-elected in 2011 with wide margins, is becoming increasingly totalitarian. Among other examples, protesters have cited attacks on freedom of the press and efforts to impose Islamic values on the population such as recent curbs on alcohol. Critics quoted in international media reports also accused the prime minister of ruling like a “dictator.”

The elected Islamist leader, who has been in power for a decade, however, claimed the rising violence and demonstrations engulfing Turkey did not constitute a “Turkish Spring” – a reference to a wave of oftentimes foreign-backed protest movements against dictators that swept through parts of the Arab world in recent years. Instead, Erdogan said that the “undemocratic” protests were organized by “extremists.”

“There are those attending these events organized by extremists. This is not about Gezi Park anymore. These are organized events with affiliations both within Turkey and abroad,” said the prime minister, whose Islamist-oriented Justice and Development Party (AKP) continues to enjoy support among voters. “The main opposition party CHP [Republican People’s Party] has provoked my innocent citizens. Those who make news [and] call these events the Turkish Spring do not know Turkey.”    

More than a few analysts within Turkey, while conceding that the police crackdown has been brutal and should be investigated, largely agreed with the sentiments expressed by the prime minister. Writing in the Jewish Press, for example, Istanbul-based political and religious commentator Sinem Tezyapar, an executive producer on Turkish Television, highlighted the Communist Party of Turkey’s less-than-hidden role in the unrest.

In her analysis, entitled “It’s More Communist Provocation than ‘Turkish Spring‘,” Tezyapar said that communist groups had been vandalizing streets and buildings while spreading “false rumors” to whip people “up into a frenzy.” While the protest action may have started off as a demonstration about parks and green spaces, it has since been “hijacked by chronic malcontents” and now has little to do with those issues, she added.

“The Communists number 50,000 at most, out of a Turkish nation of 76 million. Just as the majority cannot oppress the minority, the minority cannot oppress the majority either,” the self-described peace activist pointed out in her piece, which featured pictures of protesters holding communist flags. “But some on the political left are engaging in aggression born by the frustrating knowledge that they can never come to power by democratic means. That violent aspect of Communism is deeply offensive.”

However, other analysts – both within and outside of Turkey – see something much bigger. In Istanbul, BBC editor and correspondent Paul Mason, who has covered the so-called “Occupy” movement, the Egyptian protests that swept dictator Hosni Mubarak from power, the riots in Greece, and more, said the Turkish unrest was different than all of those.

“First, it is massive: the sheer numbers dwarf any single episode of civil unrest in Greece,” Mason reported, citing a young protester who claimed that “everyone” was participating except Erdogan’s ruling AKP party. “Second, the breadth of social support – within the urban enclave of Istanbul – is bigger than Greece and closer to Egypt.” If the labor movement gets involved, the Turkish protests could eventually morph into something akin to the anti-Mubarak Tahrir Square demonstrations, he added. 

Some analysts in Turkey said the unrest would at least serve as a major wake-up call for the ruling establishment. “Today is a turning point for the AKP,” political scientist Koray Caliskan at Istanbul’s Bosphorus University was quoted as saying by the left-wing U.K. Guardian newspaper. “Erdogan is a very confident and very authoritarian politician, and he doesn’t listen to anyone anymore. But he needs to understand that Turkey is no kingdom, and that he cannot rule Istanbul from Ankara all by himself.”

Foreign officials have taken an interest in the unrest as well, with members of the European Union’s “Parliament” reportedly claiming that the EU – which is in talks to bring in Turkey as a member state – needed to act. The Syrian dictatorship of Bashar al-Assad, which is facing an armed foreign-backed rebellion aided in part by the Islamist government of Turkey, issued a travel warning to citizens. Amnesty International condemned what it said was the “use of excessive force” by authorities.

The Obama administration, meanwhile, called on all parties in Turkey to “calm the situation.” In a statement by spokesperson Laura Lucas, the White House said it believed peaceful demonstrations are a part of “democratic expression.” Turkey’s long-term stability is best guaranteed by ensuring “the fundamental freedoms of expression, assembly and association,” the administration said, calling on security forces to “exercise restraint.” The U.S. State Department said it “certainly” supports “universally peaceful protests, as we would in this case.”

Amid the unrest, Turkish markets plunged as much as eight percent while the nation’s currency hit a 16-month low. “The risk clearly is that this all just drags on and then the danger is that violence racks up a notch taking this to an entirely different level – further heightening tensions and entrenching positions,” Timothy Ash, head of emerging markets research at Standard Bank, told Reuters. Erdogan’s refusal to adopt a softer line was “not very encouraging,” he added.

Many of the protesters are hoping to force the government to resign ahead of presidential elections scheduled for next year. For now, however, the prospects of that happening appear remote – Erdogan left on a trip to North Africa and has largely dismissed the unrest. If the turmoil does not settle down, though, the implications for the region could be wide ranging.

For one, the Turkish government is a member of NATO. Turkey is also seen as key to the international “regime change” operation currently underway in Syria, which has received key support from the Obama administration, al-Qaeda, European powers, and Sunni Arab despots. While the immediate challenge may be to Erdogan and his government, the global geopolitical significance of the unrest could eventually be enormous.

Photo of rioting in Ankara, Turkey: AP Images

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

New York City Launches Sex-advice Smartphone App for Teens

0

New York City’s health department has launched a smartphone app that offers teens advice on sex, pregnancy, birth control, abortion, and homosexual relationships, among other “sexual health” issues. Predictably, the app sidesteps all parental involvement, assuring youth who download the resource that they “have the right to sexual health services without getting permission from parents, girlfriends/boyfriends, or anyone else.”

New York City Health Commissioner Thomas Farley insisted that most parents his agency consulted with are on board with the app. “The Teens in NYC mobile app provides information in ways that are familiar to teens so they have can access to these services,” Farley said. “Teenagers are often embarrassed to talk to people about sex, especially their parents.”

CBS News noted that the app, which is available for both iPhones and Google Android devices, “features sex education videos, including one about a girl who is confused about her sexual orientation. Users can also use it to locate places to get free condoms, a pregnancy test, or counseling.”

Focus on the Family’s CitizenLink pro-family activist website reported that the app includes videos such as “Samantha’s Story,” which features a girl discussing the five-month sexual relationship she has had with her boyfriend, along with the same-sex attraction she feels toward her best friend. The “Samantha” video “also mentions a trip to an ‘LGBT-friendly’ center where a counselor says her same-sex attractions are ‘totally normal,’” reports CitizenLink.

In another video featured on the app, a teenage girl reflects on how she had originally wanted to save sex for marriage, until she gave in to her boyfriend. “I didn’t want to freak out Lewis and make him think that I regretted it, because I didn’t,” she says. “But by the end of the day I was really panicking. I don’t want to get pregnant right now. There’s too much else I want to do.”

The teen girl is shown visiting a local clinic, where she is given “morning after” pills. “I was so relieved,” she says. “I took the two pills right then. Then I met with a social worker and she said if I wanted to keep having sex I needed to use a condom, plus another kind of birth control that works with your hormones.”

Chad Hills, a policy analyst for Focus on the Family, said that New York City’s policies “represent a blatant disregard and disrespect for parents and minors, specifically, as state policy relates to ‘sexual health services.” He added that “teaching children to avoid and deceive their parents – in exchange for questionable ‘health’ advice and ‘services’ – endangers and exploits children, while eroding core family principles in the areas of parent-child communication, connectedness, and child well-being.”

Farley, however, justified the app and the way it sidesteps parental involvement to facilitate teen sex. “The idea that we are going to shield kids from that information is long since history,” he declared, claiming that teens are “often not informed and we wanted to speak the language of teens. And teens use mobile phones these days for information so it was the best way to reach the people we want to reach.”

The app, which is available through the NYC health department’s teen website, lists services and resources available to teens without the permission of parents, such as free condoms and other contraceptives, testing for pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases, and access to abortion.

Not surprisingly, New York City has one of the highest teen pregnancy rates in the nation, with the city’s health department statistics indicating that one in 15 teen girls got pregnant and and gave birth to some 17,000 babies in 2011. More shocking is the revelation that 40 percent of all pregnancies in New York City end in abortion. In one borough, the Bronx, nearly half of all pregnancies end in abortion, according to NYC health department statistics.

“The abortion industry in New York City continues to prey on lower-income black women, as almost 58 percent of abortions end in abortion for black women and children,” reported LifeNews.com. “The ratio of abortions for African-American women remained demographically highest in the city in 2011 while Asian and Pacific Island women had the lowest ratio at 18.2%.”

The pro-life news site added that “of the 203,514 viable pregnancies in New York City in 2011, 80,485 were terminated by abortion” – with 2,085 (2.59 percent) of those abortions being performed at 21 weeks of pregnancy or later.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Amnesty Against the Truth

0

For all sorts of reasons, the “comprehensive immigration reform” – i.e., amnesty – that Marco Rubio and a whole lot of other Republicans in Washington and “the conservative” media have been advocating from the time of Barack Obama’s reelection is a sham and a disaster. 

But these Republicans have convinced themselves that, given the ever-growing Hispanic segment of the electorate, their party’s survival depends upon it.

Some of us have always suspected that the influence of Hispanics over our politics has been greatly exaggerated by those who want for Hispanics to achieve more influence, or at least to be perceived as having done so.

Thanks to the Census Bureau’s recently released findings, we now know that we have been right all along.

Exit polling data from last year’s election that purported to reveal that Hispanics constitute 10 percent of the electorate was mistaken. In reality, Hispanics are slightly above eight percent of the voting public. As writer Steve Sailer remarks: “So the standard story you’ve been hearing in the MSM [Mainstream Media] for almost seven months is indeed inflated by 19 percent.”

It wasn’t Hispanics who propelled Obama to victory, but blacks. In fact, even more blacks came out to support Obama in 2012 than did so in 2008. As Sailer says, “Blacks added another 10 percent to their vote total from 2008 to 2012. Nationally, 66.2 percent of eligible blacks voted compared to 64.1 percent of whites, 48.0 percent of Hispanics, and 47.3 percent of Asians.” 

Sailer continues: “The growth in black turnout was particularly concentrated among those over age 65. Also, black women traditionally vote at significantly higher rates than black men, and the black gender gap in turnout hit a new record in 2012.”

This is significant, for as Sailer observes, the phenomenon of elderly black women seeking “to keep the White House black” is not exactly “the wave of the future.” At the very least, it certainly doesn’t call for anything along the lines of “comprehensive immigration reform.”

In fact, even the Hispanic vote doesn’t call for this. All of the hype regarding the alleged Hispanicization of American politics aside, Hispanic voter turnout was actually down in 2012. Sailer asserts: “Among Hispanics eligible to vote, gross numbers continued to rise – but the rate of those taking the trouble to vote dropped from 49.9 to 48.0 percent.” Furthermore: “The number of Hispanics who claimed to be eligible but didn’t bother to get to the polls soared from 9.8 million to 12.1 million.”

Compared to many of his fellow partisans, to say nothing of his Democratic rival, Mitt Romney was a hard-liner on the immigration problem, yet Hispanics actually showed up at the polls in fewer numbers than before.

It isn’t just the upsurge in blacks voting for Obama that accounted for Romney’s defeat. Romney still could’ve prevailed – had the rate of white turnout not been at record lows. It is worth quoting at length Sailer’s summary of the Census Bureau’s findings:

In contrast to the fervent black effort to re-elect Obama, whites were strikingly unmotivated by Romney. The total white vote dropped from 100 million in 2008 to 98 million in 2012 (down 2 percent). Only 64.1 percent of eligible whites voted in 2012, down from 66.1 percent in 2008 and 67.2 percent in the recent high-water mark year of 2004.

Last year was “the first time in the history of the Census survey that whites were not the highest-ranking group in terms of their rate of voting.”

The Census Bureau’s findings suggest a few things.

First, the relentless and rapid rise of Hispanic political power is a myth.

Second, the idea that Republicans can capitalize on this power only by supporting amnesty is a myth. 

Third, in promoting these myths, the establishment media proves itself once again to be less than entirely trustworthy.

Finally, if Republicans want to win more elections, they should worry less about engaging in self-defeating pandering to minorities and more about stopping the hemorrhaging of their ever-shrinking white base.    

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Is Enbridge Building a Secret Keystone Pipeline?

0

Is Enbridge building its own version of the tar sands-carrying Keystone XL pipeline?

(Photo: Environmental Defence Canada/cc/flickr) InsideClimate News’ Lisa Song reports on Monday that the Calgary-based energy giant is putting together plans for 5,000-mile pipeline network that would bring tar sands crude to the U.S., but, unlike TransCanada’s Keystone XL, Enbridge’s project has thus far escaped the same kind of debate.

The company’s piecemeal approach–the expansion would include both new and existing pipelines–has allowed the project to move forward under the radar, Song reports.

Like TransCanada’s Keystone XL pipeline, Enbridge’s project would need State Department approval because it crosses the U.S./Canada border.

Al Monaco, Enbridge’s CEO and president, laid out the company’s expansion plans to shareholders at a meeting in Calgary last month.

In a press release from Enbridge dated May 8, 2013, the company wrote:

While reporting another year of strong corporate performance, Mr. Monaco said Enbridge is poised to connect growing energy supply with key North American markets by expanding its network of liquids pipelines infrastructure in the near future.

Existing pipeline bottlenecks, and the resulting Canadian crude oil discounts, “can be solved by a reconfiguration of the North American pipeline grid, where crude moves from inland markets to coastal markets – and Enbridge is right in the middle of this transformation,” said Mr. Monaco.

Between now and 2016, Enbridge expects to roll out a series of major projects that will expand what is already the most complex crude oil pipeline system in the world – Enbridge’s Eastern Access program to the U.S. Midwest and eastern Canada; the U.S. Gulf Coast Access program with 585,000 bpd of incremental capacity from the Chicago area; additional capacity to the U.S. Midwest and eastern Canada as part of the Light Oil Access initiative; and development of the Eastern Gulf project from the U.S. Midwest to the eastern Gulf Coast.

A key part of this secretive pipeline push is the company’s Alberta Clipper pipeline, Song reports. Enbridge describes the Alberta Clipper as a 1,000-mile crude oil pipeline between Hardisty, Alberta, and Superior, Wisconsin, and, while its current capacity is 450,000 barrels per day, it has an “ultimate capacity of up to 800,000 barrels per day.”

This amount, Song points out, is “larger than the Keystone XL’s proposed daily capacity of 830,000 barrels.”

Enbridge was dealt a blow on Friday when the government of British Columbia formally rejected its proposed Northern Gateway pipeline.  

The company is also still mired in its disastrous tar sands spill in Michigan’s Kalamazoo River three years ago, a spill, the National Transportation Safety Board reported, that happened after the company ignored warning signs for five years.

___________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Nuclear States Defy Treaty, Up Stockpiles, Watchdog Warns

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Military superpowers around the world continue to steadily increase, not decrease, their nuclear weapons capabilities in defiance of the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) said on Monday.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Supreme Court Rules That Police Can Take Your DNA Even If You Haven't Been Convicted of a Crime

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The Supreme Court has ruled that the police can take DNA samples of arrestees. The 5-4 decision allows law enforcement to take the DNA of people who haven’t been convicted of a crime yet.

The issue at hand was whether taking samples from people only suspected of a crime was unconstitutional under the Fourth Amendment. The justices said that taking DNA swabs is the same as taking someone’s fingerprints.

The New York Times notes that Justice Anthony Kennedy, who voted with the majority, wrote: “When officers make an arrest supported by probable cause to hold for a serious offense and they bring the suspect to the station to be detained in custody, taking and analyzing a cheek swab of the arrestee’s D.N.A. is, like fingerprinting and photographing, a legitimate police booking procedure that is reasonable under the Fourth Amendment.”

The practice of taking DNA samples from people suspected of a crime is legal in 26 states. The federal government can also do it. All convicted offenders across the country already have DNA samples taken from them.

Law enforcement says that the DNA samples are crucial to solving crimes, especially prior ones. But privacy rights advocates fear that the government can easily abuse that power.

Justice Antonin Scalia authored a sharply worded dissent. “Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your D.N.A. can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason,” he said.

The case dates back to 2009. Alonzo Jay King Jr. was arrested in Maryland’s Wicomico County on assault charges. A DNA swab taken from him matched evidence collected from a 2003 rape case. He was tried and convicted of rape because of the DNA sample. King Jr.’s lawyers succeeded in getting a Maryland state court to agree that taking DNA samples from people not yet convicted was unconstitutional. But the Supreme Court has now thrown that out.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

EU-UK dispute hits freedom of movement

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Researchers have argued that tensions between Britain and the European Union (EU) are beginning to have a negative impact on EU citizens’ freedom of movement.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mugabe vows to hold poll by end of July

0

Zimbabwean President Robert Mugabe says he will adhere to a court ruling to hold the countryâ„¢s election before the end of July in defiance of objections from his rivals.

In a Sunday interview with Zimbabwe Broadcasting Corp., Mugabe stressed that he will convene polls “not later than July 31.”

Earlier on Friday, seven out of nine Constitutional Court judges ruled that Mugabe is in breach of his constitutional responsibilities by failing to declare polls by June 29.

Pro-democracy activists allege Mugabe’s ZANU-PF party seeks to hold early election in a bid to take advantage of the loopholes in the current election procedures.

The upcoming election are expected to put an end to the power struggle between Mugabe and Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai.

Mugabe described the coalition formed by regional leaders after the 2008 controversial election as having Å“outlived its usefulness.”

The Zimbabwean president noted that he is in consultation with Justice Minister Patrick Chinamasa on changes to the electoral laws that will be finalized in June and then he will announce the exact election date.

Tsvangirai, however, says electoral and democratic reforms demanded under the new constitution cannot be finalized by July 31.

On March 19, the Zimbabwe Electoral Commission announced that 94.5 percent of Zimbabweans supported a new constitution, which strengthens human rights and limits presidential powers.

After a disputed presidential election in 2008, a global political agreement was signed between the opposing parties. One of the resolutions of the agreement called for drafting a new constitution that would ensure smooth running of the national affairs.

The new Zimbabwean constitution curbs the extensive powers that President Robert Mugabe has enjoyed under his 33-year rule and will prepare the grounds for holding presidential and parliamentary elections in July.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Manning court martial trial starts Monday

0

Michael Doyle
McClatchy Newspapers
June 3, 2013

Amid secrecy and spectacle, the long-awaited court-martial trial of WikiLeaks linchpin Bradley E. Manning starts Monday.

The Army private first class already knows he’s going to prison, having previously pled guilty to 10 charges relating to the disclosure of hundreds of thousands of government documents. Now, in a tightly guarded military courtroom at Fort George G. Meade in Maryland, Manning will face more serious charges including aiding the enemy.

If convicted on the remaining charges, the slightly built, 25-year-old Manning could spend the rest of his life in the U.S. Disciplinary Barracks at Fort Leavenworth. Whatever happens, the former intelligence analyst’s trial has already incited tough questions about military justice, the public’s right to know and the price that’s paid by a self-styled whistleblower.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:53 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Google Glass bans facial recognition

0

Matt Warman
Telegraph.co.uk
June 3, 2013

Google Glass is currently being trialled by ‘Explorers’ as the company tries to perfect it for a commercial launch and bids to understand public concerns.

In an announcement on Glass’s Google+ page, the company said, “When we started the Explorer Program nearly a year ago our goal was simple: we wanted to make people active participants in shaping the future of this technology ahead of a broader consumer launch. We’ve been listening closely to you, and many have expressed both interest and concern around the possibilities of facial recognition in Glass. As Google has said for several years, we won’t add facial recognition features to our products without having strong privacy protections in place. With that in mind, we won’t be approving any facial recognition Glassware at this time.”

Glass features a screen positioned just above the user’s right eye, as well as a camera and a microphone. Some privacy groups have raised concerns that it could covertly record video and take pictures of people who have not given their consent. Others, however, have proposed applications that make use of existing facial recognition technology so that Glass could, for instance, automatically locate a wearer’s friends in a crowd.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:37 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Is Enbridge Building a Secret Keystone Pipeline?

0

Is Enbridge building its own version of the tar sands-carrying Keystone XL pipeline?

(Photo: Environmental Defence Canada/cc/flickr) InsideClimate News’ Lisa Song reports on Monday that the Calgary-based energy giant is putting together plans for 5,000-mile pipeline network that would bring tar sands crude to the U.S., but, unlike TransCanada’s Keystone XL, Enbridge’s project has thus far escaped the same kind of debate.

The company’s piecemeal approach–the expansion would include both new and existing pipelines–has allowed the project to move forward under the radar, Song reports.

Like TransCanada’s Keystone XL pipeline, Enbridge’s project would need State Department approval because it crosses the U.S./Canada border.

Al Monaco, Enbridge’s CEO and president, laid out the company’s expansion plans to shareholders at a meeting in Calgary last month.

In a press release from Enbridge dated May 8, 2013, the company wrote:

While reporting another year of strong corporate performance, Mr. Monaco said Enbridge is poised to connect growing energy supply with key North American markets by expanding its network of liquids pipelines infrastructure in the near future.

Existing pipeline bottlenecks, and the resulting Canadian crude oil discounts, “can be solved by a reconfiguration of the North American pipeline grid, where crude moves from inland markets to coastal markets – and Enbridge is right in the middle of this transformation,” said Mr. Monaco.

Between now and 2016, Enbridge expects to roll out a series of major projects that will expand what is already the most complex crude oil pipeline system in the world – Enbridge’s Eastern Access program to the U.S. Midwest and eastern Canada; the U.S. Gulf Coast Access program with 585,000 bpd of incremental capacity from the Chicago area; additional capacity to the U.S. Midwest and eastern Canada as part of the Light Oil Access initiative; and development of the Eastern Gulf project from the U.S. Midwest to the eastern Gulf Coast.

A key part of this secretive pipeline push is the company’s Alberta Clipper pipeline, Song reports. Enbridge describes the Alberta Clipper as a 1,000-mile crude oil pipeline between Hardisty, Alberta, and Superior, Wisconsin, and, while its current capacity is 450,000 barrels per day, it has an “ultimate capacity of up to 800,000 barrels per day.”

This amount, Song points out, is “larger than the Keystone XL’s proposed daily capacity of 830,000 barrels.”

Enbridge was dealt a blow on Friday when the government of British Columbia formally rejected its proposed Northern Gateway pipeline.  

The company is also still mired in its disastrous tar sands spill in Michigan’s Kalamazoo River three years ago, a spill, the National Transportation Safety Board reported, that happened after the company ignored warning signs for five years.

___________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Science to top Haddad-Adel’s agenda

0

Iranian presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel says if elected president he will form a science-based administration to give greater attention to the job market and scientific achievements.

In an address to students of the Islamic Azad University in Tehran on Monday, the Iranian lawmaker said if he wins the presidential race he will focus on Å“job-oriented education” and Å“industry-oriented research.” He stressed that a bridge needs to be built between universities and industries.

Å“My administration will be a science-based one and will pay attention to scientific achievements,” the Principlist candidate added.

The Iranian lawmaker said that universities have become a toy in the hands of political groups and factions..

The presidential candidate said that universities may get involved in politics but they should not forget their main task, which is higher education.

According to the former Majlis Speaker, the next chief executive should play the role of coordinator between different sectors to fix the economy in cooperation with university scholars, experts and private entities.

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 election, Haddad-Adel will be competing against Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US graduates fighting for livelihood

0

American students and graduates are not able to make a suitable living as the US government continues to favor bankers, an analyst tells Press TV.

Å“Well, you have a situation where the Federal Reserve has basically been catering to the bankers – the Wall Street crowd…. And itâ„¢s no surprise because people are living off of debt again in America. Theyâ„¢re growing on from this economic hole created by the bankers in 2008,” said Dean Henderson, author of Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf.

This is while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) recently warned that the countryâ„¢s high student debt is likely to compound problems in the broader economy.

Å“College has become really expensive in this country…. I think that the student loan crisis is already happening and the economic crisis in America is especially difficult for the young people now just coming out of college below 30 years old,” said Henderson.

The average amount of student loan debt for students who graduated in 2011 was $26,600 – a 5-percent increase from approximately $25,350 in 2010. The $1.1 trillion outstanding student loan debt is the largest consumer debt class after home mortgages.

Moreover, the unemployment rate for youth aged 25 years-old or less and with at least a bachelor’s degree has averaged 8.2 percent, compared to 5.4 percent in 2007.

Å“The student loan crisis is already happening and the economic crisis in America is especially difficult for the young people now just coming out of college below 30 years old…. Itâ„¢s just very difficult for these young people in this country to make ends meet,” Henderson concluded.

GMA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Middle East According to Tony Blair

0

Tony Blair, one of the Chief architects of the wholly illegal, and barbaric act of aggression put upon the state of Iraq and its population in 2003 — resulting in the deaths of hundreds of thousands of innocent civilians — has once again been given a platform to further the West’s Imperial agenda and designs for the Middle East.

A recent article in the Mail on Sunday penned by Mr. Blair, reveals how very little this man truly thinks of the public’s collective and individual ability to see straight through his ‘liberal’ veneer and blatant war propaganda. The man British citizens once voted into the office of Prime Minister, is now, a de-facto figurehead for the vast apparatus’ of the Western Corporate Military Industrial Complex (MIC), and a fully fledged leader of the MIC’s quasi-’humanitarian’ facade. Can one honestly believe this man — thought by many of his own former constituents to be a proven war criminal — holds the title of Middle East Peace Envoy? One looks on at this scenario and see’s nothing more than a sickening insult to the Palestinian’s and their brethren. You want peace? The right of return? Your indigenous land? And compensation for the brutality the UK and the rest of the Western world has encouraged and abetted Israel to commit unhindered? Here, have ‘our’ Tony; a proven war criminal responsible for the death and suffering of millions of Arab’s, a man so despised in the region he is supposed to be helping; he dare not step foot in it outside of Zionist control and a small army in tow.

The simplistic narrative Mr. Blair is trying to force onto readers is that, contrary to all available evidence and the vast majority of informed scholarly opinion, even indeed, contrary to his first paragraph in which he uses his charm and ‘liberal’ facade to portray an understanding of peaceful Islam; that there is an “ideology” behind the brutal murder of Lee Rigby by extremists on the streets of London, and that this ideology is “profound and dangerous”. Tony then veers straight into the Neo-Con/AIPAC dominated western narrative on the Middle East, casually inferring that the “ideology” he speaks of is “out there”: (my emphasis.)

However, we are deluding ourselves if we believe that we can protect this country simply by what we do here, the ideology is out there, it isn’t diminishing.

This one sentence alone, is complete Neo-Con fantasy. In 2012 — and this is a recurring statistic — more American’s died as a result of being crushed by their TV or furniture (16) than by ‘terrorism’ (10). When is Tony going to warn the Western world of the imminent danger and “profound ideology” which is inherent in every Panasonic superstore or large furniture outlet? I for one agree, we should do all we can to combat such a “profound” threat. Three-piece-suite ‘terror cells’ are currently gathering at Ikea superstore’s across the whole of Britain. The country must be prepared for this imminent, pernicious “ideological” attack from sofa’s, TV’s and extremist chaise lounge alike.

Tony takes us on a tour of the current conflagrations erupting throughout the Middle East, yes, of course, this man has the right to opine and the status to gain platform, who is to stop him? The millions across the globe that strongly feel he should be prosecuted for his murderous actions don’t have a say, the Corporate Elite that run the editorial boards of western media outlets willingly parade this man’s opinion as credible. Tony asks us, subservient citizens of the west to “consider the Middle East”. Has this man ever considered the Middle East in any other context than an oil-well, for him and his corporate cronies and warmonger’s alike to rape and pillage? Yet we, as hapless subordinates should “consider the Middle East”?

Of course Tony’s considerations fall alongside such prominent peace activists as US Senator John McCain, currently to be found posing with Islamic extremists guilty of war crimes. On Syria, Tony tells us:

Many in the region believe that the Assad intention is to ethnically cleanse the Sunni from the areas dominated by his regime and then form a separate state around Lebanon. There would then be a de facto Sunni state in the rest of Syria, cut off from the wealth of the country or the sea.

Again, this could not be further from reality, or even come close to the Syrian Governments intention’s. The intention of his great friend George Bush and his administration on the other hand, dutifully carried out by Obama and their GCC partners, is exactly what has transpired inside Syria and is now engulfing Lebanon. This intention through covert policy was de-facto: the sectarian division and destruction of the Syrian state; Hezbollah, and Lebanon along with it; to ultimately lay the ground for the “Path to Persia”. Western and Gulf nations sponsorship of supposed ‘rebels’ fighting for democracy has done nothing but bolster Al Qaeda affiliated ideologues and groups that openly espouse sectarian hatred against Shia Muslim’s, Christians, and any other minority sect residing in Syria or on this planet.

Yet Assad, whose domestic popularity has apparently never been higher according to NATO sources, and the President of a secular and multi-ethnic state is now willingly dividing his own country to escape a sectarian extremist takeover that has the support of around a meagre 10% of Syria’s population? It beggars belief, and Tony is turning the conflict on its head. Since the very start of the Syrian conflict it has been the groups that espouse this sectarian agenda that have directly received the most support, arms and funding from Western and Gulf donors alike, and has undoubtedly resulted in the vast amount of extremist dominated militia currently waging war on the Syrian state, its whole social fabric, and its once tolerant and peaceful population.

“The Syrian opposition is made up of many groups. The fighters are increasingly the Al Qaeda- affiliated group Jabhat al-Nusra. They are winning support, and arms and money from outside the country.“

Surely the question Tony should be asking himself is: who is sending “support, arms and money from outside the country“? He doesn’t seem to be able to determine that it is his allies in the region and across the Atlantic that have poured billions of dollars into the insurgency. Qatar alone, have thrown $3 billion dollars at the Salafi/Jihaddi dominated ‘opposition’, along with thousands of tonnes of arms. Yet the spread of extremism is the fault of the Syrian Government?

In Tony’s eye’s, the billions of dollars provided by the West, along with thousands of tonnes of western coordinated arms sent to ‘rebels’ in Syria has absolutely no relevance to the proliferation of extremists. Western intelligence agenciestraining the very same militia for the last two years simply doesn’t correlate. Does he think the CIA, MI6 and their Turkish, Qatari, Saudi and Jordanian counterparts are training Greenpeace activists in Mafraq and Incerlik to go and wage war against the Syrian Army? Or do these ‘freedom fighters’ only become radicalized once set-loose from their Western/GCC mentors and trainers the minute they cross the Syrian border?

Of all those least qualified to make an assumption about chemical weapons, Tony provides his readers with another Golden Nugget of complete falsehood:

“Assad is using chemical weapons on a limited but deadly scale.”

The man has absolutely nothing to back this claim, he probably has less ‘evidence’ than the first time he used the “chemical weapons” Cassus Belli to wage war on Iraq. UN investigator Carla Del Ponte, may well like to correct him, as it was her — along with many other analysts and informed individuals — that pointed the finger directly at the “freedom fighting” rebels Tony and his ilk have been supporting for over two years. Not to mention the fact that just this week, Syrian ‘rebel’ cells tied to Jabhat al Nusra (Al Qaeda) — the prominent ‘opposition’ fighting force in Syria — were arrested in possession of Sarin Gas canisters in neighboring Iraq and Turkey. False flag anyone?

Tellingly, Tony tells us: “we are at the beginning of this tragedy”. Revealing his true desire in such a way as to say: look, i told you so, we should have ‘intervened’ and bombed them back to the stone age two years ago. Again, his cognitive dissonance and ability to whitewash any western culpability for the increase in sectarianism, destruction and conflict spread throughout the Middle East goes far beyond ignorance or hypocrisy. Blair uses “we” to pull in readers as if he is a spokesperson for the world, when in reality he is a willing public relations shill for western-led aggression. He says “we are at the beginning” just at the point of him addressing Iran, at which he offers another complete ‘fear-factor’ falsehood to his readers:

Then there is the Iranian regime, still intent on getting a nuclear weapon, still exporting terror and instability to the West and the east of it.

Without even bothering to address the Neo-Con-led lie that Iran is “intent on getting a nuclear weapon”, we should simply sit back and take a look at the current reality of the situation. Israel has had for years, an illegal and rather huge nuclear warhead stockpile. Has Tony ever thought about challenging that illegality in his efforts as ‘Middle East Peace Envoy”? Of course not.It goes without saying that Iran have every right to engage in their nuclear energy program; they are a party to the IAEA and comply regularly with US-led invasive measures, not to mention Iran is also party to the Non-Proliferation Treaty, Israel on the other hand, are a not a member of either, yet it is often Israel found at the forefront of allegations against Iran. All the while Israel sit on a huge illegal nuclear stockpile; engage in decades long occupation and land theft; apartheid; and multiple acts of violent aggression including invasion of several neighbouring states; all of which is only possible with the enablement and approval of hegemonic Western states. But of course, Iran is the threat in the Middle East. And Israel’s security is of utmost importance.

Tony must be so fearful of his security within the occupied territories, or anywhere else in the Arab world for that matter, that he is failing to speak to the people he claims to know so much about. It would only take a quick review of the plethora of polls held in the region for him to realise, it is not Iran or Syria that Arabs fear. In the vast majority, Arab’s think of the United States and Israel as the two main threats to peace in the region. It is not in Tony’s or his paymasters interest’s to point this out.

But as Blair warns himself “lets not get carried away”. This isn’t all down to Iraq and Israel after all. No, the policy of fomenting and using radical Islam for geopolitical gain runs far deeper and wider, decades at least. Blair touches on an enlightening subject when he states:

The Taliban grew out of the Russian occupation of Afghanistan and made the country into a training ground for terror.

To some extent, this is true; but what Tony is wilfully omitting is the fact the Russian invasion of Afghanistan was a result of the US-led proxy war against it. Tony knows full well that the US was arming the very same ideologues he pretends to rally against in Afghanistan, often with the tacit coordination of British military and intelligence agencies. It was the West that enabled, funded and armed Osama Bin Laden, Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, the Haqqani network and many other extremists during the eighties, all for the value of “giving Russia its Vietnam”. It was US and UK military trainers, alongside their Pakistani and Saudi counterparts, that armed and trained these men in the finer arts of warfare and terrorism; according to ‘official’ documentation, much of these western-led efforts commenced long before the Russian’s decided to invade. Thousands of Islamic extremist’s were given billions of dollars and armed to the teeth during the Yugoslavia break-up, this had far more relevance to economic designs for the region than the West enabling “freedom and democracy”. A policy which the US, along with its NATO ally Turkey has continued along Russia’s North Caucasus; the blowback of which can be seen on the streets of Boston today. Much the same happened in Libya when that ‘Dictator’ got above his station and actually dared to provide his people independence from the Western economic stranglehold. And has also been happening on Syria’s borders since at least the original protest movement kicked off in March 2011.

This provides just a few example’s of the plethora of evidence that proves outright Western leaders are in no rush to defeat ‘Radical Islam’. It is for them, the modern communism, a multifaceted oppression tool. While western domestic populations are whipped into Islamophobic fever and their civil liberties encroached upon through false “National Security” measures; whole populations of “others”, over “there” are dehumanized and demonized to enable Western-led military aggression. Coddling extremist and brutal leadership’s and their ideologues has for decades provided the West the ultimate subversion tool abroad, from Nasser to the Soviet Union, using radical Islamist’s as foot soldiers in proxy wars in the Middle East is but one of the West’s weapon’s of choice.

To further the point of Tony’s glaring moral expediency, it just so happens the West’s biggest ally in the region since its UK-designed inception: The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, gets no mention in Blair’s article, of course, this is the nation we have supplied and armed throughout its existence to wage war on our behalf. Saudi Arabia is the state that oppresses its population through archaic and barbaric interpretations of Islam. But Tony’s wallet will not allow a harsh word to be said.

While the Saudi Arabian leaders arm and fund Islamic extremists all over the Middle East, and pour’s billion’s into Madrassa’s all over the world to spread the brutal Saud monarchy’s Wahhabi abomination of Islam; western Governments such as Blair’s are more than happy to sell them billions of dollars worth of war materiel at knock-off prices, and indeed, have used Saudi Arabia as a key conduit and enforcer of all things ‘terror’ in the region, on the West’s behalf, for decades on end.

Lets not pretend we don’t know why these counterintuitive dynamics continue to occur. One has to take a serious look at the disparities that are inherent within Western Governments to understand the very nature of the real “threats” and establishment “ideologies” that are forced upon us. It is not Islam, nor any other religion that is the threat, it is not even the extremist marginal ideologies that our leaders use to entrap and enslave us at home, or promote and foment war and subversion abroad. Neither can compare to the destruction and death Western leaders have willingly caused. It is Tony and his ilk that have proven to be the biggest detriment to mankind and peace.

Phil Greaves is a UK based writer/analyst, focusing on UK/US Foreign Policy and conflict analysis in the Middle East post WWII.http://notthemsmdotcom.wordpress.com/

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘Sanctions no solution to Iran N-issue’

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi says unilateral sanctions imposed against the Islamic Republic cannot resolve the issue of Tehranâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

Å“Lifting sanctions can be part of a solution to the Iranian nuclear issue but imposing sanctions is not a solution,” Araqchi said Monday in reaction to the recent US move to lift a ban on the sales of communications equipment to Iranians.

The United States, Israel and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program. Using the false allegation as a pretext, Washington and the European Union have imposed illegal and unilateral sanctions against Tehran despite Iranâ„¢s rejection of their allegation.

Å“Unilateral sanctions are unlawful and outdated and experience has shown that it (imposing sanctions) will not only fail to solve problems but it will also complicate the issue,” Araqchi added.

Regarding certain foreign remarks about Iranâ„¢s upcoming presidential vote, he said the Islamic Republic would take necessary measures regarding politically-motivated claims about the election as well as those claims that are instances of interference in the countryâ„¢s domestic affairs.

He advised those foreign officials opinionating about Iranâ„¢s elections to avoid making such Å“biased claims” by learning about Iranâ„¢s electoral mechanism and Constitution.

On May 21, US State Department spokesman Patrick Ventrell criticized Iranâ„¢s Guardian Council over the vetting process that disapproved hundreds of presidential hopefuls.

The following day, French Foreign Ministry spokesman Philippe Lalliot also made allegations against Iran’s electoral process, criticizing the Guardian Councilâ„¢s vetting process and saying that the Iranian people should be allowed to Å“freely choose” their leaders.

The allegations came after Iranian Interior Ministry published a list of eight candidates that the Guardian Council had approved to run in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election. A total of 686 hopefuls had registered for the poll.

Iranians will go to the polls on June 14 to elect the countryâ„¢s 11th president.

AR/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran to publish unique Qur’an translation

0

Iran is set to publish a distinctive concept-based English translation of the noble Qurâ„¢an by Iranian scholar and expert on classic Islamic texts Dr. Ismail Salami.

The book is different from other existing translations in offering a unique translation of the Holy Qurâ„¢an to be easily used and understood by common and elite readers.

The academic has applied an interpretive approach to the translation and offers a combination of modern and classic language to make it more appealing for layman and expert readers alike.

The specialized translation also offers a brief introduction at the beginning of each Surah (chapter) and contains several cross references to clarify the Qurâ„¢anic concepts for believers and devotees.

A long-time reciter of the Holy Qurâ„¢an, the scholar has conducted several researches on the Scriptures and other Islamic texts.

In order to enrich his translation, the academic has consulted a number of reliable classic and contemporary exegeses of the Holy Qur’an.

Salami has published many books on Persian literature including English translations of modern and classical Persian poetry.

Salamiâ„¢s English version of Divan of Hafez, the collection of poems by the 14th century Persian poet, has been reissued numerous times in Iran and other countries.

The scholar has also translated poems by renowned figures of modern Persian poetry such as Sohrab Sepehri and Fereydoun Moshiri, which were released in four books.

A prolific writer, Salami has authored and translated over a hundred books and articles.

The researcher is planning to offer a complete translation of Imam Aliâ„¢s Nahjul Balagha (Peak of Eloquence) and Sahifa Sajjadiya (Supplications) by Imam Ali b. al-Husayn (PBUH) in the near future to be released by the same publisher Mehrandish Books.

Salami holds a PhD in Shakespeare Studies and his writings have been translated into dozens of languages. His recent book Shakespeare and the Reader has been published by Common Ground Publishing (Illinois).

JR/SL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Live Coverage of Bilderberg 2013

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Alex Jones is now on the ground in Watford, United Kingdom, with his media team. Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com will bring you coverage all week long as the elite hammer out important details of their ongoing plan for global conquest and domination behind closed doors at the former home of the Earls of Clarendon, now The Grove, in Watford, Hertfordshire, England.

Bookmark this page for breaking news from the event and links to previous articles. You can also watch the latest video and peruse an archive of perviously aired videos.

The Alex Jones Show 24/7

Video streaming by Ustream

Live Feed and Archives from Bilderberg 2013

Video streaming by Ustream

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:21 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Canadian Student Punished for Preventing Knife Attack

0

Damien Gayle
dailymail.co.uk
June 3, 2013

A schoolboy who bravely tackled a knife-wielding pupil who was threatening a classmate was punished because such heroic actions are strictly banned.

Briar MacLean, 13, stepped in after he spotted an argument was quickly beginning to escalate between two boys at Sir John A. Macdonald school in Alberta, Canada.

Suddenly one of the boys pulled out a knife and began to threaten the other turning an scuffle into a potentially deadly situation.

The heroic teenager charged and tackled the knife-brandishing youngster into a wall sending both attacker and knife falling to the floor.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:13 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bradley Manning Trial Starts: 5 Things You Need to Know

0

Private Bradley Manning
Photo Credit: US Army/Wikimedia Commons

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The trial of the man who gave U.S. military and diplomatic documents to WikiLeaks and exposed secret U.S. foreign policy dealings begins today at Fort Meade in Maryland. It’s been a long time coming for Bradley Manning.

His saga started when WikiLeaks garnered attention for publishing a video in April 2010 titled “Collateral Murder,” which showed a U.S. Apache helicopter opening fire on Iraqi civilians, including employees of the news organization Reuters. Manning was arrested a month later, but not before he handed off thousands more classified cables to WikiLeaks, which released them over the year. The biggest WikiLeaks disclosure came in November 2010, when thousands of State Department cables were exposed and major news organizations collaborated with the whistleblowing group by publishing articles on the revelations in the diplomatic documents.

Manning was held in a military prison in Kuwait, and then transferred to a Marine corps base in Virginia, where he endured abusive treatment from his guards.

It’s been three long years for Manning. And today, he begins to face 22 charges the military is prosecuting him for. The trial is set to last for about 12 weeks.

Here are 5 important aspects of the Bradley Manning trial you should know.

1. Implications for the Press

Manning was a source for WikiLeaks, which some have argued functions as a news organization. Regardless of whether WikiLeaks is a legitimate media outlet, the whistleblowing website did fuel major media outlets’ coverage for months and months. And the Manning trial has important implications for how the press does its job.

The most serious charge Manning is facing is “aiding the enemy,” which could put Manning in jail for life. The military’s argument is that Manning, in putting classified documents on the web, aided Al-Qaeda’s operations. The military is set to present evidence they say shows that Osama bin Laden requested access to WikiLeaks cables.

Press freedom advocates have decried the “aiding the enemy” charge and warn that it could set a dangerous precedent. The reason? If Manning is successfully prosecuted for “aiding the enemy” by putting documents on the web for anyone to see–including Al Qaeda–then the New York Times could be as well.

“If Osama bin Laden or any other suspected terrorist happens to have read a New York Times article on the internet, the government can now go after the paper for ‘aiding the enemy’. That’s a big problem,” Jesselyn Radack, National Security & Human Rights Director of the Government Accountability Project, told The Guardian.

2. Manning is a Symbol of Obama’s War on Whistleblowers

What has come to be known as the Obama administration’s “war on whistleblowers” has attracted large attention in recent weeks due to disclosures that the Justice Department has been investigating people they suspect of leaking to the press. Less talked about is that Manning could be considered the poster boy for the government’s extreme measures in going after whistleblowers.

Manning is the ultimate whistleblower. He exposed nefarious dealings in U.S. foreign policy and the perpetration of war crimes in Afghanistan and Iraq.

3. Manning is Charged Under the Espionage Act

The centerpiece of the Obama administration’s crackdown on whistleblowers has been the use of the 1917 Espionage Act, a law that “makes it a crime to hurt the United States or benefit a foreign country by collecting or communicating information that would harm the national defense,” as Emily Peterson of the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press explained.

Manning is not the only whistleblower to be charged under the act. In fact, 6 people have been charged by the Obama administration for violating this act–an unprecedented number. Press advocates say that the use of the law to charge whistleblowers has chilled the practice of investigative journalism and deterred leakers from divulging information to keep government accountable and honest.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Live Coverage of Bilderberg 2013

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Alex Jones is now on the ground in Watford, United Kingdom, with his media team. Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com will bring you coverage all week long as the elite hammer out important details of their ongoing plan for global conquest and domination behind closed doors at the former home of the Earls of Clarendon, now The Grove, in Watford, Hertfordshire, England.

Bookmark this page for breaking news from the event and links to previous articles. You can also watch the latest video and peruse an archive of perviously aired videos.

The Alex Jones Show 24/7

Live Feed and Archives from Bilderberg 2013

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:21 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Canadian Student Punished for Preventing Knife Attack

0

Damien Gayle
dailymail.co.uk
June 3, 2013

A schoolboy who bravely tackled a knife-wielding pupil who was threatening a classmate was punished because such heroic actions are strictly banned.

Briar MacLean, 13, stepped in after he spotted an argument was quickly beginning to escalate between two boys at Sir John A. Macdonald school in Alberta, Canada.

Suddenly one of the boys pulled out a knife and began to threaten the other turning an scuffle into a potentially deadly situation.

The heroic teenager charged and tackled the knife-brandishing youngster into a wall sending both attacker and knife falling to the floor.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 11:13 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bradley Manning Trial Starts: 5 Things You Need to Know

0

Private Bradley Manning
Photo Credit: US Army/Wikimedia Commons

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The trial of the man who gave U.S. military and diplomatic documents to WikiLeaks and exposed secret U.S. foreign policy dealings begins today at Fort Meade in Maryland. It’s been a long time coming for Bradley Manning.

His saga started when WikiLeaks garnered attention for publishing a video in April 2010 titled “Collateral Murder,” which showed a U.S. Apache helicopter opening fire on Iraqi civilians, including employees of the news organization Reuters. Manning was arrested a month later, but not before he handed off thousands more classified cables to WikiLeaks, which released them over the year. The biggest WikiLeaks disclosure came in November 2010, when thousands of State Department cables were exposed and major news organizations collaborated with the whistleblowing group by publishing articles on the revelations in the diplomatic documents.

Manning was held in a military prison in Kuwait, and then transferred to a Marine corps base in Virginia, where he endured abusive treatment from his guards.

It’s been three long years for Manning. And today, he begins to face 22 charges the military is prosecuting him for. The trial is set to last for about 12 weeks.

Here are 5 important aspects of the Bradley Manning trial you should know.

1. Implications for the Press

Manning was a source for WikiLeaks, which some have argued functions as a news organization. Regardless of whether WikiLeaks is a legitimate media outlet, the whistleblowing website did fuel major media outlets’ coverage for months and months. And the Manning trial has important implications for how the press does its job.

The most serious charge Manning is facing is “aiding the enemy,” which could put Manning in jail for life. The military’s argument is that Manning, in putting classified documents on the web, aided Al-Qaeda’s operations. The military is set to present evidence they say shows that Osama bin Laden requested access to WikiLeaks cables.

Press freedom advocates have decried the “aiding the enemy” charge and warn that it could set a dangerous precedent. The reason? If Manning is successfully prosecuted for “aiding the enemy” by putting documents on the web for anyone to see–including Al Qaeda–then the New York Times could be as well.

“If Osama bin Laden or any other suspected terrorist happens to have read a New York Times article on the internet, the government can now go after the paper for ‘aiding the enemy’. That’s a big problem,” Jesselyn Radack, National Security & Human Rights Director of the Government Accountability Project, told The Guardian.

2. Manning is a Symbol of Obama’s War on Whistleblowers

What has come to be known as the Obama administration’s “war on whistleblowers” has attracted large attention in recent weeks due to disclosures that the Justice Department has been investigating people they suspect of leaking to the press. Less talked about is that Manning could be considered the poster boy for the government’s extreme measures in going after whistleblowers.

Manning is the ultimate whistleblower. He exposed nefarious dealings in U.S. foreign policy and the perpetration of war crimes in Afghanistan and Iraq.

3. Manning is Charged Under the Espionage Act

The centerpiece of the Obama administration’s crackdown on whistleblowers has been the use of the 1917 Espionage Act, a law that “makes it a crime to hurt the United States or benefit a foreign country by collecting or communicating information that would harm the national defense,” as Emily Peterson of the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press explained.

Manning is not the only whistleblower to be charged under the act. In fact, 6 people have been charged by the Obama administration for violating this act–an unprecedented number. Press advocates say that the use of the law to charge whistleblowers has chilled the practice of investigative journalism and deterred leakers from divulging information to keep government accountable and honest.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Irony of Iraq

0

Wars, particularly when wholly unjustified (though usually disguised as just wars), frequently, as now, have strange outcomes, often to the detriment of the power that inflicted the misery and destruction in the first place. The presumably conquered, strangely enough, store up the memories of their suffering, and cannot wait for returning the favor (even if in less virulent form). The New York Times has an article (June 3) on China’s investments in, active management of, technical expertise provided for, and even the supply of labor to a substantial portion of the Iraqi oil industry, with benefits accruing both to Iraq’s own government and the Chinese national companies.

Exxon-Mobil move aside, or, given the precedent set, accept lower profit margins (or agree to a Chinese partnership), all anathema to the oil giants and their sponsors back home–the Obama administration and US military–not to say the shareholders. And this is not unique to Iraq, although here the stakes are high, from the standpoint of both parties, the Iraqi government’s much-needed funds in the country’s rebuilding process (no longer pushed around by oil-company depredations) and China’s increasing and vital need for a sustained energy supply.

Indeed, as the article points out, China is not in this for profit, and willingly takes a lower profit margin than Western companies would accept (the latter fighting back, to little avail, by negotiating favorable deals with the Kurds, only to make the Iraqi government more determined in its “tight-fisted” policy), meanwhile making a far more favorable impression through Arabic-speaking executives, highly trained personnel, in short, running circles around, albeit as capitalists, the capitalists of the US and the West, used to having their own way, on their own terms, suitably backed by force or the threat of its use.

Why is this important? It provides confirmation that America can no longer act with impunity, mount interventions where- and whenever it pleases, expect its OIL and other companies to have completely free access to the world’s wealth, and further expect to get away with its previous conduct and record. China is a force to reckon with, and its success in more pacific, skilled forms of capitalist penetration–such as building soccer fields in West Africa (a small, yet indicative, detail of a different approach to international economics, far less productive of war)–poses a definite threat to US global interests, making the US the chief sponsor of military-backed commercial expansion in the world. What this implies for running up against the tides of history, and inviting retailiation as America tries more desperately to stay on top, does not bode well for US safety and security–largely a state of affairs it has brought on itself.

The more the world moves away from us, the more the Obamas and Brennans, our presumed guardians, come forward with their schemes of nuclear modernization (the B16-12), armed drones for targeted assassination, reliance on Special Ops to wage global paramilitary operations…and the list of destructive means of warfare continues ad infinitum. How many more countries the US devastates (as in the case of Iraq) will subsequently turn on us–tune in, the story is not over. My Comment on The Times’s article follows:

US militarism (i.e., the entire political and defense establishments) must be in hand-wringing mode and gnashing of teeth. This is PAYBACK time for all the deaths and injuries we caused in an immoral, unnecessary war. To boot, China is proving more sophisticated, energetic, and intelligent in its capitalistic side than the US, bogged down in a plundering mode with no understanding of local cultures and certainly no humility.

As one who strongly opposes US unilateral global hegemony (partly for America’s own sake, the way it has distorted the distribution of wealth and power, moral values, not least, the social safety net, in US society), this news of China’s gains in Iraq is most welcome. It also explains why Obama’s “pivot,” the geopolitical Pacific-first strategy which is aimed at the encirclement and containment of China, a policy that will never work, and instead justify further astronomical defense spending and the dangers of further confrontation.

Welcome, America, to the new multipolar world power structure, one which no longer tolerates bullies and crybabies (the US rolled into one), a global system in which the US, rather than China, or say Brazil and the Third World emerging industrial economies, is on the losing end and becoming increasingly isolated. Militarism and capitalism had always been a good fit, indeed, necessary to one another. The formula is now outmoded, as mixed economies, eschewing forcible penetration, are taking over.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

IMF cuts German econ. growth forecast

0

International Monetary Fund has halved its 2013 economic growth forecast for Germany to 0.3 percent as recession in the eurozone continues to hold back Europeâ„¢s largest economy.

“Amid still elevated euro area uncertainty, we now project GDP (gross domestic product) in Germany to expand at around 0.3 percent in 2013,” the IMF said in a statement on Monday.

In April, the international organization said the economic growth for 2013 would be 0.6 percent.

The cut is the result of the persistent uncertainty about the prospects for the eurozoneâ„¢s debt crisis that has affected Germany’s exports and investment, the IMF said.

Growth in 2013 “is expected to be weak,” the IMF noted, adding, “Amid strong domestic fundamentals, a recovery in activity in Germany is expected in the second half of 2013.”

However, “a more robust rebound is being held back by continued weakness in business investment,” the organization also said.

The organization further stated that the economic recovery in activity was Å“conditional on … materialization of the expected gradual recovery in the rest of the euro area.”

Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered incidents of social unrest and massive protests in many European countries.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US whistleblower Manning trial begins

0

US Army whistleblower Private Bradley Manning has gone on trial in the State of Maryland, more than three years after he was arrested in Iraq.

The trial of the 25-year-old began at Fort Meade military base on Monday over charges of espionage and about 20 other offenses, while passing thousands of classified files and documents to the whistleblower website WikiLeaks.

In February, Manning admitted to passing sensitive information regarding military field reports and US diplomatic cables to the website before he was arrested in Iraq in May 2010.

The former intelligence analyst said he wanted to start a debate on the role of the US military and foreign policy including its Å“bloodlust” and disregard for human life in Iraq and Afghanistan.

The presiding judge accepted a guilty plea that would have reduced about half of the alleged offenses. However, prosecutors moved forward with the case on charges including violations of the Espionage Act and the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act.

The overall charges may land Manning with a court-martial and a life-imprisonment sentence.

This marks the most high-profile case for the US President Barack Obama administration, which has come under criticism for its harsh crackdown on whistleblowers.

Over the weekend, thousands of protesters gathered outside the military camp outside of Washington and in other countries, to protest the negative portrayal of Manningâ„¢s case by American media and politicians.

Demonstrations were also held in more than a dozen other countries worldwide, including Canada, France, Germany and South Korea, to protest Manningâ„¢s trial in a military court.

GMA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK workers feel less financially viable

0

ËœBritish workers under Cameron more financially distressed than under Thatcherâ„¢

A new study has revealed that British workers are facing bleak economic prospects now than workers who lived under Margaret Thatcherâ„¢s Britain.

The studyâ„¢s findings have been published in a report, which shows there are twice as many elderly workers as compared to the 1980s, coupled with over 10 percent workers who are ill or disabled now, according to British media outlets.

This comes as employee benefits, which were introduced to provide financial protection, have failed to adapt. Therefore, many workers are financially exposed and less secure now than 30 years ago.

Researchers believe the government needs to overhaul the employee benefits system to restore protection to the UKâ„¢s workers, with standards today failing to protect those who are more “at risk.”

The report identified three groups within Britain’s precarious workforce as being more “at risk” due to the likelihood of periods of unemployment.

This included people with disabilities or long-term illnesses, older workers and female employees who are more likely to have caring responsibilities for both children and older relatives.

These “at risk” categories are more disproportionately impacted by the employee benefits gap, the report argued.

By 2020, a third of the UKâ„¢s workforce will be over 50, yet the report found that many workers are increasingly under-prepared for old age and ill-prepared to support themselves in retirement.

The report, from Cass Business School, shows that workers in financial difficulty are less productive, and says itâ„¢s in an employerâ„¢s best interests to better protect their staff.

Professor Nick Bacon at Cass Business School, part of City University London, said workers are suffering under the sub-standard support from employers.

Å“Financial insecurity has been compounded by an increased cost of living and higher levels of unemployment, meaning that employees are more likely to fall into financial difficulty than they were 30 years ago,” he said.

“During the same period, employee benefits have declined, leaving a gaping hole in the financial protection of todayâ„¢s employees.

“Employers that provide benefits designed to support the financial security of their staff, such as access to vocational rehabilitation, typically see a more productive workforce.”

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The People of the World Demand the Liberation of Jerusalem

0

The Global March to Jerusalem (GMJ) is proud to announce our preliminary program for marches around the world on Friday, 7th June 2013, to mark the forty-sixth anniversary of the occupation of the eastern part of the holy city of Jerusalem, which includes the Al-Aqsa Mosque, the Church of the Holy Sepulchre and other sacred sites. The aim of this year’s GMJ is to raise global awareness about the continuing crimes against Palestinians in Jerusalem and the increasing violations against the holy city’s religious sites, both Christian and Muslim. This Friday, the GMJ will hold peaceful mass demonstrations in Palestine and the neighboring countries, heading towards Jerusalem or the nearest possible point, as well as in major cities around the world.

The first question we wish to address is, “why do we march?”

Over the last year in Jerusalem, we have witnessed the Occupation authorities:

·      Announcing and constructing more illegal settlements

·      Issuing and executing more demolitions of Palestinian homes and buildings

·      Carrying out more mass arrests of Palestinians, including women and children, many of whom are being held in indefinite detention without charge

·      Inciting more religious conflict by conducting regular raids of the al-Aqsa Mosque and the Dome of the Rock, as well as the Haram Al-Sharif Compound

·      Issuing provocative statements threatening the sovereignty of the al-Aqsa Mosque and the Dome of the Rock, as well as the Haram Sharif Compound

·      Continuing the construction of a separation wall that annexes Palestinian land, divides Palestinian communities and disrupts Jerusalem’s economy

We have also witnessed extremist Zionist settlers committing more hate crimes against Palestinians, including the horrific “price tag” attacks that deface Muslim and Christian religious sites, destroy Palestinian property, and raze the livelihoods of Palestinians.

At the same time, we have also witnessed Palestinians’ continued nonviolent resistance, including: a mass prisoner hunger strike; the erection of tent villages to protest against the building of more settlements; weekly demonstrations against the separation wall; and public campaigns demanding the right of return, an end to occupation, the boycott, divestment and sanction of apartheid institutions, and the liberation of Palestine.

Building on this Palestinian movement of nonviolent resistance, our peaceful march will send a strong message to the Zionist Occupation to confirm the following: that we have not, and nor will we ever, forget Jerusalem and its holy sites; that we will not be silent witnesses to the brutal crimes perpetuated by the Zionist Occupation against Jerusalem and its people, which threaten the holy city’s Arab identity and its Muslim and Christian holy sites; that we are coming; and that the free people of the world are with us.

On Friday, 7th June, the Global March to Jerusalem will hold peaceful demonstrations in Jerusalem, Ramallah and Bethlehem. Tens of thousands will mobilize in the Gaza Strip, heading towards the northern border near Beit Hanoun. Mass rallies will assemble in Jordan, Egypt, Tunisia, Morocco, Mauritania and Malaysia. Large protests will be held in Istanbul, Ankara and London, and people will gather in New York City and Vancouver.

More demonstrations in support of the GMJ will be announced in the coming days, and we urge all freedom loving people of the world to join us to demand an end to the Zionist occupation of Jerusalem and Palestine, to protest against the apartheid policies of the Zionist state, and to call for the liberation of Jerusalem and all of Palestine.

The International Media Committee for the Global March to Jerusalem

For more information (Arabic) please contact Mr. Zaher Birawi on mobile number +447850896057 or via e-mail: gm2j.media@gmail.com

For more information (English) please contact Dr. Sarah Marusek on mobile number +18454897002 or via e-mail:  gm2j.media.english@gmail.com

–—

The partial program of GMJ events includes:

In Palestine:

Jerusalem and 48:

The people will gather after Friday prayers to rally at the Damascus Gate.

West Bank:

Central and northern residents will rally at the Qalandia checkpoint at 12:30 pm.

The people of the south will rally in Bethlehem at Karitas towards 60th Street

Gaza Strip:

The march will head north towards the nearest border of historic Palestine, where there will be a huge festival with a program that includes speakers representing diverse Palestinians groups along with the participation of international delegations.

In Egypt:

Cairo:

The people will gather after Friday prayers, led by Dr. Salah Sultan at the Rabaa Adaweya Mosque in Nasr City, and then proceed towards the Unknown Soldier Memorial to finally gather at Cairo’s Stadium Square, where there will be an oratorical festival attended by many groups across the spectrum of Egyptian politics. Sheikh Raed Salah is expected to be the main speaker at the festival.

Alexandria:

The people will gather at 4 pm at Montazah Beach to hold a mass rally.

In Jordan:

The people will march from all Jordan cities towards the Jordan Valley, the gathering point to be in Sowayma between 5-7:30 pm. The program in Sowayma will include an oratorical festival attended by various Jordanian dignitaries.

In Turkey:

The people will gather after Juma’a prayer in front of Al- Fatih Mosque in Istanbul, as well as in front of the Israeli Embassy in Ankara, at 2 pm.

In Tunisia:

After Friday prayers a huge mass rally will head towards the Avenue Habib Bourguiba, where the people will assemble at the Al-Aqsa Mosque Model to hold an oratorical festival.

In Mauritania:

In Mosques throughout the country there will be a Friday sermon about Jerusalem, and then the people will gather for a mass march and an oratorical festival in the capital city of Nouakchott. Smaller public festivals will also be held in a number of cities.

In Malaysia:

Starting in the last week of May, our national committee conducted an artistic, cultural and political campaign to raise awareness about the Zionist Occupation’s crimes against Jerusalem and its people. The culmination of these events will be a huge festival on 7th June in the capital city of Kuala Lumpur.

In Russia:

There will be a sit after Friday prayers in front of the Israeli Embassy in Moscow. On Saturday, 8th June there will be an oratorical festival at 5 pm that includes speeches and films about Jerusalem and Palestine.

In Germany:

On Thursday, 6th June there will be a cultural and intellectual event focusing on Jerusalem at the Dar es-Salaam Center in Berlin (Flughafenstr. 43 12053 Berlin) at 6 pm. On Friday there will be sit-ins in the cities of Aachen and Stuttgart.

In Norway:

Supporters will erect a tent of solidarity in front of the Norwegian Parliament on Friday, to screen movies and stage performances about the city of Jerusalem, as well as distribute brochures about the importance and status of Jerusalem historically for the three monotheistic religions. There will also be a vigil in front of the Israeli Embassy in Oslo.

In the UK:

The people will gather in London in front of the Israeli Embassy between 5:30-7:30 pm.

In the US:

The people will gather in New York City at 1 pm in Washington Square Park and will head towards Zuccotti Park, the home of the Occupy Movement

In Canada:

The people will rally on Sunday, 9th June in Vancouver across the street from the Schara Tzedeck Synagogue on 3476 Oak Street between 4-6 pm.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Major Anti-Government Riots Engulf Turkey

0

What began last week as a small protest against changes to a popular park in Istanbul, Turkey, quickly morphed into at least tens of thousands of furious demonstrators out in the streets of major cities across the country. Violent nationwide riots aimed at the increasingly authoritarian rule of Islamist Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan and his elected government are also wreaking havoc.

Some analysts argue that the riots are a response to government attacks on freedom, even labeling the unrest a “Turkish Spring” similar to the now-infamous “Arab Spring.” Others, however, point to far-left communist agitators in the streets hoping to exploit some of the worst chaos to rock Turkey in decades. For now, at least, the true causes and goals remain relatively unclear.

An estimated 1,700 protesters had already been arrested by Monday morning as the unrest spread to at least 65 cities and towns nationwide. Amid a fierce police crackdown using water cannons and tear gas, according to protesters cited in media reports, over 1,000 people were injured. At least two protesters have reportedly been killed as well, and more than 25 police officers have been injured by stone-throwing mobs so far.

Meanwhile, rioters continued setting fires and destroying property as a group of protesters drove a bulldozer toward the prime minister’s office. Angry citizens have also been setting up “occupy” camps, sparking police raids. As government forces tried to clamp down on the disorder, however, the protests grew, with opposition members of Parliament and prominent citizens joining the crowds as well. Reports of police and soldiers siding with the protesters have also surfaced. 

The demonstrators say the Islamist government, re-elected in 2011 with wide margins, is becoming increasingly totalitarian. Among other examples, protesters have cited attacks on freedom of the press and efforts to impose Islamic values on the population such as recent curbs on alcohol. Critics quoted in international media reports also accused the prime minister of ruling like a “dictator.”

The elected Islamist leader, who has been in power for a decade, however, claimed the rising violence and demonstrations engulfing Turkey did not constitute a “Turkish Spring” – a reference to a wave of oftentimes foreign-backed protest movements against dictators that swept through parts of the Arab world in recent years. Instead, Erdogan said that the “undemocratic” protests were organized by “extremists.”

“There are those attending these events organized by extremists. This is not about Gezi Park anymore. These are organized events with affiliations both within Turkey and abroad,” said the prime minister, whose Islamist-oriented Justice and Development Party (AKP) continues to enjoy support among voters. “The main opposition party CHP [Republican People’s Party] has provoked my innocent citizens. Those who make news [and] call these events the Turkish Spring do not know Turkey.”    

More than a few analysts within Turkey, while conceding that the police crackdown has been brutal and should be investigated, largely agreed with the sentiments expressed by the prime minister. Writing in the Jewish Press, for example, Istanbul-based political and religious commentator Sinem Tezyapar, an executive producer on Turkish Television, highlighted the Communist Party of Turkey’s less-than-hidden role in the unrest.

In her analysis, entitled “It’s More Communist Provocation than ‘Turkish Spring‘,” Tezyapar said that communist groups had been vandalizing streets and buildings while spreading “false rumors” to whip people “up into a frenzy.” While the protest action may have started off as a demonstration about parks and green spaces, it has since been “hijacked by chronic malcontents” and now has little to do with those issues, she added.

“The Communists number 50,000 at most, out of a Turkish nation of 76 million. Just as the majority cannot oppress the minority, the minority cannot oppress the majority either,” the self-described peace activist pointed out in her piece, which featured pictures of protesters holding communist flags. “But some on the political left are engaging in aggression born by the frustrating knowledge that they can never come to power by democratic means. That violent aspect of Communism is deeply offensive.”

However, other analysts – both within and outside of Turkey – see something much bigger. In Istanbul, BBC editor and correspondent Paul Mason, who has covered the so-called “Occupy” movement, the Egyptian protests that swept dictator Hosni Mubarak from power, the riots in Greece, and more, said the Turkish unrest was different than all of those.

“First, it is massive: the sheer numbers dwarf any single episode of civil unrest in Greece,” Mason reported, citing a young protester who claimed that “everyone” was participating except Erdogan’s ruling AKP party. “Second, the breadth of social support – within the urban enclave of Istanbul – is bigger than Greece and closer to Egypt.” If the labor movement gets involved, the Turkish protests could eventually morph into something akin to the anti-Mubarak Tahrir Square demonstrations, he added. 

Some analysts in Turkey said the unrest would at least serve as a major wake-up call for the ruling establishment. “Today is a turning point for the AKP,” political scientist Koray Caliskan at Istanbul’s Bosphorus University was quoted as saying by the left-wing U.K. Guardian newspaper. “Erdogan is a very confident and very authoritarian politician, and he doesn’t listen to anyone anymore. But he needs to understand that Turkey is no kingdom, and that he cannot rule Istanbul from Ankara all by himself.”

Foreign officials have taken an interest in the unrest as well, with members of the European Union’s “Parliament” reportedly claiming that the EU – which is in talks to bring in Turkey as a member state – needed to act. The Syrian dictatorship of Bashar al-Assad, which is facing an armed foreign-backed rebellion aided in part by the Islamist government of Turkey, issued a travel warning to citizens. Amnesty International condemned what it said was the “use of excessive force” by authorities.

The Obama administration, meanwhile, called on all parties in Turkey to “calm the situation.” In a statement by spokesperson Laura Lucas, the White House said it believed peaceful demonstrations are a part of “democratic expression.” Turkey’s long-term stability is best guaranteed by ensuring “the fundamental freedoms of expression, assembly and association,” the administration said, calling on security forces to “exercise restraint.” The U.S. State Department said it “certainly” supports “universally peaceful protests, as we would in this case.”

Amid the unrest, Turkish markets plunged as much as eight percent while the nation’s currency hit a 16-month low. “The risk clearly is that this all just drags on and then the danger is that violence racks up a notch taking this to an entirely different level – further heightening tensions and entrenching positions,” Timothy Ash, head of emerging markets research at Standard Bank, told Reuters. Erdogan’s refusal to adopt a softer line was “not very encouraging,” he added.

Many of the protesters are hoping to force the government to resign ahead of presidential elections scheduled for next year. For now, however, the prospects of that happening appear remote – Erdogan left on a trip to North Africa and has largely dismissed the unrest. If the turmoil does not settle down, though, the implications for the region could be wide ranging.

For one, the Turkish government is a member of NATO. Turkey is also seen as key to the international “regime change” operation currently underway in Syria, which has received key support from the Obama administration, al-Qaeda, European powers, and Sunni Arab despots. While the immediate challenge may be to Erdogan and his government, the global geopolitical significance of the unrest could eventually be enormous.

Photo of rioting in Ankara, Turkey: AP Images

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

New York City Launches Sex-advice Smartphone App for Teens

0

New York City’s health department has launched a smartphone app that offers teens advice on sex, pregnancy, birth control, abortion, and homosexual relationships, among other “sexual health” issues. Predictably, the app sidesteps all parental involvement, assuring youth who download the resource that they “have the right to sexual health services without getting permission from parents, girlfriends/boyfriends, or anyone else.”

New York City Health Commissioner Thomas Farley insisted that most parents his agency consulted with are on board with the app. “The Teens in NYC mobile app provides information in ways that are familiar to teens so they have can access to these services,” Farley said. “Teenagers are often embarrassed to talk to people about sex, especially their parents.”

CBS News noted that the app, which is available for both iPhones and Google Android devices, “features sex education videos, including one about a girl who is confused about her sexual orientation. Users can also use it to locate places to get free condoms, a pregnancy test, or counseling.”

Focus on the Family’s CitizenLink pro-family activist website reported that the app includes videos such as “Samantha’s Story,” which features a girl discussing the five-month sexual relationship she has had with her boyfriend, along with the same-sex attraction she feels toward her best friend. The “Samantha” video “also mentions a trip to an ‘LGBT-friendly’ center where a counselor says her same-sex attractions are ‘totally normal,’” reports CitizenLink.

In another video featured on the app, a teenage girl reflects on how she had originally wanted to save sex for marriage, until she gave in to her boyfriend. “I didn’t want to freak out Lewis and make him think that I regretted it, because I didn’t,” she says. “But by the end of the day I was really panicking. I don’t want to get pregnant right now. There’s too much else I want to do.”

The teen girl is shown visiting a local clinic, where she is given “morning after” pills. “I was so relieved,” she says. “I took the two pills right then. Then I met with a social worker and she said if I wanted to keep having sex I needed to use a condom, plus another kind of birth control that works with your hormones.”

Chad Hills, a policy analyst for Focus on the Family, said that New York City’s policies “represent a blatant disregard and disrespect for parents and minors, specifically, as state policy relates to ‘sexual health services.” He added that “teaching children to avoid and deceive their parents – in exchange for questionable ‘health’ advice and ‘services’ – endangers and exploits children, while eroding core family principles in the areas of parent-child communication, connectedness, and child well-being.”

Farley, however, justified the app and the way it sidesteps parental involvement to facilitate teen sex. “The idea that we are going to shield kids from that information is long since history,” he declared, claiming that teens are “often not informed and we wanted to speak the language of teens. And teens use mobile phones these days for information so it was the best way to reach the people we want to reach.”

The app, which is available through the NYC health department’s teen website, lists services and resources available to teens without the permission of parents, such as free condoms and other contraceptives, testing for pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases, and access to abortion.

Not surprisingly, New York City has one of the highest teen pregnancy rates in the nation, with the city’s health department statistics indicating that one in 15 teen girls got pregnant and and gave birth to some 17,000 babies in 2011. More shocking is the revelation that 40 percent of all pregnancies in New York City end in abortion. In one borough, the Bronx, nearly half of all pregnancies end in abortion, according to NYC health department statistics.

“The abortion industry in New York City continues to prey on lower-income black women, as almost 58 percent of abortions end in abortion for black women and children,” reported LifeNews.com. “The ratio of abortions for African-American women remained demographically highest in the city in 2011 while Asian and Pacific Island women had the lowest ratio at 18.2%.”

The pro-life news site added that “of the 203,514 viable pregnancies in New York City in 2011, 80,485 were terminated by abortion” – with 2,085 (2.59 percent) of those abortions being performed at 21 weeks of pregnancy or later.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Amnesty Against the Truth

0

For all sorts of reasons, the “comprehensive immigration reform” – i.e., amnesty – that Marco Rubio and a whole lot of other Republicans in Washington and “the conservative” media have been advocating from the time of Barack Obama’s reelection is a sham and a disaster. 

But these Republicans have convinced themselves that, given the ever-growing Hispanic segment of the electorate, their party’s survival depends upon it.

Some of us have always suspected that the influence of Hispanics over our politics has been greatly exaggerated by those who want for Hispanics to achieve more influence, or at least to be perceived as having done so.

Thanks to the Census Bureau’s recently released findings, we now know that we have been right all along.

Exit polling data from last year’s election that purported to reveal that Hispanics constitute 10 percent of the electorate was mistaken. In reality, Hispanics are slightly above eight percent of the voting public. As writer Steve Sailer remarks: “So the standard story you’ve been hearing in the MSM [Mainstream Media] for almost seven months is indeed inflated by 19 percent.”

It wasn’t Hispanics who propelled Obama to victory, but blacks. In fact, even more blacks came out to support Obama in 2012 than did so in 2008. As Sailer says, “Blacks added another 10 percent to their vote total from 2008 to 2012. Nationally, 66.2 percent of eligible blacks voted compared to 64.1 percent of whites, 48.0 percent of Hispanics, and 47.3 percent of Asians.” 

Sailer continues: “The growth in black turnout was particularly concentrated among those over age 65. Also, black women traditionally vote at significantly higher rates than black men, and the black gender gap in turnout hit a new record in 2012.”

This is significant, for as Sailer observes, the phenomenon of elderly black women seeking “to keep the White House black” is not exactly “the wave of the future.” At the very least, it certainly doesn’t call for anything along the lines of “comprehensive immigration reform.”

In fact, even the Hispanic vote doesn’t call for this. All of the hype regarding the alleged Hispanicization of American politics aside, Hispanic voter turnout was actually down in 2012. Sailer asserts: “Among Hispanics eligible to vote, gross numbers continued to rise – but the rate of those taking the trouble to vote dropped from 49.9 to 48.0 percent.” Furthermore: “The number of Hispanics who claimed to be eligible but didn’t bother to get to the polls soared from 9.8 million to 12.1 million.”

Compared to many of his fellow partisans, to say nothing of his Democratic rival, Mitt Romney was a hard-liner on the immigration problem, yet Hispanics actually showed up at the polls in fewer numbers than before.

It isn’t just the upsurge in blacks voting for Obama that accounted for Romney’s defeat. Romney still could’ve prevailed – had the rate of white turnout not been at record lows. It is worth quoting at length Sailer’s summary of the Census Bureau’s findings:

In contrast to the fervent black effort to re-elect Obama, whites were strikingly unmotivated by Romney. The total white vote dropped from 100 million in 2008 to 98 million in 2012 (down 2 percent). Only 64.1 percent of eligible whites voted in 2012, down from 66.1 percent in 2008 and 67.2 percent in the recent high-water mark year of 2004.

Last year was “the first time in the history of the Census survey that whites were not the highest-ranking group in terms of their rate of voting.”

The Census Bureau’s findings suggest a few things.

First, the relentless and rapid rise of Hispanic political power is a myth.

Second, the idea that Republicans can capitalize on this power only by supporting amnesty is a myth. 

Third, in promoting these myths, the establishment media proves itself once again to be less than entirely trustworthy.

Finally, if Republicans want to win more elections, they should worry less about engaging in self-defeating pandering to minorities and more about stopping the hemorrhaging of their ever-shrinking white base.    

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Iraq Collapse Shows Bankruptcy of Interventionism

0

Ron Paul
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

May was Iraq’s deadliest month in nearly five years, with more than 1,000 dead — both civilians and security personnel – in a rash of bombings, shootings and other violence. As we read each day of new horrors in Iraq, it becomes more obvious that the US invasion delivered none of the promised peace or stability that proponents of the attack promised.

Millions live in constant fear, refugees do not return home, and the economy is destroyed. The Christian community, some 1.2 million persons before 2003, has been nearly wiped off the Iraqi map. Other minorities have likewise disappeared. Making matters worse, US support for the Syrian rebels next door has drawn the Shi’ite-led Iraqi government into the spreading regional unrest and breathed new life into extremist elements.

The invasion of Iraq opened the door to Al-Qaeda in Iraq, which did not exist beforehand, while simultaneously strengthening the hand of Iran in the region. Were the “experts” who planned for and advocated the US attack really this incompetent?

Ryan Crocker, who was US Ambassador to Iraq from 2007-2009, still speaks of the Iraqi “surge” as a great reconciliation between Sunni and Shi’ite in Iraq. He wrote recently that “[t]hough the United States has withdrawn its troops from Iraq, it retains significant leverage there. Iraqi forces were equipped and trained by Americans, and the country’s leaders need and expect our help.” He seems alarmingly out of touch with reality.

It is clear now that the “surge” and the “Iraqi Awakening” were just myths promoted by those desperate to put a positive spin on the US invasion, which the late General William Odom once called, “the greatest strategic disaster in American history.” Aircraft were loaded with $100 dollar bills to pay each side to temporarily stop killing US troops and each other, but the payoff provided a mere temporary break. Shouldn’t the measure of success of a particular policy be whether it actually produces sustained positive results?

Now we see radical fighters who once shot at US troops in Iraq have spilled into Syria, where they ironically find their cause supported by the US government! Some of these fighters are even greeted by visiting US senators.

The US intervention in Iraq has created ever more problems. That is clear. The foreign policy “experts” who urged the US attack on Iraq now claim that the disaster they created can only be solved with more interventionism! Imagine a medical doctor noting that a particular medication is killing his patient, but to combat the side effect he orders an increase in dosage of the same medicine. Like this doctor, the US foreign policy establishment is guilty of malpractice. And, I might add, this is just what the Fed does with monetary policy.

From Iraq to Libya to Mali to Syria to Afghanistan, US interventions have an unbroken record of making matters far worse. Yet regardless of the disasters produced, for the interventionists a more aggressive US foreign policy is the only policy they offer.

We must learn the appropriate lessons from the disaster of Iraq. We cannot continue to invade countries, install puppet governments, build new nations, create centrally-planned economies, engage in social engineering, and force democracy at the barrel of a gun. The rest of the world is tired of US interventionism and the US taxpayer is tired of footing the bill for US interventionism. It is up to all of us to make it very clear to the foreign policy establishment and the powers that be that we have had enough and will no longer tolerate empire-building. We should be more confident in ourselves and stop acting like an insecure bully.

Former Congressman Paul’s article first appeared at the-free-foundation.org, the temporary home for my weekly column until my personal web page is up and running.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:38 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Who Gains From Syrian Bloodbath?

0

The best hope for an end to the killing in Syria is for the United States and Russia to push both sides in the conflict to agree a ceasefire in which each holds the territory it currently controls. In a civil war of such savagery, diplomacy with any ambition to determine who holds power in future will founder because both sides believe they can still win.

There appeared to be an opportunity for productive talks after it was announced on 7 May that the US Secretary of State, John Kerry, and his Russian counterpart, Sergei Lavrov, had agreed to hold a peace conference on Syria in Geneva. The US, Russia and Iran could see themselves being sucked into an ever more violent conflict and one that is rapidly spreading. It is destabilising Syria’s neighbours in Jordan and Lebanon as Shia and Sunni support opposing sides. Even Turkey’s new-found prosperity is vulnerable as a result of its whole-hearted backing for Syria’s rebels.

However, the chance of any talks taking place in Geneva have dimmed in the past few days. The Syrian opposition has rejected the idea, though its intentions are very much determined by its paymasters in Saudi Arabia and Qatar. Going by the evidence of their own leaders, the rebels, inside and outside Syria, are so divided and dysfunctional they may not be in the business of talking to anybody.

Even if the opposition were better organised, they might still not want to talk. One of its leaders said: “We have to make the removal of the regime fundamental to any political solution.” This may sound obvious, but an unstated part of opposition policy is that they can only win if the West and its allies among the Sunni states of the Middle East decide on massive military involvement to remove President Bashar al-Assad. They want a Libyan-type solution in which Assad would be overthrown, as was Muammar Gaddafi by Nato in 2011, with the rebels conducting a well-publicised mopping up.

However, the truth is that Assad was never as politically or militarily weak as portrayed in the international media or, until a few months ago, by foreign leaders. After two years of war he holds almost all the main cities and towns of Syria and the inner core of his regime has held together. This has become more evident in the past two months, as government forces go on the offensive and make limited but definite gains.

Foreign perceptions have changed. Six months ago, German intelligence was predicting Assad’s fall. Now, it has been publicly saying it expects the government to secure its grip on Damascus and all of southern Syria by the end of the year.

The White House has said in the past few days that its top priority in Syria is to impose regime change, but this is a recipe for a very long conflict. Why should Assad and his government surrender when they are more than holding their own on the battlefield? Moreover, Washington appears to have shut the door on the idea of Iran, a main player, attending Geneva talks. This again is unrealistic if the aim of negotiations is to end the fighting. And Britain and France are playing a small but mischievous role in ensuring the slaughter in Syria continues. By successfully ending the EU embargo on arms for the rebels they will not bring talks nearer, as they pretend, but make them unlikely to take place at all. The type of weapons they will send are not going to tip the military balance. Government forces are too strong for this. The current stalemate is too well rooted in realities on the ground. The most significant impact of more arms for the rebels will be to persuade them that, if they refuse to negotiate, they will eventually get full-scale Western military intervention such as a Libya-type no-fly zone, which, in practice, meant Nato air forces joining the war.

It may be that Russia announced that it was selling Syria a sophisticated S-300 anti-aircraft missile system precisely in order to block this. By offering more arms, the EU will also be putting off the day when the two sides talk to each other through mutual exhaustion and the knowledge that neither can win.

At this stage, mutual hatred is too great for any long-term deal on sharing power. Everybody is caught up in what we used to call in Belfast “the politics of the last atrocity”. Power-sharing would be geographical, with each side holding its own territory.

The first priority should be for the US and Russia to compel the sides they back to cease fire. This would have to be policed on the ground by a UN observer force. I recall the much-maligned UN Supervision Mission in Syria in 2012 arranging a ceasefire in the hardcore rebel town of Douma on the outskirts of Damascus. It did not stop all the shooting but many Syrians lived who would otherwise have died.

There may be a more sinister reason why the US has started setting the bar so high for talks. Washington’s involvement is greater than appears because so much of it goes through Qatar, with the CIA determining who gets arms and money sent via Turkey. This would also explain why Britain and France are so keen to send the rebels weapons.

The explanation for the actions of the Western states may be that they do not want the war to end except as a victory for their allies. This certainly is the view of many in the Middle East, such as Mowaffak al-Rubaie, the former Iraqi National Security Adviser, who told me the civil war “is the best option for the West and Israel because it knocks out Syria as an opponent of their policies and keeps Iran busy. Hezbollah is preoccupied by Syria and not with Israel. Turkey’s idea of a new Ottoman empire is gone with the wind.”

This is a cynical but probably correct explanation for why the US, Britain, France and the Sunni monarchies do not want the war to end until they can declare victory.

PATRICK COCKBURN is the author of “Muqtada: Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia Revival, and the Struggle for Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Cuba ou a globalização da solidariedade: o internacionalismo humanitário

0

Desde 1963, com o envio da primeira missão médica humanitária à Argélia, Cuba se comprometeu a cuidar das populações pobres do planeta em nome da solidariedade internacionalista. As missões humanitárias cubanas se estendem por quatro continentes e apresentam um caráter único. Com efeito, nenhuma outra nação do mundo, nem sequer as mais desenvolvidas, teceu semelhante rede de cooperação humanitária no planeta. Desde seu lançamento, cerca de 132.000 médicos cubanos, além do pessoal sanitário, atuaram voluntariamente em 102 países.  No total, os médicos cubanos atenderam cerca de 100 milhões de pessoas no mundo e salvaram um milhão de vidas. Atualmente, 37.000 médicos colaboradores oferecem seus serviços em 70 nações do Terceiro Mundo.

A ajuda internacional cubana se estende a dez países da América Latina e às regiões subdesenvolvidas do planeta. Em outubro de 1998, o furadão Mitch havia assolado a América Central e o Caribe. Os chefes de Estado da região lançaram um chamado à solidariedade internacional.Segundo o PNUD, Cuba foi a primeira a responder positivamente, cancelando a dívida da Nicarágua de 50 milhões de dólares e propondo os serviços de seu pessoal sanitário.

Foi elaborado, então, o Programa Integral de Saúde, sendo ampliado a outros continentes, como África e Ásia. Nas regiões onde foi aplicado, O PNUD aponta uma melhora de todos os indicadores de saúde, particularmente uma diminuição notável da taxa de mortalidade infantil.

A ALBA

O primeiro país que se beneficiou do capital humano foi, logicamente, a Venezuela, graças à eleição de Hugo Chávez em 1998 e à relação especial estabelecida com Cuba. A universalização do acesso à educação, implementada em 1998, teve resultados excepcionais. Cerca de 1,5 milhão de venezuelanos aprenderam a ler e a escrever graças à campanha de alfabetização chamada Misión Robinson I. Em dezembro de 2005, a Unesco decretou que o analfabetismo havia sido erradicado da Venezuela. A Misión Robinson II foi lançada para levar a população ao alcance do nível secundário. A isso se somam as missões Ribas e Sucre, que permitiram que dezenas de milhares de jovens começassem estudos universitários.

Agência Efe

Com a aliança entre Cuba e Venezuela na área da saúde, foram salvas mais de 100 mil vidas

Em 2010, 97% das crianças venezuelanas estavam escolarizadas.  Em relação à saúde, foi criado o Sistema Nacional Público, para garantir o acesso gratuito à atenção médica a todos os venezuelanos. A missão Barrio Adentro I possibilitou a realização de 300 milhões de consultas nos 4.469 centros médicos criados desde 1998. Cerca de 17 milhões de pessoas puderam ser atendidas, enquanto que, em 1998, menos de 3 milhões de pessoas tinham acesso regular à saúde. Foram salvas mais de 104.000 vidas. A taxa de mortalidade infantil foi reduzida a menos de 10 por mil.  Na classificação do Índice de Desenvolvimento Humano (IDH) das Nações Unidas para o Desenvolvimento (PNUD), a Venezuela passou do posto 83 no ano 2000 (0,656) ao posto 73 em 2011 (0,735), e entrou na categoria das nações com o IDH mais elevado.  Além disso, também segundo o PNUD, a Venezuela ostenta o coeficiente Gini mais baixo da América Latina, e é o país da região onde há menos desigualdade.

Luis Alberto Matos, economista e especialista em energia, salientou a “cooperação emblemática” entre Cuba e Venezuela. “Quem pode negar a imensa contribuição dessa nação à Venezuela em relação ao aprimoramento do setor de saúde, na agricultura, nos esportes, na cultura?”

Graças à ALBA e ao programa social lançado pelo governo de Evo Morales entre 2006 e julho de 2011, a Brigada Médica cubana presente na Bolívia cuidou de mais de 48 milhões de pessoas e salvou 49.821 vidas.  A Bolívia pôde melhorar seus indicadores de saúde com uma diminuição da mortalidade infantil de 58 a cada mil, em 2007, para 51 a cada mil em 2009, ou seja, uma redução de 14% em três anos.  Entre 2006 e 2009, foram criados quase 545 centros de saúde em todo o país. Quanto à educação, a Unesco declarou que a Bolívia é um território livre de analfabetismo em 20 de dezembro de 2008, com a alfabetização de 824.000 pessoas. Foram construídos cerca de 1.540 estabelecimentos escolares. Quanto ao Ensino Superior, foram criadas três universidades indígenas. A pobreza extrema foi reduzida a 6%, passando de 37,8% a 31,8%.

Na Nicarágua, o programa Yo, sí puedo permitiu que a Unesco declarasse que o país estava livre do analfabetismo em 2009. Graças à Alba, a Nicarágua também conseguiu resolver sua grave crise energética, que às vezes provocava apagões de 16 horas diárias. Foram construídos vários hospitais equipados integralmente em todo o país, com acesso gratuito à atenção médica para toda a população. Eles operam, em grande parte, graças à presença do pessoal médico cubano.

No Equador, a chegada de Rafael Correa ao poder em 2006 também ocasionou uma revolução social sem precedentes. Dessa forma, o orçamento de saúde aumentou de 437 milhões de dólares em 2006 para 3.430 milhões em 2010. O orçamento de educação passou de 235 milhões em 2006 para 940,7 milhões em 2010. A taxa de escolaridade até o nível universitário da quinta parte mais pobre da população passou de 30% para 40% entre 2006 e 2010. A cobertura da cesta básica passou de 68% para 89%. A pobreza diminuiu 7% no mesmo período em nível nacional, e 13% para os afroequatorianos. Mais de 70.000 pessoas dos 5 milhões de indigentes que havia no país em 2006 saíram da pobreza.
Agência Efe

Equador também se beneficiou dos programas de solidariedade cubanos após Correa chegar ao poder

Assim, o IDH passou de 0,716 em 2009 para 0,720 em 2011, e agora ocupa a posição 83. O Equador prevê erradicar a desnutrição infantil em 2015 e assim alcançar Cuba, o único país da América Latina e do Terceiro Mundo livre dessa praga, segundo a Unicef.

A Brigada Henry Reeve

Em 19 de setembro de 2005, após a tragédia que o furacão Katrina provocou em Nova Orleans, Cuba criou a Brigada Henry Reeve,  um contingente médico composto por 10.000 profissionais da saúde e especializado em catástrofes naturais. Naquela época, Havana ofereceu a Washington o envio de 1.586 médicos para atender as vítimas, mas o presidente Bush negou a oferta.

A Brigada Henry Reeve interveio em vários continentes. Assim, após o terremoto de novembro de 2005, que assolou o Paquistão, 2.564 médicos cubanos viajaram para lá a fim de atender as vítimas durante mais de oito meses. Foram montados 32 hospitais de campanha, que logo foram doados às autoridades de saúde do país. Mais de 1,8 milhão de pessoas foram atendidas e 2.086 vidas foram salvas. Nenhuma outra nação ofereceu uma ajuda tão importante, nem mesmo os Estados Unidos — principal aliado de Islamabad —, que estabeleceu apenas dois hospitais de campanha e ficou por oito semanas.  O jornal britânico The Independent ressaltou o fato de que a brigada médica cubana foi a primeira a chegar ao Paquistão e a última a deixar o país.

Anteriormente, após o tsunami que devastou a região do Pacífico em 2004, Cuba enviou várias missões humanitárias para oferecer atenção médica às vítimas, muitas vezes abandonadas pelas autoridades locais. Várias áreas rurais em Kiribati, Timor Leste ou Sri Lanka ainda dependem da ajuda médica cubana.  Foi inaugurada uma escola de medicina no Timor Leste para formar jovens estudantes do país. As Ilhas Salomão, assim como a Papua-Nova Guiné, acenaram à Havana para se beneficiar de uma ajuda similar e firmar acordos de cooperação.

Após o terremoto ocorrido em maio de 2006 em Java, na Indonésia, Cuba enviou várias missões médicas. Ronny Rockito, coordenador regional para a saúde, elogiou o trabalho dos 135 profissionais cubanos que instalaram dois hospitais de campanha. Segundo ele, seu trabalho teve um impacto mais importante do que qualquer outro país. “Aprecio muito as brigadas médicas cubanas. Seu estilo é muito amistoso e seu nível de atenção médica, muito elevado. Tudo é gratuito e não há nenhum apoio por parte do meu governo para isso. Agradecemos Fidel Castro. Muitos moradores suplicaram aos médicos cubanos para que ficassem”, enfatizou.

O caso mais recente e mais emblemático da cooperação médica cubana diz respeito ao Haiti. O terremoto de janeiro de 2010, de magnitude 7, causou dramáticos danos humanos e materiais.  Segundo as autoridades haitianas, o balanço foi de 230.000 mortos, 300.000 feridos e 1,2 milhão depessoas sem teto.  A brigada médica cubana, presente desde 1998, foi a primeira a auxiliar as vítimas e atendeu cerca de 40% delas.

Em outubro de 2010, soldados nepaleses das Nações Unidas introduziram inadvertidamente o vírus do cólera no Haiti. Segundo a ONU, a equipe médica do doutor Jorge Luis Quiñones descobriu a epidemia. Cerca de 6.600 pessoas perderam a vida e 476.000 foram infectadas, o que representa 5% da população de um total de 10 milhões de habitantes. Era a taxa de cólera mais elevada do mundo, segundo as Nações Unidas. O New York Times ressaltou, em uma reportagem, o papel chave dos médicos cubanos: “A missão médica cubana, que desempenhou um papel importante na detenção da epidemia, ainda está presente no Haiti e recebe a cada dia a gratidão dos doadores e dos diplomatas por sua presença nas linhas de frente e por seus esforços de reconstrução do carcomido sistema de saúde do país”.

Por sua vez, Paul Farmer, enviado especial das Nações Unidas, salientou que, em dezembro de 2010, quando a epidemia atingiu seu pico, com uma taxa de mortalidade sem precedentes e o mundo estava com os olhos em outros lugares, “a metade das ONGs haviam ido embora, ao passo que os cubanos ainda estavam presentes”. Segundo o Ministério da Saúde haitiano, os médicos cubanos salvaram mais de 76.000 pessoas nas 67 unidades médicas sob sua responsabilidade, com apenas 272 falecimentos, ou seja, 0,36%, contra uma taxa de 1,4% no resto do país. Desde dezembro de 2010, não faleceu nenhum paciente tratado pelos médicos cubanos.

Nações Unidas saúdam uma política solidária

Segundo o PNUD, a ajuda humanitária cubana representa, proporcionalmente ao PIB, uma porcentagem superior à média das 18 nações mais desenvolvidas. Ressalta, em um informe, que:

“A cooperação oferecida por Cuba se inscreve em um contexto de cooperação Sul-Sul. Não persegue um objetivo de lucrar, mas, ao contrário, se oferece como a expressão de um princípio de solidariedade e, na medida do possível, a partir de custos compartilhados. No entanto, durante anos, Cuba proporcionou ajuda de qualidade com doações aos países mais pobres, e se mostrou muito flexível quanto à forma ou à estrutura da colaboração […]. Em quase a totalidade dos casos, a ajuda cubana foi gratuita, ainda que, a partir de 1977, com alguns países de alta renda, principalmente os petroleiros, se desenvolveu uma cooperação sob uma forma de compensação. O desenvolvimento elevado que Cuba alcançou nos campos da saúde, educação e esporte fizeram com que a cooperação contemplasse esses setores, ainda que tenha havido uma participação em outras áreas, como, por exemplo, a construção, a pesca e a agricultura”.

O internacionalismo humanitário elaborado por Cuba demonstra que a solidariedade pode ser um vetor fundamental nas relações internacionais. Assim, uma pequena nação do Terceiro Mundo com recursos limitados e vítima de um estado de sítio sem precedentes por parte dos Estados Unidos consegue reunir os recursos necessários para ajudar os mais pobres e oferece ao mundo um exemplo, como diria o herói nacional cubano José Martí, que Pátria pode ser Humanidade.

* Doutor em Estudos Ibéricos e Latino-americanos da Universidade Paris Sorbonne-Paris IV, Salim Lamrani é professor titular da Universidade de la Reunión e jornalista, especialista nas relações entre Cuba e Estados Unidos. Seu último livro é intitulado The economic war against Cuba. A historical and legal perspective on the U.S. Blockade (A guerra econômica contra Cuba. Uma perspectiva histórica e legal sobre o bloqueio norte-americano), Nova York, Monthly Review Press, 2013, com um prólogo de Wayne S. Smith e prefácio de Paul Estrade.

Contato: lamranisalim@yahoo.fr ; Salim.Lamrani@univ-reunion.fr
Página Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SalimLamraniOfficiel

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

2 killed in S Africa mine union rivalry

0

South African police say two people, including a union leader, have been shot and killed in the course of union rivalry at Lonmin mine in the north of the country.

Both men were reportedly associated with the prominent labor group, National Union of Mineworkers.

The two were shot on Monday at the union’s office at Wonderkop in Marikana, some 112 kilometers northwest of Johannesburg.

Å“One of them died instantly and one was taken to hospital” where he succumbed to his injuries, said Sabata Mokgwabone, a spokesman for the police in North-West Province.

The incident comes on top of the assassination of another union leader last month.

Deadly violence, illegal strikes and union infighting have plagued the countryâ„¢s restive platinum belt since last year.

In August 2012, police forces killed 34 striking miners at Lonmin platinum mine which is reportedly the world’s third-largest platinum producer with approximately 28,000 employees. In all, 45 died in violence related to the unrest.

South Africa is home to nearly 80 percent of the worldâ„¢s known platinum reserves. Mining accounts for about 20 percent of the country’s national output.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

SUPREME COURT: Police Can Force Open Your Mouth And Swab Your DNA

0

Erin Fuchs
Business Insider
June 3, 2013

The U.S. Supreme Court ruled today that police don’t need a search warrant before they open your mouth and take a swab of DNA.

The Supreme Court ruled in a 5-4 decision that DNA swabs are a “legitimate police booking procedure” that is allowed under the Constitution just like fingerprinting and mugshots.

The court’s swing voter Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote the majority opinion, which said DNA identification has become an important tool to help police identify suspects.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 10:31 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Predatory Pedagogy of On-Line Education

0

“A lot of education institutions . . . has [sic] bad monkeys in ‘em”

Josh Coates, CEO of Instructure, (maker of the popular educational program Canvas) at the 2012 Investor Conference

More students are logging in. More teachers are checking out.

It’s distance education. Or on-line learning. Or whatever they’re calling it these days. Whatever it is, it amounts to the erosion of the traditional face-to-face classroom.

What would Joseph Weizenbaum Say? Weizenbaum, an early inventor of artificial intelligence, wrote the seminal Computer Power and Human Reason in 1976, a powerful treatise against the dangers of computers. A humanist who’d lived through the Nazi era,Weizenbaum soon grew alarmed at the computers growing cultural domination. He advised outlawing “all projects that substitute a computer system for a human function that involves interpersonal respect, understanding, and love.” In a brilliant riposte that has resonance today he called computers, ”a solution looking for a problem.” The craft of teaching face-to-face is increasingly cornered, forced to justify its relevance in the face of its high tech replacement. Joanna Bejus, a former English Professor and computer critic argues that “with the move to online learning, another massive expropriation of social space will have succeeded. And let’s not kid ourselves; this will not happen because online learning is better. It will happen because it is yet another way to guarantee profits and to fragment and isolate the working class.” She adds that, “Online learning makes the structure of domination absolute, the prospect of appeal, unrealistic, and the likelihood of universal surveillance, a sure bet” (Bejus 2013a).

Where does the instrumental logic of on-line curricula take us?

Why bother being with other humans at all? According to some proponents, the Occupy Movement was a glorious waste of time. Avirtual sit-in — in Cyberspace — would have fit the bill.

Massive Invasion of Universities

As the BIG 3 automakers cravenly eye China, the e-learning behemoth is licking its chops at the classroom. On May 14, major industry officials announced their study showing the “enormous potential for the future of the e-learning market.”  IBIS Capital and the Edxus Group, said that “While education as a whole is triple the size of the media and entertainment industry at $4.2 trillion, digital education is currently only 20% of the size of the digital media market. Since education is undergoing the same disruptive effects of digitalization that the media industry has seen in recent years, they expect to see fifteen fold growth in the e-learning market in the next 10 years to represent 30% of the total education market,” reported Pippa Cottrell in Realwire, (Cottrell 2013).  IBIS and Edxus have organized a special one day summit in London on June 14, called EdTech Europe (see URL below) that will address the current investment trends in education technology and e-learning in that $ 4.2 trillion goldmine. Attending are Microsoft, Pearson International, McGraw-Hill, InfoMentor, Languagelab, Mendeley, and Iversity which will discuss “a Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) platform cooperating with the best instructors, universities and knowledge-based companies to democratize education.”

Democracy?

Some faculties are not taking this lying down. On April 29 the philosophy faculty of San Jose State University wrote a letter protesting the Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) in which a Harvard professor’s lecture was taped and disseminated widely for classroom use. The professors refused to teach that philosophy course developed by edX, “saying they do not want to enable what they see as a push to ‘replace professors, dismantle departments, and provide a diminished education for students in public universities’” (Kolowich 2013).

Resistance is Futile, They Say

A leading e-learning corporation, Instructure, is a Utah-based start-up led by the young and flamboyant CEO Josh Coates. From its humble beginnings in 2008 it has grown to encompass over 200 employees and more than 400 colleges and universities includingBrown, Auburn, New Mexico State, the University of Utah and Utah State University. It is currently being rolled out at the University of Maryland, the University of Washington, and at my place of employment, the University of Michigan-Dearborn.

Among its “premier partners” are Pearson and McGraw Hill, noted above.

Instructure, like their competitors, is very concerned about faculty resistance to their encroachments. They have all learned from past battles not to challenge faculty directly. Instead they are taking a soft approach. A revelatory 2009 article “Resistance is Futile” (O’Hanlon 2009) spells out the general strategy. ”It all starts with how you communicate with teachers,” Barbara Dunn told journalist Charlene O’Hanlon. Dunn is the vice president of the Remediation and Training Institute in Alexandria, VA. “You can position technology as, ‘This is what it does,’ etc., and that’s fine,” said Dunn, “but when you say, ‘You must use it,’ that’s where the resistance comes. And when you impose a deadline, it becomes another compliance thing rather than a way to enhance learning,” reported O’Hanlon. “Don’t try to cram it down everybody’s throat,” David Roh, general manager for Follett Digital Resources told O’Hanlon. “The trick is to position a technology tool not just as strictly voluntary, but also as something that actually will make their jobs more interesting,” said O’Hanlon. In stage two a small core of “digital settlers” master the technology and sing its praises, attracting more recruits. If all else fails there’s stage Three: the  carrots.

My university is at Stage Two.

Instructure CEO Coates Instructs us about Monkeys

In a very illuminating 40 minute video of Instructure CEO Josh Coates to 600+ stakeholders in January 2012, we get his view of the conflict. I’m not sure why he would let this be posted on-line. In his multi-media presentation, jammed with rock music, James Bond imagery and military tanks firing shells (he owns a tank), the emphasis was a story about monkeys and bananas.

The screen behind him was dotted with five monkeys, with a ladder in the middle and a stack of bananas on top. Coates projected a reference to a scholarly 1966 article and said the story he was about to tell was roughly based on it. The article was titled, “Cultural acquisition of a specific learned response among rhesus monkeys,” by G.R. Stephenson (Stephenson 1966).

As Coates told it, a monkey went to the stairs and started to climb towards the bananas, as monkeys are wont to do. As soon as he started up the stairs, the psychologists sprayed all of the monkeys with cold water. Soon whenever a given monkey attempted to ascend the stairs he was viciously beaten by the other monkeys (via operant conditioning, not wanting the pain of the cold  water to return). “True story,” he interjected. Over time, one by one, new monkeys were introduced to this environment (with the beckoning ladder and bananas), and eventually no monkey ever took the risk, Why not? He surmised from his own experience in educational environments that the (people) would say, “We don’t know. That’s just how we do things around here.”

“A lot of education institutions . . . has [sic] bad monkeys in ‘em,” said Coates.

“But it’s something no one is this room has to worry about,” he said, speaking to the face-to-face gathering of Instructure investors, consumers and techies. “Because you guys are awesome. You’re innovators, pioneers, creators and visionaries. You guys are here because you got the bananas.”

In other words, universities are like zoos of bickering professors who gang up on innovators, throttling them when they step out of line. Over time, they are often clueless as to why they are attacking the rational monkey (the one who wants the banana, i.e., the educational technology). Fortunately the Instructure team (James Bond and the technology warriors) are there to save the day. “We’ll not let you down.”

It turns out that that monkey study, as he described it, never happened (see URL of Stephenson 1966 below).  There were no bananas and no ladder and the monkeys did not attack anyone. His story is a great distortion and draws the wrong conclusions. Evolutionary biologist Dario Maestripieri, (2011) read the original study and reported his findings (see Maestripiera URL below). In the original study the rhesus monkeys were “punished with an air blast each time it started to manipulate a [“novel’] object,” and as a consequence, some showed a fear response when others went near it. Reports Maestripiere, “In reviewing Stephenson’s study, psychologist Susan Mineka [1980] noted that when female subjects were used, Stephenson found opposite results: previously fearful models lost their fear as a result of watching the nonfearful behavior of their observers.” So, unlike Coates, one could draw opposite conclusion, some monkeys did indeed eventually get the object without the intervention of a savior.

No Matter. Truth is apparently beside the point for this instructor from Instructure.

Upon viewing the video Carl Maida, an anthropologist who teaches with experiential learning methods, commented, “Techies rock; faculty will clearly become the new class of ‘technopeasants’ and the universities are fast becoming the new Latifundia” (Maida 2013).

The stakes are incredibly high. But most faculties across the country seem in the dark. “Pedagogy as an intellectual, moral and political practice is now based on measurements of value derived from market Competition,” argues educational theorist Henry Giroux, “Mathematical utility has now replaced critical dialogue, debate, risk-taking, the power of imaginative leaps and learning for the sake of learning. A crude instrumental rationality now governs the form and content of curricula, and where content has the potential to open up the possibility of critical thinking, it is quickly shut down. This is a pedagogy that has led to the abandonment of democratic impulses, analytic thinking, and social responsibility.

Giroux is right.  He’s not speaking against educational technology or social media (he is the Global Television Network Chair in English and Cultural Studies and uses much educational technology). He’s against the imposition of given curricula, forms of pedagogy, modes of technology and evaluation from above in the academic-industrial-communication complex.

Anthropologists are increasingly employing e-learning. At the University of North Texas you can get your entire MA or MS in Applied Anthropology on line (UNT 2013). You are only required to go to campus twelve times over the three year program. In England you can get, “An Archaeology PhD by eMail” (Hirst ca: 2006) through Leicester University’s Distance Learning Program. They have been running it since 2001. It’s “suitable for those with a developed career or other commitments who can’t afford to give up the day job!” they say on their website. Many more anthropology departments offer on-line courses (while still requiring campus courses). It’s argued that it makes education more accessible across time and space and provides the flexibility for busy parents and workers. Some professors at my university tell me that they prefer the hours or that they simply want to avoid colleagues on campus.

Unfortunately, many professors across the country are being pressured or required to do e-teaching.

Ten arguments for the Opposition

We need to construct a language to describe the “common sense” nonsense behind this high tech hurrah. Here is a beginning.

1. Trojan Horse of Capital. I’ve touched on this above. Teachers and professors need to shine the light on the shadows behind thenew learning management system infrastructure that is magically appearing at their schools and universities. How is the technology being introduced?    Is the decision making democratic? Who benefits? What are the trends?     

2. Deskilling Professors. A rereading of Harry Braverman’s classic, Labor and Monopoly Capital (1974:1998) is necessary. Braverman conducted an ethnographic analysis of the labor process and revealed how capital 1) appropriates all historical knowledge from the craftsmen

2) separate conception from execution and 3) employs the new found monopoly of knowledge to control every step of the labor process and hire unskilled workers who are interchangeable and cheap. It’s called Taylorization, or scientific management. The new technology makes this amazingly simple. Joanne Bujes points out one aspect of this invasion: “they will pick 100 teachers and get them on tape for e-learning. And then professors will be reduced to grad students leading a discussion section once a week. Are people going to go into debt half their lives for this?”

3. The Surveillance State. Here’s what historian of science David Noble wrote in Digital Diploma Mills, ”Once faculty and courses go online, administrators gain much greater direct control over faculty performance and course content than ever before and the potential for administrative scrutiny, supervision, regimentation, discipline and even censorship increase dramatically. At the same time, the use of the technology entails an inevitable extension of working time and an intensification of work as faculty struggle at all hours of the day and night to stay on top of the technology and respond, via chat rooms, virtual office hours, and e-mail, to both students and administrators to whom they have now become instantly and continuously accessible. The technology also allows for much more careful administrative monitoring of faculty availability, activities, and responsiveness” (Noble 1998). With the introduction of advanced corporate learning platforms many teachers will watch what they say in class. There are topics and dialogic digressions that many will not want recorded and made available for administrators to scrutinize.

4. Less Touch, Less Trust.  Trust is fundamental for education. Trust is a byproduct of working through struggle with others. Education is itself a struggle, a struggle over meaning. You learn to trust others through small reciprocities over time.  You share knowledge and intimacies and form a bond. In struggle you absorb the breadth of another’s character, their force of being. Most of this is done non-verbally, informally, and unconsciously. It is tactile and sensual. It takes place in the presence of another. Tran van Dinh, poet and Vietnamese activist, once told me that the Vietnamese called this the Three Togethers: eat together, work together, fight together. Similarly, Vygotsky talked about education as entering “the zone of proximal development,” the difference between what a person can do unaided and what they can do with help. This education is best done face-to-face, of course.

5. Informal Communication on the Backburner. To understand the importance of informality in education, Richard Sennett’s recent book Together (2012) is essential. Sennett draws from the work of Saul Alinsky and Jane Addams as part of a wide ranging exploration of why people have to be face to face. Alinsky promoted “dialogical exchange with a vengeance,” getting people together who have rarely talked, providing them with facts that they didn’t know, and suggesting methods for the community organizer to sustain dialogue.  In this he was channeling Jane Addams, settlement house leader who founded Hull House in Chicago in 1889. She built cooperation by focusing on everyday life: schooling, shopping and parenting, not by enacting policy formulas. Addams thought the values of [settlement houses] first and foremost to be places of refuge; a strict schedule of social activities modeled on those of a cruise line was to be avoided” (Sennett 2012:52-53). A good college is just that, a refuge where students of different backgrounds can gather and interact informally.

6. Waning of Cooperation. Sennett asserts “modern society is ‘deskilling’ people in practicing cooperation” (Sennett 2012:8). By this he means that “people are losing skills to deal with intractable differences as material inequality isolates them, short-term labor makes their social contacts more superficial and activates anxiety about the Other” (Sennett 2012:9). The book makes the point splendidly, but I want to draw attention to the following story. He tells how he took part in a beta testing group with Google Corporation to test the online communication effectiveness with GoogleWave, a complex email and visual product. Distant participants used this system to improve their cooperation abilities. It failed miserably and was taken off the market. Says Sennett, “One large reason for its failure may be that the program mistook information sharing for communication.” In email exchanges responses tend to get stripped down to a bare minimum and with GoogleWave the visual tended to dominate, he said. “Communication as opposed to information, mines the realm of suggestion and connotation . . . it conveys irony and doubt” in a way GoogleWave could not do. In the end the group got on airplanes to meet in person!

7. Erosion of the Eros Effect (and Dancing in the Streets). There is a real excitement in the classroom encounter. It’s visceral, highly charged and joyous when done well. It can be like a festival. The classroom is a sacred liminal space, a refuge for thinking. It’s a vital human experience and it is being threatened. Joanna Bujes says this face to face relationship was paramount to her learning. “To think of learning as the relationship between a learner and some given subject matter is profoundly distorting. Learning is first and foremost a relationship between two people. Although teaching institutions are often built around hierarchies, dominance, and obedience, there is still in the experience of the classroom the reality as experienced by the students versus the reality of the teacher. And though it might not be expressed openly, and though it might not change teaching practice, there is an infinitely higher chance that it will change reality with face-to-face learning than with distance learning. At the very least, the political aspect of education is much more visible with the traditional model than with the online model.” After our interview Joanna sent me the link of Barbara Ehrenreich’s 2006 book Dancing in the Streets, A history of Collective Joy to better understand “the energy of groups.” “Have you ever noticed that you exercise is much better with someone else than alone?”  Ehrenreich investigated humanity’s desire for ecstatic ritual (drawing from scores of anthropologists). These ecstatic rituals have been effectively suppressed by civilizations, she argues. But they are fundamental for education as well. In fact they are education.  There is a drive for humans to be with others in ecstasy from Marti Gras to Occupy to the classroom itself.

8. Collapse of the commons.   Primitive accumulation — wars, violence, enclosures and privatization — is a chief means by which capitalism appropriates the commons. Universities are a kind of commons, an essential bulwark for creating an alert democracy to address these monumental social problems. But today, with widespread corporate and military contracts and with the introduction of capital intensive technology to supplant teacher autonomy, universities are fast becoming capitalist knowledge factories, a central tier of Eisenhower’s feared military industrial academic complex. This is also evident in one of my focal areas: Indians of North America. The Bullfrog Film Homeland: Four Portraits of Native Resistance illustrates the continued destruction of the Indian commons. Gail Small, a member of the Northern Cheyenne Indian Tribe in Lame Deer, is profiled. “You put in 75,000 methane gas wells around our reservation, you take our ground water, pollute our air, destroy our rivers, the Cheyenne here will probably not be able to survive. We’ll have a wasteland here. That’s what’s at stake here. Where will the Cheyenne go?”

9. “Techno-utopia” arrives just in time as state falters. Zygmunt Bauman puts it well . . .” ‘the techno-utopia is an ideological weapon in an ongoing traffic of influence under the aegis of free trade [Mattelart 1997].’ It is part and parcel of the discourse in which the state is represented as the evil enemy of the true freedom of a politics-free ‘civil society’ of sovereign individuals. But, in actual fact, the dismantling of state political constraints and controls, far from making ‘civil society’ free and truly autonomous, opens it to the unabashed rule of market forces which members of that society, now left to their own devices, have no means nor power to resist” (Bauman 2001:138-139).

10. Attack on Critical Pedagogy. As leading critical pedagogy theorist Henry Giroux  describes it, “Overworked and largely isolated, faculty are now rewarded for intellectual activities privileged as entrepreneurial . . . faculty are asked to spend more time in larger classrooms while they are simultaneously expected to learn and use new instructional technologies such as PowerPoint, the web, and various multimedia pedagogical activities. . . .corporate time reworks faculty loyalties. Faculty interaction is structured less around collective solidarities built upon practices which offer a particular relationship to public life than through corporate imposed rituals of competition and production” (Giroux 2012:116-117).

Epilogue: Education for What?

We are witnessing the collapse of the public sphere and the colonization of the commons by predatory corporations. We gasp at the loss of jobs and the deskilling of most jobs that remain. Are we also glimpsing the end of education as we know it to the e-learning-industrial-academic complex?

Anthropologist Carl Maida thinks so. “The new model corporate university will constitute a ‘knowledge plantation’ economy, somewhat like California Central Valley agricultural enterprises with their part-time seasonal farmworkers – as long as it moves toward hiring predominantly part-time adjunct employees and scores of lab techies to keep that farm running.”

Weizenbaum’s Computer Power and Human Reason is more pertinent today than when he wrote it in 1976. Education is cantankerous, unruly, artistic and troublemaking — in a word democratic.

It’s different from schooling. Schooling is about order. Education is about questioning. It’s rebellious, even revolutionary.

It’s not about getting rid of bad monkeys.

Brian McKenna is an anthropologist who teaches at the University of Michigan-Dearborn and can be reached at mckenna193@aol.com

A version of this article was originally published in the Society for Applied Anthropology Newsletter, Vol. 24:2, May 31, 2013. Tim Wallace, editor.

http://sfaanews.sfaa.net/2013/05/01/the-predatory-pedagogy-of-on-line-education-ten-arguments-for-the-opposition/

References

Bauman, Zygmunt and Keith Tester (2001) Conversations with Zygmunt Bauman. Cambridge:Polity.

Bejus, Joanna (2013a) “Online learning” Progressive Economists listserv

(pen-l@lists.csuchico.edu). May 9.

Bejus, Joanna (2013b) Personal Interview. May 10.

Braverman, Harry (1974:1998) Labor and Monopoly Capital. New York:Monthly Review.

Cottrall, Pippa (2013) “Digitalisation of Education Will Result in Fifteen Fold Growth for E-Learning Market Over the Next Decade.” Realwire. May 14.

http://goarticles.com/article/Digitalisation-of-Education-Will-Result-in-Fifteen-Fold-Growth-for-E-Learning-Market-Over-the-Next-Decade/7607876/

Coates, Josh (2012) “InstructureCon12 Keynote, Josh Coates, CEO, Instructure.” See:

http://help.instructure.com/entries/21648583-instructurecon12-keynote-josh-coates-ceo-instructure

Coates, Josh (2013) “Solving Education Problems with Canvas Solutions.” Bloomberg Business Week Videos. February 25.

http://www.businessweek.com/videos/2013-02-25/solving-education-problems-with-canvas-solutions

Edtech Europe (2013) http://edtecheurope2013.eventbrite.co.uk/

Ehrenreich, Barbara (2006) Dancing in the Streets, A History of Collective Joy. New York:Metropolitan.

Giroux, Henry (2010) On Critical Pedagogy. New York:Continuum.

Hirst, K. Krist (ca 2006) “An Archaeology Ph.D. by Email” About.com Archaeology

http://archaeology.about.com/cs/onlinecourses/a/leicester.htm

Kolowich, Steve (2013) “Why Professors at San Jose State Won’t Use a Harvard Professor’s    MOOC.” The Chronicle of Higher Education. May 2.

http://chronicle.com/article/Why-Professors-at-San-Jose/138941/

Maestripiere, Dario (2012) “What Monkeys Can Teach Us About Human Behavior: From Facts to Fiction, When creativity crosses the line.” Psychology Today. March 20. See:

http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/games-primates-play/201203/what-monkeys-can-teach-us-about-human-behavior-facts-fiction

Mineka, Susan, Keir, Richard and Price, Veda (1980) “Fear of snakes in wild- and laboratory-reared rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta)” Animal Learning and Behavior. December 8(4): 653-663.

Noble, David (1998) “Digital Diploma Mills: The Automation of Higher Education.” First Monday 3(1-5) January.

http://firstmonday.org/ojs/index.php/fm/article/view/569/490

O’Hanlon, Charlene (2009) :

http://thejournal.com/articles/2009/03/01/resistance-is-futile.aspx

Perelman, Michael (2000) The Invention of Capitalism: Classical Political Economy and the Secret History of Primitive Accumulation. Duke University Press.

Radical Teacher (2013) Call for Proposals: The Professions. RT is now on line. See latest issue on Occupy and Education.http://radicalteacher.library.pitt.edu/ojs/index.php/radicalteacher

Sennett, Richard (2012) Together, The Rituals, Pleasures and Politics of Cooperation. New Haven: Yale.

Stephenson, G. R. (1966) “Cultural acquisition of a specific learned response among rhesus monkeys.” In: Starek, D., Schneider, R., and Kuhn, H. J. (eds.), Progress in Primatology, Stuttgart: Fischer, pp. 279-288. See:

https://erikbuys.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/cultural-acquisition-of-a-specific-learned-response-among-rhesus-monkeys-gordon-r-stephenson.pdf

University of Leicester, School of Archaeology and Ancient History (accessed 5/16/13) http://www2.le.ac.uk/departments/archaeology/dl/postgraduate/phd

University of Northern Texas Anthropology Online Website

http://anthropology.unt.edu/grad-online.php

Weizenbaum, Joseph (1976) Computer Power and Human Reason: From Judgment to Calculation. New York:W. H. Freeman.

 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

UK might discuss Assange with Ecuador

0

British govt. may discuss Assange case with Ecuador

Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, last year at the Ecuadorian embassy.

The UK government has considered a request from Ecuador to discuss the situation of Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, who is currently holed up in the Ecuadorian mission in London.

The British Foreign Office confirmed that Ecuadorâ„¢s foreign minister Ricardo Patino had proposed to meet with UK Foreign Secretary William Hague to discuss the case.

An Ecuadorian government spokesman said that Ecuadorâ„¢s Ministry of Foreign Affairs had informed British officials of Patinoâ„¢s visit and had “offered to meet with Foreign Secretary William Hague to discuss the case of Julian Assange”.

A spokesman for Britainâ„¢s Foreign Office said the request was being considered.

This comes as Patino is set to visit Assange this month at the Ecuadorian embassy, where the Wikileaks founder has been living for a year, after being approved political asylum there.

Meanwhile, after a year, Assange still remains stranded in the embassy and diplomatically shielded at the same time.

He would face immediate arrest by UK police officers if he steps out of the embassy building and then could be extradited to Sweden over sex allegations that he denies.

Assange believes his extradition is orchestrated by the west because of the Wikileaks website and that it is an attempt to hand him over to the United States, where he and many of his supporters fear he could face harsh consequences.

In February, police officials said the bill for them patrolling and guarding Ecuadorâ„¢s embassy 24 hours a day, came to almost £3 million of taxpayerâ„¢s money.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Jordan arrests 13 after riots in south

0

Jordanian riot police stand guard during a protest. (File photo)

Jordan security forces have arrested 13 people in connection with riots and armed clashes in the southern city of Maan amid the country’s deteriorating security situation.

Officials said on Monday that the detainees are suspected of clashing with police over the murder of two men in the city a few days ago and they have been referred to the military state security court.

“Police arrested 13 people today and referred them to the (military) state security court,” Maan MP Amjad al-Khattab said, adding, “Businesses and shops in the city stayed closed for the second day as part of civil disobedience amid a tense calm.”

The unrest erupted after a YouTube video showed unknown people kicking the corpses of the two men.

Angry rioters torched shops and a post office, accusing the police of failing to arrest suspects in the killing of the two men.

However, police say investigations are still under way, and insist that the video footage was fabricated.

In April, armed clashes between two student groups at a university campus in Maan left three people dead and 25 injured.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bradley Manning Trial Starts Shrouded in Secrecy: 5 Things You Need to Know

0

Private Bradley Manning
Photo Credit: US Army/Wikimedia Commons

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The trial of the man who gave U.S. military and diplomatic documents to WikiLeaks and exposed secret U.S. foreign policy dealings begins today at Fort Meade in Maryland. It’s been a long time coming for Bradley Manning.

His saga started when WikiLeaks garnered attention for publishing a video in April 2010 titled “Collateral Murder,” which showed a U.S. Apache helicopter opening fire on Iraqi civilians, including employees of the news organization Reuters. Manning was arrested a month later, but not before he handed off thousands more classified cables to WikiLeaks, which released them over the year. The biggest WikiLeaks disclosure came in November 2010, when thousands of State Department cables were exposed and major news organizations collaborated with the whistleblowing group by publishing articles on the revelations in the diplomatic documents.

Manning was held in a military prison in Kuwait, and then transferred to a Marine corps base in Virginia, where he endured abusive treatment from his guards.

It’s been three long years for Manning. And today, he begins to face 22 charges the military is prosecuting him for. The trial is set to last for about 12 weeks.

Here are 5 important aspects of the Bradley Manning trial you should know.

1. Implications for the Press

Manning was a source for WikiLeaks, which some have argued functions as a news organization. Regardless of whether WikiLeaks is a legitimate media outlet, the whistleblowing website did fuel major media outlets’ coverage for months and months. And the Manning trial has important implications for how the press does its job.

The most serious charge Manning is facing is “aiding the enemy,” which could put Manning in jail for life. The military’s argument is that Manning, in putting classified documents on the web, aided Al-Qaeda’s operations. The military is set to present evidence they say shows that Osama bin Laden requested access to WikiLeaks cables.

Press freedom advocates have decried the “aiding the enemy” charge and warn that it could set a dangerous precedent. The reason? If Manning is successfully prosecuted for “aiding the enemy” by putting documents on the web for anyone to see–including Al Qaeda–then the New York Times could be as well.

“If Osama bin Laden or any other suspected terrorist happens to have read a New York Times article on the internet, the government can now go after the paper for ‘aiding the enemy’. That’s a big problem,” Jesselyn Radack, National Security & Human Rights Director of the Government Accountability Project, told The Guardian.

2. Manning is a Symbol of Obama’s War on Whistleblowers

What has come to be known as the Obama administration’s “war on whistleblowers” has attracted large attention in recent weeks due to disclosures that the Justice Department has been investigating people they suspect of leaking to the press. Less talked about is that Manning could be considered the poster boy for the government’s extreme measures in going after whistleblowers.

Manning is the ultimate whistleblower. He exposed nefarious dealings in U.S. foreign policy and the perpetration of war crimes in Afghanistan and Iraq.

3. Manning is Charged Under the Espionage Act

The centerpiece of the Obama administration’s crackdown on whistleblowers has been the use of the 1917 Espionage Act, a law that “makes it a crime to hurt the United States or benefit a foreign country by collecting or communicating information that would harm the national defense,” as Emily Peterson of the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press explained.

Manning is not the only whistleblower to be charged under the act. In fact, 6 people have been charged by the Obama administration for violating this act–an unprecedented number. Press advocates say that the use of the law to charge whistleblowers has chilled the practice of investigative journalism and deterred leakers from divulging information to keep government accountable and honest.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Rohani vows positive global interaction

0

Reformist Iranian presidential candidate Hassan Rohani speaks in the western city of Ahvaz on June 3, 2013.

Iranian presidential candidate Hassan Rohani says he will encourage positive interaction with countries if elected president.

The Reformist candidate, who is on his first campaign visit to the western city of Ahvaz, Khuzestan Province, added on Monday that the Å“Administration of Foresight and Hope” would revive the economy and morality in Iran.

He added that the Iranian nation needs stability, security and welfare more than anything else.

”Our people want justice in practice and not in just words because Iran belongs to all Iranians,” Rohani pointed out.

The president of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council reiterated that Iran belongs to all ethnic and religious groups.

The presidential candidate added that if he wins the June race, he will codify civil rights and turn it into mandate and law in Majlis so that all Iranians Å“have equal civil rights.”

Rohani said the country will be at peace with itself and its neighbors if he becomes Iran’s president.

Other candidates include lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential elections on June 14. The fourth city and rural council elections are also scheduled to be held on the same day.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Karzai slams Taliban for civilian killings

0

Afghan President Hamid Karzai has strongly condemned the killing of several civilians in two separate attacks allegedly carried out by the Taliban militants in the troubled eastern Afghanistan, Press TV reports

“The enemies of the people of Afghanistan once again shed the blood of our innocent and oppressed people, particularly school children and women, to achieve foreign objectives.” Karzai said in a statement on Monday.

“Civilian massacre, particularly of our innocent children is an unforgiveable crime perpetrators will eventually pay the price and be held to account not only before the Almighty but also before our proud and suffering nation,” the statement read.

The condemnation comes hours after a string of militant attacks killed several civilians across the war-ravaged country.

In the first attack, a bomb exploded outside a busy market in the eastern Paktia Province. The bomb attack took place near a school in Chamkani, killing at least 15 people, including ten children.

Separately, seven people were killed in a roadside bomb explosion in eastern province of Laghman.

No group has yet claimed responsibility, but Taliban militants usually take the blame for similar attacks in the war-torn country.

The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

FKO/JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama in Mexico

0

President Obama touched down in Mexico and then flew to Costa Rica in a short trip with ambitious goals. The president sought to re-set the image of U.S. involvement in the region by downplaying the increasingly controversial drug war that is currently the focus of U.S. aid and engagement, instead highlighting trade and integration.

What he left unstated is how the two seemingly competing themes are intrinsically linked.

Agreement on Mexico’s NAFTA-Plus Agenda

It was easy for Obama and Mexican president Enrique Peña Nieto to come together on trade and integration issues. Peña Nieto comes from the historically nationalist Institutional Revolutionary Party. Within the party he’s connected to the former president Carlos Salinas, the architect of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). Like his predecessor Felipe Calderon, Peña Nieto has a strong commitment to the neoliberal reforms that the U.S. government and multilateral banks have been imposing on Mexico for years. Unlike his predecessor, however, he has a chance of pushing them through.

During his visit to Mexico, Obama and Pena Nieto committed to deepening NAFTA, although they avoided calling the controversial trade agreement by name. Both are acutely aware that nearly twenty years since its ratification, NAFTA has a decidedly tarnished image among the publics of all three countries involved.

Instead, they announced a binational high-level commission to make both nations more competitive, increase efficiency and security at the border, and further integrate industry. Obama also put in a plug for the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a geographically rearranged version of the Free Trade Agreement of the Americas killed by South American nations in 2005. In some aspects, the TPP goes even further in binding governments to corporate agendas than NAFTA.

Obama threw his weight behind Peña Nieto’s reforms, referring obliquely to the education reform that has provoked thousands of teachers to take to the streets in defense of their jobs and the public education system. He also mentioned the crown jewel for U.S. oil companies and Pentagon planners–the privatization of the national oil company PEMEX.

At the joint press conference in Mexico’s National Palace, Obama stated   “I want to commend President Peña Nieto and the Mexican people for the ambitious reforms that you’ve embarked on to make your economy more competitive, to make your institutions more effective. And I know it’s hard, but it’s also necessary. Ultimately, only Mexicans can decide how Mexico reforms. But let me repeat what I told the President – as Mexico works to become more competitive, you’ve got a strong partner in the United States, because our success is shared,”

U.S. oil companies have long been chomping at the bit to share success in Mexican oil resources. For decades, Mexican governments have run the state-owned enterprise into the ground in anticipation of making the case for greater privatization, taxing away funds for even basic reinvestment and maintenance. Peña Nieto denies he’s promoting “privatization” but believes he can pass legislation to greatly increase areas where private investment is allowed.

Obama’s reference to “Mexicans deciding” was carefully calculated. He arrived with a pronounced sensitivity to accusations of intervention; on several occasions, he felt it necessary to state that his government will not impose policies on Mexico. Any perception of U.S. pressure on PEMEX privatization would backfire–millions of Mexicans strongly oppose privatization. Even if Peña Nieto manages to get Congress on board for the reform, popular protests are likely. Even a shadow of a U.S. hand behind the move would add fuel to protests.

The sensitivity also arises from criticisms from both Mexican and U.S. citizen groups that the Obama administration is in large part responsible for the disastrous drug war.

The Obama administration—especially the Pentagon and DEA, FBI, CIA, ATF and other agencies that now enjoy an expanded presence in Mexico—has been watching carefully to see what the Peña Nieto government will do with the drug war morass it inherited. Despite the direct result of 80,000 dead, these agencies hail the strategy as a major advance in bi-national cooperation.

The Peña Nieto government dropped a bombshell just days before the meeting, announcing that all security cooperation with the U.S. government must go through the Secretary of the Interior. The decision effectively reins in U.S. security operations after the conservative PAN party tore down historical limits to U.S. intervention in-country.

This prohibits the now common (and largely uncontrolled and uncoordinated) operations directly between numerous agencies. U.S. government agents have complained the decision will have a chilling effect on U.S. operations in the country, which is probably just what Pena Nieto had in mind.

Direct U.S. involvement in Mexican security has been ramped up, with a huge increase in Embassy personnel, making the U.S. embassy in Mexico among the largest in the world. The range of security-related activities also expanded exponentially. The recent announcement is in line with consolidating the Interior Ministry as an Uber-ministry, which has already absorbed the Ministry of Public Security.

Publicly, Obama accepted the decision. Whether in response to the uncertainty surrounding Peña Nieto’s position or not, U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry announced on April 18 that State Department aid to Mexico was decreasing by $124 million compared to 2012. He described it as a general “downward glide path”–a gradual decrease for both heavily funded Mexico and Colombia. However, Washington insiders say that even some appropriated funds are on ice as the terms of the new relationship are worked out and could be re-channeled. At the same time, security aid to Central America and the Caribbean are on the rise.

Both presidents painted a rose-colored picture of Mexico as an up-and-coming middle-class society that utterly ignored the rise in poverty and inequality, violence and human right violations. The Los Angeles Times coverage of Obama’s speech aimed at young people quoted several students smitten by the U.S. president but stumped by the distance between the his portrayal of their country and their own experience. According to the Times, they wondered out loud, “what country is he talking about?”

Obama’s pronouncements weren’t just a matter of focusing on the glass half full. If Obama and Peña Nieto were to discuss the serious problems facing the nation, they would have had to confront the criticisms of the same policies they committed to continue.

“This American Moment”

Two weeks after Obama’s return, Roberta Jacobsen and Ricardo Zuniga, heads of Western Hemisphere Affairs for the State Department and the President, respectively, clarified the central purpose of his trip.

“The focus was really on diversification of energy supplies, new energy resources in the Americas, the way in which the global energy map is increasingly focused on the Americas, both in fossil and traditional fuels and in renewables, and new fuels, whether it’s shale oil or shale gas or other things. And so there was a lot of conversation about how to take advantage of this American moment, if you will, on energy throughout the hemisphere,” said Jacobsen.

Zuniga stressed the geopolitical aspect of the visit, “…we see energy as a unifying theme in the Americas, that it’s clearly something that tends to bring countries together because in the Americas you see both vast opportunity and a lot of the continuing challenges. And so bringing those two together and linking them together, and thinking about not just the Americas but the impact of the development in the Americas in the global energy supply and on the global markets is critical.”

Jacobsen noted that,

“The Americas obviously produces more than half of U.S. oil imports, almost one-third of its natural gas, nearly 30 percent of global electricity. And so we look forward to the possibility that in two decades the United States will rely almost exclusively on hemispheric sources of energy. And I think that’s an incredibly important point in terms of shifting strategic partnerships, that all of the countries of the region are feeling that greater importance in some ways because of the global energy map.”

The emphasis on Mesoamerica as an energy source for U.S. over-demand was the central point that the press and pundits largely ignored. It has tremendous implications.

In theory, the idea of helping to develop energy projects, especially clean energy sources, makes sense. But what that means and could mean in practice is far more disturbing. Throughout Mexico and Central American countries energy and mineral development projects are generating conflict and severe violations of human rights, especially of indigenous peoples and the rural poor. Experience shows that foreign policy based on desperately extending fossil fuel consumption and reliance, leads to conflict. More and more, troops sent out in the name of the drug war are engaging with local communities fighting against displacement caused by energy and other development projects.

As energy sources become scarcer, the social and environmental costs of extraction and distribution rise sharply. By shaping a submissive Mesoamerica into the energy source for the United States, it is those nations and peoples that will assume those costs. The Connect the Americas 2022 initiative, discussed on Obama’s trip includes the prospect of hundreds of millions of dollars in U.S. loans and millions in contracts for U.S. companies. Further energy development for U.S. needs would require privatization, and if history is any guide at all, imply displacement of populations often through violence.

The war on drugs provides the cover for sending soldiers and police throughout Mexico and Central America. Every day there is more evidence —local resource battles, Guatemala’s state of siege–that security forces are being used to back up changes in land use, wresting resources from local communities to deliver to large development projects. With a major push to open up energy and other resources in the region, the U.S. plan to make Mesoamerica its new energy platform only intensifies those fears.

Drug War pushed behind the curtain

The few references to the drug war, the Merida Initiative and to a lesser extent the Central American RegionalSecurity Initiative (formerly part of Merida) during the Presidential visit was no surprise. Obama’s security policy in the region has become a major embarrassment.

First, the strategy to physically attack drug cartels and militarize the country has sparked confrontations between the drug cartels, leading to widespread violence throughout the country that claims thousands of victims a year. Second, human rights violations have also risen alarmingly, with security forces involved in torture, rape, murder, complicity and other crimes.

As to the U.S. role, more of the public and even prominent political leaders regard the interdiction and enforcement model promoted by the U.S. as Mexico doing the dirty work of a nation obsessed with the both consumption and prohibition. U.S. involvement in the Mexican drug war is increasingly seen as a vehicle for U.S. politicians, advisers and agents to define and implement their own security priorities in Mexico.

During Obama’s visit, the leaders agreed in public to reorient the strategy to reducing violence rather than stopping drugs. It remains to be seen if that focus will be reflected on the ground, for example, in a decrease in DEA activity and an increase in social programs.

Central America was just as complicated for Obama when it came to defending current U.S. drug war priorities. When he arrived at the meeting of Central American heads of state, he faced leaders with major doubts about the strategy. Guatemala’s President, Otto Perez Molina, has called for a discussion on legalization. And he is not alone: the Organization of American States issued a report calling for discussion of legalization of marijuana and other alternatives to the drug war.

Meanwhile, in the United States, public views toward the most consumed illicit drug, marijuana, do not support the nation’s expenditures in marijuana seizures and arrests. There’s a general trend to greater social acceptance of marijuana use, a trend that has also been expressed in the legalization of use for medical purposes in 18 states, regulated use in two states and polls showing that a majority favors ending marijuana prohibition.

Desperate to show some justification for a drug war that has devastated producing countries, U.S. government agencies and allied think tanks have made the claim that consumption has declined. The statement is flat-out false. The government’s own National Institute on Drug Abuse survey shows an increase in illicit drug use among teens.

In the case of marijuana, use went up from 32% of those surveyed in 2008 to 36% in 2012, with a similar decrease in those who felt smoking marijuana was risky.

Instead of vowing to revamp the strategy in the midst of these contradictions, Obama said little about the drug war in public in Mexico or Central America. Press releases regarding the Central America meeting stressed programs for youth, prevention and blocking precursor chemicals and mostly ignore trafficking.

Threats and Promises

There is no doubt that recasting Mexico from a national security threat to a partner would be a positive and long-overdue step forward. The way in which Mexico has been portrayed as a threat–as a source of spillover drug violence, a failed state, a home to terrorist migrants, etc.–has distorted reality and devastated the bi-national relationship. On his trip Obama stated that the U.S.-Mexico relationship “must be defined not by the threats that we face but by the prosperity and the opportunity that we can create together.”

It’s just not clear that the shift is genuine. Aid to both Mexico and Central America continues to be heavily skewed to the drug war, including military and police aid, and training programs and “institution-building” among judiciary and penal institutions to support U.S. counternarcotics objectives. While State Department aid to Mexico may decrease somewhat, Department of Defense aid is growing and in Central America security aid is slated to rise 20% over already rising 2012 levels, as noted at the first SICA-North American Security dialogue held in Washington days before Obama’s visit.

A serious shift would require dramatically rechanneling security aid to social and development goals. It would require focusing on unmet responsibilities at home to stop arms flows and money laundering, reduce corruption and reduce the market for illicit substances through regulation, prevention and treatment. It would mean revamping economic policies that have led to the crisis in youth unemployment and lack of education in the region, to assure a future for youth instead of spending U.S. taxpayer dollars for at-risk youth who were placed at risk in part due to our policies. It would mean fixing trade and labor policies to ensure that working people are able to meet the needs of their families.

Nothing really changed on Obama’s three-day trip to the region. The effort to spin a new relationship built on shared interests left more doubts than optimism. The emphasis on economic ties rang hollow due to the absence of any mention of the relationship between those policies and the security crisis. Downplaying security when in fact it is still the central aspect of the relationship raises concerns about what’s below the shiny surface of the photo ops.

Laura Carlsen is director of the CIP Americas Program in Mexico City www.cipamericas.org

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Jolie’s Choice

0

In times crying out for a robust resistance, it seems that all we have are vacuous, me first, non-profit professionals and their corporate-foundation-funded, no-membership-voting-rights groups watering down (crushing, if they can — claiming credit, if they can’t) any grassroots efforts to effectively confront the slate of dire problems resulting from our fat cat-driven/earth-consuming/perma-war industrial society.

Elites claiming to be the “resistance vanguard” criss-cross the continent on tar sands oil-fueled jets holding confabs, attending board meetings in exotic locales, staging vanity protests, sloganeering, hanging banners, posting fund-raising letters on social media thrice daily and pimping corporate Democrats… all while cashing their foundation pay-offs… er, grants.

The People’s Front of Judea vs the Judean People’s Front

And, then there are the ludicrous, time-sapping internecine battles — two recent ones being perfect examples of self-marginalizing due to the scourge of “identity politics.”

Recently, a tiff broke out between “anarchist,” “radical” environmentalists from Derrick Jensen’s Deep Green Resistance group and environmental activist transsexuals. The sordid details are here to read .  And here.

I truly like Jensen’s writings — his and the superb cartoonist/graphic artist Stephanie McMillans’s As the World Burns is excellent, as I wrote here.  I was entertained, yet somewhat appalled the one time I saw him speak. And, now I am rather perplexed at the disconnect resulting in his and his close allies inability to walk their talk.

When I saw him speak that time, he kept inciting the young audience members to “pick up the gun” as, according to him,  there was no other choice left to counteract Terracide. Jensen, in a university setting,  even asked for a show of hands as to how many had an AR-15 tucked away at home — as if! One friend noted, “I know some young people who followed similar advice from (Earth First! Co-founder) Dave Foreman. They went to prison. Dave didn’t.”

The DGR basic argument is that born-male transsexuals are bullies using their “male privilege” — to do just what I cannot fathom —though, one DGR sympathizer bizarrely claims they become transgendered so that they can continue to rape women! I assume the objection has to do with what they see as how once-male females will instinctively act out of a position of dominance in all interactions with women-born-women — that having ever packed a penis marks one as a dreadful misogynist for life. The recipients of DGR’s hostility have labeled this misguided “feminism” Transphobia. Another Earth First! Co-founder Mike Roselle noted, “These writers make me think being a man is an incurable disease.”

Then again, transsexuals, who, baited by all this, went off on people at a recent eco-resistance conference, need to just calm the fuck down. But, consider the hypocrisy of DGR and Jensen and his top lieutenants’ autocratic takeover of DGR after some local chapters quickly faulted the anti-transsexual position — a top-down consolidation of power after long-standing pontificating on decentralized, democratic, communitarian principles. Just who has “male (class, really) privilege” issues here?

Instead of going after allies (and there have been transgendered people in Earth First! since 1979) and using trumped-up accusations of misogyny as a cudgel, maybe DGR should do some analysis of cults of personality. They should listen to the folks from their own chapters who disagreed, instead of pulling a raw power grab in response… and realize how all this undermines citizen-based movements. But, more importantly, it undermines any achieving of the changes necessary for Gaian survival, or at least lessen the impact on other innocent species, that such groups ostensibly are formed to achieve.

Jolie’s Choice

But the one squabble that has me most worked up is the one between CounterPunch and the International Social Organization (ISO).

Its origin is the actress Angelina Jolie’s recent New York Times op-ed in which she detailed her preemptive double mastectomy due to her finding out she carried a gene known as an indicator of susceptibility to getting breast/ovarian cancer.

CounterPunch published a piece by Ruth Fowler that I found vicious in its contempt for Jolie. I let the editors know I didn’t like it and found it very unfair and that I thought Jolie’s Choice should be used as a springboard to address all the issues of Cancer, Inc. Jolie clearly was trying to address in her op-ed. Last weekend, at a gathering of the Monkey Clan, my female friends were all talking about if they’d have their own tits removed and my guy friends responded by considering if they’d have their balls (uh, oh; did I just use some banned words?) cut off preemptively if they got a DNA readout indicating their susceptibility to testicular cancer. Jolie deserves credit for getting people talking about it.

Others, led by the — yes, they still exist — Trotskyites at the ISO, also did not like Fowler’s piece. ISO is ineffective (except at shaking down college kids), cultish and dogmatic like DGR — everyone speaks the same kind of language/idioms and they likewise claim to be the “vanguard of the forthcoming revolution.” Sharon Smith of ISO wrote a response and numerous follow-ups exchanges that accused CP of being a misogynistic teenage boys’ club and demanded “Counterpunch owes women an apology” because they would not force a woman writer to change one certain word in her sub-head.

Smith, like me, decried that “Jolie has been singled out for such scorn” since she “neither created nor can resolve the health care crisis.” The entire first half of her response focuses on CP’s “Boob Jokes” and “sexualizing cancer.” It’s only after she gets that off her chest that she addresses just what Jolie has done. That first half of Smith’s rant is all about condemnation over the use of one word — that word was “tits.” That word, rather than Cancer, Inc., just as quickly became the leitmotif of the entire spat; and, as with DGR, a large dollop of demonizing male sexuality, consecrating female sexuality and self-hatred thrown in.

In a piece that read like he was channeling his good buddy, the late, great Alexander Cockburn — himself no stranger to left infighting buffoonery (and yet another cancer loss) — CounterPunch co-editor Jeffery St. Clair wrote a brilliant, funny rebuttal and take-down of identity politics and the vast distraction and harm it has done to popular movements — a piece that stands on its own regardless of tit-gate. It’s as if these groups are completely infiltrated and allowed to exist just to keep these distractions going.

St. Clair, like Cockburn before him, can certainly hold his own in this arena (another recent piece of his on the sorry state of the “left” has also provoked an overdue discussion.) And, he has a legion of like-minded supporters. The Internet is abuzz with comments from both sides on Tits and Trannies. As St. Clair noted, it’s become a Facebook War.

Cancer, Inc.

Again, I found Jeff unfair to Jolie — I don’t like that, but I can accept it — we just disagree. Also again, Jeff doesn’t address cancer itself much (though the on-going personal impacts revealed bear notice). But, also again, that slight of the underlying medical issue here is a main reason why I see this identity politics stuff as being so distracting, at best; and a dishonest, self-serving truncheon wielded on anyone one disagrees with, at worst. St. Clair had to address the “tits” and apology demand controversy and I want to see Cancer, Inc. and the idea/efficacy of preemptive surgery take center stage (my buddy Mark Ottenad sees it as “submitting to the knife before the knife is called for”). CP has published many pieces on Big Cancer in the past; even this one by Sharon Smith, herself.

My grandmother, my mother, four aunts and a sister-in-law have all died of the same cancers that took Jolie’s mom Marcheline Bertrand — by all accounts a remarkable, good-hearted woman — the inspiration for Jolie’s many attempts (admittedly misguided at times) to do good in the world. Jolie’s concern is not something to do with her “privileged lifestyle.” It has to do with personal experience in losing people close to you to this insidious industrial disease.  Marcheline’s sister, Angelina’s aunt Debbie Martin, died of breast cancer less than two weeks after Jolie revealed her medical choice.

Sure, Jolie was born to two actors. Sure, Jolie was going to auditions since she was a baby.  Sure, she is a highly-paid celebrity in our celebrity-obsessed culture and couldn’t live a “normal” life no matter how hard she’d try. Sure, she can use her celebrity to get space on the restrictive, elitist NYT Op-ed page. But, it has little to do with that — it’s about losing your mom, ferchrissakes, andhaving children yourself and wanting to be there for them. While I’m completely suspicious about the efficacy of what she’s done medically, I find Angelina’s intent admirable.

And, just so you, DGR and ISO know, it was Marcheline’s dear male friends Jackson Browne, John Trudell, Quiltman and the incomparable American hero Willie Nelson who held a series of benefits for the Women’s Cancer Research Center in her memory/honor.

MICHAEL DONNELLY is angered by the industrial toxin-caused cancer epidemic that has cost him so many relatives and friends and the lack of corporate accountability — a lack only worsened by diversions like identity politics oneupsmanship. He can be reached at pahtoo@aol.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Now, You Can’t Ban Guns at the Public Pool

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/now_you_cant_ban_guns_at_the_public_pool_20130603/

Posted on Jun 3, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

One can’t join vague opposition — Kudrin

0

Former long-time Russian finance minister and the head of an opposition-minded think tank has said that those who take to Russian streets in protest must form real party structures based on concrete platforms.

Aleksey Kudrin said in an interview with the Kommersant-Vlast
weekly political magazine that it was wrong to describe the
Russian protesters unanimously as “opposition”.

“Currently the very notion of opposition has been made very
primitive. All those who are marching on Bolotnaya Square are
being called opposition and they are leftists and nationalists,
rightists and communists and ordinary citizens who are not siding
with anyone but they are discontent. I think we are making a
mistake when we summarily call them opposition and think that one
can join or not join such opposition
,” he told the magazine.

He explained that as the rally goers were not formally united in
some sort of organization or community it was impossible to join
their group. Only in the future might the opposition community
form separate platforms and become a real opposition to the
authorities through political party mechanisms.

“But I think that we are now at an early stage of
platform-forming. So right now there is no need to join Bolotnaya
— there is nothing there to join
,” Kudrin noted, referring to
the square in Moscow near the Kremlin that became the site of
several massive demonstrations of protest against alleged
elections violations after the 2011 parliamentary poll.

Kudrin also predicted that economic problems that might emerge in
the country would strengthen the protesters’ left wing and
emphasized that if the authorities start making concessions it
would only make the situation worse.

Kudrin was finance minister for over 10 years before losing the
post in 2011 after a public row with then-President Dmitry
Medvedev — Kudrin opposed the increase of social and military
spending, saying that they would undermine the budgetary balance.
After the resignation, Kudrin founded and headed the think tank
named the Committee of Civil Initiative, which quickly became
famous for its warnings and sometimes gloomy forecasts.

Kudrin initially voiced support for the Bolotnaya protests,
saying that the opposition views and healthy criticism were
import for the healthy development of the nation. However, in
time he changed his mind, telling the press last week that he was
not planning to participate in any future rallies as he had other
means by which to share his views with political decision-makers.

Despite his conflict with Medvedev, Kudrin remained a personal
friend of President Vladimir Putin. He confirmed this fact again
in the Kommersant-Vlast interview and added that he was meeting
the president about once every two months to give his opinion on
key economic and political issues.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bilderberg 2013: Just your average charity case?

0

As approximately 140 members of the global elite prepare to meet in Watford, England, this week for the 61st Bilderberg meeting, British residents may be surprised to see who is forced to foot the bill for security.

This week, the global movers and shakers will check into the
5-star Grove Hotel outside London for four days of wining, dining
and comparing notes on how to control the world (June 6-9).

At the same time, thousands of passionate protesters from around
the world will gather outside the 300-acre premises, complete
with 18-hole golf course, causing traffic jams and general
mayhem. Dorothy Thornhill, the mayor of Watford, has raised fears
that the activities could also bring “violence.”

“I have my concerns about it because it does attract people
who can and do cause violence and disturbance,”
she told the
Watford Observer. “But I am confident the police will be able
to minimize that and give them their right to protest.”



It will be the British taxpayers, however, who will be forced to
pick up part of the tab for part of the security expenditures;
the global elite that will be in town will have its portion
covered by its specially designated status.

 

Hertfordshire Police said the Bilderberg Group has agreed to pay
some of the cost of security through the charity called the
Bilderberg Association.

Yes, you’ve heard right. The Bilderberg Group, who is suspected
by those with a more conspiratorial slant of mind as having
designs on global domination (enter sinister laugh, piano music),
is actually an officially registered charity case (# 272706).

“According to its Charity Commission accounts, the association
meets the ‘considerable costs’ of the conference when it is held
in the UK, which includes hospitality costs and the travel costs
of some delegates,”
the Guardian reported.

And who pays into the Bilderberg charity fund? As the Guardian
reported, the charity receives regular “five-figure sums” from
two weighty supporters of its benevolent goals: Goldman Sachs and
BP.

Yes, those two cuddly corporate behemoths, which are practically
synonymous with well-worn clichés, like corporate malfeasance and
insane greed. The former was responsible for blowing a
devastating hole in the global economy by hawking a tricky
investment product known as a subprime mortgages; the latter was
responsible for the Gulf of Mexico oil spill, which entered the
history books as the largest such disaster ever.

Some may see a conflict of interest here, where two corporate
monsters are footing the bill for global politicians, CEOs, and
other luminaries to eat well and play golf while discussing ways
to “steer” the course of the global economy.

Not surprisingly, after years of meeting behind closed doors, the
Bilderberg Group seems prepared to meet the public halfway on the
question of transparency. This will also involve some added
expenditures to the final bill.

“This year there is a press zone, police liaison, portable
toilets, a snack van, a speakers’ corner — all the ingredients
for a different Bilderberg,”
the Guardian reported.

A “festival feel” has been promised, it continued.

Meanwhile, activists are planning to hold a ‘Bilderberg Fringe
Festival,’ which organizers say will be a peaceful weekend of
guest speakers, music and workshops nearby.

Public scrutiny of the 61st Bilderberg meeting promises to be at
an all-time high, while media in Britain seems more prepared to
report on the secretive event — even gently mock it.

It would be too easy to blame the uptick in Bilderberg paranoia
on internet chat rooms, where conspiracy theories are minted
faster than wooden nickels. After all, in our hyper-connected age
of social media, the best way for a group to attract unwanted
attention is to boldly declare: “Elite Only, Democracy Need Not
Apply.”


Although members of the ‘Bilderberg Steering Group’ say their
closed-door meetings are merely “informal talk shops” where
participants can freely discuss pressing global issues, it seems
to be the unstated rule that participants do not speak publicly
about the event.

“Attendees are encouraged not to discuss the proceedings,
which fuels the secrecy concerns. Many adopt a ‘Fight Club’
approach to answering questions afterward,”
The Washington
Post divulged following last year’s meeting. “In other words,
the first rule is, you do not talk about Bilderberg.”

This year, the Bilderberg Group (named after the Dutch hotel in
which it held its first conference in 1954), has invited a
handful of the planet’s most powerful to the luxurious Grove
Hotel, where attendees will be able to cavort with their peers
away from the glare of democratic oversight. This high level of
privacy has attracted a mixed bag of reactions.

“If a hundred of the world’s best-known sports figures or film
stars were gathered at some exclusive resort behind closed doors
for a private meeting, the entirety of the mass media would be on
hand, clamoring for admittance and demanding to know what was
going on,”
commented James P. Tucker, the late investigative
journalist who was one of the first to throw a spotlight on the
Bilderberg meetings over two decades ago.

“When the world’s richest bankers, media barons,
industrialists, members of royalty and political leaders were
meeting secretly and discussing public policy matters that
impacted on the course of the world’s affairs, the establishment
press never said a word,”
Tucker added.

Proponents of the meeting, however, say that collaboration among
individuals is possible to occur without the necessity of an
exclusive event.

“The idea that the so-called global elite need to have a
special retreat in order to hatch sinister plots that run counter
to the needs of the people is simply ridiculous,”
a former
attendee of the event, who spoke on the condition of anonymity,
told RT.  

While no official guest list for this year’s event has been
released, the annual gathering has previously welcomed
influential personalities including Henry Kissinger, David
Rockefeller, Tony Blair, the Prince of Wales, Bill Clinton,
Condoleezza Rice, not to mention, most surprisingly, a sprinkling
of editors of major newspapers.

Ironically, it has been the mainstream media’s deafening silence
of the prestigious event that has given Bilderberg most of its
largely-unwanted publicity. This year, organizers of the global
event hope to reverse that trend, aiming for much-needed
transparency and oversight.

Robert Bridge is the author of the book, Midnight in the American Empire, which
deals with the consequences of extreme corporate power in the
United States.

This article originally appeared on: RT

The Left’s Missing Ingredient

0

Jeffrey St. Clair is right to deplore the current low level of activity of the US left in his article, “The Silent Death of the American Left”

St. Clair’s article omits the recent Occupy Movement, whose sudden and spontaneous emergence  shows the potential for unrest lurking below the surface. But without an organization  or a strategy, Occupy has disappeared. The potential is still there, because the profound problems that plague most Americans have not been solved or even ameliorated.

What  is missing? A left electoral presence. To most Americans, politics means elections. But the Left lacks electoral representation.

There are a few exceptions: Bernie Sanders is a US Senator, while Dennis Kucinich served honorably for sixteen years in the House.  But someone may object, what good does it do to have a Senator on our side?

Not long ago, Bernie Sanders took the floor of the Senate to read a list of  dozens of big corporations who paid no income tax, and some even got tax credits. Hillary Clinton wouldn’t do that, nor would Mitch McConnell. Instead of debating whether taxes are too high or not high enough, the Left ought to point out who pays taxes — and who doesn’t. “Only little people pay taxes,” proclaimed real-estate queen Leona Helmsley, and she was right.

Sanders and Kucinich got elected without any organized Left to help. If the Left that took seriously the task of building a left electoral presence, that would entail examining every Congressional District in the country, weighing the electorate, the incumbent, the prospects for recruiting a left candidate, and the prospects for winning. It would entail teaching ourselves to explain the left perspectives to the electorate.

What we’ve been doing just does not work in building a left electoral presence:

(1) Instead of recruiting our own candidates, we wait until the usual cast of opportunists and careerists get themselves nominated, then hold our noses and work for the lesser of the two evils,

(2) We focus on the race for the White House, not Congress or Senator or state legislator

(3) A third party doesn’t work. The system is rigged against third parties. It costs a lot of effort just getting on the ballot. Then as election day approaches, voters realize that voting for the third party will help the Republican candidate win, and the third party fails.

Instead, I propose, in  Democratic districts, to recruit and run our own candidate in the Democratic primary. That’s a strategy that actually aims at winning.

The formation of the Tea Party has helped to push the Republicans to the Right. If the Left had an electoral presence, it could push the Democrats to the Left, at least rhetorically. For example, in 1988 when Jesse Jackson got into the Presidential race, nearly all the other Democratic candidates suddenly became populists (except Bruce Babbitt).

As a platform for  the Left, I recommend an 11-point program proposed in Monthly Review by Fred Magdoff and Michael Yates back in 2009.  Here are the 11 points, which a generation ago were called “Immediate demands.”

(1) Adequate food for everyone,

(2) decent housing,

(3) universal healthcare,

(4) full employment/good jobs,

(5) quality education for all

(6) adequate income in old age,

(7)  enhanced public transportation,

(8) a commitment to a sustainable environment

(9) progressive taxation

(10) a non-imperialist government,  and

(11) labor- and environmentally friendly trade.

There’s nothing sacred about this list. I’m sure many CounterPunchers would come up with a similar list. The whole Yates/Magdoff article is well worth reading.

Remember: for most Americans, politics means elections. If the Left has no electoral presence, we’re not in the game.

John W. Farley writes from Henderson NV.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

ON REALISING THE FULL POTENTIAL OF THE PEOPLE’S ASSEMBLIES

0

On 18 May, the first People’s Assembly took place in Nottingham to organise local resistance against the cuts by the coalition government. In this guest post, Alan Story, reflects on the lessons to be learned from the process of organising this event.
Photo by

I could not agree more with the overall thrust of the 9 May blog post by Andreas Bieler where he wrote about the need for — and political potential of — of the People’s Assemblies against Austerity now being held across the UK (see Why we need local People’s Assemblies). At a moment when opposition to this government’s cruel cutbacks is ‘highly fragmented’ and the Labour Party, as well as many unions, have almost ‘given up the struggle against austerity…local and regional People’s Assemblies are of high importance to ensure a revival of resistance and overcome the lethargy at the national level,’ Bieler wrote. And as the historian Keith Flett reminds us, such mass gatherings have a long history in the British working class movement. Meetings in Birmingham and Manchester to choose local delegates for the Chartist Convention of 1839 attracted crowds of, respectively, 200,000 and 300,000 people  (see On the History of People’s Assemblies).

So yes, the People’s Assemblies — IF they are organised democratically and transparently and actually do create a ‘broad space to bring together the diverse groups opposed to austerity’ —- do have some potential. (I also add the caveat: unless they also directly challenge the insipid role of the Labour Party in the growing anti-cuts campaign, PA’s have a potentially fatal Achilles’ heel.) That’s exactly why I actively participated in the organisation of the 18 May People’s Assembly in Nottingham. But I watched in growing disappointment for over six weeks as its planning committee fell apart after a series of undemocratic manoeuvres and local activists withdrew (or were excluded). This meant that the best possibilities of the Notts PA were not realised. Controlled by two trade unionists from Notts TUC, its planning committee reproduced capitalist relations of production — that is, there were bosses and there were workers — and its functioning mirrored the cabal politics of Westminster.  
The Notts PA did give us a flavour of the anger that is ‘out there’ in the broader community and the event has been called the ‘best-attended’ local protest meeting in some years. But the words of PA plenary speaker and disabled activist Francesca Martinez that ‘I believe in better’ led me to write an open letter to the Notts TUC.
This guest blog expands on that letter. The trajectory of events concerning a proposed crèche for the PA gives us a series of lessons as to how activists and trade unionists must learn to work together in a far better fashion in future months and in future campaigns. As a large crowd was expected at the Notts PA and as the event was to last all day, the establishment of a crèche was agreed at a Notts PA planning meeting in early April. A child care expert then did all of the planning required, including engaging the top-rated mobile crèche unit of a local non-profit agency. But the crèche never occurred. What lessons does this regrettable debacle teach us for future collaboration?  

1) BE INCLUSIVE — When establishing a crèche was first proposed, the head of planning committee clearly was rather cool to the idea. ‘I have never been to an event which had a crèche,’ he said, adding that he doubted anyone would need one. But those of us with a somewhat broader political experience and a strong commitment to assisting women to get involved in politics — as well as appreciating the need to send a clear political signal that the PA did as well — won that initial battle. We were, however, to lose the crèche ‘war’…as we found out a few weeks later and as we again learned our own lessons about how not to organise. The importance of inclusiveness also applies to disabled people (as it says in the open letter, ‘one accessible parking space on a steep road simple does cut it’), to working class people who may lack middle class confidence and, thankfully, glibness, and to people who are still novices at political campaigning. Concerning the latter group, one woman I know who is an extremely hard-working and talented campaigner, passionately hates injustice and who needed a crèche at the PA for her two children left the planning committee in disgust after a single session. That’s not surprising; read on.
2) OPERATE DEMOCRATICALLY — One of the reasons that more activists are getting involved in the struggle against austerity — and indeed government policies are bringing forth new activists daily by the barrow-load — is because they detest the increasingly dictatorial attacks on their lives, as well as the resulting alienation and sense of isolation they feel. Or they appreciate how others at the pointed end are feeling. Not surprisingly when such activists join protest campaigns or plan events AS VOLUNTEERS, they expect to feel at least some sense of community and solidarity with those who are working in the same campaign. And they can also expect a minimum level of democratic functioning. Time and time again this did not happen in the People’s Assembly planning process here in Nottingham: democratically-taken decisions (such as to establish a crèche) were ignored, some meetings were packed while others were held unannounced, and some genuinely bizarre events occurred. For example, about four weeks before the PA was to occur and before any distribution of 3,000+ flyers had even begun, the group’s chairperson decided — without consulting anyone in the group —- to post at midnight on the Notts PA website these words: ‘Sorry, this event is sold out.’ Such shenanigans, whether the campaign is about the lack of NHS beds or the bedroom tax, do not promote group cohesiveness and trust.
3) OPPOSE ‘CONTROL FREAKERY’ – Anyone who has ever participated in a protest campaign or organised a large event understands the need for strong leadership. But strong leadership is not the same as ‘control freakery.’ Take the question of access to a campaign’s e-mail lists, website, Facebook or Twitter accounts. In these digital days, all four of them can provide campaigners with simple, powerful – and cheap – rapid response units that allow them to connect with, inform and mobilise their target audiences. In the case of the Notts PA, there were more than 625 names on an e-mail list of people who had taken the initiative to personally send in an RSVP to say they would be attending this event. For more than a month, members of the planning committee repeatedly requested that the planning committee chairperson announce the fact that a crèche would be held and tell parents how they could register their children. A minuted meeting in late April unanimously made the same request. (You might ask:  why couldn’t they do this posting themselves? Because the chairperson was the sole person in the group with digital access rights to this media.) But these minutes were never circulated and, after that, those on the committee who wanted a crèche — and thus wanted the group to carry out what had been agreed — were never told where or when committee meetings were held. The committee chairperson simply did not want a crèche; so none was held. Thus the aptness of the analogy to bosses and workers made earlier. One of the first decisions any campaigning group needs to make is how, AS A GROUP, it will get out its message into cyberspace.    
4) USE EVERYBODY’S TALENTS — Some trade unionists have long experience organising campaigns. But lots of activists have many talents and experiences as well. Good leadership decides how to harness and co-ordinate the talents of all who want to work together to plan a large event or campaign against Iain Duncan-Smith’s hare-brained and cruel schemes, such as the bedroom tax. (See the open letter for a couple of examples of how this scheme is working here in the Midlands.) But it simply won’t do to have a very sickly child care expert spend many hours organising a crèche and then to scrap the idea without discussion because the building chosen to host the event would obviously be too cramped, as it proved to be, and because several people wanted to use the space selected for a crèche (and agreed to at a group meeting) for their own particular workshop. Word of a ‘bad experience’ working with — sometimes, more accurately working for — trade union officials advancing their own narrow agendas, personal or sectarian, can spread quickly in the community.  
5)  BE ACCOUNTABLE — Most activists join campaigns as individuals. Trade unionists, however, often join as official representatives of their union or local trades’ council and claim to speak on their behalf. But what if they, bluntly, ‘screw up’ as occurred at the Notts PA?  To whom are they accountable?  To the campaign group? To a local TUC? And is it national TUC policy to create another barrier to the wider political involvement in our movement of women, likely the main people requesting a crèche for their children? These are questions, and others, which I think trade unions need to address. 

     

It will be a while before 300,000 people attend a protest meeting held outside London; even acquiring 300,000 followers on Facebook would be an accomplishment. Bur we will never reach such a plateau unless we ALL start constructing a radically transformed opposition culture. Trade unions have a key role to play in this construction project…which can’t start too soon.
Alan Story lives in Sherwood, Nottingham and would be interested in learning your comments on this guest blog (acs3344@gmail.com). All of the events mentioned above are fully documented. 

Western Collapse: From Economic Turmoil to Cultural Chaos

0

From economic turmoil to social dissolution and cultural chaos, it can no longer be denied that the once-opulent West is on the brink of collapse.

In his new book, respected economist and father of Reaganomics, Paul Craig Roberts, explores the roots of this crisis and where we are going from here.

This is the GRTV Feature Interview with your host, James Corbett, and our special guest, Paul Craig Roberts.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Flood kills over 20 in SE Somalia

0

More than 20 people have lost their lives and thousands of others displaced in Somaliaâ„¢s southeastern town of Jowhar after a river inundated its banks in Middle Shabelle region, Press TV reports.

Å“The effect of the flooding is clear. Twenty two people, mainly children, have lost their lives. Waterborne diseases have emerged in many displaced camps. We call on aid agencies and the government to come and assist these families in Jowhar town,” said Yusuf Abdi Abdule Deputy Governor of Middle Shabelle region.

The local administration in Jowhar town says children and the elderly are highly exposed to health risks.

Jowhar town lies 90 km north of the capital, Mogadishu, and provides access to Somalia’s biggest road linking the south and central regions of the country.

The town is a rich agricultural hub. However, the local farmers are concerned that the recent flood may bring about food shortages in the region and urge the government and the UN to provide immediate assistance.

The United Nations has warned of the outbreak of waterborne diseases, including increased incidents of cholera, typhoid fever, diarrhea and malaria in many of the displaced camps.

Many villages and farms have remained under water since the sanitation system collapsed. The displaced families express concern over the risks posed by stagnant water in many of the affected camps.

The residents of the camps criticize the Somali government and the UN aid agencies for doing little to improve their situation, and call for serious rescue efforts.

Thousands of families who fled the 2011 famine in south central Somalia live in Jowhar town but the recent flooding has forced them to seek fresh grounds.

In December 2012, Somali National Army forces assisted by AMISOM (the African Union Mission in Somalia) troops, recaptured the city from the Al-Shabaab local fighters after three years.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IMF cuts German econ. growth forecast

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]International Monetary Fund (IMF) has cut Germany’s 2013 economic growth forecast to 0.3 percent from 0.6 percent.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

BREAKING: Bilderberg Releases 2013 Agenda

0

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

In addition to the list of participants released today, the official Bilderberg website has released the key topics that will be discussed at the conference. These topics range from “Developments in the Middle East” to “Nationalism and populism”. Marked by the website’s editor as “not for publication”, we get some idea of the content which will be discussed. We of course won’t learn anything in more detail as the meetings remain unreported and unrecorded so the participants, as the website states, “can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights.”

Hertfordshire, 3 June 2013 — The 61st Bilderberg meeting is set to take place from 6 until 9 June 2013 in Hertfordshire, UK. A total of around 140 participants from 21 European and North American countries have confirmed their attendance. As ever, a diverse group of political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media have been invited. The list of participants is available on http://www.bilderbergmeetings.org

The key topics for discussion this year include:
– Can the US and Europe grow faster and create jobs?
– Jobs, entitlement and debt
– How big data is changing almost everything
– Nationalism and populism
– US foreign policy
– Africa’s challenges
– Cyber warfare and the proliferation of asymmetric threats
– Major trends in medical research
– Online education: promise and impacts
– Politics of the European Union
– Developments in the Middle East
– Current affairs

Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America.

Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.

The conference has always been a forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world. Thanks to the private nature of the conference, the participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions. As such, they can take time to listen, reflect and gather insights.

There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.

Jurriaan Maessen’s article first appeared at ExplosiveReports.com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 9:57 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Rule of Just Jurisprudent best model’

0

Principlist presidential candidate Saeed Jalili has pledged his allegiance to the absolute rule of the Just Jurisprudent, saying following this principle will resolve the countryâ„¢s problems.

Å“We believe that this principle is deep-rooted in religion and is a progressive model. Aside from our belief in this principle, we have experienced over the past 34 years that whenever we have had success and progress we owe it to our following this example,” Jalili said Monday.

He described the absolute rule of the Just Jurisprudent as the Å“authentic Islamic model” which Iran is introducing to the world.

Jalali said, Å“Anywhere we have had shortcomings, anywhere we have had failure, our analysis indicates that it was because we distanced [ourselves] from this model or… deviated from following this model.”

Jalili is facing seven rivals: former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country to choose their 11th president. Expatriates will be also able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

KA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Germany urges calm, dialogue in Turkey

0

Protesters walk during a demonstration in Ankara on June 3, 2013.

German Chancellor Angela Merkel has called for calm and dialogue in Turkey as clashes between police and anti-government protesters continue in major cities across the country.

“In the current heightened situation, it’s important that all parties demonstrate calm,” Merkelâ„¢s spokesman Steffen Seibert quoted the chancellor as saying on Monday.

Protesters took to the streets on Monday in major Turkish cities, including the capital Ankara and Istanbul, for the fourth day, calling for the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

Protests erupted in Istanbul on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful sit-in protest against the demolition of Gezi Park at Taksim Square.

On Sunday, thousands of protesters marched on Erdogan’s office in Ankara, shouting “Dictator, resign!” and “We will resist until we win,” and clashing with the riot police that responded with tear gas.

“The time for de-escalation and dialogue is now,” Seibert said, adding that the German government was following the event in Turkey with Å“concern.”

“It is important in the current tense situation that all parties exhibit prudence. The right of citizens to freedom of expression and assembly is a clear fundamental right in a democracy,” Merkel’s spokesman added.

On Saturday, Amnesty International criticized Turkey’s police use of excessive force against the demonstrators, describing it “disgraceful.”

According to the group, at least two people have been killed and more than a thousand others injured in Istanbul alone. It also said that some protesters have been left blinded by the massive quantities of tear gas used by the police.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Poor People’s Campaign: Our Next Steps

0

Congratulations to every single person and organization that helped to make the 2013 Poor People’s Campaign March a tremendous success! For those who had the privilege of participating it was truly historical. For those of you who could not be there in person, but who sent your support and solidarity, you too were there in every one of our footsteps.

There is so much to write about that inspired us: the courageous delegation of women from Selma, Alabama, who drove the entire night – after their bus was cancelled – to be able to speak in defense of voting rights, their rendition of Freedom Songs kept us marching and marching; the young children and participants with disabilities, seniors who walked with canes, who wouldn’t stop; the families and victims of police terror, especially the tenacious and spirited group who came from the Justice for Alan Blueford Coalition in Oakland, California; the group of occupy youth and members of Guitarmy who marched all night; the organizers like Bob Ross, Prince Georges County NAACP head, who helped keep the march going; the OUR Walmart workers who inspired marchers to defy Walmart bosses and County Police and set up a picket right at the Super Walmart’s doors.

We wanted to especially thank Don Cash Sr., president of the UFCW Minority Coalition, Dr. Steele, national SCLC leader, Deittra Lucas and our sisters and brothers of UFCW Local 400, who continuously lent their support. We also need to recognize USW Local 8751, Boston school bus drivers, whose donations and support made it possible for the poor of Rhode Island and Boston to come by bus and attend. We must also include the many groups from NYC, North Carolina, Philadelphia and many other places who joined with us on that special weekend.

But the biggest inspiration came from the people themselves, of Baltimore, Maryland, and Washington D.C. who stood in their doorways and streets, opened their windows, and who cheered us and even joined us — making it clear that the issue of poverty is out of the closet and that igniting Rev. King’s dream is an idea whose time has come.

Below this email are links to some of the important news media coverage, videos, and pictures:

OUR NEXT STEPS

Participants vowed to continue the Poor Peoples Campaign and reclaim Dr. King’s revolutionary dream. Many important proposals and initiatives were discussed and consented on during the weekend both before and during Sunday’s Peoples Power Assembly.

The first two in terms of immediate action were: support for the OUR Walmart call for a Freedom March to Bentonville, Arkansas, where workers and supporters will occupy Walmart on June 7, 2013. The other timely issue raised was the defense of the voting rights act which is under attack in the Supreme Court and mobilizing around the 50th anniversary of the Jobs & Freedom March, August 24 to 28.

A special resolution was made to continue with the Poor Peoples Campaign and to fight police terror.

Participants concretely proposed a National “Virtual” Tribunal on police terror and mass incarceration in fall, connected to demanding Congressional hearings to indict killer police, end racism and mass incarceration and demand community control of police. We will be issuing a special call on this

We want to prepare for a spring, 2014 Poor Peoples March to D.C. that moves from being symbolic to concretely expressing what Dr. King originally set out to do — Occupy D.C. During that occupation we will deliberate on a poor and working class agenda for the people.  To help accomplish this, we want to build and multiply the Peoples Power Assembly Movement and urge people to hold workers, student, and community assemblies, where ever you are to move the people’s struggle forward.

In the spring of 2014, we want to call on groups, individuals, unions, to come to Washington D.C. to begin anew what Dr. King set out to do. There is no better time now during this special anniversary year to push our plans forward.

Issued by the Baltimore Southern Christian Leadership Conference and Peoples Power Assembly

410-500-2168 or 410-218-4835. Email 2013PoorPeoplesCampaign@gmail.com www.PeoplesPowerAssemblies.org

COVERAGE OF THE POOR PEOPLES CAMPAIGN MARCH

Hundreds take part in a poor people’s march against unemployment and austerity http://therealnews.com/t2/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=767&Itemid=74&jumival=10208

Poor People’s March Says Ignite Class Struggle http://www.workers.org/2013/05/15/poor-peoples-march-says-ignite-class-struggle/

Hispan TV http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gs6EclqcWsw

Poor People’s March http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kQJrMDEPSRE&feature=youtu.be

Day 1 — Marchers defy police presence at Walmart http://www.workers.org/2013/05/11/poor-peoples-march-tackles-walmart-on-way-to-d-c/

Walking to D.C., to stand with the poor – Baltimore Brew

Poor People’s Campaign launches in Baltimore – Baltimore Post-Examiner

Activists Stage Poor People’s Campaign and March – Democracy Now! (clip begins around 12 minutes)

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Who’s Afraid of Black Men’s Eyes?

0

On Memorial Day, in Miami, a 14-year-old black kid named Tremaine McMillan was walking down the beach with his mother—and bottle-feeding his puppy—when cops blocked his path in ATVs. A few minutes before, the kid had been rough-housing in the surf with a friend, and the cops wanted to question him about it.

Moments later, the cops body-slammed the boy–still holding his puppy–onto the beach, got him in a chokehold, and arrested him for resisting arrest.

So far, so sickeningly normal.

But in this case, the police’s cover-story for the body-slam, the chokehold, and the kid’s subsequent arrest–that he was “clenching,” or, in other accounts, “flaring” his fists—was hard to sell, due to one small but troublesome fact: cellphone video showed that the kid never stopped cradling his puppy. So the police spokesman invoked a truly terrifying specter: the teenager, he said, was giving the cops “dehumanizing stares.”

Well, of course you can’t blame battle-toughened Miami cops for starting to panic when a 14-year-old black male—armed with a puppy, mind you—starts to look at them funny.

But the truth is that these so-called “dehumanizing stares” are really “humanizing” stares–stares that forced the cops to realize that they were not successful in terrorizing this kid, and that he was committing that ancient Southern offense of looking a white man in the eye.

We can’t help but remember the statutes against “reckless eyeballing”, under which, in 1951, Matt Ingram—a black tenant farmer in Yanceyville, North Carolina—was charged with assault with intent to rape a white girl, although he was 75 feet away from her at the time.

And in good conscience we will never forget Emmett Till, slaughtered for looking at–and, supposedly, whistling at–another white girl. (Till’s torture and murder were heartily defended by feminist Susan Brownmiller, who said that the glance and (alleged) wolf-whistle was “a deliberate insult just short of physical assault, a last reminder to Carolyn Bryant that this black boy, Till, had in mind to possess her.”

Nice touch, eh, that “black boy?”

And to the ranks of Miami cops, wealthy New York gender-theorists, and rural racists we can of course add the name of George Zimmerman, the morbidly obese Chaz Bono-lookalike who killed Trayvon Martin because–according to transcripts of the Mommy-I’m-scared call he made to police–“He was just staring…looking at the houses…now he’s staring at me!”

Readers with more stomach than me for literary theory will no doubt be familiar with the academic racket centered around the concept of “the male gaze.” Once I struggled in good faith to understand it, but then my ADD kicked in and I went outside to play catch with my daughter instead. So I don’t have any intellectual framework for this rage I feel today, sensing that for all the distance we’ve supposedly travelled, we remain stuck on Square One in America–a ragged patch of ground defended by certain cops, certain feminists, and vigilantes of all stripes against That Crime That Goes By Many Names….a powerless black man looking at white folks.

John Eskow is a writer and musician. He wrote or co-wrote the movies Air America, The Mask of Zorro, and Pink Cadillac, as well as the novel Smokestack Lightning. He can be reached at: johneskow@yahoo.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Who’s Afraid of Black Men’s Eyes?

0

On Memorial Day, in Miami, a 14-year-old black kid named Tremaine McMillan was walking down the beach with his mother—and bottle-feeding his puppy—when cops blocked his path in ATVs. A few minutes before, the kid had been rough-housing in the surf with a friend, and the cops wanted to question him about it.

Moments later, the cops body-slammed the boy–still holding his puppy–onto the beach, got him in a chokehold, and arrested him for resisting arrest.

So far, so sickeningly normal.

But in this case, the police’s cover-story for the body-slam, the chokehold, and the kid’s subsequent arrest–that he was “clenching,” or, in other accounts, “flaring” his fists—was hard to sell, due to one small but troublesome fact: cellphone video showed that the kid never stopped cradling his puppy. So the police spokesman invoked a truly terrifying specter: the teenager, he said, was giving the cops “dehumanizing stares.”

Well, of course you can’t blame battle-toughened Miami cops for starting to panic when a 14-year-old black male—armed with a puppy, mind you—starts to look at them funny.

But the truth is that these so-called “dehumanizing stares” are really “humanizing” stares–stares that forced the cops to realize that they were not successful in terrorizing this kid, and that he was committing that ancient Southern offense of looking a white man in the eye.

We can’t help but remember the statutes against “reckless eyeballing”, under which, in 1951, Matt Ingram—a black tenant farmer in Yanceyville, North Carolina—was charged with assault with intent to rape a white girl, although he was 75 feet away from her at the time.

And in good conscience we will never forget Emmett Till, slaughtered for looking at–and, supposedly, whistling at–another white girl. (Till’s torture and murder were heartily defended by feminist Susan Brownmiller, who said that the glance and (alleged) wolf-whistle was “a deliberate insult just short of physical assault, a last reminder to Carolyn Bryant that this black boy, Till, had in mind to possess her.”

Nice touch, eh, that “black boy?”

And to the ranks of Miami cops, wealthy New York gender-theorists, and rural racists we can of course add the name of George Zimmerman, the morbidly obese Chaz Bono-lookalike who killed Trayvon Martin because–according to transcripts of the Mommy-I’m-scared call he made to police–“He was just staring…looking at the houses…now he’s staring at me!”

Readers with more stomach than me for literary theory will no doubt be familiar with the academic racket centered around the concept of “the male gaze.” Once I struggled in good faith to understand it, but then my ADD kicked in and I went outside to play catch with my daughter instead. So I don’t have any intellectual framework for this rage I feel today, sensing that for all the distance we’ve supposedly travelled, we remain stuck on Square One in America–a ragged patch of ground defended by certain cops, certain feminists, and vigilantes of all stripes against That Crime That Goes By Many Names….a powerless black man looking at white folks.

John Eskow is a writer and musician. He wrote or co-wrote the movies Air America, The Mask of Zorro, and Pink Cadillac, as well as the novel Smokestack Lightning. He can be reached at: johneskow@yahoo.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Police fire tear gas at Ankara protest

0

A Turkish protester walks through a thick cloud of tear gas during clashes early on the morning of May 31, 2013.

Turkish police have used tear gas and water cannon to disperse anti-government demonstrators in Ankara who are demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

On the fourth day of anti-government demonstrations that have swept across scores of Turkish cities, police clashed with hundreds of young protesters who had gathered in the downtown Kizilay Square on Monday.

Protestors in Istanbul are also converging on Taksim Square where demonstrations started on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful four-day sit-in by environmental activists against the demolition of Gezi Park.

In a separate development, Turkey’s Public Workers Unions Confederation (KESK) said on Monday that it would hold a two-day “warning strike” from Tuesday in protest to heavy-handed police crackdown on anti-government protesters.

According to new reports, an anti-government protester has succumbed to injuries sustained after being hit by a car during a protest in Turkish city of Istanbul on Sunday, medical sources say.

Meanwhile, Erdogan has remained defiant, calling the protesters dictators and a bunch of looters. Nearly 2,200 protesters have been arrested so far.

The harsh security response has drawn international condemnation with EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton condemning Turkish police for using disproportionate force against demonstrators.

The White House has also called on Turkish security forces to exercise restraint in dealing with the protests, saying public demonstrations are part of the democratic expression.

More than 2,200 people have been arrested so far, while over 1000 demonstrators have also been injured in the protests.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police fire tear gas at Ankara protest

0

A Turkish protester walks through a thick cloud of tear gas during clashes early on the morning of May 31, 2013.

Turkish police have used tear gas and water cannon to disperse anti-government demonstrators in Ankara who are demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

On the fourth day of anti-government demonstrations that have swept across scores of Turkish cities, police clashed with hundreds of young protesters who had gathered in the downtown Kizilay Square on Monday.

Protestors in Istanbul are also converging on Taksim Square where demonstrations started on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful four-day sit-in by environmental activists against the demolition of Gezi Park.

In a separate development, Turkey’s Public Workers Unions Confederation (KESK) said on Monday that it would hold a two-day “warning strike” from Tuesday in protest to heavy-handed police crackdown on anti-government protesters.

According to new reports, an anti-government protester has succumbed to injuries sustained after being hit by a car during a protest in Turkish city of Istanbul on Sunday, medical sources say.

Meanwhile, Erdogan has remained defiant, calling the protesters dictators and a bunch of looters. Nearly 2,200 protesters have been arrested so far.

The harsh security response has drawn international condemnation with EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton condemning Turkish police for using disproportionate force against demonstrators.

The White House has also called on Turkish security forces to exercise restraint in dealing with the protests, saying public demonstrations are part of the democratic expression.

More than 2,200 people have been arrested so far, while over 1000 demonstrators have also been injured in the protests.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Bibi raised Israel spying budget'

0

Israel intelligence services, the Mossad and Shin Bet, have seen a 26-percent increase in their budget under the Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s term in office.

Figures released by Israelâ„¢s Finance Ministry show that the Mossad and Shin Bet spent nearly a total of USD 1.63 billion (NIS 6.042 billion) in 2012, according to a Monday report by the Israeli Daily, Haaretz.

The unclassified data, which did not detailed the allocation of the funds between the two intelligence services or how the money was used, showed the two services also spent about USD 1.52 billion (NIS 5.63 billion) in 2011.

This is while in 2008, the last year Ehud Olmert served as Israelâ„¢s prime minister, the total spending of the two secret services reached about USD 1.29 billion (NIS 4.78 billion).

These figures reflect a 26 percent increase in the annual budgets of the Mossad and Shin Bet over the four years of Netanyahuâ„¢s term, based on actual spending figures, with the biggest increases taking place at 10 percent and 15.6 percent, respectively, in 2010 and 2011.

The money has been used by the Mossad to recruit operatives using fake passports to carry out assassination missions against Palestinians and in other countries.

Israelâ„¢s Mossad and Shin Bet security services operate under the authority and supervision of the prime minister and not the defense minister.

According to the law, the budgets of the Shin Bet and Mossad are included under the framework of the general reserves in the state budget. They are described in the budgetary section as Å“an objective within the framework of the Prime Ministerâ„¢s Office,” the report said.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Bibi raised Israel spying budget'

0

Israel intelligence services, the Mossad and Shin Bet, have seen a 26-percent increase in their budget under the Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s term in office.

Figures released by Israelâ„¢s Finance Ministry show that the Mossad and Shin Bet spent nearly a total of USD 1.63 billion (NIS 6.042 billion) in 2012, according to a Monday report by the Israeli Daily, Haaretz.

The unclassified data, which did not detailed the allocation of the funds between the two intelligence services or how the money was used, showed the two services also spent about USD 1.52 billion (NIS 5.63 billion) in 2011.

This is while in 2008, the last year Ehud Olmert served as Israelâ„¢s prime minister, the total spending of the two secret services reached about USD 1.29 billion (NIS 4.78 billion).

These figures reflect a 26 percent increase in the annual budgets of the Mossad and Shin Bet over the four years of Netanyahuâ„¢s term, based on actual spending figures, with the biggest increases taking place at 10 percent and 15.6 percent, respectively, in 2010 and 2011.

The money has been used by the Mossad to recruit operatives using fake passports to carry out assassination missions against Palestinians and in other countries.

Israelâ„¢s Mossad and Shin Bet security services operate under the authority and supervision of the prime minister and not the defense minister.

According to the law, the budgets of the Shin Bet and Mossad are included under the framework of the general reserves in the state budget. They are described in the budgetary section as Å“an objective within the framework of the Prime Ministerâ„¢s Office,” the report said.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish army clashes with PKK

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkish Army helicopters have returned fire at Kurdish Workers’ Party (PKK) militants who targeted a Turkish military base near border with Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish army clashes with PKK

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkish Army helicopters have returned fire at Kurdish Workers’ Party (PKK) militants who targeted a Turkish military base near border with Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Legacy Of The Bernanke Regime Will Be Stagflation

0

Tyler Durden
Zero Hedge
June 3, 2013

Several months ago we presented a dramatic change in David Rosenberg’s outlook when from a die hard deflationist, he uttered the first rumblings of an inflationista. Since then he has further focused his substantial shift in perception culminating with this: “The number of firings, in fact, are more than 10% lower today with a 7.5% unemployment rate than they were in May 2007 when the unemployment rate had hit its cycle trough of 4.4%. Right there that tells you that 7.5% is the “new 4.4%”. Yikes. Sounds very 1970s-ish – and recall in that decade, real spending growth was weak but the supply curve was so sclerotic that inflation stayed stubbornly high. At the same time, at a time when firings are at record lows and job openings are rising at a double-digit annual rate, the number of people quitting their current job for greener pastures elsewhere is on a discernible uptrend. All this points to higher wage growth ahead, and frankly, this is a good thing for society.” Of course, Rosie is simply picking up on what we discussed over a year ago: namely that courtesy of central planning, Okun’s law is now terminally broken.

It also means that higher wages for those workers who are in demand (and perpetual part-time status for those who aren’t) will lead to another unpleasant side effect for those forecasting soaring EPS for the S&P: a further drop in corporate margins, which as we keep on showing are now the lowest they have been in over two years: “But the flip side is that as the labour share of the national income pie mean reverts off its all-time lows, we are likely to see profit margins pinched. This is the big risk: margin compression affects the ‘E’, while inflation, insofar as the tight historical relationship with final prices holds, even if to a smaller degree this time around, affects the P/E.”

Some claim to see this in the chart of the Labor Share of income, which to the delight of Marxists everywhere, may have finally broken its long term downtrend and found a support level:

Image: Zero Hedge

But wrapping it all together, there is one word for what follows: stagflation.

The next major theme is stagflation – this will be the legacy of the Bernanke regime. You cannot keep real short-term rates negative for this long in the face of even modestly positive real economic growth without generating financial excesses today and inflationary pressures in the future. Imagine dusting off the Phillips Curve and getting away with it – it’s as if the Fed has changed religions as it now believes there is some trade-off between inflation and unemployment The last time we had negative real policy rates for this long with a central bank wedded to the Phillips Curve was under the Burns-led Fed of the early 1970s. As I have said recently – I am undergoing my own epiphany. I am renowned for being very early – to a fault – in my calls and no doubt am early yet again.

Little by little all the deflationists are starting to fold.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 9:36 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

How a London court Repudiated Zionist Abuse of the Anti-Semitism Charge

0

Taunting and tainting opponents with the charge of anti-semitism is a long-standing Zionist ploy, familiar to everyone involved in the Israel-Palestine issue. As their support weakens in the face of evidence-based argument, Israel’s advocates have stepped up their use of the accusation as a means to close down debate, particularly on proposals for boycott, divestment and sanctions.

A key component in their armoury is what’s been called “lawfare”: attempts to use the courts to stifle opponents. This strategy, which has been employed in the US, France and Britain, suffered a significant reverse at the end of March, when an Employment Tribunal in London comprehensively rejected a claim made by Ronnie Fraser, of Academics for Israel, against his union, the University and College Union.

Fraser and his celebrity lawyer, Anthony Julius, argued that debates and decisions on Israel-Palestine issues within UCU amounted to “harassment” against Fraser as a Jew. They made ten specific allegations to support this charge; every one of them was dismissed by the Tribunal as false or irrelevant.

Jonathan Freedland once lauded Julius’s musings on anti-semitism as “forensic”. But when subjected to a genuinely forensic examination at the hands of the Tribunal, they were shown to be anything but. In fact, the Tribunal’s point by point demolition of Julius’s arguments shows just why Zionists are so fearful of open, fact-based, rational discussion. (For a thorough examination of the Tribunal’s findings and the aftermath, see Mark Elf’s excellent blog, http://jewssansfrontieres.blogspot.co.uk.)

The judges had harsh words for a number of Fraser’s witnesses, particularly the chief executive of the Jewish Leadership Council, Jeremy Newmark, whose testimony as to his alleged treatment at a UCU meeting was labelled “false”. Two Labour MPs, John Mann and Denis Macshane (still in Parliament when the hearings were held last autumn), appeared for Fraser but did him no favours. They were criticised by the Tribunal for giving “glib evidence…Neither seemed at ease with the idea of being required to answer a question not to his liking.”if-i-am-not-for-myself-pbk-250

The Tribunal also found no evidence of the “atmosphere of intimidation” alleged by Fraser. UCU’s adherence to democratic procedures was fully exonerated. Unions in general should be relieved that the judges have found that they are not liable for psychological “damage” arising from debates among members.

Most significantly, on the core question of whether opposition to Israel or Zionism amounted to anti-semitism, the Tribunal reached a clear-cut, unimpeachable conclusion. “A belief in the Zionist project or an attachment to Israel or any similar sentiment cannot amount to a protected characteristic,” they declare, adding “It is not intrinsically a part of Jewishness.” It’s welcome to have this simple truth, so fiercely denied by Israel’s advocates, upheld as logical and lawful.

Julius had argued that although not all Jews were Zionists the great majority felt an affinity for Israel. The Tribunal found this argument unpersuasive; a political view cannot claim “protected” status simply because many members of a particular religion or “race” hold it. If that were to be the case, political debate would be shut down. The Tribunal was clearly aware of that danger, as their final words on the case indicate: “We greatly regret that the case was ever brought. At heart, it represents an impermissible attempt to achieve a political end by litigious means… The Employment Tribunals are a hard-pressed public service and it is not right that their limited resources should be squandered as they have been.”

In the pro-Israel camp, the humiliating ruling has caused consternation. Some are now calling for what is known as “the European Union Monitoring Center on Racism and Xenophobia’s ‘working definition’ of anti-Semitism” to be adopted in British law. According to this definition, opposition to Zionism, descriptions of Israel as an “apartheid” or “racist “ state, and calls for boycotts are all in themselves anti-semitic. It has never had any official status within the EU and has been quietly dropped by the EUMC’s successor body, the Fundamental Rights Agency. Clearly, it would endow Israel and supporters of Israel with a protected status enjoyed by no other state or political opinion. This from people who accuse their opponents of “singling out Israel”. Worryingly, a similar definition was adopted last year by the California state legislature, without a single vote against.

It apparently does not trouble the self-appointed protectors of the Jewish community that inscribing the “working definition” into law would make the British state the adjudicator on what does and does not constitute Jewishness. Historically, Jewish freedom and equality has been advanced as and when the state’s role in relation to religion opinion has been diminished. Here we see again how the Zionists’ abuse of the anti-semitism charge actually undermines the real struggle against anti-semitism.

There’s been no mention of the Tribunal ruling anywhere in the mainstream media. Of course, had the judges found the UCU guilty of “harassing” its Jewish members, the story would have been on every front page.

Mike Marqusee is the author of If I Am Not for Myself: Journey of an Anti-Zionist Jew (Verso).

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Case of Smithfield Pork

0

Hong Kong.

The IMF cut China’s growth outlook from 8 per cent to 7.75 per cent for the coming year. These are still the strongest figures to be anticipated for any of the leading industrial countries so the leadership in Beijing is not immediately anxious. In Beijing last week the IMF’s David Lipton noted that this forecast cut came because the IMF believes that absent “continued liberalisation and reduced governmental involvement in the economy” and with a consequent “greater role for market forces,” a financial crisis might strike China.

Such words are simply formulaic. The real problem, Lipton conceded, is that China’s leadership had committed the country to far too much “social financing” — namely credit from the state-owned banking sector and commercial lenders — that rose by almost 60 per cent this year. This credit growth is largely in capital investment, although some of it is sloshing around China’s vaunted shadow banking sector. “Growth has become more dependent — perhaps too dependent — on the continued expansion of investment,” said Lipton.

The IMF warns that too much investment by Beijing in its own country will create unbalanced growth. A Goldman Sachs reports from last year, however, disagrees. Investment flow is important, says Goldman, but so too is a country’s capital stock, its residual assets — “On this metric, China still has a long way to go. Its capital stock/worker is only 6 per cent of Japan’s level and 16 per cent of Korea’s.” In other words, per capita investment in infrastructure is not at levels that are seen as normal in the Global North and in its East Asian satellites.

But perhaps the ink on the IMF reports suggest something other than what is on the page. In other IMF departments there is anxiety about the capital drought in the Global North — with intimations of terrible austerity for Europe on the near horizon. For example, Portugal’s official unemployment rate is 18 per cent, with a debt to GDP ratio of 124 per cent. The Chair of the Euro Zone finance ministers, Jeroen Dijsselbloem was in Lisbon recently where he said that if the Portuguese do not hold onto their targets of reducing their public deficit from 6.4 per cent last year to 5.5 per cent this year, and then to 4 per cent (2014) and 2.5 per cent (2015), the surplus holding countries of Europe will not be able to arrange any further bailout. Small protests in Portugal will certainly take on Greek-like proportions. The US Fed, meanwhile, has begun to cut back on its own buy back of Treasury bills. Who will buy the debt that has been accumulated in the Global North? If the Chinese are busy recycling their surplus inside China, which surplus holder will “balance” the “global” economy? That seems to be the proximate IMF worry.

When you go to sell your RMB back for dollars in China these days, the currency kiosk personnel ask why you want to do this — the RMB has slowly become the regional currency in East Asia, and onwards. Anxiety about the slow demise of the dollar’s role as world currency has meant less desire to buy US Treasury Bills with the Chinese 15125371surplus. What the Chinese Sovereign Fund, the Chinese commercial ventures and the state-owned firms would like to do instead is to use their surplus to buy tangible assets — whether real estate or firms that will provide a strategic advantage to the Chinese economy. The attempt to buy UNOCAL in 2005 and the current attempt to buy Smithfield is along this grain.

American anger at these purchases is hollow. The US is perfectly content to allow the Chinese to buy its debt, and finance its debt-driven consumption and its debt-driven asset bubbles. American pride does not want to countenance Chinese purchases of actual US assets. A similar moment of racist shudder went through the UK when the Saudi magnate Mohamed Al-Fayed bought Harrods department store in 1985.

Remarkably, a US-based NGO, Food & Water Watch joined in the xenophobia, sending out an activist advisory titled “Chinese Bacon? Stop the Largest Chinese Takeover of an American Company.” The NGO, which has Canadian activist Maude Barlow on its board, asked its email list to call their members of the US Congress (aka Pork Barrel HQ) to let the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States know that it must vote against this purchase. Smithfield is no saint. It already has a horrendous record on labour and environmental matters, having earned one of the few Human Rights Watch reports on corporate violations of human rights (that was in 2005; the first such report was on the now vanished Enron). Food & Water Watch acknowledges that Smithfield “is already the biggest, baddest bacon producer around, controlling about one third of the US pork supply, most of which is raised on factory farms.” Yet Food & Water Watch believes that it needs to stand up to “protect” the consumer from the big, bad Yellow Peril. No sense that the Committee on Foreign Investment is an arm of US foreign policy, having targeted Venezuela, the Gulf Arabs (Dubai Ports) and the Chinese alone. US liberals have a serious problem confusing anti-capitalism with xenophobia. The anti-China view is racist and dangerous. US liberals have substituted jingoism for anti-capitalism. For them, China is the enemy, not Capital.

Shuanghui International bought Smithfield not because it is interested in the US market. It wants the hogs for the increasingly Chinese market for pork — as the consumer base increases more meat eating is going to take place in China. Vegetarians can cavil at this, so can environmentalists (the waste of resources entailed by meat eating is well established). These are important, and universal objections — having nothing to do with Shuanghui’s purchase of Smithfield itself. The Chinese government has tried to bring its domestic pork production into compliance with environmental regulations —now with the US regulations at their lowest ebb, firms like Shuanghui are eager to take advantage of this laxity. As Tom Philpott put it in The Atlantic, “Industrial pork: the iPhone’s culinary mirror image.”

The Global North wants the Chinese surplus, but on its own terms. It simply won’t do to allow the Chinese to do as they please.

Vijay Prashad’s new book, The Poorer Nations: A Possible History of the Global South, is out this month from Verso Books.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Vermont Politics, Threats to Civil Liberties and Freedom of Information

0

This is the tenth chapter of a series excerpted from “Maverick Chronicles,” a memoir-in-progress. Previous stories can be found at VTDigger.

Before Burlington’s progressive revolution in 1981, the Vermont Vanguard Press was the Champlain Valley’s strongest voice for change to emerge in years, hosting a hungry crew of young journalists, activists and thinkers who frequently shook up the status quo. Although an alternative newspaper certainly didn’t qualify as a political movement, the dividing line was less than obvious.

Editorial board meetings often became encounter groups where ideology clashed with the desire for respectability and the need for advertisers. It was certainly a voice of opposition, bringing problems like Burlington’s housing crisis, homelessness, environmental threats, the nuclear arms race, the perils of urban growth and the decaying dynasty inside city hall into the mainstream of public consciousness.

Mayor Gordon Paquette recognized the threat, and, after the newspaper published an article criticizing his decision to ban rock music in local venues, he decided to counter-attack. Paquette sued the paper and its editors for libel. The case centered on the allegation that he was drunk on the night when he attended a Supertramp concert in Memorial Auditorium and found some concertgoers too rowdy for his taste.

After we published the story, Paquette tried to force a retraction and get the names of our anonymous sources. When we refused he sued, which led to even more bad press. Convinced that the paper — and its senior editor specifically — was out to get him, the goal was to make the price so high that the Vanguard would be forced to back off. But we didn’t, and in early 1981, on the verge of a remarkable mayoral election, discovery and depositions were pending.

Shortly after that vote* the case was quietly dropped.

Concerned about the power and danger of covert operations and perception management, I had turned my focus to the intelligence community and threats to civil liberties, publishing investigative pieces and speaking at conferences and protests. After the post-Watergate revelations of the mid-1970s Congress moved briefly toward defining a set of standards. By the time the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) was passed in 1978, however, the mood was already shifting back toward broadening the powers of the FBI and CIA.

Fearing that Supreme Court decisions would be even more damaging to individual rights than congressional actions many civil libertarians supported FISA, which set up a “secret court” to handle wiretap warrants. Emboldened by this legislative victory, the FBI and CIA next sought to legitimize the type of covert activities that had provoked protest only a few years before.

Most of Congress was already eager to liberate the intelligence agencies, which claimed that their covert programs had been hamstrung by Watergate era rules and congressional oversight. Thus, politicians looked away when the CIA or FBI didn’t completely notify Congress about their operations. A chance to blow the whistle finally emerged in early 1980, just days before the launch of the US Census.

Sometimes it takes only a single document — and good timing — to shake things up. In this case it was an FBI report about the surveillance of a nurse practitioner named Jed Lowy. Like many people, Lowy just happened to be in the “wrong place” at the wrong time. In his case, the place was a so-called Vermont “commune” the bureau considered a gathering spot for “extremists.” The difference was that Lowy obtained his FBI file via the Freedom of Information Act and shared it.

One entry in the file revealed that the bureau was trying to identify the driver of a Blue 1970 Volkswagen, which had “previously been observed at New Left locations in Vermont.” The Albany FBI office contacted its Newark, New Jersey counterpart and discovered that the car belonged to a 53-year-old man, Lowy’s father. A search was initiated to see who might be driving it.

The article I wrote for the Vanguard, published on April 4, 1980, charged the bureau with misusing the US Census. The evidence was a document that said the following: “A (deleted) to (deleted) the (deleted) of a spot check for the 1970 census resulted in a (deleted) with the (deleted) from whom the following was obtained.”

Not much to go on. But in a letter to Lowy the Bureau explained that the deleted portions referred to other people whose privacy rights were being protected and the investigative techniques that had been used. Once they had Lowy’s name, they had zeroed in on him through the New Jersey Department of Motor Vehicles and continued investigating for another six months. Despite the absence of any evidence they kept at it because of an alleged association with the Fresh Ground Coffee House, “a known contact point for extremist(sic) and associated with the Red Mountain Green Commune.”

When I contacted the FBI, an agent in Washington, DC office issued the standard denial: “The FBI does not utilize census information. Period.” Once I read portions of the memo, however, he decided to get back to me. In a follow up call, the new line was that he wasn’t “at liberty to discuss documents that the FBI has.” He didn’t repeat the denial. We had struck a nerve.

The story created an immediate sensation, shooting across the country within hours. Vermont’s congressional delegation said the repercussions could be serious and promised to investigate. By the weekend, our scoop was a national sensation and Lowy was being interviewed on the CBS Evening News. A week after the initial story, the FBI acknowledged that, although census information hadn’t been used, an agent had indeed posed as a census worker.

The technique, a bureau spokesman told the New York Times, was known as “pretext interviews,” in which agents assume false identities. But he added that new FBI guidelines said agents shouldn’t pose as representatives of other Federal agencies without the consent of that agency. That, of course, raised the question of what the Census Bureau actually knew. Unfortunately, the investigation never got that far.

Instead, the FBI released a less deleted version of the memo. What it revealed was that a “pretext call” — the first deleted phrase — to the Lowy home had “resulted in a conversation with the maid…” In other words, an FBI agent had posed as a census worker to find out more about a 30-year-old health worker who had merely visited a “commune.” FBI Director William Webster protested that the technique was legal — but added that all field offices had been told not to do it.

Attorney General Ben Civiletti was a more candid. In a letter to US Senator Patrick Leahy, he said the FBI knew “it is wrong for an FBI agent to pose as a representative of the Bureau of the Census for any reason,” and had so informed its special agents. Webster subsequently put the revised policy on paper: the pretext of being a census worker shouldn’t be used, or even requested.

What we never learned was whether it was an isolated occurrence or a standard procedure. Nevertheless, a small crack had been made in the covert iceberg. An alternative newspaper had broken through the “Washington consensus” to challenge the intelligence community. It wouldn’t be the last time.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

People of Britain say no to bedroom tax

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]British towns and cities have been witnessing a wave of demonstrations against the government’s fierce bedroom tax, a measure which is victimizing vulnerable people across the nation.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish protester hit by car dead

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An anti-government protester has succumbed to injuries sustained after being hit by a car during a protest in Turkish city of Istanbul on Sunday, medical sources say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US whistleblower Manning trial begins

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US Army whistleblower Private Bradley Manning has gone on trial in the State of Maryland, more than three years after he was arrested in Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Intel Chair: Release the Bin Laden Documents

0

Stephen F. Hayes
The Weekly Standard
June 3, 2013

Mike Rogers, chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, added his rather important voice to the growing number of current and former officials who believe the Obama administration should expedite the release of some documents captured during the raid that killed Osama bin Laden. And Rogers, in an appearance Sunday on Meet the Press, suggested that the Obama administration cherry-picked the few documents released to date to create a narrative about al Qaeda favorable to the president.

“I think we ought to seriously give consideration to allowing more than 17 documents that were selectively picked by the administration to be made public,” he told Meet the Press host David Gregory. “I think that probably doesn’t tell the whole story.”

According to U.S. officials with knowledge of the documents, Rogers is right. The broader collection shows a far more complicated picture of al Qaeda than the one advanced by the Obama administration. In the months after bin Laden’s death and throughout the 2012 presidential campaign, the Obama administration depicted al Qaeda as an organization nearly eliminated by the U.S. campaign against it and portrayed bin Laden as a delusional leader out of touch with his troops. In his speech May 23, Obama declared the end to the Global War on Terror and said that a properly calibrated approach can manage any threats posed by al Qaeda in the future.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 9:03 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Breaking: Official Bilderberg Attendee List Released

0
FRA Castries, Henri de Chairman and CEO, AXA Group DEU Achleitner, Paul M. Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG DEU Ackermann, Josef Chairman of the Board, Zurich Insurance Group Ltd GBR Agius, Marcus Former Chairman, Barclays plc GBR Alexander, Helen Chairman, UBM plc USA Altman, Roger C. Executive Chairman, Evercore Partners FIN Apunen, Matti Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA USA Athey, Susan Professor of Economics, Stanford Graduate School of Business TUR AydıntaÅŸbaÅŸ, Aslı Columnist, Milliyet Newspaper TUR Babacan, Ali Deputy Prime Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs GBR Balls, Edward M. Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer PRT Balsemão, Francisco Pinto Chairman and CEO, IMPRESA FRA Barré, Nicolas Managing Editor, Les Echos INT Barroso, José M. Durão President, European Commission FRA Baverez, Nicolas Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP FRA Bavinchove, Olivier de Commander, Eurocorps GBR Bell, John Regius Professor of Medicine, University of Oxford ITA Bernabè, Franco Chairman and CEO, Telecom Italia S.p.A. USA Bezos, Jeff Founder and CEO, Amazon.com SWE Bildt, Carl Minister for Foreign Affairs SWE Borg, Anders Minister for Finance NLD Boxmeer, Jean François van Chairman of the Executive Board and CEO, Heineken N.V. NOR Brandtzæg, Svein Richard President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA AUT Bronner, Oscar Publisher, Der Standard Medienwelt GBR Carrington, Peter Former Honorary Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings ESP Cebrián, Juan Luis Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA CAN Clark, W. Edmund President and CEO, TD Bank Group GBR Clarke, Kenneth Member of Parliament DNK Corydon, Bjarne Minister of Finance GBR Cowper-Coles, Sherard Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc ITA Cucchiani, Enrico Tommaso CEO, Intesa Sanpaolo SpA BEL Davignon, Etienne Minister of State; Former Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings GBR Davis, Ian Senior Partner Emeritus, McKinsey & Company NLD Dijkgraaf, Robbert H. Director and Leon Levy Professor, Institute for Advanced Study TUR Dinçer, Haluk President, Retail and Insurance Group, Sabancı Holding A.S. GBR Dudley, Robert Group Chief Executive, BP plc USA Eberstadt, Nicholas N. Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy, American Enterprise Institute NOR Eide, Espen Barth Minister of Foreign Affairs SWE Ekholm, Börje President and CEO, Investor AB DEU Enders, Thomas CEO, EADS USA Evans, J. Michael Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co. DNK Federspiel, Ulrik Executive Vice President, Haldor Topsøe A/S USA Feldstein, Martin S. Professor of Economics, Harvard University; President Emeritus, NBER FRA Fillon, François Former Prime Minister USA Fishman, Mark C. President, Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research GBR Flint, Douglas J. Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc IRL Gallagher, Paul Senior Counsel USA Geithner, Timothy F. Former Secretary of the Treasury USA Gfoeller, Michael Political Consultant USA Graham, Donald E. Chairman and CEO, The Washington Post Company DEU Grillo, Ulrich CEO, Grillo-Werke AG ITA Gruber, Lilli Journalist — Anchorwoman, La 7 TV ESP Guindos, Luis de Minister of Economy and Competitiveness GBR Gulliver, Stuart Group Chief Executive, HSBC Holdings plc CHE Gutzwiller, Felix Member of the Swiss Council of States NLD Halberstadt, Victor Professor of Economics, Leiden University; Former Honorary Secretary  General of Bilderberg Meetings FIN Heinonen, Olli Senior Fellow, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, Harvard Kennedy School of Government GBR Henry, Simon CFO, Royal Dutch Shell plc FRA Hermelin, Paul Chairman and CEO, Capgemini Group ESP Isla, Pablo Chairman and CEO, Inditex Group USA Jacobs, Kenneth M. Chairman and CEO, Lazard USA Johnson, James A. Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners CHE Jordan, Thomas J. Chairman of the Governing Board, Swiss National Bank USA Jordan, Jr., Vernon E. Managing Director, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC USA Kaplan, Robert D. Chief Geopolitical Analyst, Stratfor USA Karp, Alex Founder and CEO, Palantir Technologies GBR Kerr, John Independent Member, House of Lords USA Kissinger, Henry A. Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc. USA Kleinfeld, Klaus Chairman and CEO, Alcoa NLD Knot, Klaas H.W. President, De Nederlandsche Bank TUR Koç, Mustafa V. Chairman, Koç Holding A.S. DEU Koch, Roland CEO, Bilfinger SE USA Kravis, Henry R. Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. USA Kravis, Marie-Josée Senior Fellow and Vice Chair, Hudson Institute CHE Kudelski, André Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group GRC Kyriacopoulos, Ulysses Chairman, S&B Industrial Minerals S.A. INT Lagarde, Christine Managing Director, International Monetary Fund DEU Lauk, Kurt J. Chairman of the Economic Council to the CDU, Berlin USA Lessig, Lawrence Roy L. Furman Professor of Law and Leadership, Harvard Law School; Director, Edmond J. Safra Center for Ethics, Harvard University BEL Leysen, Thomas Chairman of the Board of Directors, KBC Group DEU Lindner, Christian Party Leader, Free Democratic Party (FDP NRW) SWE Löfven, Stefan Party Leader, Social Democratic Party (SAP) DEU Löscher, Peter President and CEO, Siemens AG GBR Mandelson, Peter Chairman, Global Counsel; Chairman, Lazard International USA Mathews, Jessica T. President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace CAN McKenna, Frank Chair, Brookfield Asset Management GBR Micklethwait, John Editor-in-Chief, The Economist FRA Montbrial, Thierry de President, French Institute for International Relations ITA Monti, Mario Former Prime Minister USA Mundie, Craig J. Senior Advisor to the CEO, Microsoft Corporation ITA Nagel, Alberto CEO, Mediobanca NLD Netherlands, H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The USA Ng, Andrew Y. Co-Founder, Coursera FIN Ollila, Jorma Chairman, Royal Dutch Shell, plc GBR Omand, David Visiting Professor, King’s College London GBR Osborne, George Chancellor of the Exchequer USA Ottolenghi, Emanuele Senior Fellow, Foundation for Defense of Democracies TUR Özel, Soli Senior Lecturer, Kadir Has University; Columnist, Habertürk Newspaper GRC Papahelas, Alexis Executive Editor, Kathimerini Newspaper TUR Pavey, Åžafak Member of Parliament (CHP) FRA Pécresse, Valérie Member of Parliament (UMP) USA Perle, Richard N. Resident Fellow, American Enterprise Institute USA Petraeus, David H. General, U.S. Army (Retired) PRT Portas, Paulo Minister of State and Foreign Affairs CAN Prichard, J. Robert S. Chair, Torys LLP INT Reding, Viviane Vice President and Commissioner for Justice, Fundamental Rights and Citizenship, European Commission CAN Reisman, Heather M. CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc. FRA Rey, Hélène Professor of Economics, London Business School GBR Robertson, Simon Partner, Robertson Robey Associates LLP; Deputy Chairman, HSBC Holdings ITA Rocca, Gianfelice Chairman,Techint Group POL Rostowski, Jacek Minister of Finance and Deputy Prime Minister USA Rubin, Robert E. Co-Chairman, Council on Foreign Relations; Former Secretary of the Treasury NLD Rutte, Mark Prime Minister AUT Schieder, Andreas State Secretary of Finance USA Schmidt, Eric E. Executive Chairman, Google Inc. AUT Scholten, Rudolf Member of the Board of Executive Directors, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG PRT Seguro, António José Secretary General, Socialist Party FRA Senard, Jean-Dominique CEO, Michelin Group NOR Skogen Lund, Kristin Director General, Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise USA Slaughter, Anne-Marie Bert G. Kerstetter ’66 University Professor of Politics and International Affairs, Princeton University IRL Sutherland, Peter D. Chairman, Goldman Sachs International GBR Taylor, Martin Former Chairman, Syngenta AG INT Thiam, Tidjane Group CEO, Prudential plc USA Thiel, Peter A. President, Thiel Capital USA Thompson, Craig B. President and CEO, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center DNK Topsøe, Jakob Haldor Partner, AMBROX Capital A/S FIN Urpilainen, Jutta Minister of Finance CHE Vasella, Daniel L. Honorary Chairman, Novartis AG GBR Voser, Peter R. CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc CAN Wall, Brad Premier of Saskatchewan SWE Wallenberg, Jacob Chairman, Investor AB USA Warsh, Kevin Distinguished Visiting Fellow, The Hoover Institution, Stanford University CAN Weston, Galen G. Executive Chairman, Loblaw Companies Limited GBR Williams of Crosby, Shirley Member, House of Lords GBR Wolf, Martin H. Chief Economics Commentator, The Financial Times USA Wolfensohn, James D. Chairman and CEO, Wolfensohn and Company GBR Wright, David Vice Chairman, Barclays plc INT Zoellick, Robert B. Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Peterson Institute for International Economics AUT Austria INT      International BEL Belgium IRL      Ireland CAN Canada ITA      Italy CHE Switzerland NLD    Netherlands DEU Germany NOR   Norway DNK Denmark POL    Poland ESP Spain PRT    Portugal FIN Finland SWE   Sweden FRA France TUR    Turkey GBR Great Britain USA    United States of America GRC Greece

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

$32K for 2 minutes with Obama: What would you say to the Prez?

0

Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

A Los Angeles car salesman has anted up $32,400 for a “private, off-the-record” conversation with President Obama. For an amount equal to more than half his annual salary, 60-year-old Paul Scott is guaranteed two minutes of Obama’s time, four if he’s lucky.

Scott said he’d been looking for different ways to “make his point” to Obama and when he received an invitation to a fundraiser in the mail, he knew that would be the best way to go.

For $10,000 Scott could have been a luncheon guest. For $16,200 he could be a VIP luncheon guest and have his picture taken with Obama. But for the princely sum of $32,400 he gets lunch, an official photograph with Obama, and he gets to sit in on a special one-hour roundtable discussion with Obama, where the President will take private questions off the record.

Scott, co-founder of the advocacy group Plug In America, wants to talk to Obama about electric cars. He wants Obama to convince Congress to make electric-car rebates at the point of sale, instead of months later as part of a $7,.500 tax incentive. He also wants Obama to push for a “carbon tax” that would raise prices on oil-based fuels, “making electric car prices more competitive.”

Scott isn’t a wealthy man, he’s just an average American. He says the $32,400 will take a bite out of his retirement savings but, to him, it’s worth it.

So let’s say The Tooth Fairy, or Santa Claus, or the Easter Bunny, or the Bluebird of Happiness suddenly dropped $32,400 in your lap and you, too, purchased a ticket to this fundraiser luncheon. And let’s say you actually had Obama’s complete, undivided attention for two minutes and the clock starts ticking…NOW. Quick! What would you say to the Prez?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:37 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Israel Treats the Bedouin Like “People in a Box”

0

Lucy Westcott interviews EID JAHALIN of the Jahalin Association

For thousands of years the Bedouin people have made their home in the desert of what is now Israel. But for almost the last six decades, the Bedouin have been on the move, repeatedly relocated to make room for Israeli settlements.

As the Bedouin fight to be recognised as an indigenous people by Israel, Eid Jahalin, 49, who lives in the desert near the Jerusalem area, is advocating for them. Jahalin believes that “land without people” is Israel’s sole focus, while the Bedouin’s vast knowledge about living in the desert, practiced over centuries and crucial to preserve with climate change looming, stands to be lost.

“Many children, some eight and younger, have diseases after being born next to the garbage dump.” — Eid Jahalin

Displaced and Abandoned

There are 2,300 Bedouin in 20 communities in the hills east of Jerusalem, and more than 80 percent of them are refugees, according to 2011 United Nations figures. Over two-thirds are children.

The issue of displacement and abandonment of the Bedouin’s livelihood and traditional culture is becoming an international priority. On Tuesday, the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees released a report with Bimkom that called the deteriorating social and economic conditions of the Bedouin “non viable”.

It is the first report of its kind about the forced relocation of 150 families, which started in 1997, to Al-Jabal village, located nearest the largest rubbish dump in the West Bank. Seven hundred tonnes of waste are deposited there daily. The Bedouin have been relocated to make room for Israel’s settlements, which are illegal under international law.

IPS correspondent Lucy Westcott spoke to Jahalin, who was in New York City and the United Nations for the first time, about the current state of the Bedouin and how their relocation impacts climate change.

Q: What are the most recent developments by the Israeli government concerning relocation of the Bedouin?

A: The Israeli government is continuing with the same proposals, the same project, and they’re working faster. There is no pressure on Israel and nobody is stopping the plan.

A few days ago there was resistance to the plan because when it was published at the beginning of last week, the settlers talked about a Bedouin city in Nuweimeh. The settlers said they don’t want to give a “prize” to the Bedouin when they have been told, because of Secretary of State John Kerry, who recently visited Israel, that they have to stop their settlement plans.

Moshe Ya-alon, the minister of defence, is new and he said he will study the Bedouin relocation plan, so at the moment there’s a little less pressure. I believe that the government and settlers are working together, that they’re partners. When there is pressure and the government is stuck in the mud, then they activate the settlers, and then they say it’s the settlers. What they can’t do, they get the settlers to do.

Q: How long has this situation been going on for?

A: It’s been going on since 1967. From 1967-78, it was only an issue with the army, who would take land and declare it as a military zone. A year and a half later they would give that land to the settlers. After 1978 began all the chaos with the settlers.

The last major forced displacement was in 1997-8 and almost 2,000 people were displaced. During that time, there was a process of taking those families and people and putting them in containers, leaving them next to the garbage dump. To this day, there are some people who don’t have money who are still living there, in tin shacks.

Q: What is the situation like for the Bedouin in 2013?

A: One of the worst problems is that many children, some eight and younger, have diseases after being born next to the garbage dump, that not even Hadassah, the main Israeli hospital in Jerusalem, recognises. There is one family — a mother, father and three children — that have this disease, and nobody knows what it is. Hospitals have said it’s the first time they’ve seen this disease and it’s unusual. The children are sick to this day, staying at home with the parents.

If you go down to Jerusalem from the Bedouin valley you’ll see Bedouin living next to the side of the roads. The government pressured the Bedouin: they can’t be on the desert on either side of the road, so they’re only able to be next to the road. If you allowed them, if you gave permission, you wouldn’t find one Bedouin next to the road. The Bedouin don’t always need to be near the road for communication and transport.

Q: What has your contact with the Israeli authorities been like?

A: If only the Israeli government would leave the Bedouin alone. They’ve closed access to the road for the school, for the whole community, and that’s their help?

The government won’t allow us to have any access to natural spring water, and if a Bedouin goes out into the desert, they take you to court and put you in prison with a fine of 1,000 to 2,000 shekels. The desert is the natural place for Bedouin, but the government won’t allow it. They’re closing the Bedouin off as though we’re people in a box.

Q: What specialised knowledge about living in the desert do the Bedouin stand to lose with continued relocation?

A: A month ago, for example, I was down in the JordanValley in Jericho, and everybody was complaining about the unusually extreme heat. When I went home, none of my family was complaining about the heat because as Bedouin, we’re used to the heat and know when to go in the sun and when not, when there is danger in the desert and when there’s no danger.

In New York, I don’t know exactly where I am, but if I’m in the desert, I know everything. The weather is changing these days, but now we have to think forward and think what needs to be done. Because I live in the desert, it’s easy for me to deal with the changes, not like in the city or in villages.

This planet is a very small ball. If somebody makes a problem or damages on one side, then we feel it on the other, so we have to protect the land.

Q: As this is your first time at the United Nations, what do you hope the community will learn about the situation of the Bedouin people?

A: I hope they learn a lot. We hope to shine a red light on the situation of Bedouin, what’s happening to them, and the situation of global warming. I came here to alert the world to that.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Russia considers $30,000 fines to help sap thriving web piracy

0



Published time: June 03, 2013 13:56

RIA Novosti / Maksim Bogodvid

Download video (18.81 MB)
Embed

Code

All those enjoying unrestricted music and movie downloads in Russia may have to change their old habits. The country’s Ministry of Culture has threatened to punish online pirates with fines of up to $30,000.

Online piracy has become so common in Russia that even
experienced and internationally-known heavyweights in music and
film industry have long given up counting on any serious profit
from the sales of their products here.


“For Russian people it’s kind of obvious to download music for
free now on the internet and they don’t have such a thing in
their mentality to support artists you like, buy records, CDs,
vynils…”
musician Yury Makarychev told RT.

 

According to official statistics, a staggering 99 per cent of
online media content in Russia is counterfeit. Up to seven out of
10 citizens confirm they choose to download for free.

 

In 2010, one of the largest and oldest film studios in Europe,
Russia’s giant Mosfilm, gave free access to over 500 films from
its golden collection, hoping to fight piracy.

“The financial losses are just as big as the black market
itself. And not only for cinema, but music, literature –
everything connected with intellectual property. It’s simply
impossible to calculate how much we all lose until it’s
legalized,”
the head of the Mosfilm Studios, Karen
Shakhnazarov, told RT.

 

The illegal media market doesn’t just rip off the entertainment
industries’ profits. It is also affecting the way future projects
get financed, with a number of private investors scared off by
the growing number of pirates.

“We believe that without piracy films would be able to return
twice the investment – state AND private. While, say, one month
after a movie premieres in cinemas, it could be released on to
the web for free, but with adverts. And legally,”
the head of
Channel 1 Konstantin Ernst stated.

Last year alone, the Russian government invested over two hundred
million dollars in the domestic film industry. But even such
scale of investment fails to draw audiences into theaters and
away from the pirates.

 

Watch Egor Piskunov’s full report for more.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russia considers $30,000 fines to help sap thriving web piracy

0



Published time: June 03, 2013 13:56

RIA Novosti / Maksim Bogodvid

Download video (18.81 MB)
Embed

Code

All those enjoying unrestricted music and movie downloads in Russia may have to change their old habits. The country’s Ministry of Culture has threatened to punish online pirates with fines of up to $30,000.

Online piracy has become so common in Russia that even
experienced and internationally-known heavyweights in music and
film industry have long given up counting on any serious profit
from the sales of their products here.


“For Russian people it’s kind of obvious to download music for
free now on the internet and they don’t have such a thing in
their mentality to support artists you like, buy records, CDs,
vynils…”
musician Yury Makarychev told RT.

 

According to official statistics, a staggering 99 per cent of
online media content in Russia is counterfeit. Up to seven out of
10 citizens confirm they choose to download for free.

 

In 2010, one of the largest and oldest film studios in Europe,
Russia’s giant Mosfilm, gave free access to over 500 films from
its golden collection, hoping to fight piracy.

“The financial losses are just as big as the black market
itself. And not only for cinema, but music, literature –
everything connected with intellectual property. It’s simply
impossible to calculate how much we all lose until it’s
legalized,”
the head of the Mosfilm Studios, Karen
Shakhnazarov, told RT.

 

The illegal media market doesn’t just rip off the entertainment
industries’ profits. It is also affecting the way future projects
get financed, with a number of private investors scared off by
the growing number of pirates.

“We believe that without piracy films would be able to return
twice the investment – state AND private. While, say, one month
after a movie premieres in cinemas, it could be released on to
the web for free, but with adverts. And legally,”
the head of
Channel 1 Konstantin Ernst stated.

Last year alone, the Russian government invested over two hundred
million dollars in the domestic film industry. But even such
scale of investment fails to draw audiences into theaters and
away from the pirates.

 

Watch Egor Piskunov’s full report for more.

This article originally appeared on: RT

IAEA report verifies non-diversion: Iran

0

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Ali Asghar Soltanieh

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Ali Asghar Soltanieh says the new report by the agency verifies there has been no diversion in Tehranâ„¢s peaceful nuclear energy program, Press TV reports.

Speaking ahead of a meeting of the IAEAâ„¢s 35-nation Board of Governors in the Austrian capital, Vienna, on Monday, Soltanieh said the new report by the UN nuclear agency proves Iranâ„¢s technical and scientific success in its peaceful nuclear activities.

Å“In fact, this report is a clear indication that Iran is successfully continuing its nuclear activities for peaceful purposes and this is an important message to the whole world,” the Iranian envoy stated.

Å“Therefore, those few countries that have not coped themselves with the reality, they should cope themselves with the reality that Iran is mastering enrichment technology and [that] Iran is fully cooperating with the IAEA,” he added.

He emphasized that these countries should depoliticize the IAEA as soon as possible and disengage from involving the United Nations Security Council in this important technical matter.

Soltanieh reiterated that the new IAEA report shows that there was no evidence of diversion in Iranâ„¢s nuclear material and activities towards military purposes.

All the centrifuges and each gram of uranium in Iran are under IAEA supervision, he pointed out.

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have been falsely accusing Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran has strongly rejected the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it is entitled to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iranâ„¢s nuclear facilities, but has never found any evidence showing that Tehranâ„¢s nuclear energy program has been diverted toward non-civilian objectives.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bahrain court sentences 3 protesters from 5 to 15 years in jail

0

Three protesters in Bahrain have been jailed from five to 15 years on charges of taking part in anti-government demonstrations in June 2012 and attempting to murder a policeman.

A Bahrain court has sentenced the main defendant for 15 years
behind bars for joining the protests that turned violent in a
Shiite village outside the capital city, Manama, in June 2012, a
lawyer who asked not be named said. The defendant had also been
charged with attempts to kill an officer.

The second man also accused of participating in protests and
violence and attempted murder was sentenced to 10 years. The
third was jailed for five years.

Bahrain has been witnessing mass protests since February 2011,
when thousands of protesters swarmed the streets of Manama
demanding democratic reforms and the resignation of Prime
Minister Sheikh Khalifa bin Salman al-Khalifa. Home to the US
Navy’s Fifth Fleet, Bahrain is ruled by a Sunni monarchy, while
over 75 per cent of the population is Shia.

The government has been trying to suppress the uprising by
introducing stricter penalties. One of the best-known cases of
human rights abuses in Bahrain is that of activist Nabeel Rajab,
who has been serving a three-year term in jail since August 2012
for openly criticizing the regime.

Another case stirred protest when Bahrain court sentenced 23
medics to three months in jail after they treated protesters and
took part in demonstrations.

“As a punishment for not obeying the authorities to abandon
these patients, all the doctors who were involved in treating
these patients, they were arrested. Myself personally, I was
abducted from my house at 3am in the morning, and I was badly
mistreated… I was tortured,”
Dr. Nada Dhaif recalled to RT
back then.

Local police have repeatedly been accused of a brutal police
crackdown on public dissent.

The Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry also accused Manama
of torturing protesters, politicians and political rights
activists; however, the al-Khalifa regime denies the allegations
of discrimination and of arbitrary arrests and abuses by security
forces. The kingdom has repeatedly canceled the visit of the UN’s
special rapporteur on torture, Juan Mendez, who intended to probe
police abuses of power.

More than 80 people have died in uprisings since the
pro-democracy protests begun in February 2011, according to Human
Rights Watch.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK political parties locked in tension

0

Live British broadcast of the political debate from the 2010 general election.

The Conservative Party has threatened to pull the plug on live television if the UK Independence Party (UKIP) is included in political debates, while UKIPâ„¢s Nigel Farage warns of court proceedings.

Farage, the UKIP leader warned that he is prepared to take legal action if any attempt is made to exclude his party from taking part in live television debates ahead of the next general election.

This comes while there are growing signs that the Conservatives would pull the plug on televised leadersâ„¢ debates if Farage was included.

Farage also disclosed that he had been given an offer by a major television company, thought to be Sky News to appear in a controversial leadersâ„¢ debate ahead of the European elections, which takes place in May 2014.

British broadcasters are believed to have already made an approach to the three mainstream parties including the Conservatives, Labour and Liberal Democrats, to repeat the same sort of performance in 2015 as first shown in 2010.

Although Labour and the Liberal Democrats are in favour of repeating the exercise, Tory colleagues of British Prime Minister David Cameron are extremely hesitant.

Labour officials suggested the Conservatives could be using UKIP as an excuse to avoid the debates. Å“We will be flexible on this and wonâ„¢t let David Cameron use Ukip to get off the hook,” they said.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘The Purge’ Is A Crime Spree Free-For-All That’s Just Around The Corner

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Coming soon to a theater near you, “The Purge” has an interesting concept: One night a year, for 12 hours, any and all crime is legal. No cops, no emergency services, and anything goes. What would you do?

The new thriller, “The Purge” which opens June 7, stars Ethan Hawke as James Sandin, a private security contractor and the patriarch of a well-to-do family. Like all Americans, he’s been sold on the idea that “The Purge” is a necessary evil, a government program designed to make life better for the American citizen.

“Tonight allows people a release for all the hatred and violence that they keep up inside them.”

The action takes place in the future, in a Utopian America. Unemployment is at one percent and crime is at an all-time low.

The “new founding fathers” of America would have citizens believe that this Utopia they’re living in is a result of The Purge. One night a year everyone is allowed to do whatever they want, to whomever they want, and get all their pent up rage and emotion out of their system.

In a sense, it works. The citizens enjoy their Utopian lifestyle 364 1/2 days a year, and for those who do want to commit some type of crime, well, 12 hours is plenty of time to knock off a jewelry store, rob a bank and rub out your grumpy neighbor with the yappy dog and still have time left to snag a six-pack from the corner store and club the clerk to death. With 364 1/2 days to plan everything you could conceivable get a year’s worth of crime out of your system and live happily ever after until the next Purge.

But at what cost?

The government has created The Purge for three reasons: Ostensibly, it gives Americans a way to let off steam one night a year. For the rest of the year, everything’s coming up roses. America’s prisons are already bursting at the seams and The Purge eliminates the need to build more. And if a 12-hour nationwide crime spree free-for-all pushes the crime rate to zero for the rest of the year, well look how much money we save on law enforcement.

But the dark, underlying reason for The Purge is to manipulate and control the American people by creating an atmosphere of fear and distrust that’s not too far beyond Janet Napolitano’s “See Something, Say Something” campaign.

In this Utopian/Dystopian society, for 364 1/2 days out of the year you’re not only planning your crimes (if you’re so inclined), you’re wondering what crimes your neighbor is planning. If you have money, a nice home, lots of material possessions you can almost guarantee you’re going to be a target.

But, did you make someone angry over the past year? And remember, the deterrent of prison or the death sentence is gone, so you don’t even really have to make someone “angry enough to kill you” anymore. All you have to do is piss them off enough that they’ll remember it when The Purge rolls around.

And what makes people angry enough to kill — especially when they know there’s no penalty? Just about anything. A yapping dog in the middle of the night. Jealousy. Greed. Minor disagreements over football scores. Or, say, political debates.

The movie goes a step further and considers the moral implications of a lawless society. What if you choose not to participate? The Sandin character is a security contractor and he’s built a virtual fortress for his family. No one can get in or out during The Purge. The Sandin family essentially enjoys all the perks of The Purge without ever having to do any of the work.

Sandin’s son, however, has a tiny streak of morality, and he offers refuge to a man who’s being chased by a gang of murdering thugs, putting the entire Sandin family at risk. Now, they either have to defend the man for the next 12 hours, or throw him back out on the street to his death.

That’s the moral dilemma that The Purge creates — Must we sacrifice our humanity to make America a better place to live? Are we really free if we live in constant fear and paranoia?

You might think “The Purge” is futuristic thriller, but it’s alarmingly realistic. We’re already living in an atmosphere of constant fear and paranoia. We allow our children to be ruthlessly interrogated over toy guns. We’re actually trying to ban the sale of pressure cookers. We willingly allow complete strangers to grope us in airports — all because we don’t want to draw attention to ourselves by being the person who stands up and objects, because there will be consequences is we do. And all because we believe our government leaders when they tell us this will make America a safer, happier place to live.

“This is your emergency broadcast system, announcing the commencement of the annual Purge. At the siren, all emergency services will be suspended for 12 hours. Your government thanks you for your participation.”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 8:45 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘The Purge’ Is A Crime Spree Free-For-All That’s Just Around The Corner

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Coming soon to a theater near you, “The Purge” has an interesting concept: One night a year, for 12 hours, any and all crime is legal. No cops, no emergency services, and anything goes. What would you do?

The new thriller, “The Purge” which opens June 7, stars Ethan Hawke as James Sandin, a private security contractor and the patriarch of a well-to-do family. Like all Americans, he’s been sold on the idea that “The Purge” is a necessary evil, a government program designed to make life better for the American citizen.

“Tonight allows people a release for all the hatred and violence that they keep up inside them.”

The action takes place in the future, in a Utopian America. Unemployment is at one percent and crime is at an all-time low.

The “new founding fathers” of America would have citizens believe that this Utopia they’re living in is a result of The Purge. One night a year everyone is allowed to do whatever they want, to whomever they want, and get all their pent up rage and emotion out of their system.

In a sense, it works. The citizens enjoy their Utopian lifestyle 364 1/2 days a year, and for those who do want to commit some type of crime, well, 12 hours is plenty of time to knock off a jewelry store, rob a bank and rub out your grumpy neighbor with the yappy dog and still have time left to snag a six-pack from the corner store and club the clerk to death. With 364 1/2 days to plan everything you could conceivable get a year’s worth of crime out of your system and live happily ever after until the next Purge.

But at what cost?

The government has created The Purge for three reasons: Ostensibly, it gives Americans a way to let off steam one night a year. For the rest of the year, everything’s coming up roses. America’s prisons are already bursting at the seams and The Purge eliminates the need to build more. And if a 12-hour nationwide crime spree free-for-all pushes the crime rate to zero for the rest of the year, well look how much money we save on law enforcement.

But the dark, underlying reason for The Purge is to manipulate and control the American people by creating an atmosphere of fear and distrust that’s not too far beyond Janet Napolitano’s “See Something, Say Something” campaign.

In this Utopian/Dystopian society, for 364 1/2 days out of the year you’re not only planning your crimes (if you’re so inclined), you’re wondering what crimes your neighbor is planning. If you have money, a nice home, lots of material possessions you can almost guarantee you’re going to be a target.

But, did you make someone angry over the past year? And remember, the deterrent of prison or the death sentence is gone, so you don’t even really have to make someone “angry enough to kill you” anymore. All you have to do is piss them off enough that they’ll remember it when The Purge rolls around.

And what makes people angry enough to kill — especially when they know there’s no penalty? Just about anything. A yapping dog in the middle of the night. Jealousy. Greed. Minor disagreements over football scores. Or, say, political debates.

The movie goes a step further and considers the moral implications of a lawless society. What if you choose not to participate? The Sandin character is a security contractor and he’s built a virtual fortress for his family. No one can get in or out during The Purge. The Sandin family essentially enjoys all the perks of The Purge without ever having to do any of the work.

Sandin’s son, however, has a tiny streak of morality, and he offers refuge to a man who’s being chased by a gang of murdering thugs, putting the entire Sandin family at risk. Now, they either have to defend the man for the next 12 hours, or throw him back out on the street to his death.

That’s the moral dilemma that The Purge creates — Must we sacrifice our humanity to make America a better place to live? Are we really free if we live in constant fear and paranoia?

You might think “The Purge” is futuristic thriller, but it’s alarmingly realistic. We’re already living in an atmosphere of constant fear and paranoia. We allow our children to be ruthlessly interrogated over toy guns. We’re actually trying to ban the sale of pressure cookers. We willingly allow complete strangers to grope us in airports — all because we don’t want to draw attention to ourselves by being the person who stands up and objects, because there will be consequences is we do. And all because we believe our government leaders when they tell us this will make America a safer, happier place to live.

“This is your emergency broadcast system, announcing the commencement of the annual Purge. At the siren, all emergency services will be suspended for 12 hours. Your government thanks you for your participation.”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 8:45 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘West to blame for terrorism in Syria’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iran’s Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Salehi says terrorism and extremism in Syria are the outcome of wrong approaches taken by certain foreign countries towards the crisis in the Arab country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UAE creates world’s fifth largest aluminum company in $15 billion merger

0

The UAE is merging two state aluminum companies to create the world’s fifth largest, with an estimated value of $15 billion.

The new entity, Emirates Global Aluminum, will be jointly owned
by Dubai Aluminum (Dubal) and Emirates Aluminum (Emal).

Together, they will have the capacity to produce 2.4 million
tonnes of aluminum per year by 2014, according to an official
statement.

“Emirates Global Aluminum will
build on strong foundations of leadership, to become a major
industrial champion and engine of economic development for our
people,”
Khaldoon Khalifa al-Mubarak, the chief executive
of Mubadala, one of the owners of the Emal concern.

The president and chief executive of Dubal, Abdulla Kalban, will
be the new managing director and chief executive of the merged
companies.

Dubal is owned by the Investment Corporation of Dubai (ICD) and
Emal is a joint venture between the Abu Dhabi sovereign fund
Mubadala and ICD.

The Emal plant is due to complete its $4 billion phase two by the
end of 2014, when its capacity will rise to 1.3 million tonnes
from its current 800,000 tonnes a year.

Alongside gold and oil, non-ferrous metals have been hit hard in
2013.

Experts foresee a drop in prices for aluminum, copper and nickel
by some 5%-10% in 2013, and by 8% to 13% next year.

The rise of the Chinese economy has played a large part in the
10-year commodity market boom, and now that it, and other
economies are slowing down, non-ferrous metal companies are
rethinking their strategies to tackle the oversupply and demand
contraction.

The world’s largest aluminum company, Rusal, announced a 300,000 tonne cut in production in 2013 after
suffering financial losses last year, with revenue down almost 12
percent.

Oversupply is suffocating companies and cutting profit margins,
but in the Persian gulf, some countries have been subsidizing the
industry to create jobs.

In 2011, Dubal Chairman Sheikh Hamdan Bin Rashid Al-Maktoum, a
member of the ruling family, was quoted by a local newspaper as
saying that Mubadala had offered to buy a stake in DUBAL,
Reuters reported.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Blair launches scathing attack on Islam

1

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair has launched a scathing attack on Islam Sunday, moaning that there is an ideological problem within the religion.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Democratic and Islamic values clash in Turkey’

0

The Turkish protests won’t turn into civil war, but it’s a serious warning to Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan against further Islamization of the state, Dr. Huseyin Bagci from the Middle East Technical University in Ankara told RT.

A wave of violence in Turkey has seen riot police clash with
protesters for a fourth day running in different parts of the
country.

Security forces used tear gas and water cannons as the
demonstrators responded with stones and built barricades.

In the capital, Ankara, the activists also tried to break through
police lines and attack the prime minister’s office.

Bagci believes the scale of protests became a real shock for
Erdogan, who previously considered his policies to be flawless
and supported by the Turkish population.


RT: After four days of unrest and a show of force by
police can you simplify people’s frustration and tell us what
exactly is driving them?

Huseyin Bagci: It’s like an eruption of a volcano
concerning the policies of Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan in the
recent years and in the recent months that he has been mostly
involving in the private affairs of the citizens. And his way of
speaking, his way of doing things has been also considered to
leave the democratic values, to leave the republican values of
the country. And I think this is first time in the last 11 years
that the Turkish government has experienced such a strong public
reaction.

The protestors are coming from different parts of the society.
They have only one aim: to remind the government that in
democracy the politicians can’t do things, taking the people
against them.


RT: The Turkish PM has blamed the opposition
for inciting crowds, whom he dismissed as “a few looters and
thugs.” Could Taksim Square become Erdogan’s Tahrir Square, the
center of Cairo’s Arab Spring?

HB: I don’t think so. First of all, in Turkey there’s no
domestic war or civil war conditions at the moment. The reaction
to the government is very strong. This is right. But Turkey is
still a parliamentary democracy and Tayyip Erdogan is getting his
lessons from all these developments. The problem is, Tayyip
Erdogan is criticized [for the] first time so strongly that he’s
also shocked, as he was assuming that his policies are always
right and what he’s doing is good for the country. But the people
are unhappy with his policies in recent years and recent months.

RT: The prime minister did try to smooth the waters by
admitting police had reacted excessively. And yet they don’t
appear to be backing off … Empty words from Erdogan?

HB: [The] police and [the] prime minister’s sayings and
doings contradict each other. I think it’s the first time the
government has been facing such large public protests and
demonstrations. So not only in Istanbul, in even smaller cities,
towns, the people are on the streets and they called that the
government should resign. I think that Turkey is a democratic
society and Tayyip Erdogan is trying to get Turkey into [a] much
more Islamism structure – Islamist state is experiencing these
strong reactions. I think the values of democracy and the
Islamist values are clashing now.


RT: How far does this protest in Turkey have
the potential to go?

HB: It will not be civil war, but it’ll make the life [of
the] prime minister very difficult in the coming weeks and days.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bradley Manning Trail Begins: A 'Danger Zone' for Civil Liberties

0

Bradley Manning supporters in Fort Meade on Sunday. (Photo: Steve Rhodes/cc/flickr)Developing…

The trial of 25-year-old army Pfc. Bradley Manning begins on Monday, “the latest and most high-profile in a series of leak prosecutions brought by the Obama administration.”

As law professor Marjorie Cohn, describing The Uncommon Courage of Bradley Manning, wrote:

When he was 22 years old, Pfc. Bradley Manning gave classified documents to WikiLeaks. They included the “Collateral Murder” video, which depicts U.S. forces in an Apache helicopter killing 12 unarmed civilians, including two Reuters journalists, and wounding two children.

“I believed if the public, particularly the American public, could see this it could spark a debate on the military and our foreign policy in general as it applied to Iraq and Afghanistan,” Bradley told the military tribunal during his guilty plea proceeding. “It might cause society to reconsider the need to engage in counter terrorism while ignoring the human situation of the people we engaged with every day.”

In a pre-trial statement explaining the leak, Manning said he “had information that needed to be shared with the world.”

“I wrote that the information would help document the true cost of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan,” said Manning.

The Guardian‘s Ed Pilkington reports:

The trial of Bradley Manning, the US soldier who leaked a trove of state secrets to WikiLeaks, could set an ominous precedent that will chill freedom of speech and turn the internet into a danger zone, legal experts have warned.

Of the 21 counts faced by the army private on Monday, at his trial at Fort Meade in Maryland, by far the most serious is that he knowingly gave intelligence information to al-Qaida by transmitting hundreds of thousands of classified documents to the open information website WikiLeaks. The leaked disclosures were first published by the Guardian and allied international newspapers.

Manning is accused of “aiding the enemy”, in violation of Article 104 of the Uniform Code of Military Justice. By indirectly unleashing a torrent of secrets onto the internet, the prosecution alleges, he in effect made it available to Osama bin Laden and his cohorts, for them to inflict injury on the US.

Laurence Tribe, a Harvard professor who is considered to be the foremost liberal authority on constitutional law in the US and who taught the subject to President Barack Obama, told the Guardian that the charge could set a worrying precedent. He said: “Charging any individual with the extremely grave offense of ‘aiding the enemy’ on the basis of nothing beyond the fact that the individual posted leaked information on the web and thereby ‘knowingly gave intelligence information’ to whoever could gain access to it there, does indeed seem to break dangerous new ground.”

Tribe, who advised the department of justice in Obama’s first term, added that the trial could have “far-reaching consequences for chilling freedom of speech and rendering the internet a hazardous environment, well beyond any demonstrable national security interest.”

________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Computers can't hear you scream when stocks collapse

0
<!–Max Keiser–>

Max Keiser, the host of RT’s ‘Keiser Report,’ is a former stockbroker, the inventor of virtual specialist technology and co-founder of the Hollywood Stock Exchange.

How can stocks be trading at all-time highs if the public is not investing?

Should the ‘little guy’ start buying stocks? This question
is being posed by pundits on financial-casino channels like CNBC
who apparently feel sorry that individual investors (who are
still down 45% from the net worth levels robbed during the 2008
crisis) aren’t ‘participating’ in this rally.

The question is backwards. The question should be, if the public
is not investing in stocks how are stocks trading at all-time
highs?

Buyers in stocks come from several sources; companies buying back
their own stock, mergers and acquisitions, institutional
investors (like pension funds) and algorithmic trading bots –
that constitute over 85% of all trading on the New York Stock
Exchange.

Do you see what I see? Stocks are trading at all-time highs
because computers are buying stocks for other computers; funded
by borrowed money lent to them by government computers – kept
artificially cheap – thanks to central bank’s computers keeping a
lid on interest rates at ½%

Unless you are a bot, or a drone, this is not the time for
individuals to be buying stocks. This is the time for individuals
to buy Gold, one of the best performing asset over the past 12
years, set to continue outperforming for another 12 years.

There’s never been a better time to buy Gold. The money supply
(and supply of debt) has never been higher in either America’s
238 year history or in Britain, going back to the time of the
creation of the Bank of England in 1694.

Computers are pushing prices for bonds and paper currencies
higher despite this historic moment of unprecedented increased
supply: an economic impossibility that can only occur – as it is
now – via massive, coordinated market manipulation by governments
and their computers. The price of Gold and Silver – during this
period of record shattering global demand – has been trading
down. Again, an economic impossibility that can only occur via
massive government intervention using computers programmed to
override price discovery.

Don’t get caught up in the hype of the recent Dow Jones spike.
Remember that up until just a few months ago shares in Warren
Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway, despite all the recent hype, has
been ‘dead money’ (no price gain at all) for a decade. Apple and
Google are higher, but the NASDAQ is still about 2,000 points
beneath the high it reached in 2000. Stocks have been going
sideways for more than a decade even though the government in the
U.S. has injected more than $16 trillion in fiat currency coupons
to bailout thieving ‘banksters’ and corrupt
politicians. 

Getting back to Gold, adjusted for the increase in money supply,
Gold is now cheaper at $1400 than it was at $500. That’s right.
There are exponentially more uncollateralized Federal Reserve
Notes (aka US dollars) electronically circulating through the
dying beast known as the US economy now relative to the supply of
Gold than back when Gold as at $500, while debt has increased by
hundreds of percentage points and wages are up less than 1%.
Margin debt (the money that is borrowed to buy stocks) on the New
York Stock Exchange is at an all-time high. The global debt and
derivatives pile recently topped $1 quadrillion.

The only buyers of stocks are computers who are buying for other
computers. And when the market crashes again as it most certainly
will, the computers won’t really care much.

Remember, on the stock market, when High Frequency Trading wipes
out your net worth; computers can’t hear you scream.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bradley Manning on trial: LIVE UPDATES

0

US Army Private Bradley Manning faces trial more than three years after his arrest for transmitting 700,000 classified documents to WikiLeaks. The US is pursuing further accusations of aiding the enemy, which carries a potential life sentence.

 RT / Andrew Blake

13:20 GMT: Demonstrations in support of Manning which
exploded over the weekend have continued into the day of the
trial, as his allies keep vigil outside in the rain.


13:11 GMT:
Around 350 aimed to secure one of the 70 spaces
available to observe the trial. 

13:00 GMT: Proceedings begin at the trial of Private
Bradley Manning. ‘Truth’ T-shirts are reportedly banned from the
courtroom, with their wearers being directed to turn them inside
out, as influencing judicial opinion is not allowed.

13:00 GMT: RT starts live updates from the courtroom. RT’s
own correspondent, Andrew Blake, is reporting live from Fort
Meade.

Manning, 25, has already pleaded guilty to charges of leaking
information to the anti-secrecy website, which alone could
confine him to prison for 20 years. However, it is a small
fraction of the further 21 counts the prosecutors are seeking to
convict him on, one of which includes allegedly aiding of the
enemy, which he did not believe he was doing. 

The court-martial trial is being held at Fort Meade military base
in Baltimore. Military tribunals are frequently held in extremely
secretive conditions. He has reportedly opted to have it heard by
a judge instead of a jury and the final verdict could take as
long as three months to be announced.

Manning stated at a pre-trial hearing in February that the scenes
he witnessed left him deeply unsettled.

“The most alarming aspect of the video” was the
“seemingly delightful bloodlust the aerial weapons team
happened to have,”
he said, suggesting the soldiers were akin
to children “torturing ants with a magnifying glass.”

Worldwide demonstrations in support of Manning took place over
the weekend at Fort Meade, Toronto, Berlin, Paris and even South
Korea’s Seoul.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkish union plans strike over unrest

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkey’s Public Workers Unions Confederation (KESK) says it will hold a two-day strike from Tuesday in protest to heavy-handed police crackdown on anti-government protesters.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Bloody Roosevelt’ in custody — Dagestan capital’s mayor detained over assassination

0

Russian law enforcers used armored vehicles to detain the mayor of the Dagestani capital, Makhachkala, Said Amirov — a powerful veteran politician with alleged criminal connections.

The federal law enforcement agency, the Investigative Committee,
reported that Amirov was detained over his suspected
masterminding of the killing of one of the agency’s leading
investigators in the region.

The officer, Arsen Gadjibekov, held the post of acting head of
the agency’s district directorate in Makhachkala and was heading
the probe into a string of contract hits when he was gunned down
near his home in the Dagestani city of Kaspiysk in December 2011.

The suspect’s high post and his ties with the heads of powerful
clans in the region prompted an unprecedented scale for the
detention operation. On Saturday, Amirov’s house was surrounded
by heavily-armed operatives with APC support, and two agents
entered the mayor’s premises saying he must come with them to
answer a few questions.

According to eyewitnesses, Amirov said he could answer the
questions on the spot, but the agents insisted, put him in an
armored vehicle and drove to a helicopter that landed on a square
right in the city center. The helicopter then flew straight to a
local airport and the mayor was taken to Moscow, where he was
charged with organizing an attempt on the life of a law enforcer.
On Sunday, a court ordered he be put in pre-trial custody.

RIA Novosti / Gulya Alieva

The news immediately caused a sensation. Amirov has headed
Makhachkala, the largest city and the main economic center of
Dagestan, since 1998 and he has been a prominent member of the
Russian parliamentary majority United Russia party since the day
of its foundation.

But apart from official political career Amirov allegedly assumed
one of the top positions in the Dagestani criminal structures.
Since the early 1990s he has survived over a dozen attempts on
his life, including one of the gangsters’ bullets severing his
spine, putting him in a wheelchair and earning him the nickname
‘Bloody Roosevelt’ from opposition reporters.

Dagestani press suggested that Amirov was behind many murders of
many people – local businessmen who refused to share profits or
give up lucrative companies under the mayor’s control, as well as
stubborn officials and politicians who opposed the local mafia
clans.

Dagestani Interior Minister Adilgirey Magomedtagirov was one of
the officials who criticized Amirov and publicly announced that
he had proof that one of mayor’s sons had personally killed
several girls. In June 2009, the minister was killed by a sniper
as he was walking out of a wedding banquet.

Currently, one the mayor’s sons heads the Dagestani Service of
Court Marshalls and the other chairs the legislative committee of
the regional parliament. Immediately after their father was
arrested, both men said they were taking a vacation and refused
to talk to the media.

The Makhachkala authorities addressed the local residents with a
request not to complicate the situation by protesting, but still
a few dozen people took to the streets demonstrating their
support for Amirov. These rallies, however, finished without any
incidents or detentions.

Some observers noted that the absence of complications was due to
the perfect timing of the operation — while Investigative
Committee agents were apprehending Amirov, Dagestan’s major
football club Anzhi Makhachkala was playing CSKA Moscow in the
neighboring Chechen Republic, and many thousands of young and
active Dagestanis were simply out of the city.

The Investigative Committee also reported that they detained
about 10 people as part of the same case and all of them were
also taken to Moscow for investigation procedures and possibly
future trial.

At the same time, Russian news site Life News reported on Sunday
that a key witness in Amirov’s case, suspected drug dealer
Magomed Abdulgalimov, was found hanged in a cell of a pre-trial
detention center in the city of Pyatigorsk. He survived as
wardens managed to get him out of the noose in time and he was
also urgently taken to Moscow and placed under special protection
in a high security prison.

Life News said that Abdulgalimov’s attempted suicide, or
attempted murder, took place shortly before the start of the
operation to detain Amirov, but the Investigative Committee has
not issued official comments at the time of publication.

However, the Federal Service for Execution of Punishment refuted
the report on Monday afternoon, adding that there were no inmates
named Abdulgalimov in Pyatigorsk detention centers.

Acting head of Dagestan Ramazan Abdulatipov has told the press
that Amirov’s detention was a resolute step by the Federal
Authorities to bring order and stability to the region.

“Dissent is still rumbling in Dagestan. Many of those who
assume official posts here for many years are themselves
practicing ignorance and lawlessness
,” Abdulatipov said.
“Now the law and order demanded by the head of our state
Vladimir Putin have arrived in Dagestan. We will seek to fulfill
this demand of the top authorities of the Russian
Federation.
”

Abdulatipov was appointed to his post in late January this year
after the president sacked his predecessor,
Magomedsalam Magomedov, reportedly over the poor security
situation in the region
. While Magomedov was in good
relations with Said Amirov, the relations between the Amirov and
the new head of the region were strained from the very beginning.

According to media reports, Amirov planned to compete with
Abdulatipov at the elections of the head of the republic that
will take place in September this year, but the arrest of the
mayor will apparently put an end to such ambition.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russian oil production increased to 10.48mn barrels per day

0

Russia, the world’s largest oil producer, increased its crude oil output by 0.1 percent to 10.48 million barrels (44.3 million metric tonnes) per day in May, almost reaching a year high and a Soviet record.

Russia out-produced traditional leading supplier Saudi Arabia by
1.15 million barrels per day in May.

Oil output made a strong recovery from April, when it experienced
a 6.2 percent decline down to 5.25 million barrels a day (22.2
million metric tonnes).

The data released on Russia’s Energy Ministry website over the
weekend showed a 9 percent dip month-on-month, likely due to weak
summer demand and Gazprom’s contracted output.

Natural gas production fell to 1.7 billion cubic meters a day as
Gazprom’s output declined 11 percent, according to Reuters.

The graph shows a decrease in electricity (purple), gas (red) and increases in oil (blue) and coal (green). in April. Image the Russian Federation Ministry of Energy.

In April, gas production totaled 55,871.8 million metric tonnes,
71.4 percent from Gazprom.

In 2012, gas production was 654.4 million cubic meters below the
2011 level of 16.3 billion cubic meters.

Gazprom is a dominant player in the European heating market, but
has lost many contracts recently due to pricing spats and the
change US shale-gas has brought to the global supply pattern.

Gazprom, skeptical to the shale gas revolution, has decided to
keep their prices high, which has disgruntled many European
customers, and led to a 15 percent drop
in profits
in 2012.

Oil and gas revenues account for almost 50 percent of Russia’s
state budget, and are very much the bloodline to the country’s $2
trillion economy.

The last post-Soviet record was set last November at 10.49
million barrels a day, which was still shy of the 1987 peak of
11.48 million barrels a day. Vladimir Putin has set a production
goal of at least 10 million barrels a day.

Russia is the third largest petroleum exporter, according to EIA data. Image from http://www.eia.gov

Russia is the world’s third largest petroleum producer and
exporter in the world, behind Saudi Arabia and the US.

Petroleum is sourced from 259 different companies, 132 which are
independent, and 14 which are under the Gazprom conglomerate.

Though Russia’s oil industry is comprised of 28 ‘major’ (at least
1 million tonnes/year) oil refineries, all output combined is
trumped by the world’s largest publicly traded oil producer,
Rosneft, which produced 3.85 million barrels in May, up 0.3
percent from April, according to the Ministry’s data.

Rosneft became the world’s largest oil producer after it acquired
TNK-BP in March in a $55 billion sale, and output 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Australian military halts all prisoner transfers amid torture concerns in Afghanistan

0

Australia is refusing to hand over captured prisoners to Afghan authorities, citing reports of detainee torture. The UK has also been holding on to its Afghan prisoners amid similar concerns, with critics dubbing the action a ‘British Guantanamo’.

All prisoner transfers to Afghan forces have been halted until
the safety of those detainees can be guaranteed, announced
Australia’s Defense Minister Stephen Smith during his visit to
the country’s main base in Uruzgan, Afghanistan, on Sunday.

The decision was reportedly made after reports that individuals
within the Afghans’ spy agency mistreated a detainee who was
transferred by Australian forces.

The details of the incident remain unknown, but Smith stated that
Afghan officials are investigating the allegations and even
arrested several members of Afghanistan’s spy agency.

“We’ve been informally advised by the Afghan authorities that
they are in the process of laying charges against Afghan
officials as a result of ill treatment of detainees at the
National Directorate of Security Detention Centre,”
the
Australian Broadcasting Corporation quotes Smith as saying.

Currently there is only one detainee being held in Australia’s
custody at Tarin Kowt base, as the country’s operations in
Afghanistan are winding down and Australian troops are set to
leave Uruzgan by the end of the year.

Regulations require Australia to hand over detainees to the
Afghan authorities within 96 hours.

Australia's Prime Minister Julia Gillard meets members of the Australian Army 1st Mentoring Task Force during her visit to Multinational Base Tarin Kowt in southern Afghanistan October 2, 2010 (Reuters / Department of Defence / Handout)

The highest-ranked Australian officer at the International
Security Assistance Force in Kabul, General Gus McLachlan,
explained that no more prisoners will be transferred until
individuals involved in torture allegations are removed.

“Any individual who may be involved is then removed in
cooperation with the Afghan government, and then once we were
confident that things were back in place then those actions would
resume,”
he said.

Earlier, it was revealed that UK has been holding off from
transferring prisoners to Afghan forces for at least a year,
citing torture concerns if detainees were handed over.

British troops in Afghanistan are holding 80 to 90 people, some
for up to 14 months, without charges. Lawyers acting for eight of
the men say some of the prisoners have been held without charge
for up to 14 months, arguing that it could amount to unlawful
detention.

Critics of detention without charge dubbed UK’s decision as a
British Gitmo. There is enough ground to
compare the secret British prison in Afghanistan to the infamous
US Guantanamo Bay detention facility, as the UK is holding people
they consider dangerous in custody without having any legal
grounds to do so, Jim Brann of the Stop the War Coalition told
RT.

In November last year, UK’s Secretary of Defense Philip Hammond
issued a temporary ban on transfer of prisoners to Afghan
detention after a farmer claimed that he had been tortured in a
prison after being captured by UK troops and handed over to
Afghan officials.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Al-Qaeda’s Syrian branch opens complaints department

0

An Al-Qaeda branch in northern Syria has opened a complaints department in one of the cities it controls. The militant organization apparently aims to show the local residents that it can act as a civilian government.

The branch operating in the provincial capital city of Raqqa
posted a notice last week, suggesting the public turn to them
with possible grievances.

“Anyone who might have a complaint against any element of the
Islamic state, whether the Emir or an ordinary soldier, can come
and submit their complaint in any headquarters building of the
Islamic state,”
the notice said as cited by The Telegraph
newspaper. “The complaint should be in writing, provide
details and give evidence.”

The militants, whose long-term goal is to turn Iraq, Syria and
Lebanon into a single Islamist state, pledge to try any
violations at a Sharia court.

Earlier the Al-Nusra Front, the prominent Islamist force fighting
to topple the Syrian government, admitted that it is in fact a branch of the Iraqi-based Al-Qaeda
in a statement.

Over the years Al-Qaeda has showed a surprising amount of
bureaucratic work for an organization supposed to be a loose
network of independently-operating terrorist cells. In the latest
example a letter was found in Mali’s Timbuktu, which criticized
Al-Qaeda-linked guerrilla leader Mokhtar Belmokhtar for failing to report his
expenses, answer his phone in a timely manner, or carry out
attacks as ordered.

The attempts to impose the strict version of Islam are met with
disdain in Syria, which had been for decades a moderately secular
state. In Raqqa the Islamists attempted and failed to impose a
smoking ban, according to local activists. But the militant group
denies this ever happened.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Radical Jewish youths ‘in survival mode state’ step up attacks against Arabs

0



Published time: June 03, 2013 11:44

An Israeli border guard stands next to anti-Christian graffiti reading in Hebrew, “Jesus is monkey” that was daubed on the Church of the Dormition, one of Jerusalem’s leading pilgrimage sites, on May 31, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ahmad Gharabli)

Download video (22.85 MB)
Embed

Code

With street violence against Arabs and the number of ‘price tag’ attacks, often involving Israeli youngsters, on the rise, PM Benjamin Netanyahu has been forced to decry “racism against Israeli Arabs and acts of hooliganism against Palestinians.”

The latest vandalism attack saw offenders spray-painting their
message on the walls of a Jerusalem church and damaging two cars
parked nearby overnight.

On Friday the Dormition Abbey outside the Old City’s Zion Gate in
Jerusalem also reported the spraying of offensive graffiti in
Hebrew and the destruction of the church property, The Jerusalem
Post reported. Radical Jewish settler sympathizers are suspected
to be behind the assault. The perpetrators wrote “the
Christians are apes”
and “the Christians are slaves”
on two cars parked outside the abbey in Beit Ilu Ramllah.

According to Israeli media, there has been a growing number of
‘price tag’ attacks in the country in recent months.

In May, five vehicles parked on one of the main streets in East
Jerusalem were vandalized in another price tag attack, allegedly
by Jewish extremists.

Price-tag attacks are the acts of violence and vandalism against
Palestinians and Israeli security forces by radical Israeli
settlers to exact a ‘price’ from both parties for any actions
believed to be taken against their settlements.

In a showcase, Tel Aviv street cleaner Hassan Usruf was badly
beaten up three months ago.

“One of them said to me ‘Hi Arab’, I said, ‘Why do you say
that? What’s the difference – Arab, Jewish?’ Then another guy
came up to me and said ‘You want a country, Arab?’”
Hassan
Usruf recalled. The next thing he remembered was being hit on the
head with a bottle.

“Everything went black. I fell to the ground. They started
kicking me and hitting me. My lawyer told me that when they were
held by the police, they heard the kids competing among
themselves who hit me the most,”
Usruf told RT.

The latest development provoked the prime minister to slam the
violence.

“I wish to condemn two phenomena that we have witnessed
recently: Racism against Israeli Arabs and acts of hooliganism
against Palestinians, without any provocation or
justification,”
Netanyahu told his cabinet on Sunday
promising to “act with all legal means at our disposal to stop
them.”

‘Segregating’ amusement park draws public anger

 

Netanyahu also decried an act of segregation between Jewish and
Arab school children at the Superland amusement park.

On Thursday the amusement park near Tel Aviv said it would
reexamine its policy of renting out the one-stop entertainment
shop on separate days to Jewish and Arab schools after it
reportedly refused to open its doors to an Arab teacher who
wanted to take his class there on a school trip. 

The park management explained in a statement, cited by Haaretz,
that in June many different schools wanted to conduct
end-of-school-year events at Superland with requests from Jewish
and Arab schools alike to conduct their events on separate days.
 

“Only yesterday, for example, two reservations were received
from Arab schools that had requested that the event would be for
Arab schools only, with no schools from the Jewish sector.
Similar requests have come from the Jewish sector,”
the
management added.

Jerusalem municipality workers clean anti-Christian graffiti that was daubed on the Church of the Dormition, one of Jerusalem's leading pilgrimage sites, early on May 31, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ahmad Gharabli)

“The Superland management is very sensitive to the desires and
feelings of all its patrons. As a result, during the next few
days we will reevaluate the decision to accommodate the schools’
requests to have separate days,”
the statement informed.

But some organizations, like the Shomer Hatza’ir Youth Movement
that has become an educational and moral framework for thousands
of young people in Israeli society, both Jewish and Arab, said
they would not be going to Superland this summer after the
management’s embarrassing behavior.


“Racism is something criminal and sick that has to stop, and be
put at the top of public discourse in Israel,”
the movement
explained in a statement. “If the Superland management
conducts a thorough investigation and deals with those
responsible for this embarrassing behavior, we will consider
resuming cooperation with it.”


Israeli youth ‘inspired by grown-ups’?


While many blame the core structure of Israeli society and
foreign policy for the gruesome situation, some also point out
the young perpetrators could merely be following an example set
by the older generation.

“They get the inspiration from the grown-ups. You don’t show
any signs you want peace, to live side by side, to resolve the
conflict. So this stalemate causes tension, and all the wars and
all the incidents and clashes that we see in the occupied
territories and the general militant atmosphere creates a
conflict which leads to hatred and legitimacy for violence,”

member of the Knesset Esawi Frej told RT.

The director of Child and Adolescent Clinical Services told RT
that the youngsters behind the attacks probably suffer the
psychological effects of surviving terrorist acts.


“Those adolescents were exposed to terrorist attacks and
developed post-traumatic symptoms… they tend to exercise twice as
much risk-taking behaviors. Attacking innocent people just
because they are Arabs, with no provocation whatsoever. And
that’s very typical to people who feel in survival mode
state,”
Ruth Pat-Horencyzyk, explained.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Shale gas licenses may increase UK reserves four-fold

0

The UK could see its gas reserves more than quadruple. The conclusion is based on estimates from the UK’s IGas Energy Group that said its own license in north west England could contain over 4.8 trillion cubic meters of shale gas.

The company said its technical studies indicate that the licenses
in the region most likely contain an estimated 2.9 trillion cubic
meters or 102 trillion cubic feet.

According to Bloomberg, the new estimates released Monday sent
IGas Energy shares soaring. They jumped 15 percent in London
trading after the statement was released.

IGas, which is due to start drilling later this year, said in a
statement that a study “supports our view that these licenses
have a very significant shale gas resource with the potential to
transform the company and materially benefit the communities in
which we operate.”



“Gas in place of about 100 trillion cubic feet (2.8 trillion
cubic meters) is highly significant, both relative to IGas’s
existing resource base and the UK’s existing gas reserves,”

Bloomberg quotes Laura Loppacher, an analyst at Jefferies Group
LLC in London as saying. “US shale recovery factors are
generally estimated to be 10 percent to 30 percent with current
technology.”

Should 30 percent be extractable, UK reserves would jump about
850 billion cubic metres compared with BP’s current estimate of
200 billion cubic metres, more than quadrupling the country’s gas
reserves.

The new estimate from IGas Energy follows the one made by its
rival — Cuadrilla. Cuadrilla’s estimate revealed that its field
in the same region in north west England may hold up to 5.7
trillion cubic metres.

Increasing extraction of shale gas could help UK ease its gas
dependency on Qatar and Russia.

Exploration and development group Cuadrilla believes it could
supply a quarter of the UK’s gas needs from a resource in
Lancashire.

“There are already over 300 licenses for onshore exploration
and development, conventional and unconventional, a fifth of
which are substantial,”
UK Energy Minister Michael Fallon
said last month at the All Party Parliamentary Group for
Unconventional Gas & Oil (APPG) meeting in the House of
Commons.

Shale gas drilling is however a tricky process. Companies use
hydraulic fracturing — the cracking of various rock layers by a
pressurized liquid in order to release the gas trapped inside the
shale formations. Supporters of the hydraulic fracturing point to
the economic benefits from the vast amounts of formerly
inaccessible gas reserves. Opponents of the drilling methods
point to potential dangers to the environment, including
polluting ground water, depletion of fresh water, and soil and
air contamination among other risks.

The UK ended its shale gas exploration moratorium in December
last year despite environmentalists’ concerns over the
controversial extraction technology, the International Business
Times reports.

Conservative MP Dan Byles quoted by IBTimes said that the shale
gas industry could provide as many as 30,000 UK jobs.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Encouraging PMI data heralds European manufacturing revival

0

Eurozone manufacturing output shrank less than initially estimated in May, proving its economy is beginning to show some life. The data supports the optimism of ECB chief Draghi predicting ‘gradual recovery’ for the Eurozone.

The Purchasing Managers’ Index compiled by Markit is
a key benchmark indicators for measuring the business
and economic conditions. Readings above 50 indicate expansion,
and below contraction.

A gauge of manufacturing in the euro area increased to 48.3 last
month from 46.7 in April, Markit reports. It means European
manufacturing output is still falling, but at the slowest rate
since February 2012. EU biggest countries such as
Spain, Italy, France, Germany, and Greece saw increases.

“The sector still seems some way off stabilizing, however, and
therefore remains a drag on the economy”,
Chris Williamson,
chief economist at Markit, reports.

“In particular, the surveys brought good news in terms of
signs of stabilisation in Germany and export-led growth in Italy
and Spain, the latter suggesting structural reforms are boosting
competitiveness”,
he adds.

The PMI report has added to encouraging euro-zone industrial
confidence and trade data released last month that showed the
currency bloc is beginning to emerge from a record-long
recession. Bloomberg reports. The 18-month recession will end in
the second quarter, as the economy stagnates before returning to
growth in the following three months, according to the agency.

However, even though the Eurozone PMI holds steady versus initial
estimates, the state of Europe’s economy remains in a “dire
situation,”
tradingfloor.com quotes the chief economist of
OECD Pier Carlo Padoan. “We think that the Eurozone could
consider more aggressive options, including below-zero interest
rates”,
the think tank suggests.

The European Central Bank has cut its benchmark rate to a record
low of 0.5 percent and is exploring unconventional ways of
channeling money to needy companies, especially in the south,
Bloomberg reports. 

“The economic situation in the euro area remains challenging
but there are a few signs of possible stabilization,”
ECB
President Mario Draghi is reported saying. “Our baseline
scenario continues to be one of a very gradual recovery starting
in the latter part of this year”,
he adds.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Talks and diplomacy: UK mulls Assange solution with Ecuador

0

Britain is considering talks with Ecuador to discuss the future of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, according to the UK’s Foreign Office. This would be the first major step towards resolving a one-year diplomatic stand-off.

The Foreign Office announced that it is considering taking up
Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino’s request to set up a
meeting with Britain’s Foreign Secretary William Hague when
Patino will visits London later in June. 

“We’re considering that request. We hope the visit will
contribute to our joint commitment to finding a diplomatic
solution to this issue,”
Reuters quoted a spokeswoman as
saying.

Julian Assange has been inside of the Ecuadorian Embassy in
London since June 2012 in order to avoid extradition to Sweden
where he is wanted for questioning in regards to allegation of
sex crimes, which he has denied.

He refuses to go to Sweden unless it guarantees that it won’t
extradite him to the US, where Assange faces espionage charges
over data released by WikiLeaks. According to his lawyers, if
sent to the US he is likely to face trial and possibly even the
death penalty over WikiLeaks’ release of thousands of classified
US diplomatic cables.

Ecuador has given Assange asylum and houses him in a small
basement room in its London embassy. UK law enforcement keeps a
close eye on the embassy, ready to arrest Assange should he leave
the diplomatically-protected building.

Wikileaks founder Julian Assange addresses the media and his supporters from the balcony of the Ecuadorian Embassy in London on August 19, 2012 (AFP Photo / Carl Court)

The cost of the surveillance, which is believed to involve two
police vehicles and eight officers on duty at all times, is now
over $16,500 a day, Scotland Yard recently reported. The
operation cost British taxpayers over $5 million since Assange
got his refuge on June 19, 2012. By the time of the anniversary,
the sum is expected to have exceeded $6.3 million.

The WikiLeaks Party submitted its registration to
the Australian Electoral Commission in April and has secured over
1,000 fee-paying members, more than double the 500 members
required for registration. Assange is planning to run for a
senate seat.

Assange is preparing for a tough remote campaign. If elected, he
still may not be physically present at the Australian Senate if
he remains trapped in the embassy. Assange’s running mate could
sit in for the WikiLeaks founder if he wins the race but is
unable to leave the embassy.

The Foreign Office’s announcement comes on the day the trial of Bradley Manning, the United States Army
private responsible for the biggest intelligence leak in US
history, begins. US authorities arrested Manning in May 2010 and
accused him of sending hundreds of thousands of sensitive
government files to the anti-secrecy website WikiLeaks.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Computers can't hear you scream when stocks collapse

0
<!–Max Keiser–>

Max Keiser, the host of RT’s ‘Keiser Report,’ is a former stockbroker, the inventor of virtual specialist technology and co-founder of the Hollywood Stock Exchange.

How can stocks be trading at all-time highs if the public is not investing?

Should the ‘little guy’ start buying stocks? This question
is being posed by pundits on financial-casino channels like CNBC
who apparently feel sorry that individual investors (who are
still down 45% from the net worth levels robbed during the 2008
crisis) aren’t ‘participating’ in this rally.

The question is backwards. The question should be, if the public
is not investing in stocks how are stocks trading at all-time
highs?

Buyers in stocks come from several sources; companies buying back
their own stock, mergers and acquisitions, institutional
investors (like pension funds) and algorithmic trading bots –
that constitute over 85% of all trading on the New York Stock
Exchange.

Do you see what I see? Stocks are trading at all-time highs
because computers are buying stocks for other computers; funded
by borrowed money lent to them by government computers – kept
artificially cheap – thanks to central bank’s computers keeping a
lid on interest rates at ½%

Unless you are a bot, or a drone, this is not the time for
individuals to be buying stocks. This is the time for individuals
to buy Gold, one of the best performing asset over the past 12
years, set to continue outperforming for another 12 years.

There’s never been a better time to buy Gold. The money supply
(and supply of debt) has never been higher in either America’s
238 year history or in Britain, going back to the time of the
creation of the Bank of England in 1694.

Computers are pushing prices for bonds and paper currencies
higher despite this historic moment of unprecedented increased
supply: an economic impossibility that can only occur – as it is
now – via massive, coordinated market manipulation by governments
and their computers. The price of Gold and Silver – during this
period of record shattering global demand – has been trading
down. Again, an economic impossibility that can only occur via
massive government intervention using computers programmed to
override price discovery.

Don’t get caught up in the hype of the recent Dow Jones spike.
Remember that up until just a few months ago shares in Warren
Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway, despite all the recent hype, has
been ‘dead money’ (no price gain at all) for a decade. Apple and
Google are higher, but the NASDAQ is still about 2,000 points
beneath the high it reached in 2000. Stocks have been going
sideways for more than a decade even though the government in the
U.S. has injected more than $16 trillion in fiat currency coupons
to bailout thieving ‘banksters’ and corrupt
politicians. 

Getting back to Gold, adjusted for the increase in money supply,
Gold is now cheaper at $1400 than it was at $500. That’s right.
There are exponentially more uncollateralized Federal Reserve
Notes (aka US dollars) electronically circulating through the
dying beast known as the US economy now relative to the supply of
Gold than back when Gold as at $500, while debt has increased by
hundreds of percentage points and wages are up less than 1%.
Margin debt (the money that is borrowed to buy stocks) on the New
York Stock Exchange is at an all-time high. The global debt and
derivatives pile recently topped $1 quadrillion.

The only buyers of stocks are computers who are buying for other
computers. And when the market crashes again as it most certainly
will, the computers won’t really care much.

Remember, on the stock market, when High Frequency Trading wipes
out your net worth; computers can’t hear you scream.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russia urges urgent Iran-P5+1 talks

0

Russia’s Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov has called on Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers to resume talks mainly on the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program as soon as possible.

Speaking to reporters on Monday, Ryabkov added that Russia proposes the Kazakh city of Almaty as a potential venue for talks between Tehran and the P5+1.

”We donâ„¢t care that much about the venue but it should suit all parties to the talks. Weâ„¢ve already held two efficient rounds of negotiations in Almaty so we can stick with that place,” the official stated.

Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers – Russia, China, France, Britain, and the US plus Germany – have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program.

The latest round of negotiations between the two sides was held in Istanbul, Turkey, on May 16. Two earlier meetings were also been held in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 5-6 and February 26-27.

The West led by the United States accuses Iran of potentially using its nuclear energy program as a cover for military purposes.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it is entitled to develop and acquire nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russia urges urgent Iran-P5+1 talks

0

Russia’s Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov has called on Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers to resume talks mainly on the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program as soon as possible.

Speaking to reporters on Monday, Ryabkov added that Russia proposes the Kazakh city of Almaty as a potential venue for talks between Tehran and the P5+1.

”We donâ„¢t care that much about the venue but it should suit all parties to the talks. Weâ„¢ve already held two efficient rounds of negotiations in Almaty so we can stick with that place,” the official stated.

Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers – Russia, China, France, Britain, and the US plus Germany – have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program.

The latest round of negotiations between the two sides was held in Istanbul, Turkey, on May 16. Two earlier meetings were also been held in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 5-6 and February 26-27.

The West led by the United States accuses Iran of potentially using its nuclear energy program as a cover for military purposes.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it is entitled to develop and acquire nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

SF/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bradley Manning on trial: LIVE UPDATES

0

US Army Private Bradley Manning faces trial more than three years after his arrest for transmitting 700,000 classified documents to WikiLeaks. The US is pursuing further accusations of aiding the enemy, which carries a potential life sentence.

13:11 GMT: Around 350 aimed to secure one of the 70
available spaces to observe the trial. 

13:00 GMT: Proceedings begin at the trial of Private
Bradley Manning. ‘Truth’ T-shirts are reportedly banned from the
courtroom, with their wearers being directed to turn them inside
out, as influencing judicial opinion is not allowed.

13:00 GMT: RT starts live updates from the courtroom. RT’s
own correspondent, Andrew Blake, is reporting live from Fort
Meade.

Manning, 25, has already pleaded guilty to charges of leaking
information to the anti-secrecy website, which alone could
confine him to prison for 20 years. However, it is a small
fraction of the further 21 counts the prosecutors are seeking to
convict him on, one of which includes allegedly aiding of the
enemy, which he did not believe he was doing. 

The court-martial trial is being held at Fort Meade military base
in Baltimore. Military tribunals are frequently held in extremely
secretive conditions. He has reportedly opted to have it heard by
a judge instead of a jury and the final verdict could take as
long as three months to be announced.

Manning stated at a pre-trial hearing in February that the scenes
he witnessed left him deeply unsettled.

“The most alarming aspect of the video” was the
“seemingly delightful bloodlust the aerial weapons team
happened to have,”
he said, suggesting the soldiers were akin
to children “torturing ants with a magnifying glass.”

Worldwide demonstrations in support of Manning took place over
the weekend at Fort Meade, Toronto, Berlin, Paris and even South
Korea’s Seoul.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Firebombs detonate in Greece capital

0

File photo shows Greek polic car standing at the scene of a bomb attack.

Three firebombs have detonated in the Greek capital, Athens, injuring at least one woman, officials said.

The bombs, which consisted of camping gas canisters, exploded at different locations in the center of the capital on Monday.

One bomb went off at the fifth floor of an apartment building in central Athens at 8 a.m. local time. The building is located near the political office of the Secretary-General of the Greek Ministry of Justice, Transparency & Human Rights.

A woman was injured in the incident as she was emerging from her apartment.

The second device blew up earlier in the day outside a building housing Foundation for Economic and Industrial Research. The third bomb detonated outside a branch of the Environment, Energy and Climate Change Ministry.

“We are sure that the new attempt to introduce violence into public life will be condemned” by the countryâ„¢s politicians, said government spokesman Simos Kedikoglou in a statement.

Several firebomb attacks have taken place across Greece over the past years as a way to express opposition to the government. The attacks take place mostly at night and outside government offices, banks or other symbols of wealth.

SAB/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bradley Manning

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Bradley Manning supporters in Fort Meade on Sunday. (Photo: Steve Rhodes/cc/flickr)Developing…

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Bradley Manning

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Bradley Manning supporters in Fort Meade on Sunday. (Photo: Steve Rhodes/cc/flickr)Developing…

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Talks and diplomacy: UK mulls Assange solution with Ecuador

0

Britain is considering talks with Ecuador to discuss the future of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, according to the UK’s Foreign Office. This would be the first major step towards resolving a one-year diplomatic stand-off.

The Foreign Office announced that it is considering taking up
Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino’s request to set up a
meeting with Britain’s Foreign Secretary William Hague when
Patino will visits London later in June. 

“We’re considering that request. We hope the visit will
contribute to our joint commitment to finding a diplomatic
solution to this issue,”
Reuters quoted a spokeswoman as
saying.

Julian Assange has been inside of the Ecuadorian Embassy in
London since June 2012 in order to avoid extradition to Sweden
where he is wanted for questioning in regards to allegation of
sex crimes, which he has denied.

He refuses to go to Sweden unless it guarantees that it won’t
extradite him to the US, where Assange faces espionage charges
over data released by WikiLeaks. According to his lawyers, if
sent to the US he is likely to face trial and possibly even the
death penalty over WikiLeaks’ release of thousands of classified
US diplomatic cables.

Ecuador has given Assange asylum and houses him in a small
basement room in its London embassy. UK law enforcement keeps a
close eye on the embassy, ready to arrest Assange should he leave
the diplomatically-protected building.

Wikileaks founder Julian Assange addresses the media and his supporters from the balcony of the Ecuadorian Embassy in London on August 19, 2012 (AFP Photo / Carl Court)

The cost of the surveillance, which is believed to involve two
police vehicles and eight officers on duty at all times, is now
over $16,500 a day, Scotland Yard recently reported. The
operation cost British taxpayers over $5 million since Assange
got his refuge on June 19, 2012. By the time of the anniversary,
the sum is expected to have exceeded $6.3 million.

The WikiLeaks Party submitted its registration to
the Australian Electoral Commission in April and has secured over
1,000 fee-paying members, more than double the 500 members
required for registration. Assange is planning to run for a
senate seat.

Assange is preparing for a tough remote campaign. If elected, he
still may not be physically present at the Australian Senate if
he remains trapped in the embassy. Assange’s running mate could
sit in for the WikiLeaks founder if he wins the race but is
unable to leave the embassy.

The Foreign Office’s announcement comes on the day the trial of Bradley Manning, the United States Army
private responsible for the biggest intelligence leak in US
history, begins. US authorities arrested Manning in May 2010 and
accused him of sending hundreds of thousands of sensitive
government files to the anti-secrecy website WikiLeaks.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey prepares for 4th day protests

0

Police fires tear gas to disperse protesters outside Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s office in Istanbul, on June 2, 2013.

Turkey is on edge as authorities are bracing for a fourth day of fierce anti-government protests in major cities to demand the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

Protesters are converging on Istanbulâ„¢s iconic Taksim Square to express their discontent with the government for the fourth consecutive day on Monday.

On Sunday, thousands of protesters marched on Erdogan’s office in Ankara, shouting “Dictator, resign!” and “We will resist until we win,” and clashing with the riot police that responded with tear gas.

Meanwhile, Erdogan has remained defiant, denying accusations that he has been acting like a dictator. He has also rejected any possibility of an uprising in Turkey, arguing that these protesters do not represent the entire Turkish society.

Protests erupted in Istanbul on Friday after security forces attacked a peaceful four-day sit-in by environmental activists against the demolition of Gezi Park at Taksim Square.

Activists say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the city’s last public green space.

The tough police response to park protesters sparked mass anti-government demonstrations in nearly 50 other cities.

The harsh police response has drawn international condemnation with EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton condemning Turkish police for using disproportionate force against demonstrators.

The White House has also called on Turkish security forces to exercise restraint in dealing with the protests, saying public demonstrations are part of the democratic expression.

Turkey Interior Minister Muammer Guler said on Sunday that more than 1,700 people had been arrested, adding that 58 civilians and 115 security officers had also been injured in the protests. Rights groups, however, have put the number of injured in the hundreds.

PG/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US soldier killed in Afghanistan blast

0

A US trooper and an Afghanistan National Army soldier patrol in Kalinoum village, west of Garmsir, Helmand Province. (File photo)

An US-led soldier has been killed and another wounded in a bomb blast in Afghanistan’s southwestern Nimruz Province, Press TV reports.

The blast took place after a foreign forces military vehicle hit a roadside bomb in Khashrood District on Monday at 3 p.m. local time, said Khashrood Governor Mohammad Hashem Nourzi.

The US-led military coalition in Afghanistan has offered no comment so far.

The incident comes on top of another bomb explosion in Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Paktia on Monday in which 15 people including 10 school children were killed and more than two dozen others were injured

The blast targeted a convoy of foreign soldiers and Afghan police officers near a market in Samkani District.

Earlier on Monday, in Hakim Abad District of Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Laghman, seven people were killed in a roadside bomb explosion.

The victims, all members of a family, included four women, two children and a man.

There has been no claim of responsibility for the Monday bombings, but the Taliban militants are usually blamed for such deadly incidents in Afghanistan.

According to the website icasualties.org, a total of 71 US-led foreign troops have been killed in Afghanistan so far this year.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

In late April, the Taliban said it would use Å“every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and foreign forces.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 were injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Hague's Diplomatic Double Standards

0

Israeli regimeâ„¢s so-called opposition chief Tzipi Livni meets with UK Foreign Secretary William Hague in London, (file photo).

UK foreign Secretary William Hague continues to surpass himself.

Youâ„¢ll remember how he fell for the phony claptrap about WMD and voted Å“very strongly” for the Iraq war, thus advertising his lack of diligence and poor judgment.

After three years in power he still has British troops dying in Afghanistan to massage the egos of American and British warmongers. Heâ„¢s also made it his business to protect Israeli war crimes suspects – and the rest of the worldâ„¢s most odious scum – from arrest.

He was at the forefront of military intervention in Libya, which has had messy, horrific and uncontrollable consequences.

And he seems to have an unquenchable desire to cripple the Iranian nation with ever-tighter sanctions reminiscent of those against Iraq in the run-up to the war he eagerly supported. Itâ„¢s almost a replay of the brutal conspiracy by Britain and the US back in the 1950s to topple Mossadeq and reinstate the hated Shah. Iran of course is no threat to the UK, although it could become one if Hague persists with his nonsense, and ought to be cultivated as a friend. There is no cast-iron basis for Hagueâ„¢s hostility, which is unfathomable and has never been properly explained.

Now he compounds Britainâ„¢s embarrassment with his frantic efforts to drag us into the mire in Syria.

Trying to flog his snake-oil remedy for the Syria crisis, Agent Hague told BBC News: “In the end there is only a political and diplomatically-supported solution to this. Ending the [EU arms] embargo is part of supporting the diplomatic work.

“How long can we go on with people having every weapon that’s ever been devised dropped on them while most of the world denies them the means to defend themselves?” Itâ„¢s creating extremism and radicalising people, he said. Å“We’re reaching a limit of how long we can go on with that situation…”

I thought for a moment he was talking about Gaza, where “that situation” has been going on for six years. Syria has suffered for only two.

On this basis shouldnâ„¢t we help Hamas and other resistance groups to oust the thug regime bombarding their civilians? Perish the thought. Israel is much too precious to be spanked. The Zionist regime, as always, must be indulged, so it is welcome to carry on bombing, blasting, incinerating and shredding human beings minding their own business in their own homeland. Hague won’t act against it. In fact he’s part of the clique that enthusiastically rewards Israel’s criminal cruelty.

In the case of Syria, however, Agent Hague has been vigorously campaigning for the EU to lift its arms embargo from the militants but not the sovereign government. One wonders what he hopes to achieve by adding fuel to the roaring fire. Is he seeking to turn himself into some kind of hero for the shambolic Islamist fighters, many of whom are straight out of Holywoodâ„¢s worst horror movies? Whatâ„¢s to stop them trading their new British and French weapons for the best price they can get? In whose hands will they end up – the nice-as-pie rebels or the nasty West-haters?

And what if the rebel rabble eventually beats Assad to a pulp as a result of Agent Hagueâ„¢s meddling? What sort of chaos will descend on Syria and how will it be contained? Indeed, who will pay the bills?

And is it legal? Yes, according to Hagueâ„¢s and his advisersâ„¢ understanding of international law… like we were assured the Iraq war was legal, I suppose.

Then thereâ„¢s Agent Hagueâ„¢s everlasting support for Israel regardless of its mega-crimes. A few days ago he was saying, “I am pleased to be back in Israel…. The UK and Israel are close friends and allies and I attach great importance to our bilateral relationship. Our collaboration on hi-tech and science is second to none and today we affirmed the UK and Israelâ„¢s cooperation on security issues, including Iran. As a friend and ally, Britain is fully committed to Israelâ„¢s security needs.”

Iâ„¢m not aware that ordinary people in Britain are close friends and allies of the Zionist entity, or want anything to do with it. Itâ„¢s all in the minds of the pro-Israel lobby and the fools theyâ„¢ve managed to impress.

Hague said there was no military solution to the crisis in Gaza or the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The priority is to address the underlying causes, including Å“more open access to and from Gaza and an end to the smuggling of weapons…. We are clear that the way to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is through direct negotiations between the parties.”

He doesnâ„¢t say what the 65 year-old Å“underlying causes” are. Nowhere does he demand an end to the blockade or the decades-old siege of the West Bank. He calls it a conflict and speaks of easing restrictions on freedom of movement rather than an end to the illegal occupation. He wants to stop the smuggling of weapons Gazaâ„¢s resistance in stark contrast to his eagerness to supply weapons to the Syrian resistance. If his policy of arming the Syrian rebels is sound, shouldnâ„¢t he arm Hamas too?

Twisted logic

On Israeli settlements in the Occupied Territories, he admits they are illegal under international law and an obstacle to peace. Å“We consistently urge the Israeli authorities, including at the highest levels, to cease all settlement building, revoke previous announcements and to remove illegal outposts, as required under international law and in fulfillment of Israelâ„¢s obligations under the Roadmap.” Fine. But no-one, least of all Agent Hague, follows through to actually invoke international law and ensure itâ„¢s done.

Instead, the West rewards the Israeli regimeâ„¢s wholesale lawbreaking with more state-of-the-art offensive weapons to boost its trigger-happy capacity and increase the threat it poses to its neighbours, the region and beyond. Germany is about to supply a fifth nuclear-capable submarine while the UK and the EU shower Israel with favours and trade privileges despite the regime’s disregard for the simple rules attached.

On his visit to the Occupied Palestinian Territories last week, Hague also said: “In my meeting with President Abbas I stressed my support for his and Secretary Kerryâ„¢s efforts to re-launch the peace process…. Britain is ready to play its part.”

Why is he supporting more time-wasting negotiations? Exactly what part is Britain ready to play – apart from putting on its usual performance of agonised hand-wringing?

While in Israel last week Agent Hague was touchingly reunited with Tzipi Livni, now Israel’s justice minister. Livni, when foreign minister, was largely responsible for the terror that brought death and destruction to Gaza’s civilians during the vicious blitzkrieg known as Operation Cast Lead. Showing no remorse, and with the blood of 1,400 dead Gazans (including 320 children and 109 women) on her hands and thousands more horribly maimed, Livniâ„¢s office issued a statement saying she was proud of it. And speaking later at a conference at Tel Aviv’s Institute for Security Studies, she said: “I would today take the same decisions.”

When Hague took up his present job he set about saving the damsel from the risk of arrest by turning Britain into a safe haven for Livni and other Israelis accused of war crimes. The gallant foreign secretary told guests at a reception held by Conservative Friends of Israel that Å“the last government left us with an appalling situation where a politician like Mrs Livni could be threatened with arrest on coming to the UK… We will put it right through legislation.”

So hereâ„¢s a British government minister who was prepared to tamper with the laws of universal jurisdiction and undermine our justice system so that the likes of Livni could safely go shopping in London.

Why this eagerness to serve Israel’s interests, anyway? William Hague was recruited into the Conservative Friends of Israel at the tender age of 15. In 2007, while shadow foreign secretary, he said: “We will always have strong economic and political ties with Israel. We will always be a friend of Israel.” In 2008 he declared: “The unbroken thread of Conservative Party support for Israel that has run for nearly a century from the Balfour Declaration to the present day will continue…. It will remain constant, unbroken, and undiminished by the passage of time.”

Livni told him when the pair met again last week: Å“We want the PA [Palestinian Authority] to know that peace talks are the only game in town.” When an agreement is reached, she explained, the resulting Palestinian state must be demilitarized and the refugee issue must end (JPost 21 May).

To which the obvious answer should have been: Å“Wrong. International law is the only game in town. The right of return is non-negotiable. And what about the Palestiniansâ„¢ security needs?” But Hague’s Zionist sympathies ooze from every pore.

Yesterday, after the EU caved in to pressure to end the arms embargo to the Syrian ‘opposition’, Hague said: “Thousands of lives are at stake in Syria. Our focus remains on…. a political transition that ends the conflict, allows refugees to return to their homes, and prevents further radicalisation in Syria.”

This from a man who evidently didn’t care how many lives were at stake (and snuffed out) in Iraq.

If heâ„¢s so concerned for lives in Syria and for the return of Syrian refugees, is he equally concerned for lives in Occupied Palestine and the return of Palestinian refugees forced from their homes at gunpoint when the so-called state of Israel was declared?

by Stuart Littlewood

DISCLAIMER: The authors’ views expressed in this article do not necessarily reflect the views of Press TV News Network.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Next pres. must better ties with people’

0

Presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei talks to supporters in the northern Guilan province.

Presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei says the next president must change the nature of his relationship with the people.

The independent candidate said the administration is just one of the engines of growth, along with market, democracy, science, and religion.

Rezaei, who is currently secretary of the Expediency Council, added that he is planning to form shadow ministries, think tanks and economic states within the framework of a federal economic model.

He also said he would allow local communities and councils to run their own businesses and governments.

Rezaei is competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country to choose their 11th president. Expatriates will be also able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

KA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Encouraging PMI data heralds European manufacturing revival

0

Eurozone manufacturing output shrank less than initially estimated in May, proving its economy is beginning to show some life. The data supports the optimism of ECB chief Draghi predicting ‘gradual recovery’ for the Eurozone.

The Purchasing Managers’ Index compiled by Markit is
a key benchmark indicators for measuring the business
and economic conditions. Readings above 50 indicate expansion,
and below contraction.

A gauge of manufacturing in the euro area increased to 48.3 last
month from 46.7 in April, Markit reports. It means European
manufacturing output is still falling, but at the slowest rate
since February 2012. EU biggest countries such as
Spain, Italy, France, Germany, and Greece saw increases.

“The sector still seems some way off stabilizing, however, and
therefore remains a drag on the economy”,
Chris Williamson,
chief economist at Markit, reports.

“In particular, the surveys brought good news in terms of
signs of stabilisation in Germany and export-led growth in Italy
and Spain, the latter suggesting structural reforms are boosting
competitiveness”,
he adds.

The PMI report has added to encouraging euro-zone industrial
confidence and trade data released last month that showed the
currency bloc is beginning to emerge from a record-long
recession. Bloomberg reports. The 18-month recession will end in
the second quarter, as the economy stagnates before returning to
growth in the following three months, according to the agency.

However, even though the Eurozone PMI holds steady versus initial
estimates, the state of Europe’s economy remains in a “dire
situation,”
tradingfloor.com quotes the chief economist of
OECD Pier Carlo Padoan. “We think that the Eurozone could
consider more aggressive options, including below-zero interest
rates”,
the think tank suggests.

The European Central Bank has cut its benchmark rate to a record
low of 0.5 percent and is exploring unconventional ways of
channeling money to needy companies, especially in the south,
Bloomberg reports. 

“The economic situation in the euro area remains challenging
but there are a few signs of possible stabilization,”
ECB
President Mario Draghi is reported saying. “Our baseline
scenario continues to be one of a very gradual recovery starting
in the latter part of this year”,
he adds.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Police fire tear gas at Ankara protest

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkish police have fired tear gas to disperse protesters demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan in capital Ankara.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Iran foreign policy needs change'

0

Presidential candidate Ali-Akbar Velayati says the next administration must reform the countryâ„¢s foreign policy before anything else.

He argued that this objective will be achieved only if the next president is experienced enough in international relations.

Velayati, who advises Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei on foreign affairs, said the country has faced some issues in its foreign policy in recent years.

He said the next president must reform or adjust foreign policy, but, in order for this to succeed, he must know the world and the world must know him.

Velayati, a former foreign minister, said those who believe in the rule of jurisprudence and the Iranian Constitution have a place in his future administration should he win the June 14 vote.

He said an all-inclusive administration could win greater public trust.

Velayati is a member of the Principlist Coalition of Three along with lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel and Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf.

Other candidates include Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. The fourth city and rural council elections are also scheduled to be held on the same day.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians are eligible to vote in the upcoming presidential election, with more than 1.6 million first-time voters.

KA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Jalili urges more public participation

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says the next administration will have to pave the way for greater public participation in current affairs.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Senior Watford Politician Slams Bilderberg Security Op

0

“Shambolic, unforgivable, disgraceful”

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

A Watford Borough Council cabinet member has described the security operation surrounding the secretive Bilderberg meeting, set to take place this weekend at The Grove hotel in Watford, England, as “disgraceful”.

Mark Watkin told the Watford Observer that he has received multiple complaints from local residents about the meeting, and the potentially large protests that are sure to begin this week.

“Shambolic, unforgivable, disgraceful are just some of the words I would use to describe the national security people’s and The Grove management’s failure to engage with the community who will suffer the consequences of this conference.” the councillor urged.

“The authorities and The Grove have refused to accept any responsibility for the consequences of this contentious event on the local community.” Watkin said.

“Whatever the rights and wrongs of this globally important meeting and the consequential protests, it is disgraceful that an event of global significance is landing on a community in Hertfordshire with no engagement with the council or community consultation being carried out.” the councillor added.

Watkin further noted that protestors and reporters covering the event are now relying on “last minute decisions being taken on the fly… such as where they should park, where they should camp.”

“Residents fear that these last minute decisions which will impact massively on their lives will set the precedent for any future events of this type or scale which The Grove is actively seeking to run.” Watkin also noted.

“When, in just over a weeks’ time, the circus has left town we will have to pick up the pieces, sort out the mess and make good any damage caused while The Grove of Chandlers Cross will just sit back and enjoys its global acclamation.” the councillor asserted.

As Infowars documented last week, the area around The Grove hotel will be subject to a substantial security lock down which will restrict both protesters and members of the press from exercising their free speech rights.

The lock down will include bag searches and metal detector wandings carried out by G4S private security for anyone entering the protest/press area. Local residents have also been told by police that they will have to present passports or other proof of identification simply to get to their own homes.

In addition, Watford Borough Council rejected a Temporary Events Notice to hold the Bilderberg Fringe Festival, at which Alex Jones and David Icke are set to speak, in a nearby park, meaning thousands of people will descend on the area with nowhere to go.

In rejecting the application, Watford councilors are creating a massive public safety issue. Protesters and media representatives will now be bottle-necked into small areas clustered around the entrance to the Grove Hotel. This could easily lead to injuries caused by overcrowding as well as the area’s immediate proximity to a busy main road.

As reported by several British newspapers in the past week, British taxpayers are being forced to foot the bill for Bilderberg security costs which run into the millions. Several British MP’s are also violating part four of the House of Commons Code of Conduct by refusing to declare their private interests in the context of Bilderberg.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 6:58 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Shale gas licenses may increase UK reserves four-fold

0

The UK could see its gas reserves more than quadruple. The conclusion is based on estimates from the UK’s IGas Energy Group that said its own license in north west England could contain over 4.8 trillion cubic meters of shale gas.

The company said its technical studies indicate that the licenses
in the region most likely contain an estimated 2.9 trillion cubic
meters or 102 trillion cubic feet.

According to Bloomberg, the new estimates released Monday sent
IGas Energy shares soaring. They jumped 15 percent in London
trading after the statement was released.

IGas, which is due to start drilling later this year, said in a
statement that a study “supports our view that these licenses
have a very significant shale gas resource with the potential to
transform the company and materially benefit the communities in
which we operate.”



“Gas in place of about 100 trillion cubic feet (2.8 trillion
cubic meters) is highly significant, both relative to IGas’s
existing resource base and the UK’s existing gas reserves,”

Bloomberg quotes Laura Loppacher, an analyst at Jefferies Group
LLC in London as saying. “US shale recovery factors are
generally estimated to be 10 percent to 30 percent with current
technology.”

Should 30 percent be extractable, UK reserves would jump about
850 billion cubic metres compared with BP’s current estimate of
200 billion cubic metres, more than quadrupling the country’s gas
reserves.

The new estimate from IGas Energy follows the one made by its
rival — Cuadrilla. Cuadrilla’s estimate revealed that its field
in the same region in north west England may hold up to 5.7
trillion cubic metres.

Increasing extraction of shale gas could help UK ease its gas
dependency on Qatar and Russia.

Exploration and development group Cuadrilla believes it could
supply a quarter of the UK’s gas needs from a resource in
Lancashire.

“There are already over 300 licenses for onshore exploration
and development, conventional and unconventional, a fifth of
which are substantial,”
UK Energy Minister Michael Fallon
said last month at the All Party Parliamentary Group for
Unconventional Gas & Oil (APPG) meeting in the House of
Commons.

Shale gas drilling is however a tricky process. Companies use
hydraulic fracturing — the cracking of various rock layers by a
pressurized liquid in order to release the gas trapped inside the
shale formations. Supporters of the hydraulic fracturing point to
the economic benefits from the vast amounts of formerly
inaccessible gas reserves. Opponents of the drilling methods
point to potential dangers to the environment, including
polluting ground water, depletion of fresh water, and soil and
air contamination among other risks.

The UK ended its shale gas exploration moratorium in December
last year despite environmentalists’ concerns over the
controversial extraction technology, the International Business
Times reports.

Conservative MP Dan Byles quoted by IBTimes said that the shale
gas industry could provide as many as 30,000 UK jobs.

This article originally appeared on: RT

What is Happenning in Istanbul?

0

by İnsanlik Hali

To my friends who live outside of Turkey:

I am writing to let you know what is going on in Istanbul for the last five days. I personally have to write this because most of the media sources are shut down by the government and the word of mouth and the internet are the only ways left for us to explain ourselves and call for help and support.

Four days ago a group of people most of whom did not belong to any specific organization or ideology got together in Istanbul’s Gezi Park. Among them there were many of my friends and students.  Their reason was simple: To prevent and protest the upcoming demolishing of the park for the sake of building yet another shopping mall at very center of the city. There are numerous shopping malls in Istanbul, at least one in every neighborhood! The tearing down of the trees was supposed to begin early Thursday morning. People went to the park with their blankets, books and children. They put their tents down and spent the night under the trees.  Early in the morning when the bulldozers started to pull the hundred-year-old trees out of the ground, they stood up against them to stop the operation.

They did nothing other than standing in front of the machines.

No newspaper, no television channel was there to report the protest. It was a complete media black out.

But the police arrived with water cannon vehicles and pepper spray.  They chased the crowds out of the park.

In the evening the number of protesters multiplied. So did the number of police forces around the park. Meanwhile local government of Istanbul shut down all the ways leading up to Taksim square where the Gezi Park is located. The metro was shut down, ferries were cancelled, roads were blocked.

Yet more and more people made their way up to the center of the city by walking.

They came from all around Istanbul. They came from all different backgrounds, different ideologies, different religions. They all gathered to prevent the demolition of something bigger than the park:

The right to live as honorable citizens of this country.

They gathered and marched. Police chased them with pepper spray and tear gas and drove their tanks over people who offered the police food in return. Two young people were run over by the panzers and were killed. Another young woman, a friend of mine, was hit in the head by one of the incoming tear gas canisters. The police were shooting them straight into the crowd. After a three hour operation she is still in Intensive Care Unit and in very critical condition. As I write this we don’t know if she is going to make it. This blog is dedicated to her.

These people are my friends. They are my students, my relatives. They have no «hidden agenda» as the state likes to say. Their agenda is out there. It is very clear. The whole country is being sold to corporations by the government, for the construction of malls, luxury condominiums, freeways, dams and nuclear plants. The government is looking for (and creating when necessary) any excuse to attack Syria against its people’s will.

On top of all that, the government control over its people’s personal lives has become unbearable as of late. The state, under its conservative agenda passed many laws and regulations concerning abortion, cesarean birth, sale and use of alcohol and even the color of lipstick worn by the airline stewardesses.

People who are marching to the center of Istanbul are demanding their right to live freely and receive justice, protection and respect from the State. They demand to be involved in the decision-making processes about the city they live in.

What they have received instead is excessive force and enormous amounts of tear gas shot straight into their faces. Three people lost their eyes.

Yet they still march. Hundred of thousands join them. Couple of more thousand passed the Bosporus Bridge on foot to support the people of Taksim.

No newspaper or TV channel was there to report the events. They were busy with broadcasting news about Miss Turkey and “the strangest cat of the world”.

Police kept chasing people and spraying them with pepper spray to an extent that stray dogs and cats were poisoned and died by it.

Schools, hospitals and even 5 star hotels around Taksim Square opened their doors to the injured. Doctors filled the classrooms and hotel rooms to provide first aid. Some police officers refused to spray innocent people with tear gas and quit their jobs. Around the square they placed jammers to prevent internet connection and 3g networks were blocked. Residents and businesses in the area provided free wireless network for the people on the streets. Restaurants offered food and water for free.

People in Ankara and İzmir gathered on the streets to support the resistance in Istanbul.

Mainstream media kept showing Miss Turkey and “the strangest cat of the world”. ***

I am writing this letter so that you know what is going on in Istanbul. Mass media will not tell you any of this. Not in my country at least. Please post as many as articles as you see on the Internet and spread the word.

As I was posting articles that explained what is happening in Istanbul on my Facebook page last night someone asked me the following question:

«What are you hoping to gain by complaining about our country to foreigners?»

This blog is my answer to her.

By so called «complaining» about my country I am hoping to gain:

Freedom of expression and speech,

Respect for human rights,

Control over the decisions I make concerning my on my body,

The right to legally congregate in any part of the city without being considered a terrorist.

But most of all by spreading the word to you, my friends who live in other parts of the world, I am hoping to get your awareness, support and help!

Please spread the word and share this blog.

Thank you!

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Clinton paid $500,000 to honor Peres

0

The Jewish National Fund has paid former US President Bill Clinton USD 500,000 to deliver a speech at a ceremony in honor of the 90th birthday of Israeli President Shimon Peres.

Xinhua news agency reported on Sunday that Clinton has received half a million dollars for his 45-minute speech at the Peres Academic Center in the northern Israeli city of Rehovot.

Clinton is scheduled to visit Israel on June 18 for the fifth annual Presidential Conference.

The Peres Academic Center and the Jewish National Fund (JNF) have jointly sponsored the event.

The JNF, which presents itself as a benign pro-environment body, owned 13 percent of the total land in Israel by 2007. The organization has in fact been at the center of the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians in the occupied territories since it was established in 1901.

MYA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Al-Qaeda’s Syrian branch opens complaints department

0

An Al-Qaeda branch in northern Syria has opened a complaints department in one of the cities it controls. The militant organization apparently aims to show the local residents that it can act as a civilian government.

The branch operating in the provincial capital city of Raqqa
posted a notice last week, suggesting the public turn to them
with possible grievances.

“Anyone who might have a complaint against any element of the
Islamic state, whether the Emir or an ordinary soldier, can come
and submit their complaint in any headquarters building of the
Islamic state,”
the notice said as cited by The Telegraph
newspaper. “The complaint should be in writing, provide
details and give evidence.”

The militants, whose long-term goal is to turn Iraq, Syria and
Lebanon into a single Islamist state, pledge to try any
violations at a Sharia court.

Earlier the Al-Nusra Front, the prominent Islamist force fighting
to topple the Syrian government, admitted that it is in fact a branch of the Iraqi-based Al-Qaeda
in a statement.

Over the years Al-Qaeda has showed a surprising amount of
bureaucratic work for an organization supposed to be a loose
network of independently-operating terrorist cells. In the latest
example a letter was found in Mali’s Timbuktu, which criticized
Al-Qaeda-linked guerrilla leader Mokhtar Belmokhtar for failing to report his
expenses, answer his phone in a timely manner, or carry out
attacks as ordered.

The attempts to impose the strict version of Islam are met with
disdain in Syria, which had been for decades a moderately secular
state. In Raqqa the Islamists attempted and failed to impose a
smoking ban, according to local activists. But the militant group
denies this ever happened.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Radical Jewish youths ‘in survival mode state’ step up attacks against Arabs

0



Published time: June 03, 2013 11:44

An Israeli border guard stands next to anti-Christian graffiti reading in Hebrew, “Jesus is monkey” that was daubed on the Church of the Dormition, one of Jerusalem’s leading pilgrimage sites, on May 31, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ahmad Gharabli)

Download video (22.85 MB)
Embed

Code

With street violence against Arabs and the number of ‘price tag’ attacks, often involving Israeli youngsters, on the rise, PM Benjamin Netanyahu has been forced to decry “racism against Israeli Arabs and acts of hooliganism against Palestinians.”

The latest vandalism attack saw offenders spray-painting their
message on the walls of a Jerusalem church and damaging two cars
parked nearby overnight.

On Friday the Dormition Abbey outside the Old City’s Zion Gate in
Jerusalem also reported the spraying of offensive graffiti in
Hebrew and the destruction of the church property, The Jerusalem
Post reported. Radical Jewish settler sympathizers are suspected
to be behind the assault. The perpetrators wrote “the
Christians are apes”
and “the Christians are slaves”
on two cars parked outside the abbey in Beit Ilu Ramllah.

According to Israeli media, there has been a growing number of
‘price tag’ attacks in the country in recent months.

In May, five vehicles parked on one of the main streets in East
Jerusalem were vandalized in another price tag attack, allegedly
by Jewish extremists.

Price-tag attacks are the acts of violence and vandalism against
Palestinians and Israeli security forces by radical Israeli
settlers to exact a ‘price’ from both parties for any actions
believed to be taken against their settlements.

In a showcase, Tel Aviv street cleaner Hassan Usruf was badly
beaten up three months ago.

“One of them said to me ‘Hi Arab’, I said, ‘Why do you say
that? What’s the difference – Arab, Jewish?’ Then another guy
came up to me and said ‘You want a country, Arab?’”
Hassan
Usruf recalled. The next thing he remembered was being hit on the
head with a bottle.

“Everything went black. I fell to the ground. They started
kicking me and hitting me. My lawyer told me that when they were
held by the police, they heard the kids competing among
themselves who hit me the most,”
Usruf told RT.

The latest development provoked the prime minister to slam the
violence.

“I wish to condemn two phenomena that we have witnessed
recently: Racism against Israeli Arabs and acts of hooliganism
against Palestinians, without any provocation or
justification,”
Netanyahu told his cabinet on Sunday
promising to “act with all legal means at our disposal to stop
them.”

‘Segregating’ amusement park draws public anger

 

Netanyahu also decried an act of segregation between Jewish and
Arab school children at the Superland amusement park.

On Thursday the amusement park near Tel Aviv said it would
reexamine its policy of renting out the one-stop entertainment
shop on separate days to Jewish and Arab schools after it
reportedly refused to open its doors to an Arab teacher who
wanted to take his class there on a school trip. 

The park management explained in a statement, cited by Haaretz,
that in June many different schools wanted to conduct
end-of-school-year events at Superland with requests from Jewish
and Arab schools alike to conduct their events on separate days.
 

“Only yesterday, for example, two reservations were received
from Arab schools that had requested that the event would be for
Arab schools only, with no schools from the Jewish sector.
Similar requests have come from the Jewish sector,”
the
management added.

Jerusalem municipality workers clean anti-Christian graffiti that was daubed on the Church of the Dormition, one of Jerusalem's leading pilgrimage sites, early on May 31, 2013 (AFP Photo / Ahmad Gharabli)

“The Superland management is very sensitive to the desires and
feelings of all its patrons. As a result, during the next few
days we will reevaluate the decision to accommodate the schools’
requests to have separate days,”
the statement informed.

But some organizations, like the Shomer Hatza’ir Youth Movement
that has become an educational and moral framework for thousands
of young people in Israeli society, both Jewish and Arab, said
they would not be going to Superland this summer after the
management’s embarrassing behavior.


“Racism is something criminal and sick that has to stop, and be
put at the top of public discourse in Israel,”
the movement
explained in a statement. “If the Superland management
conducts a thorough investigation and deals with those
responsible for this embarrassing behavior, we will consider
resuming cooperation with it.”


Israeli youth ‘inspired by grown-ups’?


While many blame the core structure of Israeli society and
foreign policy for the gruesome situation, some also point out
the young perpetrators could merely be following an example set
by the older generation.

“They get the inspiration from the grown-ups. You don’t show
any signs you want peace, to live side by side, to resolve the
conflict. So this stalemate causes tension, and all the wars and
all the incidents and clashes that we see in the occupied
territories and the general militant atmosphere creates a
conflict which leads to hatred and legitimacy for violence,”

member of the Knesset Esawi Frej told RT.

The director of Child and Adolescent Clinical Services told RT
that the youngsters behind the attacks probably suffer the
psychological effects of surviving terrorist acts.


“Those adolescents were exposed to terrorist attacks and
developed post-traumatic symptoms… they tend to exercise twice as
much risk-taking behaviors. Attacking innocent people just
because they are Arabs, with no provocation whatsoever. And
that’s very typical to people who feel in survival mode
state,”
Ruth Pat-Horencyzyk, explained.

This article originally appeared on: RT

The CIA: Keepers of the Hit Lists. War Crimes as Policy

0

In February the Guardian and BBC Arabic unveiled a documentary exploring the role of retired Colonel James Steele in the recruitment, training and initial deployments of the CIA advised and funded Special Police Commandos in Iraq.

The documentary tells how the Commandos tortured and murdered tens of thousands of Iraqi men and boys. But the Commandos were only one of America’s many weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. Along with US military forces — which murdered indiscriminately — and various CIA funded death squads — which murdered selectively — and the CIA’s rampaging palace guard — the 5,000 man strong Iraq Special Operations Forces — the Commandos were part of a genocidal campaign that killed about 10% of the Sunni Arabs of Iraq by 2008, and drove about half of all Sunnis from their homes.

Including economic sanctions, and a 50 year history of sabotage and subversion, America and its Iraqi collaborators visited far more death and destruction on Iraq than Saddam Hussein and his regime.

For the last few weeks, American pundits have been cataloguing the horrors. They tell how the Bush and Obama regimes, united in the unstated policy of war crimes, probably murdered more than a million Iraqis, displaced around five million, and imprisoned and tortured hundreds of thousands without trial.

A few have further explained that the dictatorial administrative detention laws, torture, and executions that characterize the occupation are still in place under Prime Minister Maliki. The prime minister’s office, notably, is where the CIA’s Counter-Terrorism Bureau is currently ensconced.

All of this meets the definition of genocide in the Genocide Convention, and violates multiple articles of the Geneva Conventions, which guarantee protection to civilians in time of war. But the responsible Americans have gone unpunished for their war crimes, not least of which was falsifying intelligence about Iraq’s non-existent weapon of mass destruction as a pretext for the invasion. British legal advisors repeatedly warned their government that invading Iraq would be a crime of aggression, which they called “one of the most serious offenses under international law.”

For anyone familiar with the CIA, this was predictable. But the US Government, through secrecy and censorship, destroyed much of the hard evidence of its war crimes, making it harder to prove. And the media is content to revise history and focus public attention on front men like Steele, rather than the institutions — in particular the CIA — for whom they work.

History, however, provides contextual evidence that what happened in Iraq amounts to a policy of carefully planned war crimes. Indeed, the CIA modeled the Iraqi Special Police Commandos on the Special Police forces it organized and funded in Vietnam. In November 2000, Counterpunch published an article describing how Congressman Rob Simmons, while serving as a CIA officer in Vietnam, created the Special Intelligence Force Unit (SIFU) on which the Iraqi Special Police Commandos are very likely modeled. This is only one of many historical examples of the CIA’s modus operandi.

There are other examples. As we were reminded by the Guardian, Steele headed the U.S. Military Advisor Group in El Salvador (1984-1986), where US advised units were responsible for thousands of cases of torture and extra-judicial killing. They operated in rural and urban areas, but wherever they operated, they were directed against anyone opposing US policy — usually leftists.

The CIA’s death squads in El Salvador were periodically moved from one administrative cover to another to confuse investigators. The CIA played this shell game with its Special Police Commandos in Iraq as well, rebranding them as the “National Police” following the exposure of one of their torture centers in November 2005. In its finest Madison Avenue marketing traditions, the CIA renamed the Commandos’ predatory Wolf Brigade as the “Freedom Brigade”.

In Vietnam, the CIA built an archipelago of secret torture centers to process the hundreds of thousands of detainees kidnapped by its mercenary army of “counter-terror” death squads. All around the world, CIA officers and their Special Forces lackeys teach torture techniques and design the torture centers, often hidden at military posts. This is well known.

Major Joe Blair, the Director of Instruction at the School of the Americas (1986-9), described the training the U.S. gave to Latin American officers as follows: “The doctrine that was taught was that if you want information you use physical abuse…false imprisonment…threats to family members… and killing. If you can’t get the information you want, if you can’t get that person to shut up or to stop what they’re doing, you simply assassinate them, and you assassinate them with one of your death squads.”

In 2000, the School of the Americas was rebranded as “WHINSIC”, but, as Blair testified at a trial of SOA Watch protesters in 2002, “There are no substantive changes besides the name. They teach the identical courses that I taught, and changed the course names and use the same manuals.”

General Paul Gorman, who commanded U.S. forces in Central America in the mid-1980′s, defined this type of warfare based on war crimes as “a form of warfare repugnant to Americans, a conflict which involves innocents, in which non-combatant casualties may be an explicit object.”‘

Another problem, apart from historical amnesia, is that each war crime is viewed as an isolated incident, and when the dots are connected, the focus is on some shadowy character like Steele. The Guardian made an attempt to connect Steele to Petraeus and Rumsfeld, which again, is commendable. But the fact is that the entire National Security State has been designed and staffed with right-wing ideologues who support the unstated US policy of war crimes for profit.

We know who these security ideologues are. The problem is, they regularly have lunch with the reporters we trust to nail them to the wall.

For example, on 17 March 2013, CNN talking head Fareed Zakaria had Donald Gregg on his show to discuss North Korea. Zakaria introduced Gregg as President Bush the Superior’s national security advisor in the 1980s, but did not mention that Gregg, while a CIA region officer in charge in Vietnam, developed the “repugnant” form of warfare based on war crimes described by General Gorman above, or that he oversaw its application in El Salvador through a back-channel “counter-terror” network.

Gregg’s plan, used by Steele in El Salvador and then Iraq, requires US advisers to coordinate civilian security services (like the Iraqi Special Police) with military intelligence and civil affairs units to provide death squads and military units with information on the location of guerrillas, whose hideouts are bombed by U.S. warplanes, then ravaged in My Lai-style cordon and search operations in which counter-terror hit teams hunt enemy cadres in their homes.

In Vietnam, Gregg and his CIA companions — many of whom migrated to El Salvador — put together a chart of VC political cadres from “battered” detainees. They’d force the detainees to point out on a map where their comrades were hiding. Then the CIA officers would take the detainees up in a helicopter to point out the hiding places on the ground. A Special Forces or CIA paramilitary unit would then snatch the cadre and bring them to region’s secret torture center, run by a CIA-paid and owned Special Police officer — the kind of guy Steele and before him Congressman Simmons advised.

“We brought guys in from the national prison to flesh out the reports,” Gregg told me about one particular operation. “We had guys analyzing reports, marking photographs, putting the pictures together on the wall, and then photographing that. That led to 96 people in the organization. Using military intel, we took photos of the houses where they lived… then took the photos back to the helicopter where we had the 23 people, who were hooded, and they circled the faces of the cadre. ”

There’s more historical evidence, of course, but this is the plan the CIA exported to El Salvador, and that Steele employed, with some modifications, in Iraq.

After finishing with Gregg, Zakaria took a commercial break and returned with Paul Wolfowitz, Bush the Inferior’s Deputy Secretary of Defense and proponent of the Iraq War.

ZAKARIA: “How do you think about as an American policy maker, the issue of — was it worth the price in American lives and treasure? By some estimates $1 trillion.

WOLFOWITZ: “I would like as much as anyone to be able to say, let’s forget about the Persian Gulf. Let’s forget about the larger Middle East. But that part of the world isn’t leaving us alone. Al Qaeda isn’t leaving us alone. Pakistan isn’t leaving us alone. I think our interests and our values would be advanced if we stick with it.”

Zakaria did not ask Wolfowitz what he meant by “leaving us alone.” He simply said, “Paul Wolfowitz, pleasure to have you on.”

War Criminals Wave Press Passes

Given the history of America’s genocidal wars in Vietnam and Central America, it is unfortunate that the Guardian limited itself to establishing that Steele and his administrative boss, General David Petraeus, and his boss Donald Rumsfeld, underwrote systematic torture and extrajudicial killing.

What needs to be stressed is that thousands of Americans, including political bosses like Wolfowitz, and scores of journalists with access, knew that the CIA-owned Ministry of Interior had more than a dozen secret prisons, and they knew what went on in them — as one Iraqi general told the film-makers, “drilling, murder, torture — the ugliest sorts of torture I’ve ever seen.”

Likewise, the composition of and operations of Special Police death squads, an American interviewee said, “were discussed openly, wherever it was, at staff meetings,” and were “common knowledge across Baghdad.”

It is a testament to the power of U.S. “information warfare” that this policy of war crimes comes as a surprise to the general public. Such is the power of National Security State insiders David Corn and Michael Isikoff, who happily turn the policy of calculated war crimes into the “hubris” of a handful of sexy mad patriots whom the Establishment is glad to sacrifice on the pseudo-altar of public theatre.

Certainly people have to be reminded, and the young have to learn, that America’s long-standing policy of war crimes for profit cannot exist without the complicity of the mainstream media, who exploit our natural inclination to believe the best of “our” leaders and especially of our soldiers. As George Orwell wrote in 1945, “The nationalist not only does not disapprove of atrocities committed by his own side, but he has a remarkable capacity for not even hearing about them.”

Belligerent nationalism is often understood as the essence of what it means to be a “patriotic” American, and this veneration for the nation is taught to all budding reporters at journalism schools, along with the Code of Silence. Which is why, when insider Seymour Hersh reported that the CIA and Israel were training U.S. Special Forces assassination teams for deployment in Iraq, on the CIA’s Phoenix program model, he described it in a bloodless manner that made it seem necessary and, at worst, a mistake.

But war crimes are not a mistake; they are a “repugnant” and thoroughly intentional form of warfare.

Hersh quoted a former CIA station chief as saying, “We have to resuscitate Iraqi intelligence, holding our nose, and have Delta and agency shooters break down doors and take them”–the insurgents–“out.”

Hold our noses, Hersh suggested, and commit war crimes. And when Amy Goodman interviewed him about it, she did not ask if what he described constituted a policy of war crimes. And when Zakaria looked at Wolfowitz, he failed to question him about the war crimes he plotted and committed.

All this psychological warfare is waged in the name of morale — to make us, and our journalists, feel good about our belligerent nationalism — about being complicit in the war crimes perpetrated by the Perles, Frums, and Feiths.

After the CIA death squads eliminated the senior leadership of the Iraqi government, they eliminated “mid-level” Baath Party members, the middle class of Iraq. Cover was provided by Newsweek, which quoted an army officer who said, “The Sunni population is paying no price for the support it is giving to the terrorists. From their point of view, it is cost-free. We have to change that equation.”

How did they do this? In one case, U.S. forces held a general’s three sons as hostages to persuade him to turn himself in. Then, instead of releasing his sons as promised, they staged an elaborate mock execution of his 15-year-old youngest son, before torturing the general himself to death.

All of it covered up. Not one victim featured on TV.

If you were to believe the New York Times — the newspaper of record — it doesn’t know the names of the senior CIA officers in Iraq behind these sorts of barbaric practices. Or publishers and editors may claim that the Intelligence Identity Protection Act prevents them from naming names, but they could easily describe the jobs, and tell us what’s being done. They could finesse the law. But they don’t even do that, and that’s the Big Secret upon which the policy of war crimes utterly depends.

The Times conceals the simple truths that undermine our so-called “democracy.” Truths, like how the CIA nurtured the exile leadership it installed in Iraq, and organized and funded the Ministry of Interior as its private domain, replete with a computerized list of every Iraqi citizen and every detail of their lives.

The Times could at least describe the CIA as “Keeper of the Hit Lists: Blackmail Central.”

But the Times won’t, because it’s a family affair. As we well know, the Iraqi National Congress was headed by Ahmed Chalabi, the CIA-sponsored source on the myth of weapons of mass destruction, hand-delivered to Times reporter Judy Miller, now a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Chalabi’s lies, and Miller’s dutiful reporting of them, were the pretext for the war on Iraq.

What is never mentioned is that the INC was founded and funded by the CIA, and that another of its leaders was the exiled General Hassan al-Naqib, whose son, Falah al-Naqib, then became the CIA’s handpicked Interim Interior Minister in Iraq and appointed his uncle General Thavit to lead the Special Police Commandos.

Times reporters undoubtedly lunch with Uncle Thavit and his CIA case officer.

The Times doesn’t explain the CIA’s precious methods of dominance: that any American working for the Interior Ministry, or prime minister’s office, was reporting to a publicly acknowledged administrative boss, usually in the military or State Department, and secretly to a CIA case officer, his operational boss. Or that every unit in the Special Commandos had a CIA case officer handing out hit lists to its American “Special Police Transition Team”. Up to forty-five Americans, mostly Special Forces, worked with each Iraqi unit. These teams were in round-the-clock communication with their CIA bosses via the Special Police Command Center, and there is no record of the Special Police ever conducting operations without U.S. supervision, even as they massacred tens of thousands of people.

Every militia and Iraqi Special Forces unit had a CIA case officer doing likewise. Every Iraqi politician and ministry officer has a CIA case officer too. And Times reporters drink with these advisors inside the Green Zone. It’s the secret that enables atrocity.

American journalists do not report the truth. Consider their deference to the Interior Ministry’s CIA advisor Steven Casteel after his Special Police Commandos launched their reign of terror in Baghdad. Hersh’s sanitized reports of a Phoenix-style terror campaign in Iraq were conveniently forgotten and instead they regurgitated Casteel’s black propaganda — that all atrocities were either rumor or innuendo or perpetrated by “insurgents in stolen police uniforms.”

Forget about what Hersh said about “mistakes.” Such an explanation was as ludicrous as General Petraeus claiming that the Iraqis formed the Special Police Commandos on “their own initiative.”

Knight Ridder did not mention that Casteel had managed DEA operations in Latin America and been the DEA’s Chief of Intelligence before being sent to Iraq, or that the CIA has controlled the DEA’s overseas targeting for 40 years, on a purely political basis. Casteel had served as a CIA lackey in Latin America, attacking left wing drug traffickers and letting right wing traffickers flourish, supporting the CIA sponsored Los Pepes-AUC death squads who were responsible for about 75% of civilian deaths in the Colombian civil war over the next 10 years.

To its credit, Knight Ridder did investigate Commando atrocities, and might have uncovered the whole story, except that its Iraqi reporter, Yasser Salihee, was shot and killed by an American sniper in June 2005. And while it had sufficient evidence to debunk Casteel’s cover story, it instead blamed the abuses on infiltration of the good guy Commandos by bad guy “Shiite militias”.

After the exposure of the al-Jadiriyah torture center, journalists reported that heads would roll. But a major CIA asset, Deputy Interior Minister Adnan al-Asadi, maintained command of the National (formerly Special) Police, undermining the reforms promised by the new Interior Minister, Jawad al-Bulani.

Asadi remains in that position, his forces embedded and deeply implicated in persistent human rights abuses in Iraq, where prisons are still rife with rape, torture, executions (judicial and extra-judicial) and disappearances. During Arab Spring demonstrations in Tahrir Square in Baghdad in March 2011, demonstrators spotted Asadi on a rooftop directing snipers as they shot peaceful protesters in the square below.

The Guardian and the BBC made a good start, but US journalists need to break the Code of Silence and launch an ongoing investigation into the full extent of U.S. command and control of the Special Police Commandos and all the other death squads and torture centers the United States brought to Iraq. The investigation must seriously examine the roles of the CIA and of US Special Forces, including the secret Joint Special Operations Command and the “Nightstalkers” who worked with the Wolf Brigade in 2005. The investigation must lead to accountability for each and every war crime committed.

American journalists were glad to demonize Saddam Hussein for his war crimes — real and imagined. Now they need to identify and humanize the up to 1,800 dead bodies that piled up every month in Baghdad, and to follow up with Iraqi human rights groups like the Organization for Follow-Up and Monitoring, who matched 92% of the bodies of execution victims with names and descriptions of people detained by US-led Interior Ministry forces.

America’s ruling National Security State, under the Obama regime, has expanded, through the CIA, “covert” paramilitary operations from 60 countries in 2008 to 120 nations. If we are ever to have a whiff of true democracy, we need our journalists to reveal the extent to which the CIA commands and controls these operations, especially in Iraq and Afghanistan, and we need them to explain, on a daily basis, how the National Security State corrupts intelligence and “news” for the same racist imperial purposes that have defined US foreign policy since the Vietnam War.

Doug Valentine is the author of five books, including The Phoenix Program, and “A Crow’s Dream,” his first book poems. See www.douglasvalentine.com or write to him at dougvalentine77@gmail.com

Nicolas J. S. Davies is the author of Blood On Our Hands: the American Invasion and Destruction of Iraq (Nimble Books: 2010), with a foreword by Benjamin Ferencz, a chief investigator and the only surviving prosecutor from the Nuremberg war crimes trials, and the founding father of the International Criminal Court. Nicolas’ writing about American war crimes has been published by Alternet, Huffington Post, Z Magazine and warisacrime.org. You can reach 8im at peacetopower@aol.com

This article originally appeared in the April issue of CounterPunch magazine.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Court-martial trial for Bradley Manning over WikiLeaks starts Monday

0



Published time: June 03, 2013 04:09
Edited time: June 03, 2013 06:50

Download video (58.72 MB)
Embed

Code

The United States Army private responsible for the biggest intelligence leak in US history will finally be tried in a military court starting Monday after more than three years of pretrial detainment.

The court-martial of Private first class Bradley Manning will
begin in Ft. Meade, Maryland this week and is slated to run
through the summer. Manning, 25, could be sentenced to spend the
rest of his life behind bars if convicted of aiding the enemy,
the most serious of the more than 20 counts he’s been charged
with by Army prosecutors.

US authorities arrested Manning in May 2010 and accused him of
sending hundreds of thousands of sensitive government files to
the anti-secrecy website WikiLeaks. Earlier this year Manning
admitted to sharing the documents, including State Department
diplomatic cables and military war logs, and pleaded guilty to a
number of lesser counts carrying a maximum sentence of only 20
years. Prosecutors say those files benefited the operations of Al
Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula, however, and are asking for life
in prison.

Dozens of witnesses are expected to be called during the trial,
including a handful of military personnel whose testimonies will
be conducted behind closed doors to protect the sensitive nature
pertaining to Manning’s alleged crimes. Pretrial hearings in the
case have been conducted off and on at Ft. Meade since late 2011,
but Manning himself has only had the opportunity to address the
court at length on a few occasions, including in February when he
testified to leaking the documents.

Army Private First Class Bradley Manning (Reuters)

Speaking of the Iraq and Afghan war logs that were leaked by
Manning, he said at that hearing, “I believe and still believe
that these tables are two of the most significant documents of
our time
.”

During Saturday’s rally in Maryland, former Defense Department
staffer Daniel Ellsberg said, “There would be tens of
thousands of American troops in Iraq right now and many others
would have died if Bradley Manning had not revealed
atrocities
.”

Ellsberg, like Manning, was charged with violating the Espionage
Act after he gave military documents to the New York Times in
1971 that became known as the Pentagon Papers and has been
credited with many for helping end the Vietnam War. Manning
“saved American lives” by going to WikiLeaks, Ellsberg
said.

Ellsberg defined what is happening to individuals like Manning as
a “war on truth telling, truth telling specifically about
truth that the government doesn’t want out, truth about
government crimes or lies that the public needs to know to act as
a democracy”.

Experts describe Manning as a patriot with no anti-American
sentiments.

“What [Manning] did came from a place of patriotism. He’s in
no way anti-American and never expressed anti-American sentiments
in any way,”
argues the author of ‘Private: Bradley Manning,
WikiLeaks, and the Biggest Exposure of Official Secrets in
American History’ Denver Nicks.

Former MI-5 whistleblower Annie Machon told RT that President
Obama has an appalling track record when it comes to cracking
down on people seeking to enlighten the public.

“[Obama] has re-animated an old law, which is the 1917
Espionage Act in America, and he has used it I think six or seven
times during his presidency to persecute and prosecute and
threaten whistleblowers. He is using an antiquated piece of
legislation that is supposed to protect Americans from espionage
against journalists and whistleblowers who act in the public
good. I think it is just disgusting.”

Critics are saying there is a general problem with transparency
in the US.

“[The US’s] problem is a cult of secrecy, extreme levels of
dystopian secrecy. Washington classified 92 million documents in
2011. To put things in perspective, what Bradley Manning leaked
is less than 1 per cent of that,”
civil rights attorney and
author of ‘The Passion of Bradley Manning’ Chase Madar told RT.

A vigil for Manning is planned for early Monday outside the gates
of Ft. Meade, and supporters that have traveled from around the
world to attend the proceedings hope to secure a seat in the
courtroom during the first day of hearings. The Army has already
set aside 12 weeks for the hearing and acknowledged last week
that hundreds of media organizations requested credentials to
cover the trial.

RT plans to provide updates on the case Monday and throughout the
trial.

This article originally appeared on: RT

RT becomes first TV news channel to hit 1 billion views on YouTube

0

It’s official: RT is the first TV news channel to reach 1 billion views on the video-sharing website YouTube, beating its long-established rivals to the mark.

RT is the first dedicated news network to join YouTube’s elite “1 billion club”,
dominated by comedy clips, music videos and entertainment shows
produced by networks like BBC and CBS.

“We proved that the mass YouTube audience isn’t just about
kittens and Justin Bieber. There’s real demand for serious news
online delivered in the right way,
” says RT chief
online content editor Kirill Karnovich-Valua.

“It’s a massive landmark,” Google VP and Head of Content
for YouTube Robert Kyncl commends RT’s achievement,attributing
the network’s success to “learning and earning” its online
viewer base.

To celebrate the success, RT will transmit a special “Billion
Bulletin”, featuring our biggest viral stories and their heroes,
on Monday at 18:00 GMT – on air, online and of course on YouTube.

RT began broadcasting in 2005 — the same year YouTube came online
— challenging the news media consensus and reaching out to a
savvy viewer base.

“Our viewers are people who think deeply about what is
happening in the world today. The things that really matter.
Those who get tired of, say, round-the-clock coverage of the
Royals, or a celebrity death. They are people with a broad range
of opinions
,” says Karnovich-Valua.

After low returns from early ventures on YouTube, the channel
came to a policy decision. “YouTube must be a showcase of your
brand. Every posted clip must provoke a response, spark a
debate. That’s why we have a very selective editorial policy. Our
YouTube channel is a kind of a deep digest – where you can find a
dynamic mix of RT’s best news reports, raw videos, in-depth
documentaries and shows,”
says Karnovich-Valua.

“RT was one of the first TV channels to come to YouTube, and
one of the first to really ‘get’ the YouTube generation — those
who seek out videos themselves, and then share them with their
friends,”
says Danielle Tiedt, YouTube’s VP of
marketing.

“Our YouTube platform allows us to reach a truly global
audience, and as result, it has become an essential component of
our brand,
” says RT’s Editor-in-Chief Margarita Simonyan.
“Achieving this level of success is exceptionally rewarding in
and of itself, but it is also an indicator of just how much
demand there is for an alternative voice and alternative
perspective on the international news landscape.
”

What at first seemed an underground phenomenon, relying entirely
on digital word-of-mouth, soon exploded to become one of the key
hubs of the internet. In turn, RT reaped the rewards – its 19,000
videos have attracted over 6 million comments. 

As millions tuned in, the broadcast channel and RT on YouTube
found their voice (or rather, many articulate, persuasive, and
sometimes angry voices).

Keiser Report, the hard-hitting financial
show presented by Max Keiser with his wife Stacy Herbert has been
a hit since its launch in 2009. And while not everyone agrees
with his views, the endlessly watchable Nigel Farage has been known far longer to the
RT audience than most of the British electorate.

One of RT’s biggest coups was The
Julian Assange Show.
Hundreds of thousands watched lengthy
and dense conversations between the WikiLeaks founder and some of
the world’s iconoclasts like Slavoj Zizek, Noam Chomsky, and
Hezbollah head Hassan Nasrallah.

Amid widespread media cheerleading during 2011’s Arab Spring,
RT’s experts and correspondents were
some of the first to anticipate the fallout
 of
the seismic political shift in the Middle East.

RT was the only large TV channel to send its cameras to what
seemed like a marginal New York protest on September 17, 2011,
under the strange name of Occupy Wall Street. As that demonstration
grew into a worldwide phenomenon, encompassing millions in dozens
of countries, RT remained the portal of choice for Occupiers
everywhere.

Yet it’s not just big stories. Internet privacy and piracy, US
drones
, GM-food safety — RT has produced arguably more
in-depth coverage of these 21st-century issues than any of its
rivals. 

“We know drone warfare always provokes heated debate among our
audience. There are so many issues there — freedom, security,
accountability — touch-paper issues to web users and this is the
conversation we want people to have
,” says
Karnovich-Valua. 

Yet despite creating thousands of hours of specially-tailored
content, the most viewed videos are inevitably the awe-inspiring,
and often terrifying moments in which news media is merely the
witness. The cameramen are often not professionals, and sometimes
not even human, but the impact is undeniable.

RT’s most watched video, with nearly 38 million views, is of the
various recordings of the meteorite that hit Siberia earlier this year, while
the horror of witnessing the Japanese tsunami in March 2011 put a stop to the
endless verbal battles in the comments section as people from
around the world registered their shock.

“Videos like this are universal to audiences in the US, Europe
or Mexico. This is real life. And often people respond to just
being shown videos, where they can judge what is happening by
themselves
,” says Karnovich-Valua.

Together with RT Spanish, Arabic and other programming, content
produced by RT has already been seen over 1.4 billion times.

So, what next?

“Our audience makes our news relevant itself — with their
ratings, shares and comments. It is the most rewarding thing,
working with an online audience — we will innovate and try new
projects, and we will see what our audience wants to
watch,”
 says Karnovich-Valua.

The next milestone is just around the corner. RT aims to become
the first news channel to attract 1 million loyal subscribers on
YouTube. So keep watching, search on and Question More!

Igor Ogorodnev, RT

This article originally appeared on: RT

Recreating Rover: Clone firm lures UK dog owners with $70,000 discount

0

So you’re living in the UK and dream of giving your dog’s genes a chance to live on in a cloned body? One South Korean firm is willing to offer a 70 per cent discount if you pose for the cameras and are not expecting them to copy the personality too.

The firm, Sooam Biotech, has been commercially cloning pets for
years, with the majority of its customers coming from the US. The
task is currently priced at $100,000, but the winner will receive
a considerable slash from that tag. Contenders are encouraged to
send a 500-word essay along with photos, videos of up to 5
minutes, and other material explaining why their dog should be
cloned.

There are no restrictions on the breed, sex, size or age of the
dog, but the winner must be prepared for the media appearances
that would come into his or her life, along with the furry clone.
Submissions are accepted until July 1.

The cloning technology itself is following the well-established
routine. Sooam researchers will extract DNA from a viable skin
cell taken from the dog and implant it into another dog’s egg
cell, which had been cleared of DNA beforehand. The resulting
embryo will then be implanted into a surrogate mother, which will
give birth to a cloned puppy some two months later.

The South Korean firm is headed by controversial researcher Hwang
Woo-suk, who rose to notoriety after falsifying research data in
his 2004 study of human embryotic stem cells. Sooam was among the
pioneers of dog cloning and also successfully cloned other
canines, such as wolves and coyotes. Last year it announced its
plans to recreate a woolly mammoth by extracting the extinct
animal’s DNA from frozen samples and incubating an embryo in an
elephant surrogate mother.

Pet cloning remains an ethically-controversial and niche
business. Critics say that rich people who spend thousands of
dollars on cloning their pets should instead help animal shelters
and adopt a new pet from one of those. There is also the
implication that cloning firms are misleading their clients,
because the technology can offer replication of the body, while
the behavior of the cloned pet may differ markedly from that of
the original.

“I think that personality is really what most people are
looking to clone,”
John Woestendiek, a dog cloning
investigator and author, told Live Science. “And I don’t think
personality is clone-able.”

Pet cloning may enjoy high media attention, but the market for it
is surprisingly small, according to BioArts International, a
US-based company that outsourced pet cloning to Sooam Biotech
before going out of business in 2009.

Just like Sooam in UK, BioArts promoted its services in America
with a 2008 competition offering free cloning. It received 237
applications, the firm said, eventually awarding the privilege to
a rescue dog which had reportedly found the last survivor of the
2001 terrorist attack in New York.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Gazprom may shelve Shtokman project as US shale revolution bites

0

After years of failed attempts to start developing one of the world’s largest gas fields, Gazprom might delay the Shtokman project for decades. The shale revolution in the US — the project’s key export market — is undermining its profitability.

Development of the Shtokman gas condensate field in the Barents
sea will most likely be postponed “for future
generations,”
Vedomosti daily quotes Andrey Kruglov, Gazprom
deputy chairman. This week Russia’s gas monopoly is due to
discuss the future of the world’s biggest gas deposits, where an
estimated 3.9 trillion cubic metres of gas is held.

Experts say there’s no point in developing the field right now,
as the project is difficult and costly and may fail to find
sufficient demand.

US shale gas has definitely “undermined Shtokman that was
oriented on the US market,”
says Tatyana Mitrova, the head of
Russia’s oil and gas development department at the Energy
Research Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences. “The
deposit is difficult…the problem is that there’s really no other
market left for Shtokman, after it became irrelevant for the
US,”
agrees Michael Korchyomkin, a director at East European
Gas Analysis.

Having been developed at the beginning of this century, the
production of shale gas in the US has significantly moved on. In
2010, shale gas represented more than 20% of the country’s gas
production, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA).
The agency also said that by 2035 around 40% of the world’s gas
might be unconventional, and shale gas will by far be the
greatest part of it.

“Gazprom has been trying to start developing the project for
about 10 years. They planned to liquefy part of the extracted gas
and deliver that to the US, and transport another part to Europe
through a pipeline. The trans-Baltic Nord Stream pipeline was
being built for that project,”
Kruglov explained. Initially
it was planned to start extracting gas from the Shtokman field
this year. Its income and expense pro forma is estimated at $30
billion.

The South Kirinskoe deposit on the shelf of the Sea of Okhotks
may become the alternative to the Shtokman field, according to
Kruglov. It “has almost the same stock as the Shtokman has and
is located much closer to the Asian Pacific markets.”

The Kirinskoe deposit is 28 km from the shore at a depth of 90
metres. Shtokman is 550 km away from the shore, at a depth of
about 330 metres.

Vedomosti sources told the paper there were plans to develop the
South Kirinskoe deposit earlier than Shtokman. It should become
the base for a Gazprom LNG plant in Vladivostok, that is due to
begin operating in 2018.

However, Grigory Birg, a co-director at Investcafe, remained
skeptical, saying the new project will require huge investment
and may face the same fate as the Shtokman project.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey police brutality: Cops attack protesters, use gallons of tear gas (PHOTOS)

0

The brutal suppression of a peaceful environmental sit-in in Istanbul ignited a nationwide protest against the Turkish government. Allegations of police crossing the line between keeping the order and oppression are mushrooming in the social media.

Over the days of clashes with the protesters, Turkish police
excessively used water cannons and tear gas, drawing condemnation
from Amnesty International and calls for restraint from Turkey’s
closest allies.

“The use of tear gas against peaceful protestors and in
confined spaces where it may constitute a serious danger to
health is unacceptable, breaches international human rights
standards and must be stopped immediately,”
Amnesty stressed
in a statement, calling on the Turkish government to investigate
all reports of abuse.

Photos and video footage of officers clubbing activists and
spraying them with irritants at point-blank range are circulating
across social media, further inflaming the Turkish riots. The
online anger is fueled by the dismissal of the protesters as
“simple looters” by the government and the apparent downplaying
of the importance of the protest in the official media.

The Turkish government insists that the protests are irrelevant
and inspired by extremist forces. As he was leaving the country
on Monday for a North Africa visit, Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan
said that the Turkish intelligence services are investigating
possible foreign links to the weekend riots. He also said the
protest have nothing to do with the Gezi Park sit-ins.

Riot police use tear gas to disperse the crowd during an anti-government protests at Taksim Square in central Istanbul May 31, 2013 (Reuters / Murad Sezer)

Orchun Sunear, a musician, told RT that he had seen a lot of
people being seriously hurt by police, and even witnessed people
being crushed by a police tank. A friend of his called Lednah,
also a musician, is in a coma after being caught up in the
crackdown.

“My father, and grandmother have never seen anything like
this. In three generations the police have never behaved like
this. This is not normal in Turkey and I don’t understand why
this is happening,”
 he said.

Turkish Interior Minister Muammer Güler said that 115 police
officers and 58 protesters had been injured in the clashes as of
Sunday. Amnesty International said the victims of the clashes are
numbered in their hundreds, while rumors in social media claim
that more than 1,000 people suffered.

There are also claims of at least two protester deaths at the
hands of the police. The government says those reports are lies,
while Erdogan branded social media “the worst menace to
society.”

Widely-circulated graffiti in the capital, Ankara, describes the
information stand-off: “Revolution will not be televised,
it will be tweeted”.

Turkish riot police use water cannon to disperse demonstrators during a protest against the destruction of trees in a park brought about by a pedestrian project, in Taksim Square in central Istanbul May 31, 2013 (Reuters / Osman Orsal)

Protesters attack an armoured police vehicle during a protest against Turkey's Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan and his ruling AK Party in central Istanbul June 2, 2013 (Reuters / Murad Sezer)

Protestors take care of an injured demonstrator during a demonstration in support of protests in Istanbul and against the Turkish Prime Minister and his ruling Justice and Development Party (AKP), in Ankara, on June 1, 2013 (AFP Photo / Adem Altan)

Photo from twitter.com user @CemSa

An injured demonstrator lies on the ground on June 1, 2013 during a march to parliament and the prime minister's office in Ankara (AFP Photo / STR)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russian mayor held over assassination of federal investigator

0

Said Amirov, mayor of the city of Makhachkala in the southern Russian internal republic of Dagestan, has been detained and urgently flown to Moscow to stand trial.

Russia’s federal law enforcement agency, the Investigative
Committee, reported that Amirov was detained as he is suspected
of masterminding the killing of one of the agency’s leading
investigators in the region. The officer, Arsen Gadjibekov, held
the post of acting head of the Investigative Committee’s district
directorate in Makhachkala and was heading the probe into a
string of contract hits when he was gunned down near his home in
the Dagestani city of Kaspiysk in December 2011.

The high post of the suspect and his ties with the heads of
powerful clans in the region prompted an unprecedented scale for
the detention operation. On Saturday, Amirov’s house was
surrounded by heavily-armed operatives with APC support and two
agents entered the mayor’s premises saying that he must come with
them and answer a few questions.

According to eyewitnesses, Amirov said he could answer the
questions on the spot, but the agents insisted, put him in an
armored vehicle and drove to a helicopter that landed on a square
right in the city center. The helicopter then flew straight to a
local airport and the mayor was taken to Moscow, where he was
charged with organizing an attempt on the life of a law enforcer.
On Sunday, a court ordered he be put in pre-trial custody.

RIA Novosti / Gulya Alieva

The news immediately caused a sensation. Amirov has headed
Makhachkala, the largest city and the main economic center of
Dagestan, since 1998 and he has been a prominent member of the
Russian parliamentary majority United Russia party since the day
of its foundation.

The Makhachkala authorities addressed the local residents with a
request not to complicate the situation by protesting, but still
a few dozen people took to the streets demonstrating their
support for Amirov. These rallies, however, finished without any
incidents or detentions.

Some observers noted that the absence of complications was due to
the perfect timing of the operation — while Investigative
Committee agents were apprehending Amirov, Dagestan’s major
football club Anzhi Makhachkala was playing CSKA Moscow in the
neighboring Chechen Republic, and many thousands of young and
active Dagestanis were simply out of the city.

The Investigative Committee also reported that they detained
about 10 people as part of the same case and all of them were
also taken to Moscow for investigation procedures and possibly
future trial. 

At the same time, Russian news site Life News reported on Sunday
that a key witness in Amirov’s case, suspected drug dealer
Magomed Abdulgalimov, was found hanged in a cell of a pre-trial
detention center in the city of Pyatigorsk. He survived as
wardens managed to get him out of the noose in time and he was
also urgently taken to Moscow and placed under special protection
in a high security prison.

Life News said that Abdulgalimov’s attempted suicide, or
attempted murder, took place shortly before the start of the
operation to detain Amirov, but the Investigative Committee has
not issued official comments at the time of publication.

However, the Federal Service for Execution of Punishment refuted
the report on Monday afternoon adding that there were no inmates
named Abdulgalimov in Pyatigorsk detention centers.

Acting head of Dagestan Ramazan Abdulatipov has told the press
that Amirov’s detention was a resolute step by the Federal
Authorities to bring order and stability to the region.

“Dissent is still nesting in Dagestan. Many of those who
assume official posts here for many years are themselves
practicing ignorance and lawlessness
,” Abdulatipov said.
“Now the law and order demanded by the head of our state
Vladimir Putin have arrived in Dagestan. We will seek to fulfill
this demand of the top authorities of the Russian
Federation
.”

Abdulatipov was appointed to his post in late
January this year
after the president sacked his predecessor,
Magomedsalam Magomedov, reportedly over the poor security
situation in the region. While Magomedov was in good relations
with Said Amirov, the relations between the Amirov and the new
head of the region were strained from the very beginning.

According to media reports, Amirov planned to compete with
Abdulatipov at the elections of the head of the republic that
will take place in September this year, but the arrest of the
mayor will apparently put an end to such ambition.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russian oil production increased to 10.48mn barrels per day

0

Russia, the world’s largest oil producer, increased its crude oil output by 0.1 percent to 10.48 million barrels (44.3 million metric tonnes) per day in May, almost reaching a year high and a Soviet record.

Russia out-produced traditional leading supplier Saudi Arabia by
1.15 million barrels per day in May.

Oil output made a strong recovery from April, when it experienced
a 6.2 percent decline down to 5.25 million barrels a day (22.2
million metric tonnes).

The data released on Russia’s Energy Ministry website over the
weekend showed a 9 percent dip month-on-month, likely due to weak
summer demand and Gazprom’s contracted output.

Natural gas production fell to 1.7 billion cubic meters a day as
Gazprom’s output declined 11 percent, according to Reuters.

The graph shows a decrease in electricity (purple), gas (red) and increases in oil (blue) and coal (green). in April. Image the Russian Federation Ministry of Energy.

In April, gas production totaled 55,871.8 million metric tonnes,
71.4 percent from Gazprom.

In 2012, gas production was 654.4 million cubic meters below the
2011 level of 16.3 billion cubic meters.

Gazprom is a dominant player in the European heating market, but
has lost many contracts recently due to pricing spats and the
change US shale-gas has brought to the global supply pattern.

Gazprom, skeptical to the shale gas revolution, has decided to
keep their prices high, which has disgruntled many European
customers, and led to a 15 percent drop
in profits
in 2012.

Oil and gas revenues account for almost 50 percent of Russia’s
state budget, and are very much the bloodline to the country’s $2
trillion economy.

The last post-Soviet record was set last November at 10.49
million barrels a day, which was still shy of the 1987 peak of
11.48 million barrels a day. Vladimir Putin has set a production
goal of at least 10 million barrels a day.

Russia is the third largest petroleum exporter, according to EIA data. Image from http://www.eia.gov

Russia is the world’s third largest petroleum producer and
exporter in the world, behind Saudi Arabia and the US.

Petroleum is sourced from 259 different companies, 132 which are
independent, and 14 which are under the Gazprom conglomerate.

Though Russia’s oil industry is comprised of 28 ‘major’ (at least
1 million tonnes/year) oil refineries, all output combined is
trumped by the world’s largest publicly traded oil producer,
Rosneft, which produced 3.85 million barrels in May, up 0.3
percent from April, according to the Ministry’s data.

Rosneft became the world’s largest oil producer after it acquired
TNK-BP in March in a $55 billion sale, and output 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Market Buzz: Starting summer lower

0

Russian stocks start the week lower, on a moderately negative international outlook. Investors will be looking at the US for drivers in the second half of the day, anticipating the release of manufacturing activity, a leading indicator of economic health.

On Friday the Russian stock exchange ended the session lower with
the MICEX having lost 0.81 percent to close at 1350.17, while the
RTS slipped 1.41 percent to 1331.43.

Europe also ended last week with a decline of major indicators.
The UK’s FTSE100 dropped 1.11 percent to 6583.09, the DAX in
Germany slid 0.61 percent to 8348.32, while in France the CAC 40
retreated 1.19 percent to end at 3948.59.

On Monday Spain, Italy and the UK will publish data on
manufacturing activity, while Switzerland is to publish its SVME
PMI.

The US floors ended Friday sharply lower despite expectations of
an upward movement. Investors’ sell-offs were related to due to
mixed economic reports. The Dow Jones industrial average slid
more than 200 points, while some 100 were lost in the last 15
minutes alone, marking the worst drop in six weeks.

The Dow closed down 1.4 percent at 15,115.57. The S&P 500
ended 1.4 percent lower at 1,630.74. The NASDAQ Composite
declined 1 percent to close at 3,455.91.

The Institute of Supply Management will release a closely-watched
report on manufacturing activity in the US Friday.

Asia was mixed on Monday after contradictory data from China.
Over the weekend, China’s National Bureau of Statistics said the
country’s official PMI for May rose to 50.8 from 50.6 in April.
That topped the 50.1 reading economists expected. In this light
Hong Kong’s Hang Seng added 0.36 percent in Monday’s trade, while
the Shanghai Composite also advanced 0.10 percent.

Japan’s Nikkei 225 traded significantly lower, losing 2.17percent
after the International Monetary Fund warned Japan that the yen
is weak enough, as opposed to its earlier comments saying the
Japanese yen was overvalued.

Statement from the European Central Bank chief Mario Draghi who
predicted a “very gradual recovery” to start in the eurozone
later this year also contributed to the confusion.

Oil is currently trading slightly lower with Brent losing a mere
0.05 percent and trading at $100, while WTI is 0.1 percent down
trading at $92.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Australian military halts all prisoner transfers amid torture concerns in Afghanistan

0

Australia is refusing to hand over captured prisoners to Afghan authorities, citing reports of detainee torture. The UK has also been holding on to its Afghan prisoners amid similar concerns, with critics dubbing the action a ‘British Guantanamo’.

All prisoner transfers to Afghan forces have been halted until
the safety of those detainees can be guaranteed, announced
Australia’s Defense Minister Stephen Smith during his visit to
the country’s main base in Uruzgan, Afghanistan, on Sunday.

The decision was reportedly made after reports that individuals
within the Afghans’ spy agency mistreated a detainee who was
transferred by Australian forces.

The details of the incident remain unknown, but Smith stated that
Afghan officials are investigating the allegations and even
arrested several members of Afghanistan’s spy agency.

“We’ve been informally advised by the Afghan authorities that
they are in the process of laying charges against Afghan
officials as a result of ill treatment of detainees at the
National Directorate of Security Detention Centre,”
the
Australian Broadcasting Corporation quotes Smith as saying.

Currently there is only one detainee being held in Australia’s
custody at Tarin Kowt base, as the country’s operations in
Afghanistan are winding down and Australian troops are set to
leave Uruzgan by the end of the year.

Regulations require Australia to hand over detainees to the
Afghan authorities within 96 hours.

Australia's Prime Minister Julia Gillard meets members of the Australian Army 1st Mentoring Task Force during her visit to Multinational Base Tarin Kowt in southern Afghanistan October 2, 2010 (Reuters / Department of Defence / Handout)

The highest-ranked Australian officer at the International
Security Assistance Force in Kabul, General Gus McLachlan,
explained that no more prisoners will be transferred until
individuals involved in torture allegations are removed.

“Any individual who may be involved is then removed in
cooperation with the Afghan government, and then once we were
confident that things were back in place then those actions would
resume,”
he said.

Earlier, it was revealed that UK has been holding off from
transferring prisoners to Afghan forces for at least a year,
citing torture concerns if detainees were handed over.

British troops in Afghanistan are holding 80 to 90 people, some
for up to 14 months, without charges. Lawyers acting for eight of
the men say some of the prisoners have been held without charge
for up to 14 months, arguing that it could amount to unlawful
detention.

Critics of detention without charge dubbed UK’s decision as a
British Gitmo. There is enough ground to
compare the secret British prison in Afghanistan to the infamous
US Guantanamo Bay detention facility, as the UK is holding people
they consider dangerous in custody without having any legal
grounds to do so, Jim Brann of the Stop the War Coalition told
RT.

In November last year, UK’s Secretary of Defense Philip Hammond
issued a temporary ban on transfer of prisoners to Afghan
detention after a farmer claimed that he had been tortured in a
prison after being captured by UK troops and handed over to
Afghan officials.

This article originally appeared on: RT

“Pivot to Asia”: US Military Build-up in Asia, Threatening China

0

A speech on Saturday by US Defence Secretary Chuck Hagel to the Shangri-la Dialogue in Singapore–the region’s top annual security conference–underscored the speed and extent of the US military build-up in Asia directed against China. Defence ministers, officials and top military officers from across the Asia Pacific, including China, attended.

The Obama administration’s so-called “pivot to Asia” involves strengthening US military alliances and strategic partnerships, as well as restructuring and repositioning American military forces, throughout the Indo-Pacific region.

At last year’s Shangri-la Dialogue, the previous defence secretary, Leon Panetta, announced that the Pentagon would shift 60 percent of US naval assets to the Indo-Pacific region by 2020. On Saturday, Hagel declared that the US Air Force would also “allocate 60 percent of its overseas-based forces to the Asia Pacific–including tactical aircraft and bombers from the continental United States.”

Hagel reassured US allies at the gathering that financial cutbacks would not affect the expanding American military presence in Asia. He noted that “even under the most extreme budget scenarios, the United States military will continue to represent nearly 40 percent of global defence expenditures.” In other words, US military spending dwarfs that of any other country, including China.

Hagel said this year’s five-year budget plan “put a premium on rapidly deployable, self-sustaining forces–such as submarines, long-range bombers and carrier strike groups–that can project power over great distance.” He added: [T]his region will see more of these capabilities as we prioritise developments of our most advanced platforms to the Pacific.”

The US military build-up was on display when the first of four Littoral Combat Ships to be stationed in Singapore arrived in April and docked at Changi Naval Base. Hagel yesterday visited the USS Freedom–a shallow draft warship designed to operate close to shore and carry out a range of functions, from mine-sweeping to surface and anti-submarine warfare.

In his speech, Hagel directly accused China of being involved in cyber espionage against the United States, claiming that some cyber intrusions “appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military.” His remarks are part of a mounting campaign by Washington on the issue, aimed at putting pressure on the newly-installed Chinese leadership to make economic and foreign policy concessions. Beijing has repeatedly denied the US accusations, saying it was the victim of cyber-attacks, not the perpetrator.

Chinese President Xi Jinping is due to meet Obama later this week in California for two days of talks. US officials have already signalled that the US president will press Xi on cyber security as well as for tougher measures against North Korea. After meeting with US National Security Adviser Tom Donilon last Monday in Beijing, Xi declared that relations between the US and China were at a “critical juncture”–a reference to rising tensions.

At the Singapore meeting on Saturday, Chinese Major General Yao Yunzhu challenged Washington’s claims that Obama’s “pivot” or “rebalance” to Asia was not aimed against China. “China is not convinced,” she said. “How can you assure China? How can you balance the two different objectives–to assure allies, and to build a positive relationship with China?”

Hagel brushed aside the question, insisting that the US welcomed “a strong and emerging and responsible China”–a response belied by the content of his speech. His comments were not pitched at easing tensions with China, but rather at encouraging allies and strategic partners to take a stronger stance against Beijing. Already this has led to dangerous frictions, with Japan and the Philippines pressing territorial claims against China in the East China Sea and South China Sea.

In his speech, Hagel indicated the scale of US efforts to strengthen military ties with virtually every country in the region at China’s expense.

The US defence secretary highlighted “substantial progress” with Japan “in realigning our force posture and enhancing alliance missile defence capabilities,” as well as greater cooperation with India, South Korea and Australia. He noted in particular that an Australian warship was now part of a US carrier strike group based in Japan, “giving our naval forces new practical experience in operating together.”

US officials pointed out that the number of US Marines based in the northern Australian city of Darwin was due to rise from 250 to 1,100 by mid-2014. The Pentagon is also seeking basing arrangements with the Philippines. According to the Wall Street Journal, these should be finalised by the end of the year.

Hagel outlined enhanced military relations throughout South East Asia: a joint vision statement with Thailand for the first time in over 50 years; a new memorandum of understanding with Vietnam; the first-ever visit of an aircraft carrier to Malaysia; military-military engagement with Burma; and closer collaboration with the Indonesian military.

Hagel announced that the US would host its first meeting with Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) defence ministers next year in Hawaii. He revealed that the Pentagon would allocate an additional $100 million to fund joint military exercises in Asia, and extra finances for students from the region to engage in security studies in Hawaii.

Hagel’s tone toward China was markedly different to that he adopted for each other country. Tacitly recognising the sharpening tensions between the two countries and the danger of conflict, he called for dialogue to reduce “the risk of miscalculation, particularly between our militaries.”

While the American media and political establishment seeks to portray China as a threat to peace, the US military build-up and forging of alliances in Asia is destabilising the entire region. While China is in no position to challenge the US militarily, its huge and growing requirements for energy and raw materials are bringing it into conflict with the domination of the major powers over Asia, Africa and Latin America.

That rivalry was evident in the Americas as Chinese President Xi visited Trinidad and Tobago on Friday to discuss access to Caribbean gas, before heading to Costa Rica and Mexico for economic talks, ahead of his meeting with Obama on Friday and Saturday. US Vice President Joe Biden was also in the region–which the US regards as its “backyard”–last week for talks in Brazil, Colombia and Trinidad and Tobago.

The Obama-Xi talks, far from being a friendly get-to-know-you meeting as has been billed, will be the occasion for the US to further intensify its pressure on China to make major economic and strategic concessions.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Al-Qaeda’s Syrian branch opens complaints department

0

An Al-Qaeda branch in northern Syria has opened a complaints department in one of the cities it controls. The militant organization apparently aims to show the local residents that it can act as a civilian government.

The branch operating in the provincial capital city of Raqqa
posted a notice last week, suggesting the public turn to them
with possible grievances.

“Anyone who might have a complaint against any element of the
Islamic state, whether the Emir or an ordinary soldier, can come
and submit their complaint in any headquarters building of the
Islamic state,”
the notice said as cited by The Telegraph
newspaper. “The complaint should be in writing, provide
details and give evidence.”

The militants, whose long-term goal is to turn Iraq, Syria and
Lebanon into a single Islamist state, pledge to try any
violations at a Sharia court.

Earlier the Al-Nusra Front, the prominent Islamist force fighting
to topple the Syrian government, admitted that it is in fact a branch of the Iraqi-based Al-Qaeda
in a statement.

Over the years Al-Qaeda has showed a surprising amount of
bureaucratic work for an organization supposed to be a loose
network of independently-operating terrorist cells. In the latest
example a letter was found in Mali’s Timbuktu, which criticized
Al-Qaeda-linked guerrilla leader Mokhtar Belmokhtar for failing to report his
expenses, answer his phone in a timely manner, or carry out
attacks as ordered.

The attempts to impose the strict version of Islam are met with
disdain in Syria, which had been for decades a moderately secular
state. In Raqqa the Islamists attempted and failed to impose a
smoking ban, according to local activists. But the militant group
denies this ever happened.

This article originally appeared on: RT

African Land Grabs: Defending Basic Human Rights, Promoting Sustainable Agriculture

0

SOCFIN Agricultural Company Sierra Leone Ltd. (SAC), a subsidiary of SOCFIN, (Société Financière des Caoutchoucs), a Luxembourg-registered company controlled by the prominent French entrepreneur Vincent Bolloré and Belgian businessman Hubert Fabri, is suing a Sierra Leonean NGO, Green Scenery, for its reporting on the activities of the company.

In May 2011, Green Scenery released a report on SAC’s oil palm project in Sierra Leone, which highlighted inadequate compensation, corruption, and pressure on land owners and chiefs to sign agreements to give up their land. [1]

Earlier in 2011, SAC signed a 50-year lease with the Sierra Leonean government for 6,500 hectares (ha) on land used by more than 9,000 farmers in 24 villages in Pujehun District. The deal gave SAC an option to expand the leased area by an additional 5,000 ha.

The company responded by filing suit for defamation (known as a SLAPP suit) against the NGO and its Executive Director, Joseph Rahall, asking a Sierra Leonean court to order them to apologize, pay damages, and to stop publishing information that the company may consider defamatory. Yet, Green Scenery’s report is consistent with the formal grievances filed by local communities opposed to the forceful takeover of their land and the destruction of their crops and forests by SOCFIN. [2] In December 2012, 101 members of landholding families from 36 villages called on the national Human Rights Commission, civil society organizations, and the United Nations to support their struggle against the company. [3]

The allegations have also been corroborated by independent assessments on the ground conducted by several international organizations, including the Oakland Institute in February 2012 [4] and Welthungerhilfe in May 2012. [5]

“Bolloré and Fabri are using a defamation suit to silence local opposition and to intimidate an NGO whose only crime is to defend the basic rights of local farmers whose land is being taken away,” says Frédéric Mousseau of the Oakland Institute.

“Similar practices by SOCFIN subsidiaries have been reported in recent years in Liberia, Cameroon, and Cambodia, [6] where Bolloré or SOCFIN have used the threat of legal action against NGOs and the media to silence criticism,” says Devlin Kuyek of GRAIN.

As organizations committed to defending basic human rights and promoting sustainable agriculture, we are as much concerned about the threat that SOCFIN’s project poses to Sierra Leone’s farmers as we are about the threat that intimidation maneuvers pose to the work of independent civil society organizations and, through them, democracy. This is why we are standing by Green Scenery.

Signed:

Media contacts:

Notes

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Anti-Government Protests Rock Turkey

0

In 2001, Recep Tayyip Erdogan established the Justice and Development Party (AKP). In November 2002, it won nearly two-thirds of parliamentary seats. It did so with 35% of the vote.

Earlier dominant parties were rebuffed. Hard times aroused public anger. Voters rejected corrupt political rule. At the time, Istanbul newspaper Sabah called AKP’s triumph a “revolution by impoverished Anatolia against the old political guard.”

Party leader Erdogan earlier was Istanbul mayor. On March 14, 2003, he became prime minister. He feigned moderation. He pretended advocacy for poor, disadvantaged, oppressed Turks.

He spurned them straightaway. He’s authoritarian. His policies are hardline. He supports wealth and power interests. He backed Washington’s war on terror. An official AKP statement said:

“Our party will give priority to establish a necessary international basis against terrorism and the cooperation of Turkey in this struggle.”

“We will continue our longstanding defence collaboration with USA and spread this relationship to the economy, investment, science and technology.”

Erdogan’s been prime minister for over 10 years. He was reelected twice. Why voters did so they’ll have to explain. He last won in June 2011. General elections are scheduled every five years. Often they’re held early. Parliament can call them. So can Turkey’s president.

Turkey is more police state than democracy. Press freedom is compromised. Censorship is standard practice. Dissent isn’t tolerated. It’s considered terrorism.

No country imprisons more journalists than Turkey. A well-known saying goes: “The Turkish translation of freedom of speech (says) the less you talk the longer you’ll be out of prison.”

Journalists, academics, students, trade unionists, human rights supporters, lawyers, and other activists challenging regime rule are vulnerable. Thousands are imprisoned for doing so. Erdogan rules repressively. He’s more despot than democrat.

Civil and human rights abuses are commonplace. Wealth and power interests alone matter. Popular needs go begging. Authoritarian neoliberalism defines policy.

Police state violence targets dissenters. Thousands are arrested. Terrorism and other false charges follow. So do convictions. Victims face harsh imprisonment. For some it’s longterm.

On June 2, Reuters headlined “Protesters defiant as Turkey unrest goes into third day.” Hours later the headline read “Calm on Turkish streets after days of fierce protests.” They could resume any time.

On May 28, initial ones began in Istanbul. They were nonviolent. Environmentalists led them. They oppose replacing Taksim Gezi Park with a shopping mall. Reconstructing Taksim Military Barracks is planned.

Police initiated clashes. Demonstrators were attacked violently. Hundreds were arrested. Many more were injured. Several deaths were reported.

Clashes continued Saturday. Arrests and injuries followed. Serious ones include head trauma and broken limbs. One student lost an eye. State-sponsored repression defines Turkish policy. One observer called what’s ongoing “a new low, even for Turkey.

Protests spread nationwide. Doing so challenges Erdogan’s rule. On Saturday, Istanbul protesters yelled “Erdogan Resign.”

What began against destroying Taksim Gezi Park’s green space now reflects antagonism against authoritarian neoliberal harshness and more.

Recent polls show two-thirds of Turks oppose war with Syria. Last fall, tens of thousands protested in Istanbul. They pledged support for Syria’s people.

They denounced Erdogan’s ties to Washington. They did so after parliament authorized him to send soldiers into “foreign countries.” The ruling followed a shell fired from Syria. It killed five people in Akcakale. Perhaps insurgents did so provocatively.

Two days of mortar fire followed. Erdogan pledged “to act in a timely and quick manner against any additional risks and threats facing our country.”

Turkish warplanes struck a Syrian military camp. An unknown number of soldiers were killed. A NATO statement wrongfully blamed Assad. Pentagon press secretary George Little condemned what he called his “depraved behavior.”

Washington, Turkey, other key NATO powers, Israel, and rogue Arab state allies bear full responsibility for ongoing Syrian conflict.

Erdogan’s now in the eye of the storm at home. He menaces regional stability. He governs despotically. Public rage challenges him.

Opposition MP Suat Kiniklioglu said, “Things have been building up and Gezi Park was the last straw.” It’s not “about trees any more.”

Other contentious issues include new legislation prohibiting public drinking and alcohol promotion. Last week, Erdogan said he’d name a new bridge over the Bosphorus after an Ottoman Caliphate founding sultan. He repressed Turkey’s Alevi religious minority.

In Ankara, a television channel bureau chief was arrested. Coverage of ongoing protests he aired were blocked. Other local news channels broadcast cooking or unrelated programs. They did so during the worst of police violence.

On June 1, Noam Chomsky condemned it. In a written statement, he said he joins with “others who defend basic human rights in condemning the brutal measures of the state authorities in response to the peaceful protests in Taksim in Central Istanbul.”

“The reports of the past few days are reminiscent of some of the most shameful moments of Turkish history.”

Some observers ask if what’s ongoing reflects Erdogan’s Mubarak moment. It’s far too early to know. It’s unlikely but who knows. Anything is possible.

On February 1, 2011, Erdogan challenged Mubarak. He was perhaps the first prominent political leader urging him to step down.

“No government can survive against the will of its people,” he said. He warned Mubarak adding: “We are all passing, and we will be judged by what we left behind.”

On Saturday, protesters set parts of central Istanbul and Ankara ablaze. Police responded with tear gas, pepper spray, water cannons, and other forms of brutality.

Sunday in Istanbul was calm. Clashes continued in Ankara. They resumed in Istanbul and other cities on Monday. Russia Today‘s web site provides live central Istanbul coverage. It’s ongoing. During Sunday AM hours, people were milling around. Banners remain displayed.

By afternoon, huge crowds returned. Police didn’t challenge them. They could any time. Public anger hasn’t abated. On Saturday, people yelled “dictator,” “murderers,” “fascists.” A message spray-painted on a department store facade said: “AKP to the grave, the people to reign.”

Journalist Mahir Zeynalov called public anger expressed “unprecedented in character.” It reflects what appears to be mass nationwide sentiment.

Protesters marched past state television TRT headquarters. They shouted, “Burn the state media.” Sabah is a major pro-government newspaper. On Saturday, its lead article promoted Erdogan’s anti-smoking campaign.

Reuters said protesters “lit bonfires among overturned vehicles, broken glass and rocks and played cat-and-mouse on side streets with riot police….”

“The ferocity of the police response has shocked Turks, as well as tourists caught up in the unrest in one of the world’s most visited destinations.”

Helicopters fired tear gas into residential neighborhoods. Various buildings were targeted. Video footage showed one protester struck by an armored police truck.

Retired government employee Mehnet Haspinar was quoted saying “All dictators use the same methods, oppressing their people.”

In 2011, Erdogan urged establishing a new presidential system. He wants power transferred to the office. He want to seek it. If elected under new rules, he’ll govern for another decade.

He wants unchallenged power. He wants major Turkish regional political, military and economic influence. He wants greater overall control. He wants popular interests suppressed.

What’s ongoing perhaps reflects more than he bargained for. He remains defiant. In a televised Saturday speech, he vowed to proceed with Taksim Park plans.

One protester perhaps spoke for others saying:

“He’s crazy. No one knows what he’s doing or thinking. He’s completely crazy. Whatever he says today, he will say something different tomorrow.”

In a late Saturday twitter message, he said for every 100,000 protesters, he’ll mobilize a million supporters against them. He accused protesters of having “questionable ties.”

He mocked them saying so. “Taksim Square cannot be an area where extremists are running wild,” he added.

Millions of Turks appear fed up with his authoritarian rule. Their concerns aren’t addressed. People shouted “This is just the beginning. Our struggle will continue.”

On Saturday, Kurdish Peace and Democracy party (BDP) MP Sirri Sureyya Onder was injured. He responded accusing Erdogan of going too far.

Protesters “are rebelling against all of this now,” he said. “People are fed up with this lack of public discussion, with the disrespect, the immoderateness, the lawlessness, and the authoritarianism of this government.”

“It is not very good at apologizing. But this time I think it will have to.” Lack of media coverage inflamed tensions. A student protester said there’s “a total media blackout on this in Turkey.”

“They all collaborate with the government. We follow the foreign news coverage to get more information.”

A makeshift clinic was set up in Istanbul’s Chamber of Mechanical Engineers. Volunteer doctors treated injured protesters. One anonymously said police “use a very heavy teargas that causes serious health problems.”

Empty canisters showed it’s made in America. Perhaps it’s what’s used in Bahrain. One or more US companies supply it. It’s far more noxious than ordinary tear gas.

Symptoms include severe abdominal pains, vomiting blood, temporary blindness, temporary memory loss, shivers, seizures, and long-lasting breathing difficulties. Bahraini doctors think it’s nerve gas. Deaths result.

It’s too early to know what’s ahead. Clearly people are fed up. They’re angry. They’re sick and tired of a regime drunk with power.

It remains to be seen what follows. So-called Arab Spring protests achieved nothing. Hardline rule continues. Popular concerns aren’t addressed.

It shows what people wanting something better face. It’s unlikely Turks will fare better than others. Change never comes easily or quickly.

Liberating struggles take time. They’re longterm. They require sustained commitment. Often energy wanes. What’s ahead bears close scrutiny.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/anti-government-protests-rock-turkey/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Wealth from Economic “Recovery” has gone to the Richest Americans

0

A new study from the St. Louis Federal Reserve documents the vast disparity in the fortunes of American families since the financial crisis of 2007-08, with the bulk of the “recovery” in aggregate wealth going to the richest layers of the population.

The report, “After the Fall: Rebuilding Family Balance Sheets, Rebuilding the Economy,” found that “only about 45 percent of the average inflation-adjusted household wealth that was lost since the onset of the downturn in 2007 has been recovered.”

To support claims of economic recovery, the Obama administration and the political establishment as a whole have cited the fact that aggregate net worth at the end of last year had almost reached the level it was prior to the crash of 2009. While total net worth was estimated at $67.4 trillion in 2007, it reached $66.1 trillion at the end of 2012, recovering 91 percent of its losses.

However, this masks the enormous growth of inequality. Of the $14.7 trillion accrued since 2009, the majority, $9.1. trillion, “was due to higher stock-market wealth,” the majority of which is owned by the wealthiest families. With more than a touch of understatement, the report states: “Considering the uneven recovery of wealth across households, a conclusion that the financial damage of the crisis and recession largely has been repaired is not justified.”

The wealth of the rich has surpassed pre-recession highs, while that of the vast majority has stagnated. In other words, the net impact of the crisis has been an aggregate transfer of wealth from the poor to the rich.

This outcome is a direct product of the response of the American ruling class, led by the Obama administration, to the crisis. Trillions of dollars have been allocated to bail out the banks, and the US Federal Reserve pumps $85 billion into the financial markets every month to maintain the new asset bubble. At the same, wages have been driven down and social services slashed, while nothing has been done to help those most severely impacted by the crisis.

The St. Louis Fed noted that prior to the economic crash, US households had accumulated an average debt-to-income ratio of 133 percent, due in large part to soaring housing prices and predatory lending by the banks. In the wake of the crash, average household wealth fell 15 percent.

The impact of the crisis disproportionately affected low-income Americans, though the primary categories examined by the report are those of race, age and education level. The class impact–both of the crisis and of the subsequent “recovery”–finds distorted reflection in these alternate categories.

“Although many subgroups experienced large declines, the Fed’s survey suggests that families that were young, that had less than a college education and/or were members of a historically disadvantaged minority group… suffered particularly large wealth losses.”

These families are among “the most economically vulnerable groups because of the particular occupation and sectors in which they were overrepresented, such as low-wage service-sector jobs and construction.”

Youth were particularly hard hit. The report found that from 2007 to 2010, homeowners under 40 saw a staggering 44 percent wealth loss in their homes, with a disproportionate impact on minority youth, including Hispanic and African American youth.

For lower-income families, homes tend to be the primary asset. For African American or Hispanic homeowners under the age of 40 who had not received a high school diploma, 85 percent of all wealth in 2007 was tied to real estate. For both college graduates and high school graduates in this category, 70 percent of wealth was tied to homes.

The report states that chances for post-secondary success increase seven-fold for a youth who had personal savings, regardless of family income. Inversely, lifetime earning potential is also hindered by excessive amounts of debt. The Federal Reserve found that those with a four-year college education and overhanging student loans had a net worth of $186,000 less than their non-indebted peers.

A recent New York Federal Reserve study found that, for those who had student debt, the average level of debt for youth aged 25 had risen to $25,000. Nearly one in five young people were at least three months delinquent on payments.

A number of recent reports corroborate the St. Louis Fed’s findings. Last year, a US Federal Reserve study found that the global economic recession had set families back by nearly 20 years, erasing 39 percent of all household wealth between 2007 and 2010.

Another recent study, released by the University of California, found that since 2009 average real income for families had grown by only 1.7 percent. However, behind this 1.7 percent growth, the top one percent saw their incomes jump by over 11 percent, while the income of the bottom 99 percent declined by half a percentage point during the same period.

Nearly five years after the onset of the greatest financial crisis in a century, bankers and wealthy hedge fund managers have been supplied with access to virtually endless funds by the Obama administratio, while simultaneously declaring there is “no money” for basic social programs benefiting the working class.

The results, reflected in the St. Louis Fed report, are the outcome of this process.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Social Crisis in Greece: The Plight of The Refugees

0

Axmed, a Somalian refugee, has been stuck in Athens for over six years. This is common for most of his friends, as without papers they are stuck. Getting out by themselves requires money for false papers and travel that is beyond them. Axmed told us that he had a brother in Italy waiting for him. Most of his friends had families and friends waiting for them. But not in Greece. They were stuck.

 Life without papers has changed in the last five years. Earlier, before austerity and recession struck, most of the refugees could find work with wages. Without papers they were inevitably highly exploitable and many were. But now there is virtually no work with wages. On top of this terror of having no income to live, they now have to contend with the Greek state and its police force. “They are making war against us”.

The war is largely conducted in the streets and in the police stations. All are sites of sustained violence by the police against the refugees. The stories are legion. Last week for example, Toufik arrived in Athens from Crete where he had been living and working for six years. He is a skilled plumber. But for the last 6 months he had not been paid at all. So he robbed the house of his boss and unfortunately for Toufik he was caught on a hidden camera in the house which led to his arrest 2 days later. Once in the police station he was systematically beaten for 5 days by a group of policemen. Throughout the beatings he was made to sit in a chair and wear a police helmet to protect his head. They wanted Toufik to tell them where the money was that he had stolen. He held out for 5 days before he told them. Once he had yielded to their violence they let him out. No charges but with the clear instruction that he had to leave Crete immediately or they would catch him again and this time kill him. He left. The police kept the cash. It is a common place story.

As it happens another refugee arrived from Crete just 3 days ago. He too is carrying serious wounds from a police beating. Walid, who is 25 years old was caught shop lifting for food. In the police station the police took a baseball bat and smashed his testicles. He too was then released and told to leave Crete immediately or suffer more. Walid needs urgent medical care which is now being organised and paid for by the refugees in Athens.

If you fight back the consequences are dire. Axmed from Somalia told us how he was set upon by 2 policemen whilst he was walking home. He hit back — in boxing mode he said — and landed a punch on one of the police. For this he was charged and sentenced to 12 years and 6 months in jail. Long and punitive sentences are routinely imposed far in excess of any other groups in the population. We were told of one instance where a refugee was given 25 years for fighting back. It was extraordinary to find so many refugees in this central part of Athens who were on parole and were expected on their early release from prison to report weekly to the police. The parole lasts usually for 3 years. During this time they are not allowed to leave Greece.

But it is not just the physical violence that overshadows their lives. It is also the extent to which they are routinely messed around. Axmed for example is from Somalia and is black. We met him in a cafe about 5 blocks away from his home, which he shared with 14 other people including his wife whom he had married a year earlier. She was pregnant and their baby was due in 5 months. He told us that there was an 80% chance of him being picked up by the police on his way home from our meeting. In the event he wasn’t but later that day they took him. Ironically, it was Sofiane who was picked up as we left the bar. One minute we are walking back to the hotel and the next there is a police car with 2 police inside demanding that Sofiane come with them. They refused to take us both. Sofiane has papers and 30 minutes later he was back. He forced them to apologise. They claimed that he looked like someone they were chasing for breaking out of the police cells. This is life on the streets for the refugees.

But back to Axmed. Being a black African means that he is an easy target for the police. The routine is well established. They are taken out of the city centre to the police station that deals with all refugees where their papers are checked. If they are in order they are then let out to make their own way back into the centre. The length of time in the station is usually about 3 hours but it can be for much longer. It is very common for them to be held until after midnight and to be released when there is no public transport back to the town centre, which results in a long walk back. Last week Axmed was picked up 3 times in one day. On his release he took the bus back to Omonia Square where he was immediately apprehended and taken back. There the police asked him what he was doing back and told him to go. And the same thing happened again. As soon as he stepped off the bus he was picked up.

For those whose papers are not in order, or who simply don’t have any, the outcome is dire for they are incarcerated in police cells — not a prison — for up to 9 months. There is no court hearing or similar due process. These police cells were designed to hold people usually overnight or for 2 days at the most. Not only are they massively overcrowded but there are no facilities for exercise; the windows, if they exist are set high in the walls so they see nothing outside. Foam mattresses cover the floor and washing and toilet areas are wholly inadequate for the numbers detained. The food is minimal, often just one simple meal a day, with no fixed routine so it can be after midnight when they get any food at all. Health needs are completely ignored. These places are as near as you can get to hell. At the time of our meetings, there were hunger strikes in four of the main police stations where refugees are incarcerated. It is little wonder then, as one Kurdish refugee told us, that so many of his friends, without papers, spend their days in their homes, rarely going out and living “like rats in their holes”.

If you sit for any length of time in this central area you can’t fail to see the police buses carting off refugees to this police station. Just as you will see in certain streets groups of up to 30 refugees sitting on the side walk waiting for the transport. According to the refugees we met the police are paid 7 euros for each refugee they bring in.

This might be good business for the police but as Axmed told us, for the refugees it means constant hassle and a deep feeling of insecurity. For him, he said, he could honestly state that he had never had one moment of relaxation in all the years he had been in Greece. He feels completely unsafe and vulnerable. Moreover, he said, like all other refugees, he lives in a state of shock as he never thought Europe would be like this; so cruel and inhumane, so full of corruption and violence, and where he can be so easily abused with impunity. He left his home and family to seek a place where he could work and breathe freely. Which would allow him to help his parents and family, who now live in very hard circumstances in Saudi Arabia. But now he rarely has contact with them for he feels ashamed to admit to them the full horror of his situation. He did not come to Europe to become rich he told us. He just wanted to get by and to be a human being.

Hustling to Survive

 “You hustle to survive and you never know what each day will bring”. In the case of Axmed he could, some times, get a little money from helping other refugees find a place to stay and odd jobs helping out. As with many of the refugees we met, Axmed was fluent in many languages including English, Greek, Arabic, French and Turkish. In most of them he could write as well speak the language which has enabled him to pick up some translation work. Even though many of the refugees are confined to what can only be described as ‘shit jobs’ ( when they can get them) this disguises their many skills and talents which they never get a chance to use.

Hustling to survive has many dimensions, one of which is knowing where there might be resources of support. This includes knowing of the refugee medical centres where they can receive medical attention from caring doctors and other staff; likely places where they might be lucky to find some work, get food and so on. The depth of communication between them is impressive as they tell one another what is available, where the police are congregating and hassling on the streets and generally helping one another out. These are communities with a lot of information which is vital to their survival. And much of it is shared.

It was against this background that we asked about support from NGO refugee groups, from the progressive political parties, from anti-racist/fascist groups and similar. What we wanted to know was how such organisations help them survive.

Nothing. This was the answer we got from Axmed and his friends. It was the answer we were to hear every time. These groups were simply not part of the battleground of daily life. They had no profile. They were not thought about. They were not part of their survival.

There were very few exceptions. One Moroccan from Crete spoke of the help and the solidarity he had experienced from the anti racist movement in Chania, especially in getting a room and some food when he first arrived. We also heard from a few others that in Patras there were anti racist organisations that were helpful in terms of practical assistance and also in terms of Greek language classes. A high priority is given to languages by the refugees. If you can’t speak Greek, we were told repeatedly, you are even more vulnerable, especially as the police are particularly violent towards non Greek speakers. Moreover, without Greek you have no idea what the police and other state officials are saying or writing about you . Rarely are documents and charges translated with the consequence that refugees are being forced to sign statements without knowing what it is they are signing.

So learning Greek is a high priority and the school in Exarcheia run by the Network of Social Support to Immigrants and Refugees  is one of the places which is highly regarded and well known in the refugee community for its excellent work in language teaching. But the refugees themselves also spend much time passing on their language skills to one another, especially English. We had some sense of this when we left the home of 3 young Algerians with one of them pushing another to do his English homework and that he should be expected to be tested later that evening on what he had learnt.

But in terms of practical assistance from ‘outside’ the stories were dismal. Hama, from Iraq, told us of a food centre that he had visited but never returned to as it was too humiliating. His friends also added that some of the organisations are as bureaucratic as the state and want to see papers, or even issue papers that then needed to be stamped here and there as a condition of receiving help. But the more common response is that what little help on offer is either not appropriate or not timely. One Somalian woman, Haweeyo, told us how she was given the name of a doctor and a lawyer who could help her brother who had fallen to heroin addiction and was in a bad state. After many attempts she made contact and the doctor promised to call back and come and visit. The call never came. Neither did the visit. That her brother recovered was due to the help he received from other refugees who over a period of a month weaned him off heroin, and watched him closely even to the extent of tying him to his chair when he was at the worst point in his detoxification.

As Nasim from Syria told us, many of their needs are pressing. “We live in a big prison” where each day is about survival. Greeks, he told us, are “good at talking but this does not keep us from hunger, it does not protect us from the police. It is what you do that matters and not what you say “.

Where is the Left?

The fact that many of the NGO groups are ineffective as far as the survival of the refugees is concerned is not so surprising. There is more than enough written about the compromises that NGOs make in order to function and receive funding that tend to ally them with the power systems which are so merciless and unrelenting in scapegoating refugees.

But the absence of the ‘Left’ in all its various guises and fragments poses more profound questions. Whilst many of the refugees we spoke with did not frame their experiences in the language of left politics and theory, it was very clear that they have a profound understanding of the barbarities of capitalism and the state. They were completely unanimous in rejecting any suggestion that they were living in a society that was remotely democratic — even though they are told endlessly that Greece is the birthplace of democracy. They were as one in rejecting a system that equated money to humanity and societies which judged you as being nothing if you had nothing. As Toufik told us, in this system if you have no money you don’t exist; if you don’t have the right papers you don’t exist; it is a society which is continuously judgemental on things that don’t matter, such as the clothes you wear, the car you drive, the phone you use. None of this matters he told us, compared to who you were, how you thought, how you were with people. His friend, Mohammed, went further saying that there are rich histories which are rarely discussed now, where societies did not function like this, which were based on humanity and solidarity and which achieved beautiful things. It does not need to be like this, he said, and repeated what we heard many times, that the system today was no more than a giant prison which tries to crush all such feelings of humanity and solidarity. This system, he concluded, was just ugly.

Most of these insights come not from studying or reading but from living, from the streets, and from each other. They are given added weight because their very survival is rooted in a quite contrary set of values and behaviour. Without mutuality, without solidarity, they could not live. Huge status is accorded to those with ‘good hearts’ and ‘clean hearts’. These are the people you trust and to whom you turn to. Most of the refugees live collectively. They cook together, laugh together and talk. Many don’t have enough food but they survive because in the course of a week someone in the household will have something which enables them to buy and cook some food. If you have you give, knowing that this is what everyone does. Just as in the refugee camps in the West Bank the humanity amongst and within the refugee communities is both beautiful to behold and awesome. It is the bed rock of their resistance and their determination to survive as human beings.

With or without a background in Marxist and socialist theory, the lived experiences of the refugees has made many revolutionary. As they freely acknowledge, their futures will not change unless this barbarous system is destroyed and replaced by a system that places humanity and justice at its centre. For them reformism is a complete no brainer unless the system changes. This is why they are so sceptical about the current debates taking place in Greece as to the implementation of race hatred legislation. Unless that legislation eradicates the impunity of the police and the legal system to beat them up and incarcerate them without reason then it will change nothing. Are they anticipating good things should Syriza come to power at the next general election? The answer is the same. No, not unless they fundamentally break with the existing system.

 It is not just that the system benefits the rich and powerful and brutalises the weak and the poor, which is the problem. For many we talked with it is the way in which the system endlessly divides people and turns them against one another that so troubles them. They despair of the damage done to peoples’ minds by a system that poisons them with lies such as blaming refugees for the crisis in Greece and elsewhere.

These factors make the absence of the Left in these areas such a matter of concern. Do we on the Left suffer from some of the same characteristics which are so despised in the system. Do we too believe that refugees are not worthy of our solidarity and support, that they too are nothing? Why are we not standing shoulder to shoulder? Why are we not meeting them in their fought-for safe havens in the bars and cafés. Why are we not building the levels of trust together that are so vital to our struggle for justice? Why are we not taking note and learning from their survival and solidarities? Why is it we laud new forms of non monetary exchanges and relationships when they are created from our groups but never seem to recognise that this is a deeply embedded way of life for many who live on the margins of society and have been so for years? Why are not taking seriously their calls for a world based on humanity and exploring together what this means and how we can achieve it?

 These are not simply questions for the Left in Greece but for most of the Left especially in Europe. Some of the most significant victories in the recent years have been achieved by the power of poor peoples’ mobilisations, especially in parts of Latin America and south Asia. Yet for too long in Europe the Left has tended to ignore these groups believing that the road to socialism lies almost solely with an organised working class (employed in factories!). In a society such as Greece, where 65% of young people have no job the implications of such thinking are all too evident.

The current crisis is stimulating, many on the revolutionary Left to recognise that we need to rethink and to act differently. Like Panos Sotiris[i], we talk about the necessity of building new forms of struggle from below, and forging new alliances between those who have been abandoned by global finance capital and left to the mercy of increasingly violent and vicious police forces who have been tooled up to wage war on the poorest.

But no matter what injunctions for new thinking and acting we on the Left make, we stand little chance of achieving much unless we start standing with and by the most oppressed. We must rid ourselves of our arrogance and be prepared to learn from the very people whom the capitalist system dismisses as having no worth and no humanity. From what we witness in Athens the refugees are more than prepared to wage this struggle but where are their partners?

[i]    Panagiotis Sotiris ‘Greek Crisis and the Left Response: 2 Essays’ The Bullet,

           Socialist Project, May 28, 2013.

           Sofiane Ait Chalalet was born in Algeria and came to Greece as a refugee in 2006. He has subsequently married and now has the papers he needs to live in Europe without the persecution experienced by many of his friends. Chris Jones was born in England and worked for many years in higher education. Both Sofiane and Chris now live on the Greek island of Samos where they write and explore the impact of the crisis on the lives of the people here.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Report from Turkey: A Taste of Tahrir at Taksim

0

Istanbul has become a battlefield covered by tear gas. The police, no doubt at the behest of the Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan and his AKP government, have been attacking protestors in the centre of the city, near Taksim Square, for five consecutive days. This would have been no news at all: Turkish police are famous for their brutality in dealing with demonstrations unwelcome to the government. Only a month ago, on May Day, they had dispersed a gathering of thousands of workers and unionists using tear gas unsparingly. So nothing new on the police front. This time is different for another reason.

The difference lies in the determination and audacity of the protestors. The first four days saw a growing number of people, reaching many thousands Thursday night, that is, the fourth day of action, set up a camp each night on the so-called Promenade near Taksim Square. Every night, in the small hours of the morning, the police attacked the campers and dismantled their tents, burning them on the last third and fourth nights. The protestors are trying to protect life, the life of very precious trees right in the middle of a city with extremely limited green area. The Metropolitan Municipality of Istanbul, under AKP rule, has been busy preparing the ground to build a shopping mall (in the guise of a historic building) in the place where stands the Promenade now.

Police Brutality

The sheer brutality of the police and some plainclothes thugs claiming to be municipal police (it is they who burnt down the tents) provoked the people of Istanbul to run to the aid of the attacked protestors. Istiklal, a major artery that runs from Taksim several kilometres south, a pedestrian zone that is the heart of culture, politics, entertainment and lately tourism, was soon packed full of people from one end to the other, Taksim Square itself being controlled by the police. Istiklal resounded to chants against the government, some going somewhat rashly as far as predicting its imminent fall.

There have been demands for some time that the Foreign Minister, responsible for the criminal policy of the government in Syria, and the Interior Minister, whom we call the “Chemical Muammer,” as a reference to “Chemical Ali” of the Saddam administration, be removed from office. The removal of the latter has now already come squarely on the agenda. There were already unconfirmed rumours tonight that the chief of police for Istanbul has been dismissed. Even if this were true, which is too optimistic, this is not where the cleansing should stop!

The working-class, left forces and the youth of Turkey are coming out of a period of extreme political passivity. But for the incessant struggle waged by the Kurdish people, Turkey has been a desert in terms of mass struggles for the past 15 years at least, interrupted exceptionally by the struggle of the Tekel workers (the tobacco and alcoholic drinks company, privatized earlier) in winter 2009-2010, unfortunately sold out by the union bureaucracy. So it would be rash to say that the movement is already at a point of no return. But the spirit is definitely one of regained self-confidence on the part of the masses. What is most important is to see how the organized working-class will react. There have been several important industrial actions lately. These may very well radicalize the attitude of some sections of the working-class, including the workers of Turkish Airlines. They have been on strike for a fortnight putting forth serious demands, albeit with limited participation. Their central demand is the reinstatement of 305 from among the work force, fired a year ago for a wildcat strike protesting the partial prohibition of strikes in civil aviation, which has always been a recognized right in the last half century. The prohibition of strikes has had to be rescinded, but the workers laid-off have yet to be reinstated.

More Strikes

Another strike is waiting in the wings, one with potentially devastating consequences for the government. This is the metal workers’ strike which has already been announced (a legal precondition), but not yet put into practice. If all the workers involved go on strike (for legal reasons this has to be some time in the course of June), this will amount to over one hundred thousand workers, in a sector that has become the main export engine of the country’s manufacturing industry in recent years. Although there are immensely complicated factors to be taken into account when analysing this potential strike, not least the clearly reactionary political stance of the ruling bureaucracy in the major union in the industry, the results may be dire in the context of this explosive situation.

History seems to be aiding the popular masses of Turkey. KESK, the Federation of Public Employees’ Unions, one of the fighting organizations within the union movement, had already declared a sector-wide strike for 5 June. This needs to be transformed into a general strike, adopted by the whole union movement, putting forth demands in the political sphere as well as voicing the considerable grievances of the workers of different sectors and industries. The present moment witnesses a people’s revolt in the face of the arrogance and repressive practice of the government. Should this be combined with an insurgent working-class movement, Turkey would become open to all kinds of revolutionary change.

It cannot be exaggerated how a revolutionary transformation of Turkey will have a tremendous impact on the rest of the Middle East and North Africa. Under Erdogan, Turkey has become a decisive actor in the region, a “model ally” of the U.S., role model for the newly fledgling Muslim governments of Egypt and Tunisia, frontline fighter for the Sunni front established by the Saudi and Qatar kingdoms in a potentially disastrous sectarian confrontation between the Sunni and Shiite fronts in the region and a growing economic and military power with a hegemonic project. The elimination of this reactionary actor and its possible replacement by a progressive force at the helm of this NATO member will have immense repercussions throughout the region. Solidarity with the mass movement of Turkey will definitely be helpful to the progressive and revolutionary agenda in the whole Middle East.

Istanbul, 3 a.m.

I have just left another central square of Istanbul, itself not far from Taksim. The place is packed with people and thousands, even tens of thousands of cars are still slowly moving toward that square. There would have been nothing extraordinary about this — were it not almost three o’clock in the morning. Ankara, the capital city, was out protesting today as well. Izmir, the third biggest city on the Agean sea, is still alive, with street fighting going on.

One blogger said tonight: “Well, Tayyip Erdogan, through his arrogance, has at last united Turk and Kurd, Sunni and Alevi and secular!” Well, this is what we have been saying all along. This was what happened when the Tekel workers entered their two and a half month fight. This is what is now happening on a much more gigantic scale.

This is not yet Tahrir. But demonstrations on the two continents of Istanbul, Asia and Europe at three in the morning, that is decidedly unusual and gives one a taste of Tahrir. This is not yet a revolution, but it is not only tear gas that marks the air in Istanbul. It is also a scent of revolutionary aspirations. –

Sungur Savran is editor of the newspaper Isci Mucadelesi (Workers’ Struggle) in Istanbul, Turkey.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Will Electronic Tattoos Replace Internet Passwords And All Other Forms Of Identification?

0

Michael Snyder
American Dream
June 3, 3013

Would you wear an electronic tattoo if you couldn’t log on to the Internet without one? That may sound crazy to many of you, but the technology for such a system already exists. RFID tattoos have existed for quite some time, and they are already being used on animals. But now an entirely new generation of electronic tattoos are being developed that can monitor your vital signs, interact with your mobile phone and even communicate directly with your mind. These new electronic tattoos are thinner than a human hair, and they are going to fundamentally transform the way that we think about human identification. Right now, the Internet is being absolutely plagued by hackers and identity theft has become a multi-billion dollar enterprise. It is becoming increasingly difficult to determine if someone is actually who they say that they are. And as even more of our commerce gets conducted through the Internet, identity security is going to be absolutely critical. Without a doubt, there will continue to be a push for more secure forms of identification than we have today. But there is also a very dark side to this kind of technology. What if someday a tyrannical government decides to make a permanent electronic tattoo for identification purposes mandatory for all citizens? What if you are not able to buy, sell, get a job, have a bank account or log on to the Internet without “proper identification”? What if the price for receiving your tattoo is to swear absolute allegiance to that tyrannical government? The truth is that technology is always a double-edged sword. It always brings with it the promise of progress, but it also always has a dark side that could potentially be abused.

The latest generation of electronic tattoos is quite remarkable. They are called “Biostamps”, and they were originally developed for medical purposes. However, as a recent Daily Mail article detailed, Motorola believes that these Biostamps could potentially replace passwords and make the Internet a much more secure place…

MC10 originally designed the tattoos, called Biostamps, to help medical teams measure the health of their patients either remotely, or without the need for large expensive machinery.

Motorola claims that the circuits, which also contain antennae and built-in sensors, could be adapted to work with mobile phones and tablets.

The mobile devices could then be used to confirm the owner’s identity and log them in to accounts automatically.

This would prevent thieves and other people from being able to access a phone, or individual apps on the device, if it is stolen or lost.

These Biostamps are extremely, extremely thin. As I mentioned above, they are actually thinner than a human hair. The following description of Biostamps was taken from a Wired Magazine article…

The development takes wearable technology to the extreme, designed as a non-invasive diagnostic sensor that could be used to measure hydration, activity, and even infant temperature. It bonds to the skin, somewhat like a temporary tattoo, flexing and bending in sync with your skin the way you wish a Band-Aid would. How? Researchers at the University of Illinois, Dalian University of Technology in China, and the University of California at San Diego made it really, really small.

With a thickness of 0.8 micrometers at the widest – around one-thousandth the diameter of a human hair – the thin mesh of silicon actually nestles in to the grooves and creases in your skin, even the ones too small to see. Being small helps, but it’s also important that the silicon is laid out in a serpentine pattern and bonded to a soft rubber substrate, allowing the stiff material to flex, a little bit like an accordion.

But why would such technology be needed on the Internet?

After all, don’t our passwords work just fine?

Actually, we are rapidly getting to the point where passwords are a joke. Hackers are becoming so sophisticated that they can crack even very long passwords with ease…

A team of hackers, commissioned by technology website Ars Technica, recently managed to crack more than 14,800 supposedly random passwords — from a list of 16,449 — as part of a hacking experiment.

The success rate for each hacker ranged from 62 percent to 90 percent, and the hacker who cracked 90 percent of hashed passwords did so in less than an hour using a computer cluster.

The hackers also managed to crack 16-character passwords including ‘qeadzcwrsfxv1331′.

Were you alarmed when you read that?

I know that I was.

Obviously we need a better system.

But personally I never plan to wear an electronic tattoo. That crosses the line in a big way.

Unfortunately, this kind of technology is going to be heavily pushed in the years ahead. According to Wired magazine, even the U.S. military is devoting resources to developing electronic tattoo technology…

In its ongoing quest to measure every aspect of U.S. troops’ physiology, Pentagon researchers are looking to develop a durable, unobtrusive device that can track the body’s physical response to stress. Military scientists believe that using the device – preferably a tattoo – to track heart-rate, temperature or bio-electric response during various training situations will help them crack the code of combat fatigue.

Another significant trend is the development of electronic devices that we can control directly with our minds. In the past, such technology was the stuff of science fiction novels, but now even the New York Times is writing about it…

Soon, we might interact with our smartphones and computers simply by using our minds. In a couple of years, we could be turning on the lights at home just by thinking about it, or sending an e-mail from our smartphone without even pulling the device from our pocket. Farther into the future, your robot assistant will appear by your side with a glass of lemonade simply because it knows you are thirsty.

Researchers in Samsung’s Emerging Technology Lab are testing tablets that can be controlled by your brain, using a cap that resembles a ski hat studded with monitoring electrodes, the MIT Technology Review, the science and technology journal of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, reported this month.

The technology, often called a brain computer interface, was conceived to enable people with paralysis and other disabilities to interact with computers or control robotic arms, all by simply thinking about such actions. Before long, these technologies could well be in consumer electronics, too.

So what if you could combine the two trends discussed above?

What if an electronic tattoo would allow you to operate your tablet computer, send an email, fly a drone or even “speak” telepathically using only your mind?

Actually, researchers are already working on such technologies. The following comes from a recent article by Charles Q. Choi…

But brain implants are invasive technologies, probably of use only to people in medical need of them. Instead, electrical engineer Todd Coleman at the University of California at San Diego is devising noninvasive means of controlling machines via the mind, techniques virtually everyone might be able to use.

His team is developing wireless flexible electronics one can apply on the forehead just like temporary tattoos to read brain activity.

“We want something we can use in the coffee shop to have fun,” Coleman says.

The devices are less than 100 microns thick, the average diameter of a human hair. They consist of circuitry embedded in a layer or rubbery polyester that allow them to stretch, bend and wrinkle. They are barely visible when placed on skin, making them easy to conceal from others.

The devices can detect electrical signals linked with brain waves, and incorporate solar cells for power and antennas that allow them to communicate wirelessly or receive energy. Other elements can be added as well, like thermal sensors to monitor skin temperature and light detectors to analyze blood oxygen levels.

You can read that rest of that article right here. Some of the things that our scientists are working on right now are absolutely mind blowing.

We live at a time when technology is advancing at an exponential rate. Sometimes I have a very hard time believing some of the technological advances that I am writing about. The world is going to look very, very different ten years from now.

But will the changes be for the better?

Technology is advancing at a faster pace than we have ever seen before, but at the same time the world is becoming an increasingly unstable place.

Could technology that enables us to interact with our environment using our minds actually be turned around and used to control our minds by a future tyrannical government?

Could technology that helps us identify one another on the Internet someday be used to brand us all like cattle and force all of humanity into a dark system of control and enslavement?

Don’t think that such a dystopian society can never exist in our modern world. Freedoms and liberties are being taken away from people all over the globe right now even though things are still relatively stable.

So what is going to happen when the world goes crazy someday and the planet is absolutely ravaged by economic collapse, pandemics, crime, rioting, natural disasters and war?

That is something to think about.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:37 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The week ahead: Bilderberg 2013 comes to … the Grove hotel, Watford

0

Charlie Skelton
London Guardian
June 3, 3013

When you’re picking a spot to hold the world’s most powerful policy summit, there’s really only one place that will do: Watford. I guess the Seychelles must have been booked up.

On Thursday afternoon, a heady mix of politicians, bank bosses, billionaires, chief executives and European royalty will swoop up the elegant drive of the Grove hotel, north of Watford, to begin the annual Bilderberg conference.

It’s a remarkable spectacle — one of nature’s wonders — and the most exciting thing to happen to Watford since that roundabout on the A412 got traffic lights. The area round the hotel is in lockdown: locals are having to show their passports to get to their homes. It’s exciting too for the delegates. The CEO of Royal Dutch Shell will hop from his limo, delighted to be spending three solid days in policy talks with the head of HSBC, the president of Dow Chemical, his favourite European finance ministers and US intelligence chiefs. The conference is the highlight of every plutocrat’s year and has been since 1954. The only time Bilderberg skipped a year was 1976, after the group’s founding chairman, Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands, was caught taking bribes from Lockheed Martin.

It may seem odd, as our own lobbying scandal unfolds, amid calls for a statutory register of lobbyists, that a bunch of our senior politicians will be holed up for three days in luxurious privacy with the chairmen and CEOs of hedge funds, tech corporations and vast multinational holding companies, with zero press oversight. “It runs contrary to [George] Osborne’s public commitment in 2010 to ‘the most radical transparency agenda the country has ever seen’,” says Michael Meacher MP. Meacher describes the conference as “an anti-democratic cabal of the leaders of western market capitalism meeting in private to maintain their own power and influence outside the reach of public scrutiny”.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:35 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

South Korea joins Japanese ban on U.S. wheat imports after shocking GMO contamination announcement by USDA

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 3, 3013

News about the GMO contamination of U.S. wheat crops seems to be spreading faster than the GMOs themselves. On Friday, South Korea joined Japan in announcing a halt on imports of U.S. wheat due to the USDA’s recent announcement that commercial wheat grown in the USA is contaminated with Monsanto’s genetically engineered wheat.

Some Americans may still not realize this, but GMOs are outlawed or shunned nearly everywhere around the world. Only in the USA have GMOs managed to avoid being labeled or outlawed – and that’s primarily due to Monsanto’s financial influence over lawmakers.

Monsanto shares plummeted 4 percent on Friday following the announcement by South Korea. This is completely in line with predictions made here at Natural News, where I said earlier in the week, before Japan and South Korea announced their wheat boycotts:

All wheat produced in the United States will now be heavily scrutinized – and possibly even rejected – by other nations that traditionally import U.S. wheat. This obviously has enormous economic implications for U.S. farmers and agriculture.

How much of the U.S. wheat supply is now contaminated with GMOs?

“…the mysterious appearance of the Monsanto wheat has raised questions about how the strain traveled there and whether it is lurking in the commercial wheat crop,” reports the Washington Post.

WashPo goes on to report that Monsanto, “is still testing strains of gene-altered wheat in Hawaii and North Dakota.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

In truth, nobody knows how much of the wheat is contaminated. Every more shockingly, food companies don’t bother testing wheat for GMOs, either!

Until now, that is. All of a sudden, food importers all around the world are wondering whether they are inadvertently buying U.S. wheat that’s contaminated with GMOs. Consumers, too, are asking the question, “Have I been eating GMO wheat without even knowing it?” These Monsanto wheat experiments, after all, have been taking place since 1998.

Is Monsanto lurking in your Wheaties?

U.S. farmers suddenly seeing the economic damage that Monsanto can do

The real issue in all this, however, is an economic issue. Suddenly U.S. farmers are seeing the kind of economic destruction that can be caused by Monsanto’s genetic engineering experiments.

Thanks to Monsanto and the USDA – which approved the open-field experiments – every U.S. farmer who grows wheat is now at high risk of losing enormous sums of money on a food crop that’s increasingly being rejected around the world. This means Monsanto is pushing U.S. farmers toward bankruptcy while harming America’s exports and GDP. Monsanto has become a force of economic destruction in America.

Will Monsanto reimburse all these farmers who suffer an economic loss? Not without being sued, of course. Perhaps it’s time for a nationwide class-action lawsuit against Monsanto, supported by all commercial farmers who hope to be able to protect their crops from market-crushing GMO contamination.

Nobody wants GMOs except Monsanto!

Consumers don’t want GMOs, farmers don’t want GMOs, foreign nations don’t want GMOs and food companies don’t want to deal with the hassle of GMOs either. The only entity that still wants GMO in America is the very company making money off GMO: Monsanto.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:38 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama was pushed by Clintons into endorsement of Hillary in 2016: book

0

Flashback: Hillary & Obama In Secret Bilderberg Rendezvous

EDWARD KLEIN
NY Post
June 3, 3013

President Obama made a secret deal to support Hillary Clinton when she runs for president in 2016, campaign sources say, payback for the support her husband gave him in 2012.

Bill Clinton’s animosity toward Obama is legendary. A year before the last election, he was urging Hillary to challenge the sitting president for the nomination – a move she rejected.

According to two people who attended that meeting in Chappaqua, Bill Clinton then went on a rant against Obama.

“I’ve heard more from Bush, asking for my advice, than I’ve heard from Obama,” my sources quoted Clinton as saying. “I have no relationship with the president – none whatsoever. Obama doesn’t know how to be president. He doesn’t know how the world works. He’s incompetent. He’s an amateur!”

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:36 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

America’s Greatest Affliction: The Presstitute Media

0

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
June 3, 3013

When Gerald Celente branded the American media “presstitutes,” he got it right. The US print and TV media (and NPR) whore for Washington and the corporations. Reporting the real news is their last concern. The presstitutes are a Ministry of Propaganda and Coverup. This is true of the entire Western media, a collection of bought-and-paid-for whores.

It seems that every day I witness a dozen or more examples. Take May 31 for example.
The presstitutes report that US Secretary of State John Kerry and his German counterpart are working on Russia to convince that country to be a “party to peace” in Syria by not supplying the Syrian government, whose country has been invaded, with arms. Kerry and the Israelis especially do not want Russia to deliver the S-300 anti-aircraft missile system to Syria.

This was the extent of the presstitutes’ report. The presstitutes made no mention of the fact that the invasion of Syria by al-Qaeda affiliated radical Muslims was organized and equipped by Washington via its proxies in the region, such as Saudia Arabia and the oil emirates. Americans sufficiently stupid to rely on the presstitute media do not know that it is not Syrians who want to overthrow their government, but Washington, Israel, and radical Islamists who object to Syria’s secular non-confrontational government.

One might think that the US media would wonder why Washington prefers to have al-Qaeda governing Syria than a non-confrontational secular government. But such a question is over the heads of the moronic US media, a collection of whores who are glad for whatever money comes their way for whatever lies they are required to tell.

Israel, unlike Washington which so far hides behind proxies, has actually openly committed war crimes as defined by the Nuremberg trials of Nazis by initiating unprovoked aggression against Syria by militarily attacking the country.

In reporting Kerry’s pressure on Putin, presstitutes made no mention that the Washington-backed attempted overthrow of the Syrian government has run into difficulty, causing president obama to ask the Pentagon to come up with a no-fly plan, which means according to the Libya precedent NATO or US air attacks on Syrian government forces. As the S-300 missiles are a defensive weapon, obama’s plan to send in Western or Israeli air forces to attack the Syrian army is why Kerry is pressuring Russia not to honor its contract to deliver to Syria the S-300 missiles, which can knock US, NATO, and Israeli aircraft out of the sky.

Those who believed that Kerry could have made a difference as president must be disillusioned to see what a warmongering whore he is. In america marketing is everything; truth is nothing.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The real news story is that Washington is trying to convince Putin to acquiesce to
Washington’s overthrow of the Syrian government so that Russia can be evicted from its only naval base in the Mediterranean Sea, thus making it Washington’s sea, Washington’s Mare Nostrum. The american pressitutes put all the onus on the Russian government for not helping Washington to overthrow the Syrian government in order that Washington has another victory over Russia and can start next on Iran.

William Hague, Washington’s two-bit punk puppet who serves, with Washington’s approval, as british foreign secretary to the shame of a once proud nation, made this clear when he declared: “We want a solution without Assad. We do not accept the stay of Assad.” This is amazing hypocrisy, because the Syrian government is more respectful of human rights than Washington and London.

While Kerry was trying to con Putin, White House spokesman Josh Earnest said that the obama administration’s immediate priority was removing Assad from power. http://thehill.com/blogs/global-affairs/middle-east-north-africa/302773-white-house-no-role-for-assad-in-transitional-government So for the US and UK, “peace” means the overthrow of the Syrian government by force.

Why isn’t the United Nations protesting? The answer is that the countries and their UN representatives have been purchased by Washington. Money talks. Integrity and justice don’t. Integrity and justice are poverty-inflicted. The UN belongs to the evil empire. Washington owns it. The american Empire has the money. It pays for the headlines and for the budget that lets the UN delegates enjoy New York City,

In the world today, integrity is worthless, but money is valuable, and Washington has the money because, as the dollar is the world reserve currency, it can be printed in sufficient quantities to purchase every country’s government, including our own. One year out of office and the pimp Tony Blair was worth $35 million. Look at the amazing Clinton riches. According to news report, $3.2 million was spent on Chelsea’s wedding. http://www.goingwedding.com/news_detail.asp?newsid=67

Hague said that the UK and France “seek to end the ban on arming Syrian rebels.” Hague did not explain how the invasion force was armed if there is a ban against arming it. But the british moron did tell us who the invading force is: “the Syrian National Coalition,” which consists of Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Egypt (still the American puppet), the United States, Britain, France, Turkey, Germany and Italy. Obviously, the talk about a “Syrian rebellion” is pure BS. Syria is confronted with an attempted overthrow of its government by the US and its puppet states. Kerry is trying to convince Putin to let Washington overthrow Syria.

As if this wasn’t enough, also on May 31, I listened to e.j. dionne and david brooks on National Public Radio discuss the state of the obama presidency. Both were protective of “our president.” Neither would dare say: “the military-security complex’s president,” “Wall Street’s president,” “the Israel Lobby’s president,” “Monsanto’s president,” “the mining and fracking president.” obama is “our president.”

Both brooks and dionne agreed that the media had got rid of the Benghazi issue and that the IRS persecution of Tea Party members was under the media’s control and was not a threat to obama. david brooks did acknowledge that there were economic problems ignored and no new ideas. However, the blatant fact that under obama the US is in a constitutional crisis, well described by Dr. Francis Boyle, professor of international law at the University of Illinois,http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article35134.htm was not mentioned by NPR’s pundits, who define correct thoughts for the NPR audience, people too busy to pay attention,

In america today, the executive branch in explicit violation of the US Constitution detains indefinitely or murders any US citizen alleged without proof by an unaccountable member of the executive branch to be in any way associated with the broad but undefined term, “terrorism,” even innocently as a donor to hungry or ill Palestinian children. The executive branch clearly violates the US Constitution and US statutory laws against torture and spying on citizens without warrants. Congress does not impeach the president for his obvious crimes, and the Federal Judiciary enables them.

President Nixon was driven from office because he lied about when he learned of a burglary for which he was not responsible. President Clinton was impeached by the House of Representatives for lying about a sexual affair with a White House intern, Monica Lewinsky.

President george w. bush took america to wars based on obvious lies, and so did president obama. Both administrations are guilty of war crimes and almost every possible infraction of constitutional and international law. Yet, no presstitute member of the media would dare mention impeachment, and the House would never bring the charge.

There is no doubt whatsoever that in the 21st century presidents, their lawyers, Justice (sic) Department officials, and CIA and black-op operatives have broken law after law, and there is no accountability. For the presstitutes, this is a non-issue. “Rule of law, Constitution? We don’t need no stinking rule of law or Constitution.”

For the presstitutes, the lowest life form on the planet, the bought-and-paid for-whores for evil, the issues are obama’s stable poll numbers; teenage girls arrested for fighting at a kindergarten graduation ceremony; ”Microsoft’s Bill Gates extended his lead over Mexico’s Carlos Slim as the world’s richest person,” “the $14 million-dollar girl: Beyonce rakes it in.”

Constitutional crisis? What is that? I mean, really, look at Beyonce’s legs. Didn’t you hear, the dollar rose today?

The presstitutes have not investigated any important issue. Not 9/11. Not the accumulation of unaccountable power in the executive branch. Not the demise of the Bill of Rights. Not the Boston Marathon bombing. Not the endless and unexplained wars against Muslims who have not attacked the US.

The Boston Marathon saga reached new levels of absurdity with the FBI’s murder of Ibragim Todashev, who was being pressured to admit to various associated crimes. The presstitutes first reported that Todashev was armed. It was a gun, then a knife, then after the presstitutes duly reported the false information planted on them, which for the insouciance american public was sufficient to explain Toashev’s murder, the FBI admitted that the victim was unarmed.

Nevertheless, he was shot seven times, one to the back of the head. His father wants to know why the FBI assassinated his son, but the presstitutes could not care less. Don’t expect any answer from the american press and TV media or from NPR, an organization that pretends to be a “listener station” but is financed by corporate contributions.

How’s Todashev’s murder for Gestapo justice? Where is the difference? A bullet in the back of the head. And america is the shining light on the hill, the font of freedom and democracy brought to the world courtesy of the military/security complex out of the barrel of guns and hellfire missiles from drones. And relentless propaganda in the schools, universities, and media.

Washington certainly learned from Mao and Pol Pot. You kill them into submission.

But you will never hear about it from the presstitutes, the scum of the earth.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts is the father of Reaganomics and the former head of policy at the Department of Treasury. He is a columnist and was previously the editor of the Wall Street Journal. His latest book, “How the Economy Was Lost: The War of the Worlds,” details why America is disintegrating.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:37 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Western US wildfires continue

0

California fire in Western US is only 20% contained.

A wind-driven wildfire in Southern California has grown to nearly 25,000 acres as hundreds of homes continue to be under evacuation orders.

The Powerhouse Fire, which continues to burn uncontained in the Palmdale area north of Los Angeles, is only about 20 percent contained, authorities say, adding that the fire has so far destroyed six homes and threaten as many as 1,000 more, local press reports said Sunday.

“It’s moving so fast, and the smoke is hugging the ground because of the intense wind, and it’s hard to get a map,” incident commander Norm Walker told reporters.

Nearly 2,800 people have so far been affected by evacuation orders, said an official with Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department.

Helicopters are helping firefighters by dropping retardant and water along the perimeter of the blaze.

Elsewhere in the western US, a fire north of Pecos, New Mexico, has scorched more than 7,400 acres and forced the evacuation of about 100 summer homes, said an official with New Mexico Fire Information.

That fire, known as the Tres Lagunas Fire, is reportedly Å“zero percent contained.”

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Oslo Illusion: The Historical Accords between Palestine and Israel

0

This year marks the twentieth anniversary of the signing of the Oslo Accords between the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) and the Israeli government. Officially known as the Declaration of Principles on Interim Self-Government Arrangements, the Oslo Accords were firmly ensconced in the framework of the two-state solution, heralding “an end to decades of confrontation and conflict,” the recognition of “mutual legitimate and political rights,” and the aim of achieving “peaceful coexistence and mutual dignity and security and … a just, lasting and comprehensive peace settlement.”

Its supporters claimed that under Oslo, Israel would gradually relinquish control over territory in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, with the newly established Palestinian Authority (PA) eventually forming an independent state there. The negotiations process, and subsequent agreements between the PLO and Israel, instead paved the way for the current situation in the West Bank and Gaza. The Palestinian Authority, which now rules over an estimated 2.6 million Palestinians in the West Bank, has become the key architect of Palestinian political strategy. Its institutions draw international legitimacy from Oslo, and its avowed goal of “building an independent Palestinian state” remains grounded in the same framework. The incessant calls for a return to negotiations — made by U.S. and European leaders on an almost daily basis — harken back to the principles laid down in September 1993.

Stated Goals vs the Real Aims

Two decades on, it is now common to hear Oslo described as a “failure” due to the ongoing reality of Israeli occupation. The problem with this assessment is that it confuses the stated goals of Oslo with its real aims. From the perspective of the Israeli government, the aim of Oslo was not to end the occupation of the West Bank and Gaza Strip, or to address the substantive issues of Palestinian dispossession, but something much more functional. By creating the perception that negotiations would lead to some kind of “peace,” Israel was able to portray its intentions as those of a partner rather than an enemy of Palestinian sovereignty.

Based on this perception, the Israeli government used Oslo as a fig leaf to cover its consolidated and deepened control over Palestinian life, employing the same strategic mechanisms wielded since the onset of the occupation in 1967. Settlement construction, restrictions on Palestinian movement, the incarceration of thousands, and command over borders and economic life: all came together to form a complex system of control. A Palestinian face may preside over the day-to-day administration of Palestinian affairs, but ultimate power remains in the hands of Israel. This structure has reached its apex in the Gaza Strip — where over 1.7 million people are penned into a tiny enclave with entry and exit of goods and people largely determined by Israeli dictat.

Oslo also had a pernicious political effect. By reducing the Palestinian struggle to the process of bartering over slivers of land in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, Oslo ideologically disarmed the not-insignificant parts of the Palestinian political movement that advocated continued resistance to Israeli colonialism and sought the genuine fulfillment of Palestinian aspirations. The most important of these aspirations was the demand that Palestinian refugees have the right to return to the homes and lands from which they had been expelled in 1947 and 1948. Oslo made talk of these goals seem fanciful and unrealistic, normalizing a delusive pragmatism rather than tackling the foundational roots of Palestinian exile. Outside of Palestine, Oslo fatally undermined the widespread solidarity and sympathy with the Palestinian struggle built during the years of the first Intifada, replacing an orientation toward grassroots collective support with a faith in negotiations steered by Western governments. It would take over a decade for solidarity movements to rebuild themselves.

As it weakened the Palestinian movement, Oslo helped to strengthen Israel’s regional position. The illusory perception that Oslo would lead toward peace permitted Arab governments, led by Jordan and Egypt, to embrace economic and political ties with Israel under American and European auspices. Israel was thus able to free itself from Arab boycotts, estimated to have cost it a cumulative $40-billion from 1948 to 1994. Even more significantly, once Israel was brought in from the cold, international firms could invest in the Israeli economy without fear of attracting secondary boycotts from Arab trading partners. In all these ways, Oslo presented itself as the ideal tool to fortify Israel’s control over Palestinians and simultaneously strengthen its position within the broader Middle East. There was no contradiction between support for the “peace process” and deepening colonization — the former consistently worked to enable the latter.

It is worth remembering that amid the clamor of international cheerleading for Oslo — capped by the Nobel Peace Prize awarded jointly to Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin, Israeli Foreign Minister Shimon Peres, and PLO leader Yasser Arafat in 1994 — a handful of perceptive voices forecast the situation we face today. Noteworthy among them was Edward Said, who wrote powerfully against Oslo, commenting that its signing displayed “the degrading spectacle of Yasser Arafat thanking everyone for the suspension of most of his people’s rights, and the fatuous solemnity of Bill Clinton’s performance, like a twentieth-century Roman emperor shepherding two vassal kings through rituals of reconciliation and obeisance.” Describing the agreement as “an instrument of Palestinian surrender, a Palestinian Versailles,” Said noted that the PLO would become “Israel’s enforcer,” helping Israel to deepen its economic and political domination of Palestinian areas and consolidating a “state of permanent dependency.” While analyses like Said’s are important to recall simply for their remarkable prescience and as a counterpoint to the constant mythologizing of the historical record, they are particularly significant today as virtually all world leaders continue to swear allegiance to a chimerical “peace process.”

One question that often goes unaddressed in analyses of Oslo and the two-state strategy is why the Palestinian leadership headquartered in the West Bank has been so willingly complicit with this disastrous project. Too often, the explanation is essentially tautological — something akin to “the Palestinian leadership has made bad decisions because they are poor leaders.” The finger is often pointed at corruption, or at the difficulties of the international context that limit available political options.

What is missing from this type of explanation is a blunt fact: some Palestinians have a great stake in seeing the continuation of the status quo. Over the last two decades, the evolution of Israeli rule has produced profound changes in the nature of Palestinian society. These changes have been concentrated in the West Bank, cultivating a social base that supports the political trajectory of the Palestinian leadership in its eagerness to relinquish Palestinian rights in return for being incorporated into the structures of Israeli settler-colonialism. It is this process of socioeconomic transformation that explains the Palestinian leadership’s submission to Oslo, and it points to the need for a radical break from the two-state strategy.

The Social Base of Oslo and the Two-State Strategy

The unfolding of the Oslo process was ultimately shaped by the structures of occupation laid down by Israel in the preceding decades. During this period, the Israeli government launched a systematic campaign to confiscate Palestinian land and construct settlements in the areas from which Palestinians had been driven out during the 1967 war. The logic of this settlement construction was embodied in two major strategic plans, the Allon Plan (1967) and the Sharon Plan (1981). Both these plans envisaged Israeli settlements placed between major Palestinian population centers and on top of water aquifers and fertile agricultural land. An Israeli-only road network would eventually connect these settlements to each other and also to Israeli cities outside of the West Bank. In this way, Israel could seize land and resources, divide Palestinian areas from each other, and avoid direct responsibility for the Palestinian population as much as possible. The asymmetry of Israeli and Palestinian control over land, resources, and economy meant that the contours of Palestinian state-formation were completely dependent on Israeli design.

Combined with military-enforced restrictions on the movement of Palestinian farmers and their access to water and other resources, the massive waves of land confiscation and settlement-building during the first two decades of the occupation transformed Palestinian landownership and modes of social reproduction. From 1967 to 1974, the amount of cultivated Palestinian land in the West Bank fell by about one third. The expropriation of land in the Jordan Valley by Israeli settlers meant that 87% of all irrigated land in the West Bank was removed from Palestinian hands. Military orders forbade the drilling of new wells for agricultural purposes and restricted overall water use by Palestinians, while Israeli settlers were encouraged to use as much water as needed.

With this deliberate destruction of the agricultural sector, poorer Palestinians — particularly youth — were displaced from rural areas and gravitated toward work in the construction and agriculture sectors inside Israel. In 1970, the agricultural sector included over 40% of the Palestinian labour force working in the West Bank. By 1987, this figure was down to only 26%. Palestinian agriculture’s share of GDP fell from 35% to 16% between 1970 and 1991.

Under the framework established by the Oslo Accords, Israel seamlessly incorporated these changes to the West Bank into a comprehensive system of control. Palestinian land was gradually transformed into a patchwork of isolated enclaves, with the three main clusters in the north, center, and south of the West Bank divided from one another by settlement blocs. The Palestinian Authority was granted limited autonomy in the areas where most Palestinians lived (the so-called Areas A and B), but travel between these areas could be shut down at any time by the Israeli military. All movement to and from Areas A and B, as well as the determination of residency rights in these areas, was under Israeli authority. Israel also controlled the vast majority of water aquifers, all underground resources, and all airspace in the West Bank. Palestinians thus relied on Israeli discretion for their water and energy supplies.

Israel’s complete control over all external borders, codified in the 1994 Paris Protocol on Economic Relations between the PA and Israel, meant that it was impossible for the Palestinian economy to develop meaningful trade relations with a third country. The Paris Protocol gave Israel the final say on what the PA was allowed to import and export. The West Bank and Gaza Strip thus became highly dependent on imported goods, with total imports ranging between 70% and 80% of GDP. By 2005, the Palestinian Central Bureau of Statistics estimated that 74% of all imports to the West Bank and Gaza Strip originated in Israel while 88% of all exports from those areas were destined for Israel.

With no real economic base, the PA was completely reliant on external capital flows of aid and loans, which were again under Israeli control. Between 1995 and 2000, 60% of the total PA revenue came from indirect taxes collected by the Israeli government on goods imported from abroad and destined for the occupied territories. These taxes were collected by the Israeli government and then transferred to the PA each month according to a process outlined in the Paris Protocol. The other main source of PA income came from aid and foreign disbursements by the United States, Europe, and Arab governments. Indeed, figures for aid measured as a percentage of Gross National Income indicated that the West Bank and Gaza Strip were among the most aid-dependent of all regions in the world.

Changing Labour Structure

This system of control engendered two major changes in the socioeconomic structure of Palestinian society. The first of these related to the nature of Palestinian labour, which increasingly became a tap that could be turned on or off according to the economic and political situation and the needs of Israeli capital. Beginning in 1993, Israel consciously moved to substitute the Palestinian labour force that commuted daily from the West Bank with foreign workers from Asia and Eastern Europe. This substitution was partly enabled by the declining importance of construction and agriculture as Israel’s economy shifted away from those sectors toward high-tech industries and exports of finance capital in the 1990s.

Between 1992 and 1996, Palestinian employment in Israel declined from 116,000 workers (33% of the Palestinian labour force) to 28,100 (6% of the Palestinian labour force). Earnings from work in Israel collapsed from 25% of Palestinian GNP in 1992 to 6% in 1996. Between 1997 and 1999, an upturn in the Israeli economy saw the absolute numbers of Palestinian workers increase to approximately pre-1993 levels, but the proportion of the Palestinian labour force working inside Israel was nonetheless almost half of what it had been a decade earlier.

Instead of working inside Israel, Palestinians became increasingly dependent on public-sector employment within the PA or on transfer payments made by the PA to families of prisoners, martyrs, or the needy. Public-sector employment made up nearly a quarter of total employment in the West Bank and Gaza Strip by 2000, a level that had almost doubled since 1996. More than half of the PA’s expenditures went to wages for these public-sector workers. The private sector also provided substantial employment, particularly in the area of services. These were overwhelmingly dominated by small family-owned businesses — over 90% of Palestinian private-sector businesses employ fewer than ten people — as a result of decades of Israeli de-development policies.

Capital and the Palestinian Authority

Alongside the increasing dependence of Palestinian families on either employment or payments from the Palestinian Authority, the second major feature of the socioeconomic transformation of the West Bank was related to the nature of the Palestinian capitalist class. In a situation of weak local production and extremely high dependence on imports and flows of foreign capital, the economic power of the Palestinian capitalist class in the West Bank did not stem from local industry, but rather proximity to the PA as the main conduit of external capital inflows. Through the Oslo years, this class came together through the fusion of three distinct social groups: “returnee” capitalists, mostly from a Palestinian bourgeoisie that had emerged in the Gulf Arab states and held strong ties to the nascent Palestinian Authority; families and individuals who had historically dominated Palestinian society, often large landowners from the pre-1967 period, particularly in the Northern areas of the West Bank; and those who had managed to accumulate wealth through their position as interlocutors within the occupation since 1967.

While the memberships of these three groups overlapped considerably, the first was particularly significant to the nature of state and class formation in the West Bank. Gulf-based financial flows had long played a major role in tempering the radical edge of Palestinian nationalism; but their conjoining with the Oslo state-building process radically deepened the tendencies of statization and bureaucratization within the Palestinian national project itself.

This new three-sided configuration of the capitalist class tended to draw its wealth from a privileged relationship with the Palestinian Authority, which assisted its growth by granting monopolies for goods like cement, petroleum, flour, steel, and cigarettes; issuing exclusive import permits and customs exemptions; giving sole rights to distribute goods in the West Bank and Gaza Strip; and distributing government-owned land below its value. In addition to these state-assisted forms of accumulation, much of the investment that came into the West Bank from foreign donors through the Oslo years — infrastructure construction, new building projects, agricultural and tourist developments — were also typically connected to this new capitalist class in some way.

In the context of the PA’s fully subordinated position, the ability to accumulate was always tied to Israeli consent and thus came with a political price — one designed to buy compliance with ongoing colonization and enforced surrender. It also meant that the key components of the Palestinian elite — the wealthiest businessmen, the PA’s state bureaucracy and the remnants of the PLO itself — came to share a common interest in Israel’s political project. The rampant spread of patronage and corruption were the logical byproducts of this system, as individual survival depended on personal relationships with the Palestinian Authority. The systemic corruption of the PA that Israel and Western governments regularly decried throughout the 1990s and 2000s, was, in other words, a necessary and inevitable consequence of the very system that these powers had themselves established.

The Neoliberal Turn

These two major features of the Palestinian class structure — a labour force dependent on employment by the Palestinian Authority, and a capitalist class imbricated with Israeli rule through the institutions of the PA itself — continued to characterize Palestinian society in the West Bank through the first decade of the 2000s. The division of the West Bank and Gaza Strip between Fatah and Hamas in 2007 strengthened this structure [Ed.: see Bullet No. 13], with the West Bank subject to ever more complex movement restrictions and economic control. Simultaneously, Gaza developed in a different trajectory, with Hamas rule reliant on profits drawn from the tunnel trade and aid from states like Qatar and Saudi Arabia.

In recent years, however, there has been an important shift in the economic trajectory of the Palestinian Authority, encapsulated in a harsh neoliberal program premised on public-sector austerity and a development model aimed at further integrating Palestinian and Israeli capital in export-oriented industrial zones. This economic strategy only acts to further tie the interests of Palestinian capital with those of Israel, building culpability for Israeli colonialism into the very structures of the Palestinian economy. It has produced increasing poverty levels and a growing polarization of wealth. In the West Bank, real per-capita GDP increased from just over $1,400 in 2007 to around $1,900 in 2010, the fastest growth in a decade. At the same time, the unemployment rate remained essentially constant at around 20%, among the highest in the world. One of the consequences was a profound level of poverty: around 20% of Palestinians in the West Bank were living on less than $1.67 a day for a family of five in 2009 and 2010. Despite these poverty levels, the consumption of the richest 10% increased to 22.5% of the total in 2010.

In these circumstances, growth has been based on prodigious increases in debt-based spending on services and real estate. According to the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), the hotel and restaurant sector grew by 46% in 2010 while construction increased by 36%. At the same time, manufacturing decreased by 6%. The massive levels of consumer-based debt levels are indicated in figures from the Palestinian Monetary Authority, which show that the amount of bank credit almost doubled between 2008 and 2010. Much of this involved consumer-based spending on residential real estate, automobile purchases, or credit cards; the amount of credit extended for these three sectors increased by a remarkable 245% between 2008 and 2011. These forms of individual consumer and household debt potentially carry deep implications for how people view their capacities for social struggle and their relation to society. Increasingly caught in a web of financial relationships, individuals seek to satisfy their needs through the market, usually by borrowing money, rather than through collective struggle for social rights. The growth of these financial and debt-based relations thus individualizes Palestinian society. It has had a conservatizing influence over the latter half of the 2000s, with much of the population concerned with “stability” and the ability to pay off debt rather than the possibility of popular resistance.

Beyond the Impasse?

“

The current cul-de-sac of Palestinian political strategy is inseparable from the question of class. ”

The current cul-de-sac of Palestinian political strategy is inseparable from the question of class. The two-state strategy embodied in Oslo has produced a social class that draws significant benefits from its position atop the negotiation process and its linkages with the structures of occupation. This is the ultimate reason for the PA’s supine political stance, and it means that a central aspect of rebuilding Palestinian resistance must necessarily confront the position of these elites. Over the last few years, there have been some encouraging signs on this front, with the emergence of protest movements that have taken up the deteriorating economic conditions in the West Bank and explicitly targeted the PA’s role in contributing to them. But as long as the major Palestinian political parties continue to subordinate questions of class to the supposed need for national unity, it will be difficult for these movements to find deeper traction.

Moreover, the history of the last two decades shows that the “hawks and doves” model of Israeli politics, so popular in the perfunctory coverage of the corporate media and wholeheartedly shared by the Palestinian leadership in the West Bank, is decidedly false. Force has been the essential midwife of “peace negotiations.” Indeed, the expansion of settlements, restrictions on movement, and the permanence of military power have made possible the codification of Israeli control through the Oslo Accords. This is not to deny that substantive differences exist between various political forces within Israel; but rather to argue that these differences exist along a continuum rather than in sharp disjuncture. Violence and negotiations are complementary and mutually reinforcing aspects of a common political project, shared by all mainstream parties, and both act in tandem to deepen Israeli control over Palestinian life. The last two decades have powerfully confirmed this fact.

The reality of Israeli control today is the outcome of a single process that has necessarily combined violence and the illusion of negotiations as a peaceful alternative. The counterposing of right-wing extremists with a so-called Israeli peace camp acts to obfuscate the centrality of force and colonial control embodied in the political program of the latter.

The reason for this is the shared assumption of the Zionist left and right wings that Palestinian rights can be reduced to the question of a state in some part of historic Palestine. The reality is that the overriding project of the last sixty-three years of colonization in Palestine has been the attempt by successive Israeli governments to divide and fracture the Palestinian people, attempting to destroy a cohesive national identity by separating them from one another. This process is clearly illustrated by the different categories of Palestinians: refugees, who remain scattered in camps across the region; those who remained on their land in 1948 and later became citizens of the Israeli state; those living in the isolated cantons of the West Bank; and now those separated by the fragmenting of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. All of these groups of people constitute the Palestinian nation, but the denial of their unity has been the overriding logic of colonization since before 1948. Both the Zionist left and right agree with this logic, and have acted in unison to narrow the Palestinian “question” to isolated fragments of the nation as a whole. This logic is also one wholeheartedly accepted by the Palestinian Authority and is embodied in its vision of a “two-state solution.”

Oslo may be dead, but its putrid corpse is not one that any Palestinian should hope to resuscitate. What is needed is a new political orientation that rejects the fracturing of Palestinian identity into scattered geographical zones. It is encouraging to see the mounting chorus of calls for a reorientation of Palestinian strategy, based on a single state in all of historic Palestine. Such an outcome will not be achieved solely through Palestinian efforts. It requires a broader challenge to Israel’s privileged relationship with the U.S. and its position as a key pillar of U.S. power in the Middle East. But a one-state strategy presents a vision for Palestine that confirms the essential unity of all sectors of the Palestinian people regardless of geography.

It also provides a path to reach out to the Israeli people that reject Zionism and colonialism through the hope of a future society that does not discriminate on the basis of national identity, and in which all may live regardless of religion or ethnicity. It is this vision that provides a route to achieving both peace and justice. –

Adam Hanieh is a lecturer at the School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), University of London and the author of Lineages of Revolt: Issues of Contemporary Capitalism in the Middle East, forthcoming from Haymarket Press. This article first published on the Jacobin website.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Australian military halts all prisoner transfers amid torture concerns in Afghanistan

0

Australia is refusing to hand over captured prisoners to Afghan authorities, citing reports of detainee torture. The UK has also been holding on to its Afghan prisoners amid similar concerns, with critics dubbing the action a ‘British Guantanamo’.

All prisoner transfers to Afghan forces have been halted until
the safety of those detainees can be guaranteed, announced
Australia’s Defense Minister Stephen Smith during his visit to
the country’s main base in Uruzgan, Afghanistan, on Sunday.

The decision was reportedly made after reports that individuals
within the Afghans’ spy agency mistreated a detainee who was
transferred by Australian forces.

The details of the incident remain unknown, but Smith stated that
Afghan officials are investigating the allegations and even
arrested several members of Afghanistan’s spy agency.

“We’ve been informally advised by the Afghan authorities that
they are in the process of laying charges against Afghan
officials as a result of ill treatment of detainees at the
National Directorate of Security Detention Centre,”
the
Australian Broadcasting Corporation quotes Smith as saying.

Currently there is only one detainee being held in Australia’s
custody at Tarin Kowt base, as the country’s operations in
Afghanistan are winding down and Australian troops are set to
leave Uruzgan by the end of the year.

Regulations require Australia to hand over detainees to the
Afghan authorities within 96 hours.

The highest-ranked Australian officer at the International
Security Assistance Force in Kabul, General Gus McLachlan,
explained that no more prisoners will be transferred until
individuals involved in torture allegations are removed.

“Any individual who may be involved is then removed in
cooperation with the Afghan government, and then once we were
confident that things were back in place then those actions would
resume,”
he said.

Earlier, it was revealed that UK has been holding off from
transferring prisoners to Afghan forces for at least a year,
citing torture concerns if detainees were handed over.

British troops in Afghanistan are holding 80 to 90 people, some
for up to 14 months, without charges. Lawyers acting for eight of
the men say some of the prisoners have been held without charge
for up to 14 months, arguing that it could amount to unlawful
detention.

Critics of detention without charge dubbed UK’s decision as a
British Gitmo. There is enough ground to
compare the secret British prison in Afghanistan to the infamous
US Guantanamo Bay detention facility, as the UK is holding people
they consider dangerous in custody without having any legal
grounds to do so, Jim Brann of the Stop the War Coalition told
RT.

In November last year, UK’s Secretary of Defense Philip Hammond
issued a temporary ban on transfer of prisoners to Afghan
detention after a farmer claimed that he had been tortured in a
prison after being captured by UK troops and handed over to
Afghan officials.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US soldier killed in Afghanistan blast

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An American soldier has been killed in a bomb attack in Afghanistan’s southwestern Nimruz Province, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russian oil production increased to 10.48mn barrels per day

0

Russia, the world’s largest oil producer, increased its crude oil output by 0.1 percent to 10.48 million barrels (44.3 million metric tonnes) per day in May, almost reaching a year high and a Soviet record.

Russia out-produced traditional leading supplier Saudi Arabia by
1.15 million barrels per day in May.

Oil output made a strong recovery from April, when it experienced
a 6.2 percent decline down to 5.25 million barrels a day (22.2
million metric tonnes).

The data released on Russia’s Energy Ministry website over the
weekend showed a 9 percent dip month-on-month, likely due to weak
summer demand and Gazprom’s contracted output.

Natural gas production fell to 1.7 billion cubic meters a day as
Gazprom’s output declined 11 percent, according to Reuters.

The graph shows a decrease in electricity (purple), gas (red) and increases in oil (blue) and coal (green). in April. Image the Russian Federation Ministry of Energy.

In April, gas production totaled 55,871.8 million metric tonnes,
71.4 percent from Gazprom.

In 2012, gas production was 654.4 million cubic meters below the
2011 level of 16.3 billion cubic meters.

Gazprom is a dominant player in the European heating market, but
has lost many contracts recently due to pricing spats and the
change US shale-gas has brought to the global supply pattern.

Gazprom, skeptical to the shale gas revolution, has decided to
keep their prices high, which has disgruntled many European
customers, and led to a 15 percent drop
in profits
in 2012.

Oil and gas revenues account for almost 50 percent of Russia’s
state budget, and are very much the bloodline to the country’s $2
trillion economy.

The last post-Soviet record was set last November at 10.49
million barrels a day, which was still shy of the 1987 peak of
11.48 million barrels a day. Vladimir Putin has set a production
goal of at least 10 million barrels a day.

Russia is the third largest petroleum exporter, according to EIA data. Image from http://www.eia.gov

Russia is the world’s third largest petroleum producer and
exporter in the world, behind Saudi Arabia and the US.

Petroleum is sourced from 259 different companies, 132 which are
independent, and 14 which are under the Gazprom conglomerate.

Though Russia’s oil industry is comprised of 28 ‘major’ (at least
1 million tonnes/year) oil refineries, all output combined is
trumped by the world’s largest publicly traded oil producer,
Rosneft, which produced 3.85 million barrels in May, up 0.3
percent from April, according to the Ministry’s data.

Rosneft became the world’s largest oil producer after it acquired
TNK-BP in March in a $55 billion sale, and output 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Agricultural sector tops Jalili’s priorities

0

Iranâ„¢s Principlist presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says boosting the countryâ„¢s agricultural sector will be his top priority if he wins the June 14 vote.

Jalili, who is serving as secretary of Iran’s Supreme National Security Council (SNSC), said dynamic agriculture can easily boost domestic production, create new job opportunities and consequently curb price hikes.

Production will prevent the current 11-million-dollar imports and release the existing potential to create more jobs, he said.

The presidential candidate said millions of dollars have been allocated to the agricultural sector and the next administration needs to exploit those funds to help rural areas prosper.

Jalili is facing seven rivals: former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

YH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Infowars Reporters Confront Bilderberg Security

0

Officials refuse to divulge why reservations were canceled in apparent violation of UK law

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 3, 2013

Infowars reporters Paul Joseph Watson and Richard Reeves confronted Bilderberg’s security team at the Grove Hotel in Watford, site of this week’s secretive elitist confab, demanding to know why their reservations had been cancelled in apparent violation of UK law.

Reeves had booked a number of rooms for Alex Jones and other Infowars reporters under his own name. Watson had also booked a room under his name. The reservations all expired the day before the start of the Bilderberg meeting and did not clash with the conference.

On Saturday, Watson and Reeves both received calls informing them that the reservations had been canceled “after consultation with the security services” in relation to the Bilderberg Group conference at the end of the week.

Despite security claiming that the hotel is private property and as such can refuse accommodation to anyone it chooses without a legitimate reason, the law appears to say something different.

The hotel’s action in discriminating against individuals for their political beliefs is a violation of the 2010 Equality Act. Previous cases under the same law brought by those discriminated against by guest houses due to their sexuality have been successful. A 2012 European Court of Human Rights judgment affirms the fact that discrimination against an individual due to their political beliefs is unlawful under the Equality Act.

As the video above illustrates, within 2 minutes of Reeves and Watson asking for documentation of why their reservations had been canceled, two security guards approached and refused to answer any questions, asking the reporters to turn off their cameras. The men said they were “not at liberty to discuss” whether any laws had been broken or why the rooms had been canceled.

The reporters were then told to wait in reception but were not given a reason for doing so. After around 15 minutes, two police cars pulled up outside the entrance to the Grove hotel and police officers exited the vehicles but did not at any point become involved in the incident.

It is unclear whether the police were called as a mere intimidation tactic or that they were visiting the Grove for a different reason, but their presence was certainly noted by Reeves and Watson.

A subsequent audio recording features the security team admitting that Reeves and Watson were not a “security threat,” but they still refused to provide a reason as to why the reservations had been canceled. Eventually, the security team agreed to email the reporters a document confirming the cancellation of the rooms.

When Reeves asked if he could eat at one of the Grove’s three restaurants, he was told they were all full, which is highly unlikely for a Sunday evening. This denial of service could represent another case of discrimination based on political beliefs.

The two reporters were then escorted off the property as they drove away.

The fact that the Grove is potentially acting illegally in discriminating against individuals based on their political beliefs on the orders of the Bilderberg Group is another startling reminder that the clandestine organization operates outside of the law.

Senior Watford politician Mark Watkin today attacked the Bilderberg security operation being run out of the Grove as, “Shambolic, unforgivable, disgraceful,” adding that Grove management had completely failed to engage with the local community throughout the process.

With British taxpayers being forced to foot the bill for security costs which run into the millions, several British MP’s are also violating part four of theHouse of Commons Code of Conduct by refusing to declare their private interests in the context of Bilderberg.

Visiting politicians from the United States are also in violation of the Logan Act, which forbids private correspondence with foreign governments and carries a punishment of up to three years in prison.

Watch subsequent videos of the incident after the initial confrontation with Bilderberg security below.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, June 3, 2013 at 5:04 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Qalibaf slams mismanagement in Iran

0

Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf has blamed the current domestic problems on the mismanagement of affairs by the incumbent administration.

Å“Today, you and I have only one enemy, and that is mismanagement of the country,” Qalibaf said during a visit to the city of Tabriz in the northwestern province of East Azerbaijan on Sunday.

Å“Today, If we see no difference – that if we sell an oil barrel for USD 10 we have economic problems, and [if we] sell an oil barrel for USD 100 we still have economic problems – this shows that our enemy is mismanagement in the country,” Qalibaf added.

The presidential candidate added that the current economic issues can be resolved through stabilizing the foreign currency exchange rate and tackling problems in the field of economy.

Qalibaf is competing against lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Director for the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice-President Mohammad-Reza Aref, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations to be set up overseas.

MYA/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Amazon staff in Germany resumes strike

0

Amazon workers wave flags outside one of the German operations of the internet retailer in Leipzig, June 3, 2013.

Several hundred workers at the German operations of global internet retailer Amazon.com have launched a third daylong strike over pay and benefits.

Service-sector union Verdi said on Monday that some 600 workers walked off the job at the retailerâ„¢s facility in Bad Hersfeld and another 300 at the center in Leipzig.

Verdi said the strikes are beginning to affect Amazonâ„¢s delivery times, but it was not confident that the third strike would bring management to the negotiating table.

Amazon has said that it is willing to continue negotiations with Verdi, but it does not see a common basis for talks at the moment.

Verdi is calling for Amazon to pay its 9,000 employees in Germany according to a sector-wide wage deal for the retail and mail-order industries. The union is also demanding higher basic pay and better benefits for night-shift workers.

Verdi has urged Amazon to raise the minimum hourly wage for staff at the Leipzig center to 10.66 euros from the existing 9.30 euros.

For those working at the Bad Hersfeld center, the union wants the current pay of 9.83 euros to be increased to 12.18 euros.

The Monday strike followed one-day work stoppages on May 14 and 27.

CAH/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Toll of Oklahoma twisters rise to 13

0

The death toll of a strong storm system and tornadoes in the central US State of Oklahoma has climbed to 13, including three Å“storm chasers,” highlighting the dangers of tracking deadly tornadoes.

Among the storm victims in the Oklahoma City suburb of El Reno were Tim Samaras, 55, a leading storm chaser and founder of the tornado research company, Twistex, along with his son 24-year-old son, Paul, and Carl Young, 45, a Twistex meteorologist, Reuters reported Sunday, citing a statement issued by Tim Samaras’ brother, Jim.

“He’s mostly going to be remembered as somebody who tried to help save lives,” said Jim Samaras, noting that his brother had done considerable research and innovative work with probes and other instruments placed in the path of twisters to gather data.

The so-called storm chasers usually try to closely track major storms to measure their power, gather research and capture video footage to feed the television and Internet appetite for dramatic images.

The development comes as five deadly twisters touched down in central Oklahoma and caused flash flooding just 11 days following a strong tornado categorized as EF5, the most powerful ranking, tore through the Oklahoma City suburb of Moore and killed 24 people.

Additionally, severe storm systems swept through the neighboring State of Missouri, while Moore only experienced limited damage this time.

While Oklahoma’s Medical Examiner put the stateâ„¢s death toll at 13, including four children, in a Sunday announcement, Missouri authorities reported at least three deaths Friday as the result of flooding cause by the violent storms.

Meanwhile, three employees of the US-based Weather Channel suffered minor injuries when their sport-utility vehicle was thrown nearly 200 yards by the winds while tracking the El Reno storm on Friday.

“It is too early to say specifically how this tornado might change how we cover severe weather, but we certainly plan to review and discuss this incident,” said David Blumenthal, a spokesman for the broadcast network.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria foils infiltration by militants

0

The Syrian army has driven back a group of militants who were attempting to infiltrate Syria through the Lebanese border.

The militants tried to enter the strategic city of Qusayr, located about 35 kilometers (22 miles) south of Homs, on Sunday, Syriaâ„¢s official news agency SANA reported.

Syrian government forces confronted the militants, killing a number of them. Three Lebanese nationals were among the slain militants. Some of the gunmen managed to flee back into Lebanon.

There were no reports of causalities on the side of the Syrian troops.

Additionally, Syrian troops stormed several terrorist hideouts in the northern and western neighborhoods of Qusayr.

Large amounts of weapons and munitions were also destroyed after the fierce gun battles.

Moreover, a number of armed men were killed during intense clashes with Syrian troops in the al-Bayda al-Sharqiya district of Qusayr. A cache of munitions was destroyed after the heavy clashes.

Furthermore, Syrian forces ambushed three trucks transporting weapons destined for anti-government gunmen in Qusayr.

Syrian troops entered Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants. The army has kicked off the second phase of its operation in the city after successfully concluding the first phase of the battle.

Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says that the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and that the militants are supported by the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

Several international human rights organizations have said that the militants are committing war crimes.

MP/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israeli forces injure farmer in Gaza

0

Israeli forces have shot and injured a young Palestinian farmer in the northern Gaza Strip.

Palestinian medical sources said the 21-year-old, identified as Ahmad Hamdin, was shot in his thigh east of the Jabaliya refugee camp on Sunday as he was picking watermelons.

He was transported to Kamal Udwan Hospital in northern Gaza.

Gaza has been blockaded by the Israeli regime since June 2007. The situation has caused a decline in the standard of living, unprecedented levels of unemployment, and unrelenting poverty.

The Tel Aviv regime denies about 1.7 million people in Gaza their basic rights, such as freedom of movement, jobs that pay proper wages, and adequate healthcare and education.

UN Humanitarian Coordinator James W. Rawley said on April 10 that a new round of Israeli restrictions on Gaza is impacting food supplies and would have Å“serious” effects if continued.

Å“Israel has announced a series of heightened restrictions on the movement of people and goods to and from the Gaza Strip, including closures of the Kerem Shalom crossing,” the UN official stated.

Rawley added, Å“These measures are resulting in the depletion of stocks of essential supplies, including basic foodstuffs and cooking gas, and undermine the livelihoods and rights of many vulnerable Gazan families.”

Å“If these restrictions continue, the effect upon the Gaza population will be serious.”

MP/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghan sapper killed in US airstrike

0

File photo shows the site of a US-led airstrike in Afghanistan.

An Afghan sapper has died in a US airstrike in Afghanistanâ„¢s southern province of Kandahar, Press TV reports.

The attack was carried out in Panjwayi District on Monday, when Afghan sappers were defusing mines, according to Javed Faisal, a spokesperson for the provincial governor.

Thousands of people have died in US-led airstrikes in Afghanistan since the invasion of the country. The Afghan government has repeatedly called on the foreign forces to stop the airstrikes in residential areas.

Washington claims that the strikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims. The civilian casualties have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

AZA/DB/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Paktia bombing kills Afghan children

0

Afghan soldiers are seen at the site of a bomb attack in Afghanistan. (File photo)

Over a dozen people, including Afghan children, have been killed in a bomb explosion in Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Paktia, Press TV reports.

Our correspondent said ten school children died and more than two dozen others were injured in the bombing, where a convoy of foreign soldiers and Afghan police officers was targeted near a market in Samkani District on Monday.

Two US-led foreign soldiers and an Afghan policeman were also reportedly among the victims of the bomb attack.

There has been no claim of responsibility for the bombing, but the Taliban militants are usually blamed for such deadly incidents in Afghanistan.

According to the website icasualties.org, a total of 71 US-led foreign troops have been killed in Afghanistan so far in 2013.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

In late April, the Taliban said it would use Å“every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and foreign forces.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 were injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

AZA/DB/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russian mayor held over assassination of federal investigator

0

Said Amirov, mayor of the city of Makhachkala in the southern Russian internal republic of Dagestan, has been detained and urgently flown to Moscow to stand trial.

Russia’s federal law enforcement agency, the Investigative
Committee, reported that Amirov was detained as he is suspected
of masterminding the killing of one of the agency’s leading
investigators in the region. The officer, Arsen Gadjibekov, held
the post of acting head of the Investigative Committee’s district
directorate in Makhachkala and was heading the probe into a
string of contract hits when he was gunned down near his home in
the Dagestani city of Kaspiysk in December 2011.

The high post of the suspect and his ties with the heads of
powerful clans in the region prompted an unprecedented scale for
the detention operation. On Saturday, Amirov’s house was
surrounded by heavily-armed operatives with APC support and two
agents entered the mayor’s premises saying that he must come with
them and answer a few questions.

According to eyewitnesses, Amirov said he could answer the
questions on the spot, but the agents insisted, put him in an
armored vehicle and drove to a helicopter that landed on a square
right in the city center. The helicopter then flew straight to a
local airport and the mayor was taken to Moscow, where he was
charged with organizing an attempt on the life of a law enforcer.
On Sunday, a court ordered he be put in pre-trial custody.

The news immediately caused a sensation. Amirov has headed
Makhachkala, the largest city and the main economic center of
Dagestan, since 1998 and he has been a prominent member of the
Russian parliamentary majority United Russia party since the day
of its foundation.

The Makhachkala authorities addressed the local residents with a
request not to complicate the situation by protesting, but still
a few dozen people took to the streets demonstrating their
support for Amirov. These rallies, however, finished without any
incidents or detentions.

Some observers noted that the absence of complications was due to
the perfect timing of the operation — while Investigative
Committee agents were apprehending Amirov, Dagestan’s major
football club Anzhi Makhachkala was playing CSKA Moscow in the
neighboring Chechen Republic, and many thousands of young and
active Dagestanis were simply out of the city.

The Investigative Committee also reported that they detained
about 10 people as part of the same case and all of them were
also taken to Moscow for investigation procedures and possibly
future trial.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Gazprom may shelve Shtokman project as US shale revolution bites

0

After years of failed attempts to start developing one of the world’s largest gas fields, Gazprom might delay the Shtokman project for decades. The shale revolution in the US — the project’s key export market — is undermining its profitability.

Development of the Shtokman gas condensate field in the Barents
sea will most likely be postponed “for future
generations,”
Vedomosti daily quotes Andrey Kruglov, Gazprom
deputy chairman. This week Russia’s gas monopoly is due to
discuss the future of the world’s biggest gas deposits, where an
estimated 3.9 trillion cubic metres of gas is held.

Experts say there’s no point in developing the field right now,
as the project is difficult and costly and may fail to find
sufficient demand.

US shale gas has definitely “undermined Shtokman that was
oriented on the US market,”
says Tatyana Mitrova, the head of
Russia’s oil and gas development department at the Energy
Research Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences. “The
deposit is difficult…the problem is that there’s really no other
market left for Shtokman, after it became irrelevant for the
US,”
agrees Michael Korchyomkin, a director at East European
Gas Analysis.

Having been developed at the beginning of this century, the
production of shale gas in the US has significantly moved on. In
2010, shale gas represented more than 20% of the country’s gas
production, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA).
The agency also said that by 2035 around 40% of the world’s gas
might be unconventional, and shale gas will by far be the
greatest part of it.

“Gazprom has been trying to start developing the project for
about 10 years. They planned to liquefy part of the extracted gas
and deliver that to the US, and transport another part to Europe
through a pipeline. The trans-Baltic Nord Stream pipeline was
being built for that project,”
Kruglov explained. Initially
it was planned to start extracting gas from the Shtokman field
this year. Its income and expense pro forma is estimated at $30
billion.

The South Kirinskoe deposit on the shelf of the Sea of Okhotks
may become the alternative to the Shtokman field, according to
Kruglov. It “has almost the same stock as the Shtokman has and
is located much closer to the Asian Pacific markets.”

The Kirinskoe deposit is 28 km from the shore at a depth of 90
metres. Shtokman is 550 km away from the shore, at a depth of
about 330 metres.

Vedomosti sources told the paper there were plans to develop the
South Kirinskoe deposit earlier than Shtokman. It should become
the base for a Gazprom LNG plant in Vladivostok, that is due to
begin operating in 2018.

However, Grigory Birg, a co-director at Investcafe, remained
skeptical, saying the new project will require huge investment
and may face the same fate as the Shtokman project.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey police brutality: Cops attack protesters, use gallons of tear gas (PHOTOS, VIDEO)

0

The brutal suppression of a peaceful environmental sit-in in Istanbul ignited a nationwide protest against the Turkish government. Allegations of police crossing the line between keeping the order and oppression are mushrooming in the social media.

Over the days of clashes with the protesters, Turkish police
excessively used water cannons and tear gas, drawing condemnation
from Amnesty International and calls for restraint from Turkey’s
closest allies.

“The use of tear gas against peaceful protestors and in
confined spaces where it may constitute a serious danger to
health is unacceptable, breaches international human rights
standards and must be stopped immediately,”
Amnesty stressed
in a statement, calling on the Turkish government to investigate
all reports of abuse.

Photos and video footage of officers clubbing activists and
spraying them with irritants at point-blank range are circulating
across social media, further inflaming the Turkish riots. The
online anger is fueled by the dismissal of the protesters as
“simple looters” by the government and the apparent downplaying
of the importance of the protest in the official media.

The Turkish government insists that the protests are irrelevant
and inspired by extremist forces. As he was leaving the country
on Monday for a North Africa visit, Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan
said that the Turkish intelligence services are investigating
possible foreign links to the weekend riots. He also said the
protest have nothing to do with the Gezi Park sit-ins.

Riot police use tear gas to disperse the crowd during an anti-government protests at Taksim Square in central Istanbul May 31, 2013 (Reuters / Murad Sezer)

Orchun Sunear, a musician, told RT that he had seen a lot of
people being seriously hurt by police, and even witnessed people
being crushed by a police tank. A friend of his called Lednah,
also a musician, is in a coma after being caught up in the
crackdown.

“My father, and grandmother have never seen anything like
this. In three generations the police have never behaved like
this. This is not normal in Turkey and I don’t understand why
this is happening,”
 he said.

Turkish Interior Minister Muammer Güler said that 115 police
officers and 58 protesters had been injured in the clashes as of
Sunday. But rumors in social media claim that the number of
injured protesters is much higher, with some claiming deaths at
the hands of the police. The government says those reports are
lies, while by Erdogan branded social media “the worst menace
to society.”

Widely-circulated graffiti in the capital, Ankara, describes the
information stand-off: “Revolution will not be televised,
it will be tweeted”.

Turkish riot police use water cannon to disperse demonstrators during a protest against the destruction of trees in a park brought about by a pedestrian project, in Taksim Square in central Istanbul May 31, 2013 (Reuters / Osman Orsal)

Protesters attack an armoured police vehicle during a protest against Turkey's Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan and his ruling AK Party in central Istanbul June 2, 2013 (Reuters / Murad Sezer)

Protestors take care of an injured demonstrator during a demonstration in support of protests in Istanbul and against the Turkish Prime Minister and his ruling Justice and Development Party (AKP), in Ankara, on June 1, 2013 (AFP Photo / Adem Altan)

Photo from twitter.com user @CemSa

An injured demonstrator lies on the ground on June 1, 2013 during a march to parliament and the prime minister's office in Ankara (AFP Photo / STR)

This article originally appeared on: RT

Common painkillers, heart attack linked

0

A new study has suggested that consuming high doses of two common painkillers ibuprofen and diclofenac can increase the risk of heart problems.

Those people who take high doses of common painkillers known as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen and diclofenac for a long time are in higher risk of developing cardiovascular diseases, study clarifies.

A team of researchers at the University of Oxford investigated over 353,000 patient records from 639 separate clinical trials to assess the impact of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medicines.

The results confirmed that taking either 2,400 mg of ibuprofen or 150 mg of diclofenac daily increased the risk of heart attacks, strokes and death by about one-third.

“Three per thousand per year sounds like it is quite a low risk, but the judgement has to be made by patients,” said lead researcher Prof Colin Baigent.

Researchers pinpointed that the drugs can pose even greater risks for smokers and the overweight, according to the study published in the journal The Lancet.

Å“The review also revealed that people on high doses of NSAIDs have a two to four times greater risk for bleeding ulcers or other significant upper gastrointestinal problems.”

As the other type of painkiller called naproxen has lower risks of heart complications, comparing to ibuprofen and diclofenac, some doctors recommend the medicine to higher-risk patients although this also increases the odds of a stomach bleed.

“However, because of their potential side-effects, in particular the increased risk of cardiovascular complications which has been known for a number of years, there is an urgent need to find alternatives that are as effective, but safer,” the medical director of Arthritis Research UK, Prof Alan Silman stressed.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Aref will not form coalition with Rohani

0

Iranian Reformist presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref says he has no intention of forming a coalition with rival candidate Hassan Rohani for the June 14 vote.

In an interview with the Mehr New Agency on Sunday, Aref said he would stay in the presidential race “to the end.”

Å“If elected president, I will form workgroups and interact with the elite in various sectors in the country and announce my plans,” Aref, a former first vice president, said.

Stating that a million job opportunities need to be created in Iran every year, the reformist candidate underlined the importance of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) in the process of job creation.

Å“ICT should create some 200,000 direct job opportunities in the country [annually],” the presidential candidate said.

Aref faces seven rivals: Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

YH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran wants obstacles to KSA ties cleared

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi says any misunderstandings between the Islamic Republic and Saudi Arabia should be resolved through proper channels and appropriate means.

In a farewell meeting with Saudi Ambassador to Iran Muhammed bin Abbas al-Kalaby on Sunday, Salehi stressed that mutual visits and talks between the officials of the two countries should continue in order to resolve bilateral issues.

In another farewell meeting, with Georgian Ambassador to Iran Giorgi Janjgava, Salehi lauded the good relations between the two countries.

Salehi said the presence of Iranians in Georgia and their investments in that country was a good opportunity to expand bilateral relations.

The top Iranian diplomat said Tehran and Tbilisi have great potential to boost their cooperation.

Iran has repeatedly stressed that it attaches particular significance to enhancing ties with neighboring countries based on mutual respect and good neighborly relations.

MYA/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Recreating Rover: Clone firm lures UK dog owners with $70,000 discount

0

So you’re living in the UK and dream of giving your dog’s genes a chance to live on in a cloned body? One South Korean firm is willing to offer a 70 per cent discount if you pose for the cameras and are not expecting them to copy the personality too.

The firm, Sooam Biotech, has been commercially cloning pets for
years, with the majority of its customers coming from the US. The
task is currently priced at $100,000, but the winner will receive
a considerable slash from that tag. Contenders are encouraged to
send a 500-word essay along with photos, videos of up to 5
minutes, and other material explaining why their dog should be
cloned.

There are no restrictions on the breed, sex, size or age of the
dog, but the winner must be prepared for the media appearances
that would come into his or her life, along with the furry clone.
Submissions are accepted until July 1.

The cloning technology itself is following the well-established
routine. Sooam researchers will extract DNA from a viable skin
cell taken from the dog and implant it into another dog’s egg
cell, which had been cleared of DNA beforehand. The resulting
embryo will then be implanted into a surrogate mother, which will
give birth to a cloned puppy some two months later.

The South Korean firm is headed by controversial researcher Hwang
Woo-suk, who rose to notoriety after falsifying research data in
his 2004 study of human embryotic stem cells. Sooam was among the
pioneers of dog cloning and also successfully cloned other
canines, such as wolves and coyotes. Last year it announced its
plans to recreate a woolly mammoth by extracting the extinct
animal’s DNA from frozen samples and incubating an embryo in an
elephant surrogate mother.

Pet cloning remains an ethically-controversial and niche
business. Critics say that rich people who spend thousands of
dollars on cloning their pets should instead help animal shelters
and adopt a new pet from one of those. There is also the
implication that cloning firms are misleading their clients,
because the technology can offer replication of the body, while
the behavior of the cloned pet may differ markedly from that of
the original.

“I think that personality is really what most people are
looking to clone,”
John Woestendiek, a dog cloning
investigator and author, told Live Science. “And I don’t think
personality is clone-able.”

Pet cloning may enjoy high media attention, but the market for it
is surprisingly small, according to BioArts International, a
US-based company that outsourced pet cloning to Sooam Biotech
before going out of business in 2009.

Just like Sooam in UK, BioArts promoted its services in America
with a 2008 competition offering free cloning. It received 237
applications, the firm said, eventually awarding the privilege to
a rescue dog which had reportedly found the last survivor of the
2001 terrorist attack in New York.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Paul slams McCain’s Syria visit, US role

0

US Republican Senator Rand Paul has blasted US involvement in supporting al-Qaeda-linked militant gangs in Syria and recent secret visit to a Syrian border town by pro-Israeli Senator John McCain to meet with the anti-Damascus insurgents.

Å“Iâ„¢m very worried about getting involved in a new [US] war in Syria,” said the senator from Kentucky in remarks at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library in California, right-wing US daily The Washington Times reported Sunday.

McCain, a veteran Republican senator from Arizona and his political partyâ„¢s defeated presidential nominee in 2008 US elections, has come under Å“harsh scrutiny” since posing for photos with al-Qaeda-linked Syrian insurgent militants, who have reportedly kidnapped 11 Shia civilians from Lebanon, the daily adds.

Å“They say there are some pro-Western people (militants) and weâ„¢re going to vet them. Well, apparently weâ„¢ve got a senator (McCain) over there who got his picture taken with some kidnappers, so I donâ„¢t know how good a job weâ„¢re going to do vetting those who are going to get the [American] arms,” Paul further added, to the laughter and applause of his audience.

Senator Paul also insisted that many anti-Damascus militants supported by the US and its allies in Europe and the Middle East are affiliated with al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra terrorist group, cited in many reports for involvement in numerous atrocities against Syrian civilians and pro-government forces.

Å“If you want to get involved in a war in Syria,” he said of a potential US plan to interfere in the country in support of the insurgent gangs, Å“You will be allied with al-Qaeda,” a shadowy terrorist group that the American government claims to be at with at a global level.

McCain slipped into Syria on May 27 to meet with foreign-backed insurgent commanders, who asked for US bombing of Hezbollah forces in Lebanon, Å“targeted strikes,” and the establishment of a no-fly zone over Syria.

McCainâ„¢s brief and largely publicity intrusion into Syria came near Syriaâ„¢s Bab Salameh border crossing with Turkey, where he reportedly held talks with leaders of foreign-sponsored militant group, so-called Free Syrian Army (FSA), according to his spokesman Brian Rogers.

During the pro-Israeli senatorâ„¢s meeting with Gen. Salim Idriss, leader of FSAâ„¢s Å“Supreme Military Council,” and other militant commanders, Idriss asked that the US supply the insurgent gangs with Å“heavy weapons, set up a no-fly zone in Syria and conduct airstrikes on Hezbollah,” the Islamic resistance movement in Lebanon, The Los Angeles Times reports on Tuesday.

Idriss further described McCainâ„¢s visit as Å“very useful,” and called on Å“the US government to take the decision to support” the militants Å“with weapons and ammunition, antitank missiles and antiaircraft weapon.”

Å“Of course we want a no-fly zone and we ask for strategic strikes against Hezbollah both inside Lebanon and inside Syria,” Idriss was also cited as saying.

FSAâ„¢s political and media coordinator, Louay al-Mokdad further said of McCainâ„¢s meeting with anti-Damascus militant leaders: Å“We asked about targeted strikes… He (McCain) was very open and promised to push for us with the US administration.”

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish government websites hacked

0

A demonstrator wears a mask as protesters clash with Turkish police during a protest against the demolition of Gezi Park in Taksim Square, Istanbul. (File photo)

An associated network of hacktivists, known as Anonymous, has carried out a series of cyber attacks on the Turkish government websites in retaliation for the harsh police crackdown on protests in Istanbul.

Public access was denied to the websites of Turkish President Abdullah Gul, the ruling Justice and Development Party (AKP), Istanbul Directorate of Security and Istanbul Governorâ„¢s Office early on Monday.

Some Turkish media websites also came under a similar attack by Anonymous for Å“for failing to adequately cover the events.”

On Sunday evening, thousands of Turkish protesters returned to Istanbulâ„¢s Taksim Square, and said their fight against the policies of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdoganâ„¢s administration was far from over.

Thousands of people also surrounded Erdoganâ„¢s office in Istanbulâ„¢s Besiktas municipality, located on the European shore of the strait of Bosphorus, and clashed with police, who used tear gas and water cannon to disperse the demonstrators.

On June 1, about 5,000 protesters gathered near Erdoganâ„¢s office and threw stones at the building, injuring at least seven policemen.

Earlier in the day, 100,000 demonstrators gathered in Taksim Square, demanding that Erdogan step down. The protesters termed the government Å“fascist.”

The demonstrations erupted after police broke up a sit-in staged in Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is the cityâ„¢s last green public space.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the tactics they have used to control the protests.

MP/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran stresses closer ties with Egypt

0

Iran President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad (L) and his Egyptian counterpart Mohamed Morsi, February 5, 2013

Iran’s deputy foreign minister for Arab and African affairs has called for the promotion of regional and international cooperation between Tehran and Cairo.

The two nations should enhance mutual relations, Hossein Amir-Abdollahian said in a meeting with a group of visiting Egyptian journalists on Sunday.

He pointed to the historical and cultural ties between the Iranian and Egyptian nations, saying that since Egyptâ„¢s popular revolution in 2011, which toppled Western-backed dictator Hosni Mubarak, bilateral ties have been taking their natural course.

Å“So far the Islamic Republic of Iran and the Arab Republic of Egypt have had good cooperation at bilateral, regional and international levels and these ties are ongoing.”

Iran severed its diplomatic ties with Egypt after the 1979 Islamic Revolution because Egypt had signed the Camp David Accords with the Israeli regime and offered asylum to Iran’s deposed monarch, Mohammad Reza Pahlavi.

Bilateral relations, however, have been on the mend following the Egyptian revolution.

In August 2012, Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi visited Iran to attend a summit of the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM). This was the first visit of an Egyptian president to Iran in more than three decades.

Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad also visited Egypt in February to attend the 12th summit of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) as the first Iranian head of state to visit Egypt in 34 years.

Elsewhere in his remarks, Amir-Abdollahian pointed to the ongoing unrest in Syria and highlighted Iran’s efforts to resolve the crisis within the framework of an initiative by Morsi.

During an OIC meeting in August 2012, Morsi put forward the initiative of forming a contact group on Syria, comprising Iran, Egypt, Turkey and Saudi Arabia, in order to help end the bloodshed in Syria.

Amir-Abdollahian further reaffirmed the Islamic republicâ„¢s all-out support for Syria, saying the Arab country serves as a front for the resistance against Israel in Lebanon and Palestine.

The unrest in Syria began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country.

YH/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Are Afghan Women Victims of the Justice System?

0

Senior United Nations officials urged the Government of Afghanistan to implement legislation in line with international commitments to protect women from all forms of violence. They issued their request after the Afghan Parliament failed to ratify the Elimination of Violence Against Women law (EVAW) on May 18, 2013.

The Law on the Elimination of Violence Against Women banned and set serious penalties for underage and forced marriage, domestic violence, rape, forced prostitution and other abuses against women. President Hamid Karzai had passed the law with a presidential decree in 2009, but the law had to be ratified by Parliament. Failure to do so is a serious setback for women’s rights in the country.

Jan Kubis, the Secretary General’s Special Representative for Afghanistan and head of the UN Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA) said, “Progress in implementing the EVAW law contributes to deterring harmful practices and protecting women from violence in their daily lives.”

Although reliable statistics are not readily available, HRW estimates that there are now approximately 600 women and girls imprisoned in Afghanistan for “moral crimes”. Those moral crimes include flight from unlawful forced marriages. “The majority of women and girls imprisoned for “moral crimes” are actually victims themselves,” stated Phelim Kine, HRW’s deputy director for Asia.

Many women and girls are still forced into marriage, often at a very young age and to much older men. As a result, it is estimated that every two hours an Afghan woman or girl dies of pregnancy-related causes. This is due, in part, because they are forced to marry immediately after puberty and they give birth when their bodies still are not fully developed.

Many women leave those unhappy relationships. When this happens, however, their relatives track them down and accuse them of running away from their marriage or of zina, which is defined by Islamic Law as unlawful sexual intercourse between a man and a woman not married to each other. Some women have been convicted of zina after they were raped or forced into prostitution.

Even if charges are not proven, women suffer from invasive medical examinations (“virginity tests”) and severe damages to their credibility and reputation. “Coerced ‘virginity’ examinations are a form of sexual assault,” stated Brad Adams, HRW’s Asia Director. Only rarely the police and the justice system investigate claims of abuse cited by women as their reason for fleeing home.

In Afghanistan, there were expectations that more than ten years after the fall of the Taliban, women’s rights —which had been systematically abused during the Taliban’s rule- would be respected. However, a recent investigation by the Independent Media Consortium Productions (IMCP) shows a significant surge in violent acts against women. They range from sexual assault to beatings and murder.

The Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission (AIHRC) recorded 200 cases of murder and rape between January and September 2012, compared with 89 in 2011. However, there hasn’t been any significant progress in punishing the offenders.

Although there has been increased participation of women in Afghanistan’s social, educational and political life, prejudices and ineffectual application of laws continue to exact a heavy toll on women. While women who flee abuse often end up incarcerated, the men responsible for those abuses frequently enjoy impunity from prosecution.

To make matters even more discriminatory against women, the Supreme Court of Afghanistan has instructed the country’s judges to treat the “running away” as a crime, despite the absence of this offense in Afghan law. Prosecutors often argue that women and girls detained for “moral crimes” are of bad moral character and probably “fabricate” their stories of abuse.

Afghanistan’s justice system should investigate all crimes against women and prosecute those presumed guilty. Until Afghanistan’s justice system treats all its citizens equally, the country will continue to be a pariah among those nations that respect justice and women’s rights.

Dr. Cesar Chelala is an international public health consultant and a co-winner of an Overseas Press Club of America award.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Afghan sapper killed in US air strike

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least one Afghan sapper has been killed in a US air strike in Afghanistan’s southern province of Kandahar, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Germany’s FDP censures Angela Merkel

0

File photo shows German Chancellor Angela Merkel (R) with Free Democratic Party leader Philipp Roesler.

The coalition partner to German Chancellor Angela Merkel has censured her over spending promises ahead of the national elections, adding to the growing criticism of Ëœelection giftsâ„¢ from domestic political figures.

Philipp Roesler of the Free Democratic Party (FDP) told German newspaper Welt am Sonntag on Sunday that promises by Merkelâ„¢s Christian Democrats Union (CDU) must be economically reasonable.

Å“I urgently advise staying in the realm of economic sense. Social policy promises like those now being proposed by the CDU have to be financially feasible,” Roesler stated.

Tax breaks for families and more funds for infrastructure are some of the proposed spending promises, which would reportedly cost 28 billion euros (about $37 billion).

Roeslerâ„¢s criticism comes three days after opposition leader Juergen Trittin from the Greens condemned Merkelâ„¢s proposals as Å“election gifts” to woo voters to the CDU.

Merkel has tried to woo voters during her eight years in power through issues such as abandoning military conscription.

Lawmaker Carsten Schneider with the Social Democrats also commented on the topic saying plans to increase domestic spending while lecturing Europe about budgets means Å“she has lost credibility for good.”

National elections in Germany are set for September 22, when nearly 600 members are to be elected for the federal parliament.

CAH/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bradley Manning on Trial

0

It is time to pull out the stops. Yes, efforts have been made, some commendable, some noisily admirable, and the protesters have gathered constantly over the thousand and more days that Private Bradley Manning has been held. The trial is about to begin, larded with 22 charges on the prosecution’s part, including espionage and aiding the enemy.

The campaign against Manning for his part in Cablegate has been insidious. The whistleblower, for all the heroic properties he or she might have, is treated as the betrayer of covenants, contracts and promises. The fundamental weakness of any whistleblowing regime is its construction from the inside. It remains a creature of establishment, a design of state authorities to ultimately restrain disclosure rather than endorse it. Ultimately, there is never any guarantee of protection against prosecution. One must be punished for doing a good deed — that’s the tribal prerogative.

To “disclose” information, one has to do so through appropriate channels. The family, in other words, takes precedence over the outsiders. Authorities must be allowed a chance to bring in a duster and rearrange the mess they have presided over. And if they don’t, where is one to go?

When that is not done, results are harsh and retributive. Incarceration and punishment under archaic laws – the Espionage Act 1917 remains a First World War relic that the Obama administration has only been too enthusiastic to deploy against dissidents — and a campaign of discrediting, tend to be the norm. Manning has been dismissed as suicidal, homosexual, confused with gender, and unstable. We can be thankful that none of these “tendencies” impaired his disgust at the reports coming out of American missions in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Within any legal context, it could be argued that Manning disclosed material that satisfied, in the broadest possible sense, the public interest. He revealed the continued US backing of despotisms in the Middle East even as the embryonic spring was about to bloom. He disclosed material which he was obligated to do to uphold the US Military Code, exposing atrocities.

The various legal tests that one can find in the jurisprudence of what constitutes public interest vary. The Spycatcher case, the colourful reference to Attorney General (UK) v Heinemann Pty Ltd (1987) tested the limits of what could and could not be disclosed in a common law setting guarded by a culture of secrecy verging on mania. MI5 wanted to protects its secrets; Peter Wright, a former officer of MI5, was happy to disclose it. Besides, much of the material revealed blatant acts of criminality, wrong doing and, dare one say it, common knowledge.

The main judge in that case, the progressive jurist Justice Michael Kirby of the NSW Appellate Court, argued that a free press was indispensable to democracy. Restraint on publication could only be granted if there was a “pressing social need” to do so.

That case cited the views of Justice Anthony Mason from the judgment of Commonwealth v Fairfax (1980), a High Court decision dealing with the Australian government’s attempt to restrain the publication of a collection of documents on foreign policy. The words of the judge are worth noting when dealing with cases such as Manning’s:

“It is unacceptable in our democratic society that there should be a restraint on the publication of information relating to government when the only vice of that information is that it enables the public to discuss, review and criticise government action.”

The American context is even more powerful, and Justice Hugo Black’s scorching speech justifying the release of the Pentagon Papers in New York Times v. United States (1971) for publication suggested that any democratic society worth its salt would need to have a well nourished press and informed representative government. “The guarding of military and diplomatic secrets at the expense of informed representative government provides no real security for our Republic.”

The revolution of new media, with its channelling of information gathered from whistleblowers, its insistence on scientific or forensic forms of examination, has provided another avenue for exposure. It has democratised information in a manner that terrifies the fogies of power, the censorious cynics of process. Too much truth, they fear, will kill. The flipside of that is that the lie is indispensable.

Categories such as “traitor” or “hero” are the commercial brands of patriotism. At the end of the day, patriotism is a deceptive, and changeable abstraction. Such labels are never useful because invariably one person’s stock traitor is another’s valued hero. What matters here is that Manning decided that his country could not be right and wrong, a monster sojourning in the valley of death while trumpeting the merits of virtue. A social order that has to rest on a carefully manufactured illusion, notably one that extols blood rites, is one that deserves to perish.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. Email: bkampmark@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Bradley Manning on Trial

0

It is time to pull out the stops. Yes, efforts have been made, some commendable, some noisily admirable, and the protesters have gathered constantly over the thousand and more days that Private Bradley Manning has been held. The trial is about to begin, larded with 22 charges on the prosecution’s part, including espionage and aiding the enemy.

The campaign against Manning for his part in Cablegate has been insidious. The whistleblower, for all the heroic properties he or she might have, is treated as the betrayer of covenants, contracts and promises. The fundamental weakness of any whistleblowing regime is its construction from the inside. It remains a creature of establishment, a design of state authorities to ultimately restrain disclosure rather than endorse it. Ultimately, there is never any guarantee of protection against prosecution. One must be punished for doing a good deed — that’s the tribal prerogative.

To “disclose” information, one has to do so through appropriate channels. The family, in other words, takes precedence over the outsiders. Authorities must be allowed a chance to bring in a duster and rearrange the mess they have presided over. And if they don’t, where is one to go?

When that is not done, results are harsh and retributive. Incarceration and punishment under archaic laws – the Espionage Act 1917 remains a First World War relic that the Obama administration has only been too enthusiastic to deploy against dissidents — and a campaign of discrediting, tend to be the norm. Manning has been dismissed as suicidal, homosexual, confused with gender, and unstable. We can be thankful that none of these “tendencies” impaired his disgust at the reports coming out of American missions in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Within any legal context, it could be argued that Manning disclosed material that satisfied, in the broadest possible sense, the public interest. He revealed the continued US backing of despotisms in the Middle East even as the embryonic spring was about to bloom. He disclosed material which he was obligated to do to uphold the US Military Code, exposing atrocities.

The various legal tests that one can find in the jurisprudence of what constitutes public interest vary. The Spycatcher case, the colourful reference to Attorney General (UK) v Heinemann Pty Ltd (1987) tested the limits of what could and could not be disclosed in a common law setting guarded by a culture of secrecy verging on mania. MI5 wanted to protects its secrets; Peter Wright, a former officer of MI5, was happy to disclose it. Besides, much of the material revealed blatant acts of criminality, wrong doing and, dare one say it, common knowledge.

The main judge in that case, the progressive jurist Justice Michael Kirby of the NSW Appellate Court, argued that a free press was indispensable to democracy. Restraint on publication could only be granted if there was a “pressing social need” to do so.

That case cited the views of Justice Anthony Mason from the judgment of Commonwealth v Fairfax (1980), a High Court decision dealing with the Australian government’s attempt to restrain the publication of a collection of documents on foreign policy. The words of the judge are worth noting when dealing with cases such as Manning’s:

“It is unacceptable in our democratic society that there should be a restraint on the publication of information relating to government when the only vice of that information is that it enables the public to discuss, review and criticise government action.”

The American context is even more powerful, and Justice Hugo Black’s scorching speech justifying the release of the Pentagon Papers in New York Times v. United States (1971) for publication suggested that any democratic society worth its salt would need to have a well nourished press and informed representative government. “The guarding of military and diplomatic secrets at the expense of informed representative government provides no real security for our Republic.”

The revolution of new media, with its channelling of information gathered from whistleblowers, its insistence on scientific or forensic forms of examination, has provided another avenue for exposure. It has democratised information in a manner that terrifies the fogies of power, the censorious cynics of process. Too much truth, they fear, will kill. The flipside of that is that the lie is indispensable.

Categories such as “traitor” or “hero” are the commercial brands of patriotism. At the end of the day, patriotism is a deceptive, and changeable abstraction. Such labels are never useful because invariably one person’s stock traitor is another’s valued hero. What matters here is that Manning decided that his country could not be right and wrong, a monster sojourning in the valley of death while trumpeting the merits of virtue. A social order that has to rest on a carefully manufactured illusion, notably one that extols blood rites, is one that deserves to perish.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. Email: bkampmark@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Afghan, foreign troops killed in Paktia

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Several Afghan and foreign troops have been killed in a bomb explosion in Afghanistan’s eastern province of Paktia, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghan, foreign troops killed in Paktia

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Several Afghan and foreign troops have been killed in a bomb explosion in Afghanistan’s eastern province of Paktia, Press TV reports.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Market Buzz: Starting summer lower

0

Russian stocks start the week lower, on a moderately negative international outlook. Investors will be looking at the US for drivers in the second half of the day, anticipating the release of manufacturing activity, a leading indicator of economic health.

On Friday the Russian stock exchange ended the session lower with
the MICEX having lost 0.81 percent to close at 1350.17, while the
RTS slipped 1.41 percent to 1331.43.

Europe also ended last week with a decline of major indicators.
The UK’s FTSE100 dropped 1.11 percent to 6583.09, the DAX in
Germany slid 0.61 percent to 8348.32, while in France the CAC 40
retreated 1.19 percent to end at 3948.59.

On Monday Spain, Italy and the UK will publish data on
manufacturing activity, while Switzerland is to publish its SVME
PMI.

The US floors ended Friday sharply lower despite expectations of
an upward movement. Investors’ sell-offs were related to due to
mixed economic reports. The Dow Jones industrial average slid
more than 200 points, while some 100 were lost in the last 15
minutes alone, marking the worst drop in six weeks.

The Dow closed down 1.4 percent at 15,115.57. The S&P 500
ended 1.4 percent lower at 1,630.74. The NASDAQ Composite
declined 1 percent to close at 3,455.91.

The Institute of Supply Management will release a closely-watched
report on manufacturing activity in the US Friday.

Asia was mixed on Monday after contradictory data from China.
Over the weekend, China’s National Bureau of Statistics said the
country’s official PMI for May rose to 50.8 from 50.6 in April.
That topped the 50.1 reading economists expected. In this light
Hong Kong’s Hang Seng added 0.36 percent in Monday’s trade, while
the Shanghai Composite also advanced 0.10 percent.

Japan’s Nikkei 225 traded significantly lower, losing 2.17percent
after the International Monetary Fund warned Japan that the yen
is weak enough, as opposed to its earlier comments saying the
Japanese yen was overvalued.

Statement from the European Central Bank chief Mario Draghi who
predicted a “very gradual recovery” to start in the eurozone
later this year also contributed to the confusion.

Oil is currently trading slightly lower with Brent losing a mere
0.05 percent and trading at $100, while WTI is 0.1 percent down
trading at $92.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bomb blast kills 7 in east Afghanistan

0

A child stands at the site of a car bomb explosion in Laghman Province, Afghanistan. (File photo)

Seven people have died in a roadside bomb explosion in Afghanistanâ„¢s eastern province of Laghman.

The blast early on Monday took place when a car ran over a roadside bomb in Hakim Abad district of Laghman Province.

The victims, all members of a family, include four women, two children and a man.

The office of Laghman governor issued a statement and blamed the Taliban militants for the explosion. However, the militant group has made no claim of responsibility.

Frequent bomb attacks have disrupted normal life and business activities in Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

In late April, the Taliban announced the start of their annual Å“spring offensive” against the US-led foreign forces and Afghan troops.

The militant group said it would use Å“every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces.

According to a UN report released in February, more than 2,750 people were killed and over 4,800 were injured in conflict-related violence in Afghanistan in 2012.

DB/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Crazy, Unfair Ways People Are Being Screwed by Using Legal Pot

0

Photo Credit: Shutter Stock

May 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In September, 2011, the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms banned state law-abiding medical cannabis patients from owning firearms. A bureaucratic decider simply swiped away hundreds of thousands of Americans’ Second Amendment rights by way of an added item on a pre-sale questionnaire.

Using an ancient herb as recommended by your doctor, one that any law enforcer will tell you makes people less aggressive? Sorry. Whacked on Oxycontin? Fire away.

My friend Carl, a Vietnam veteran, concealed handgun permit holder, political conservative of the John Wayne school and New Mexico medical cannabis patient, is apoplectic about the policy. “I can’t believe I lose my rights because I’m receiving treatment. I defended this country’s freedoms.”

This is just one example of key ancillary details that need to be fixed as America’s Longest War limps to its federal demise. Another is arbitrary limits on or zero tolerance of bloodstream THC when driving, even by locally-Kosher cannabis fans: if you legally used cannabis three weeks ago at the Ziggy Marley concert in Washington, you can, absurdly, be found to be impaired today.

In addition to the mining of the harbor that such unacceptably policy represents among those sore losers, the retreating Drug Warriors, this again shows the risk that any cannabis enjoyer faces. These unscientific THC policies must be squashed in courts and state houses, and fast.

The risk list continues. On my January flight in Honolulu to testify in support of pending industrial and social cannabis legalization in the Aloha State, the grey haired 59-year-old local fellow sitting next to me, Jeb, a construction site manager, had a sadly common story for me when he found out where I was heading that day.

“Tell the folks at the statehouse that I just lost my job after 23 years because THC showed in my system,” Jeb told me. “I had smoked at home on a Saturday night two weeks earlier. I don’t drink. I’ve never come to work impaired. Never even had a sick day. My work record was so impeccable that my supervisor apologized to me. He said, ‘we work for a company that will fire its best employee for pot, first time.’ I might lose my house. I’m flying to Oahu to meet with my lawyer but he told me that if it’s the policy it’s the policy.”

Not in my America. The America that resides on what I deeply believe to be on the healthier, safer side of history. The America of the Bill of Rights.

The bottom line: responsible adult cannabis users should no longer have to hide any more than responsible alcohol users do. As if to hammer home this point, when our flight landed, Jeb had some parting words for me. “Tell (the legislative committee) how deeply cannabis is embedded in Hawaiian culture. Tell them this is the only law I break. I don’t even drive over the speed limit.”

I did. I told the state’s House Judiciary Committee about Jeb during my testimony. Social legalization, incidentally, had a lot of momentum in Hawaii last session. The speaker of the house, Joe Souki (D), told me he thinks it’ll happen next session. From Florida to Maui, everyone knows the Drug War is ending. There’s no reason America’s 100 million cannabis users should be dealing with the life-upending administrative nonsense.

And yet they are. Even without a drug testing company fraud scandal emerging in San Diego this week, even without the revelation that some of the former DEA chiefs who are lobbying so hard against the Drug Peace in fact profit from their roles in drug testing companies, the Sniff Your Pee era is simply misguided — it’s unnecessary, intrusive and downright un-American. Work is about performance. Cannabis isn’t keeping America from being competitive. In fact, it’s probably helping return us to competitiveness, in the creative fields of the Digital Age. But my research into the role of practical cannabis use in Silicon Valley is a whole other column.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Documents Reveal Exxon Mobil Lied and Downplayed Contamination from Pipeline Rupture

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Zelfit

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On March 29 Exxon Mobil, the most profitable company in the world, spilled at least 210,000 gallons of tar sands crude oil from an underground pipeline in Mayflower, Arkansas. The pipeline was carrying tar sands oil from Canada, which flooded family residences in Mayflower in thick tarry crude. Exxon’s tar sands crude also ran into Lake Conway, which sits about an eighth of a mile from where Exxon’s pipeline ruptured.

A new batch of documents received by Greenpeace in response to a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request to the Arkansas Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) has revealed that Exxon downplayed the extent of the contamination caused by the ruptured pipeline. Records of emails between Arkansas’ DEQ and Exxon depict attempts by Exxon to pass off press releases with factually false information. In a draft press release dated April 8, Exxon claims “Tests on water samples show Lake Conway and the cove are oil-free.” However, internal emails from April 6 show Exxon knew of significant contamination across Lake Conway and the cove resulting from the oil spill.

When the chief of Arkansas Hazardous Waste division called Exxon out on this falsehood, Exxon amended the press release. However, they did not amend it to say that oil was in Lake Conway and contaminant levels in the lake were rising to dangerous levels, as they knew to be the case. Instead, they continue to claim that Lake Conway is “oil-free.” For the record, Exxon maintains that the “cove,” a section of Lake Conway that experienced heavy oiling from the spill, is not part of the actual lake. Exxon maintains this distinction in spite of Arkansas Attorney General Dustin McDaniel saying unequivocally “The cove is part of Lake Conway…The water is all part of one body of water.” Furthermore, Exxon water tests confirmed that levels of Benzene and other contaminants rose throughout the lake, not just in the cove area.

Though Exxon was eventually forced to redact their claim that the cove specifically was “oil-free,” the oil and gas giant has yet to publicly address the dangerous levels of Benzene and other contaminants their own tests have found in the body of Lake Conway. The Environmental Protection Agency and the American Petroleum Institute don’t agree on everything, but they do agree that the only safe level of Benzene, a cancer causing chemical found in oil, is zero. Benzene is added to tar sands oil to make it less viscous and flow more easily through pipelines. Local people have reported fish kills, chemical smells, nausea and headaches. Independent water tests have found a host of contaminants present in the lake.

According to Exxon’s data, 126,000 gallons of tar sands crude oil from the pipeline spill is still unaccounted for.

Exxon’s spill emanated from the Pegasus Pipeline, which like the proposed  Keystone XL pipeline, connects the Canadian Tar Sands with refineries in the Gulf of Mexico.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Last Week in Poverty: Homeowners Take the Foreclosure Fight to the DOJ

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Gl0ck

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following article first appeared on the Nation.com. For more great content from the Nation, sign up for their email newsletter here. 

Gisele Mata of Whittier, California, never considered herself a political activist. Other than making some calls on behalf of President Obama during the 2012 campaign, her focus was on her work, family, church and volunteering as a Girl Scout troop leader.

But on Monday morning at Freedom Plaza in Washington, DC, she was ready to march to the Department of Justice, where she would risk arrest in order to save her family’s home and stand up for other people facing foreclosure.

“Banks are doing extreme things to get people out of their homes, so it requires extreme action,” Mata told me. “I wouldn’t be here except the banks are not being monitored so we have to stand up as citizens. They are getting away with acts of inhuman behavior and the Justice Department is not reacting.”

Mata was among 500 activists from across the country who came to the nation’s capital to “Bring Justice to Justice”–participating in three days of action organized by Home Defenders League and Occupy Our Homes. They were calling for the criminal prosecution of banks for ongoing illegal activity, including illegal foreclosures; and for resetting mortgages to a property’s fair market value for the more than 13 million homeowners still at risk of foreclosure.

Mata and her family have been in their home for more than ten years. Their struggle began in 2009 when she and her husband were laid off from their jobs in retail and engineering, respectively. They survived by cashing out on their 401(k)s and working in low-wage jobs.

“We didn’t have any problems until last year,” she said, when they no longer could afford both their home and food for their family of five. So Mata and her husband requested a mortgage modification from Bank of America.

“We asked them to tack on what we owed to the principal, and to give us the going interest rate because we still have a high rate,” she said. “We aren’t even asking for a principal reduction. Plus we’re both working, we have equity in our home–but they still refuse.”

Her eldest daughter is now working as a massage therapist. Her husband is again employed as an aircraft parts quality inspector–for $13 an hour, compared to the $19 hourly wage he previously earned–and Mata earns commissions as a sales representative for an energy company. But the high interest payments they are paying force them to choose between a roof over their head or food for the family.

“Right now we’re choosing the roof and getting food from our church in order to make payments on the mortgage,” she said. “And we go to the 99 cent store and buy Top Ramen [noodles] and tuna fish. That’s pretty much how we make it.”

But even as the Matas continue to make their payments, Bank of America continues to push for foreclosure. Her dealings with the bank in an effort to get a modification tell a story that is now all too familiar in this country.

“Negotiating means paperwork multiple times over and over again,” she said. “As soon as you get it in they switch your point-of-contact and then you have to start over again. And as many times as they ask is how many times you do it, or else they won’t consider you for the modification. No one is holding them accountable.”

Ann Haines of St. Paul, Minnesota, was also ready to get arrested after experiencing an even more extreme nightmare in dealing with US Bank. She had lived in her home with her three sons for thirteen years, and was struggling to meet a monthly mortgage payment that had risen from $800 to $1300.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Meet the Doctor Big Pharma Can't Shut Up

0

May 30, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

For the last 33 years, David Healy, an Irish psychiatrist and professor at Cardiff University School of Medicine in Wales, has written heavily researched university press books and academic journal articles on various aspects of psychopharmaceuticals. His output includes 20 books, 150 peer-reviewed papers and 200 other published works. He is not only well-pedigreed, with degrees and fellowships from Dublin, Galway and Cambridge medical schools, he is a widely recognized expert in both the history and the science of neurochemistry and psychopharmacology.

Yet Healy says his output and reputation have had little to no effect–both on the pharmaceutical industry he argues buries relevant information about prescription drug harms, and on the psychiatric and medical professions he claims are being “eclipsed” by drug companies.

“It’s been clear to me that writing books or articles banging on the risks and hazards of drugs is just going to increase the sale of drugs,” said Healy, who speaks calmly, dresses mostly in black and looks a bit like Rod Serling.

Rather than write another university publication, Healy has taken his frustration to the street. In November, he launched a nonprofit website called Rxisk.org with a group of like-minded and highly credentialed international colleagues. The site aggregates FDA data about prescription drug side effects and urges patients to submit a detailed report on their own pharmaceutical drug reactions.

Healy is not the first psychiatrist to express boiling frustration with the pharmaceutical industry or to pen dire warnings about drug-based healthcare. He is joined by people like American psychiatrist Peter Breggin, who has written several books critical of “biological psychiatry,” and Irving Kirsch, who directs the Program in Placebo Studies at Harvard Medical School/Beth Israel Deaconess Medical School and is best known for The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth. Healy is the author of such dire sounding titles as Pharmageddon and Let Them Eat Prozac: The Unhealthy Relationship Between the Pharmaceutical Industry and Depression.

For years, it was fairly easy for people in the pharmaceutical and medical industries to label Healy, Kirsch and Breggin as alarmists. But two summers ago, one of the most prominent members of U.S. medical establishment, Marcia Angell, former editor-in-chief of New England Journal of Medicine, published an article damning the over-prescription of psychoactive drugs. In two essays in the June 23, 2011 and July 14, 2011 New York Review of Books, Angell backed arguments by the university clinician Kirsh, the mental heath journalist Robert Whitaker, and Boston psychiatrist Daniel Carlat that there is something extremely suspicious about the following trends: the number of people treated for depression has tripled since the launch of Prozac in 1987; 10 percent of Americans over age six are taking antidepressants; and 30 antipsychotics like Risperdal, Zyprexa and Seroquel are replacing cholesterol-lowering agents as the top-selling class of drugs in the U.S., largely because they are being prescribed to children.

Angell’s articles should have been a bomb on the medical establishment. She wrote:

“The industry-sponsored studies usually cited to support psychoactive drugs–and they are the ones that are selectively published–tend to be short-term, designed to favor the drug, and show benefits so small that they are unlikely to outweigh the long-term harms. … Both the pharmaceutical industry and the psychiatry profession have strong financial interests in convincing the public that drug treatment is safe and the most effective treatment for mental illnesses, and they also have an interest in expanding the definitions of mental illness.”

But like Healy, Angell’s warnings have fallen on deaf ears. Recent data indicates that U.S. prescription drug use is growing. The September 2012 Consumer Reports National Research Center report found that among the 46 percent of American adults taking prescription drugs, a fourth of those ages 18 to 39 regularly take two prescription drugs, indicating that multiple drug use is no longer confined to older Americans. Congressional testimony in 2012 by the American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians revealed that Americans consume 80 percent of opiate painkillers produced in the world. And a January 2011 report from Stanford University Medical School warned that antispychotics are now regularly being prescribed to treat conditions for which they have not been approved, including anxiety, attention-deficit disorder, sleep difficulties, behavioral problems in toddlers and dementia.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

3 Staple Foods that Big Ag Has Stripped of All Nutrients

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/AXL

May 30, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Thanks to the “super food” debate that has raged over the past several years, we’ve been led to believe that these and other types of grains, fruits, and veggies are the key to living a long and healthy life.

From classrooms to media campaigns, we’ve been told that if we eat the proper portions of fruits, grains, and veggies each and every day, we’ll be on the road to a life of optimum health.

But, since the dawn of the agricultural revolution, and particularly over the last 100 years, we’ve been changing the nature of the food that we produce and consume, and as result, removing the vital nutrients from our diets that were once staples of our ancestor’s diets.

Studies published over the last several years show that our current selection of produce is remarkably low in phytonutrients, the compounds that reduce the risk of health ailments like cancer, diabetes, and cardiovascular disease.

We’ve been systematically stripping phytonutrients from our diet ever since we stopped hunting and gathering wild plants thousands of years ago and started farming our food.

For instance, since our ancestors first began to farm, bitter plants have typically been avoided, because they don’t taste as good as starchy, sugary plants.

But, research has shown that some of the most beneficial phytonutrients are in plants, vegetables and fruits that have bitter tastes.

As one example, take a look at corn.

Today, we typically only eat the white and yellow varieties of corn. These types of corn have 1.54 and 70.2 milligrams respectively of anthocyanins, a type of phytonutrient, per 100 grams of dried corn.

But, blue corn, which is nearly impossible to find in any produce section today, has a whopping 99.5 milligrams of anthocyanins per 100 grams of dried corn.

Next, check out greens.

Today, we think that spinach is the healthiest green around.

But there are only .89 milligrams of antioxidants per 100 grams of fresh spinach. That’s less than one!

In comparison, wild dandelion greens, which were once staples of Native American diets and which today are considered common weeds, contain a staggering 6.89 antioxidants per 100 grams. Unfortunately, it’s nearly impossible to find wild dandelions at your local grocery store.

Finally, look at apples.

Everyone loves a good Granny Smith or Red Delicious apple, but these varieties of apples only contain 205 and 108 milligrams of phytonutrients per liter of juice.

On the other hand, a Siberian crabapple has 4,606 milligrams of phytonutrients per liter of juice. And, Sikkim crabapples come in even higher than that, at 7,181 milligrams of phytonutrients.

But once again, good luck finding those in the store. They’re not as sweet, so nobody wants to buy or eat them.

Prior to the agricultural revolution, indigenous hunting-gathering people lived daily in the hands of Mother Nature. If they didn’t understand how she worked, how to sustainably hunt and gather, they wouldn’t survive.

Over millennia, they learned which plants and grains, fruit and veggies would provide the nutrition that they needed. They lived off the Earth, and with the Earth.

But then we began intensive agriculture about 7000 years ago, and everything changed.

Instead of everybody being involved in hunting and gathering food, now only a small number of people managed our food production and remained connected to nature. The rest of us disconnected ourselves from nature, and even began to see nature as our enemy rather than that which gives us life and sustains our lives.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Fox Clings to Traditional Marriage While the Rest of Us Live in the Real World

0

Photo Credit: By Chip.berlet (Own work) [CC-BY-SA-3.0 (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0)], via Wikimedia Commons

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Want more on contemporary culture and gender roles? Visit Role/Reboot.

Conservative men love to summon righteous indignation anytime it’s brought to their attention that the real world does not resemble an episode of Leave It To Beaver. So strong reactions to Wednesday’s Pew report that a record 40% of all homes with children now include mothers who are either the sole or primary source of income for the family should come as no surprise. The now infamous all-male Fox News panel reacted with a charming combination of biological essentialism (said Erik Erickson: “When you look at the natural world, the roles of a male and a female in society and in other animals, the male typically is the dominant role…we have lost the ability to have complimentary relationships in nuclear families”), and apocalyptic tantrum throwing (“We are watching society dissolve around us!” warned Lou Dobbs). A collective virtual sigh rippled across the Internet.

The panelists’ hysterics made it easy to miss their central point though: that female breadwinners undermine the social order by leaving fewer women dependent on men. It’s this beautiful symbiotic marriage of male breadwinning and female economic dependency that, according to their diagnosis, keeps society from dissolving.

Of course, if you buy this argument, and you want to assign blame, there’s plenty to go around. After all, there’s really no cultural institution that has undergone more dramatic change in recent times than the institution of marriage and family life. And with good cause: Educational attainment has been shifting dramatically in women’s favor for over a decade and in the biggest cities in the U.S., unmarried, childless women under 30 are earning higher salaries than their male peer group.

Meanwhile marriage is no longer a precondition for children–in fact, among Millennials, more births happen outside of marriage than in it. Only 51% of adults were married in 2011 and nearly 4 in 10 say that marriage is becoming obsolete. Even within marriages, things have changed profoundly as it relates to the breakdown of roles that have traditionally been aligned along gender lines.

It’s a brave new world, and not all positive. The Pew study does, in fact, expose a problem. It’s just not the one some think it is. It’s certainly not that some wives are making more money than their husbands (that’s actually what progress toward gender equality looks like). And although it’s genuinely troubling that the growing numbers of single mothers in our country are so likely to live in poverty, single moms are not the problem either. The problem is that a large portion of our society is still clinging to the existence (or hope for resurgence) of the mythic “traditional family,” marked by heterosexual parents in a lifelong marriage, with a primary breadwinner husband and primary caregiver wife, despite all evidence that this model is on life support.

Of course there are serious challenges resulting from many of these newer trends, the most significant being the high poverty rates of never-married single mothers. But this should not, and cannot, simply be an indictment of all unmarried mothers–women already stigmatized and treated like social pariah, despite being a quarter of our families. We have to hold ourselves responsible for having an out-of-date policy landscape that barely supports or addresses their fundamental needs. Because it doesn’t really matter whether you think the changing face of the American family portends the end of times or is simply the next phase in our social evolution. It’s downright immoral to respond to the lives led by 40% of women in this country with disdain and judgment when what’s needed is support.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Astonishing Collapse of Black and Latino Household Wealth

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Kuzma

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Despite growing economic inequality and mass unemployment, Washington is focused on austerity. Politicians and pundits debate how much to cut and how much revenue to raise rather than creating jobs or alleviating the suffering of millions of people. What also gets lost in the dominant discourse about the economy is the suffering of the black community. The Great Recession has increased racial inequality and set back the modest socioeconomic gains of the civil rights movement.

Recently, the Urban Institute released a study on the racial wealth gap titled “Less Than Equal: Racial Disparities in Wealth Accumulation.” The study found that, while the racial wealth gap has existed for decades, it’s drastically expanded during the last 30 years. It says the “average wealth of white families was $230,000 higher than the wealth of black and Hispanic families in 1983.” In that year, white families had an average wealth of nearly $300,000 in 2010 dollars. Wealth for all families increased, but not evenly.

The 2007-2009 recession devastated the American economy and all families suffered decreasing wealth. However, African American and Latino families were hit the hardest. According to the study, “between 2007 and 2010, Hispanic families saw their wealth cut by over 40 percent, and black families saw their wealth fall by 31 percent.” In comparison, white family wealth “fell by 11 percent.”

The average wealth of white families, in 2010, was $632,000 but $110,000 for Latino families and $98,000 for African American families — a wealth gap of over half a million dollars. Median wealth shows the same trend: $91,000 for white families versus $10,000 for Latinos and $11,000 for African Americans in 1983; for 2010, it’s $124,000 for white families, $15,000 for Latino families, and $16,000 for African American families. These are all in 2010 dollars. Therefore, between 1983 and 2010, the racial wealth gap nearly tripled.

The largest sources of wealth within black and Latino communities are homes and retirement. White families derive wealth from their homes and many other sources, such as stocks and other financial investments. Moreover, one needs to have a certain level of disposable income to make such investments. Low-income families have to spend their income on rent, supporting their families, and other necessities just to survive. As a result, they don’t have enough excess cash to save and invest. Those with higher incomes can afford not only to take care of themselves but have enough money to save and invest. Since white families have higher incomes than black and Latino families, they have more money to invest, hence their larger amounts of wealth.

The housing bubble seemed to provide an opportunity for blacks and Latinos to build up wealth, enter the middle class, and achieve the “American Dream.” However, this proved to be a ruse. Black and Latino communities were targeted by major banks, such as Wells Fargo and JPMorgan Chase, for subprime mortgage loans, even if they qualified for normal prime loans. Subprime is a form of risky, high-priced lending to people with poor credit histories, giving the loans higher interest rates.

According to a 2009 NAACP study, “even when income and credit risk are equal, African Americans are up to 34 percent more likely to receive higher-rate and subprime loans” than whites. This drove up home ownership in those communities but the foundation was on a flimsy stack of cards. When the housing bubble burst and the recession hit, black and Latino communities were hit the hardest.

The Urban Institute study is not the only one to point this out. Other studies, such as a February 2013 study by Brandeis University and another by Pew Research Center in July 2011, while using different methodologies and coming up with different numbers, show the same trend — the racial wealth gap was large to begin and grew exponentially after the recession.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Former Students' Backs to the Wall on Loan Increase: Will Congress Do the Right Thing?

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/spirit of america

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

President Obama will today launch a campaign aimed at preventing interest rates on federal student loans from doubling at the start of July, gathering college students at the White House in an effort to challenge Congress to prevent the rate increase. The White House has already re-upped its “don’t double my rate” campaign, which helped force Congress’ hand in passing a temporary fix in 2012, on social media.

The current rate on federal loans is 3.4 percent; that would double on July 1 without action from Congress. House Republicans approved a plan to halt the increase last week that would tie student loan rates to interest rates on 10-year Treasury bonds, which are currently at 2.5 percent and expected to rise above 5 percent over the next five years as the economy improves. Obama’s plan is similar in that it would also tie rates to Treasury notes.

But the White House has threatened to veto the House plan over a major difference between the two plans. Obama’s proposal would apply fixed rates to student loans, so that a borrower was guaranteed the interest rate he or she agreed to when the loan was originated. The House plan, however, would cap rates at 8.5 percent but would not fix them, meaning borrowers would be subject to varying rates over the life of the loan.

Under the House plan, a student who took out the maximum amount of federal loans would pay $14,430 in interest, nearly $2,000 more than they would pay if rates doubled as scheduled and twice what they would pay under current rates. “The bill’s changes would impose the largest interest rate increases on low- and middle-income students and families who struggle most to afford a college education,” the White House said in issuing the veto threat last week.

Sens. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY) and Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) have introduced other proposals for dealing with interest rates on student loans. Gillibrand’s legislation would force the Dept. of Education to refinance any student loan with an interest rate above 4 percent to a fixed 4 percent loan, a plan the Center for American Progress estimates would save borrowers $14.5 billion in the first year alone. Warren’s plan would tie student loan rates to those received by large banks, which access federal loans at miniscule interest rates. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is also exploring ways to reduce the burden of student debt on borrowers.

Americans now hold more than $1 trillion in student loan debt, and they defaulted on those loans in record numbers during the first three months of 2013. The amount of debt is holding back the economy, as young borrowers are struggling to afford mortgages and other loans as they pay for the cost of education.

Travis Waldron is a reporter/blogger for ThinkProgress.org at the Center for American Progress Action Fund.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Truth About Female Desire: It’s Base, Animalistic and Ravenous

0

June 2, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

There is a conspiracy theory at the heart of this book. Even to the most casual observer of human history, it isn’t news that women’s sexuality has been feared, suppressed and lied about. But “What Do Women Want?: Adventures in the Science of Female Desire” by journalist Daniel Bergner uses groundbreaking sex research to show the ways in which our supposedly enlightened society still has female sexuality backward – completely, utterly, profoundly.

In accessible and entertaining prose, “What Do Women Want?” details everything from individual women’s fantasies to the search for a “female Viagra.” More important, though, it represents a complete paradigm shift. The book, which grew from a much-discussed New York Times Magazine cover story in 2009, reveals how gender stereotypes have shaped scientific research and blinded researchers to evidence of female lust and sexual initiation throughout the animal kingdom, including among humans. It reveals how society’s repression of female sexuality has reshaped women’s desires and sex lives.

Bergner, and the leading sex researchers he interviews, argue that women’s sexuality is not the rational, civilized and balancing force it’s so often made out to be – that it is base, animalistic and ravenous, everything we’ve told ourselves about male sexuality. As one researcher tells Bergner of all the restrictions put on female sexuality: “Those barriers are a testament to the power of the drive itself. It’s a pretty incredible testament. Because the drive must be so strong to override all of that.”

“Women’s desire – its inherent range and innate power – is an underestimated and constrained force, even in our times, when all can seem so sexually inundated, so far beyond restriction,” he writes. “Despite the notions our culture continues to imbue, this force is not, for the most part, sparked or sustained by emotional intimacy and safety.” In fact, he argues, “one of our most comforting assumptions, soothing perhaps above all to men but clung to by both sexes, that female eros is much better made for monogamy than the male libido, is scarcely more than a fairy tale.”

The implications are huge. As Bergner puts it: “What nascent truths will come into view, floating forward if these faiths continue to be cut apart?”

This book – how do I put this without sounding hyperbolic? This book should be read by e very woman on earth. It should be handed out to pubescent girls right alongside “Our Bodies, Our Selves” and be required course reading for Human Sexuality 101. It is a must-read for any person with even a remote erotic interest in the female gender. It deserves to be listed on bridal registries – gay and straight. It could single-spine-edly replace at least a quarter of the sexual self-help section and the world would be better for it. It is a revelation, a story of redemption. I laughed, I almost cried – with joy. I was turned on, even. You want a female Viagra? This book is as close as we have to it.

I spoke to Bergner by phone about everything from monkey porn to rape fantasies.

What are the main bits of wisdom about female sexuality that you took away from writing this book?

Well, I guess the first thing to say is how struck I was by the distance between reality and the fable that we’ve been taught most recently by evolutionary psychology, that is, that men are driven to spread their seed and women, by comparison, are more driven to find one good provider, and that, therefore, while men are very poorly suited to monogamy, women are much better suited to monogamy. But that just really doesn’t stand up when you look at the science. The science behind that is flimsy, circular. And the science, when you look at it clearly, that stands in opposition to that is actually fairly strong – still emergent, but fairly strong. And so, that was the first thing that was so striking to me.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

4 Major Ways the Rich Pile On and Exploit the Rest of Us For More Money and Profit

0

June 2, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In football terms, “piling on” means jumping on a player when he’s down. In the economic new normal described by Bernie Sanders, it means taking most of the wealth and all of the income, moving profits and jobs overseas, and making impoverished people pay the bills.
 1. Taking ALL the Income

Charles Koch said, “I want my fair share — and that’s all of it.” He’s been getting his wish lately. In the first two years of the recovery, the richest 1% seemingly impossibly captured 121% of the income gains, while incomes for 99% of Americans declined, with the median household income dropping by 7.3 percent.

More and more people are working in respectable but low-wage positions in food service and retail. Low-income jobs ($7.69 to $13.83 per hour) made up one-fifth of the jobs lost to the recession, but accounted for three-fifths of the jobs regained during the recovery.

2. Wealth Grab

According to an AP report, the stock market has regained all its losses since March 2009 while adding an extra 18 percent. That’s $11 trillion restored, plus almost $2 trillion gained. Using Economic Policy Institute figures (Tables 6 and 7), we can determine the beneficiaries of the new wealth:

  • The richest 1%, 1.15 million families with 38.3% of the stocks, each regained their losses and added an additional $666,000.
  • The next 2-5%, 4.6 million families with 30.9% of the stocks, each regained their losses and added an additional $134,000.
  • The rest of the top 20%, 17.25 million families with 22% of the stocks, each regained their losses and added an additional $25,500.
  • The 30% just above the middle, 34.5 million families with 8.9% of the stocks, each regained their losses and added an additional $5,160.

The bottom 50%, 57.5 million families with 0% of the stocks, gained nothing.

3. Corporate Betrayal

According to their own SEC reports, Citigroup, Pfizer and Bank of America made much of their 2011-12 revenue in the U.S. (42%, 40%, and 82%, respectively). Yet they declared a total of $69 billion in foreign profits and losses of $19 billion in the United States.

As the big companies have been declaring themselves multinationals with no allegiance to the country that made them successful, they’ve also eliminated tens of thousands of U.S. jobs. Citigroup, Pfizer and Bank of America are among the leading job cutters. The shock of the recession has allowed them to turn their backs on their country, and Americans are too bewildered (and ill-represented) to properly fight back.

4. Let the Hungry Pay

The massive four-year redistribution of wealth and income toward the top leaves bills to be paid. So Congress wants to cut food assistance. Nearly 47 million people get an average of less than $5 a day to eat, at a total 2012 cost of about $80 billion, which is about the same amount 20 Americans make from just one year of investment income.

In the spirit of American independence, Republican Congressman Stephen Fincher of Tennessee quoted the Bible: “The one who is unwilling to work shall not eat.” Fincher, along with all but one of his congressional colleagues, failed to show up for a recent unemployment hearing. Hungry Americans remain at the bottom of the pile, getting crushed by arrogance and insensitivity.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Yemeni minister goes on hunger strike

0

Yemeni Human Rights Minister Hooriya Mashhour has gone on hunger strike in protest against the continued detention of dozens of activists in connection with the popular uprising that ousted dictator Ali Abdullah Saleh.

Å“I am on hunger strike and I will not stop until the imprisoned revolution youths are released,” Mashhour said on Sunday. Å“Their only fault was that they participated in the peaceful revolution.”

Activists stated that Mashhour joined a group of 20 other prominent youth activists, who began a hunger strike and a sit-in at the main prison compound in the capital, Sanaâ„¢a, on June 1.

According to Yemeni rights group Hood, a total of 58 pro-democracy protesters that participated in demonstrations against Saleh remain in jail. The fate of 17 others remains unknown.

Leading youth activist Walid al-Ammari said, Å“We visited the detainees at the central prison on Saturday, and found their situation difficult and thus decided to begin a solidarity strike in the prison and will not leave without them.”

Ammari warned of Å“escalation” if the activists were not released.

Saleh formally stepped down and handed over power to then Vice President Abdrabuh Mansur Hadi in February 2012. The power transfer occurred under a Saudi-backed deal brokered by the (Persian) Gulf Cooperation Council in April 2011 and signed by Saleh in Riyadh on November 23, 2011.

Meanwhile, an unnamed Yemeni government official said Hadi had started consultations with the cabinet and his advisers in order to resolve the issue of the detentions.

In March, Hadi issued a decree ordering the release of those detained during the revolution. Activists accuse the public prosecutor, a remnant from the former regime, of disregarding the order.

MP/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

China censures US Asia-Pacific policy

0

Major General Yao Yunzhu, the director of the Center for China-America Defense Relations at the Peopleâ„¢s Liberation Armyâ„¢s (PLA) Academy of Military Science, speaks at a security conference in Singapore, June 1, 2013.

A Chinese official has questioned the Pentagon over calls for better military ties, saying the increasing US military buildup in the Asia-Pacific is Ëœan attempt to counter Chinaâ„¢s rising influenceâ„¢ in the region.

Major General Yao Yunzhu, the director of the Center for China-America Defense Relations at the Peopleâ„¢s Liberation Armyâ„¢s (PLA) Academy of Military Science, said on Saturday that Beijing considers Washingtonâ„¢s strategic shift into the Asia-Pacific as an Å“attempt to counter Chinaâ„¢s rising influence and to offset the increasing military capabilities of the Chinese PLA. However, China is not convinced.”

Yao made the remarks on June 1 at a security conference in Singapore where US Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel expressed hoped for better military ties between the United States and China.

Hagel said Beijing and Washington needed a Å“continuous and respectful dialogue” to build trust in order to avoid military miscalculations.

Speaking at the same conference, Yao addressed Hagel and asked the Pentagon chief how the US can assure China that its military buildup in the region is not a threat to the country.

Beijing has repeatedly criticized the increasing military presence of the US in the Asia-Pacific as well as its moves to increase military ties with regional countries such as Japan, South Korea, Vietnam and the Philippines.

China is against what the US calls the Å“rebalancing” of its forces, as it winds down the war in Afghanistan. Beijing says the policy is in fact meant to contain Chinaâ„¢s diplomatic, military, and economic rise.

A 40-page annual report released by Chinaâ„¢s Defense Ministry in April warned that Beijing faces Å“multiple and complicated security threats.”

Å“There are some countries which are strengthening their Asia-Pacific military alliances, expanding their military presence in the region and frequently make the situation there tenser,” the Chinese Defense Ministry stated.

It added that Washingtonâ„¢s deployment of additional ships and personnel to Asia meant Å“profound changes” for the region.

The report also advised the Chinese military to Å“place above all else the protection of national sovereignty and security.”

DB/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Imam Khomeini confab held in UK, India

0

The passing away anniversary of the late founder of the Islamic Republic Ayatollah Seyyed Ruhollah Khomeini has been commemorated during meetings in London and New Delhi.

A number of British Muslims and cultural scholars attended the annual commemorating meeting that was held at the Islamic Center of England in London.

The participants celebrated the political legacy of Imam Khomeini and also stressed the importance of his legacy in modern day politics.

Meanwhile, Iranâ„¢s Embassy in India also held a ceremony in its cultural office in New Delhi on June 1.

A large number of Indian people and officials attended the ceremony to pay tribute to the late leader.

Iranians across the country and outside Iran annually hold mourning ceremonies to mark the departure of Imam Khomeini.

Rouhollah Mousavi Khomeini, who came to be known as Imam Khomeini, was born in the small town of Khomein on September 24, 1902.

Coming from a family of scholars who for generations had devoted their lives to offering religious guidance to the hungry-for-knowledge population, young Rouhollah began his education by memorizing the holy Qur’an and was later sent to Arak (1920-21) and finally to Qom (1923) to complete his religious studies.

Imam Khomeini changed the lives of Iranians and inspired countless others in the world by guiding one of the greatest revolutionary movements of modern history to victory.

Ayatollah Khomeini passed away on June 3, 1989, eleven days after he was taken to hospital for an operation to stop internal bleeding in May 1989.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Nuke states will not give up arsenals’

0

File photo shows the United States Navy test-firing a Trident II D-5 ballistic missile.

A Swedish think tank report says the nuclear weapon-possessing states of the US, the UK, France, Russia and China are either modernizing their nuclear weapons or appear determined to keep their nuclear arsenals indefinitely.

Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) published on Monday its latest yearbook, which assesses the current state of international security, armaments and disarmament.

The report said the five states are in the process of deploying new nuclear weapon delivery systems or have announced programs to do so.

Å“Once again there was little to inspire hope that the nuclear weapon-possessing states are genuinely willing to give up their nuclear arsenals. The long-term modernization programs under way in these states suggest that nuclear weapons are still a marker of international status and power,” said SIPRI Senior Researcher Shannon Kile.

The report also revealed that at the start of 2013, the United States, Russia, the UK, France, China, India, Pakistan and the Israeli regime possessed roughly 4,400 operational nuclear weapons.

When counting all nuclear warheads, these eight states together have nearly 17,300 nuclear weapons.

SIPRI estimated that the Israeli regime has about 80 intact nuclear weapons, including 50 Jericho II medium-range ballistic missiles and 30 for gravity bombs carried by aircraft.

In addition, the think tank also believes that the Tel Aviv regime has produced non-strategic nuclear weapons, including artillery shells and atomic demolition munitions.

Separate reports say that the Israeli regime has between 200 and 400 nuclear warheads. Tel Aviv continuously rejects all the regulatory international nuclear agreements, particularly the Non-Proliferation Treaty, and it refuses to allow its nuclear facilities to come under international regulatory inspections.

CAH/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Ahmadinejad admin can defend policies'

0

An official with the Iranian Presidential Office says the current administration is ready to defend its economic performance and policies in the face of the criticisms leveled by the candidates running for president.

Å“The economy-related ministers of the administration [of President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad] are prepared to hold a debate on economic issues with all eight candidates running in the 11th presidential election,” Mohammad Sheikhan said on Sunday.

Referring to the candidatesâ„¢ criticism of the economic performance of Ahmadinejadâ„¢s current and previous administrations, Sheikhan said the ministers are ready to defend their economic plans and further discuss related issues with the candidates in a debate.

During their electoral campaigning, Iranian presidential candidates have been criticizing the performance of Ahmadinejadâ„¢s administration, particularly in the economy and foreign policy sectors.

Presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi has criticized the incumbent administration for issues such as rising imports at the expense of domestic production, devaluation of the Rial and unemployment.

Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, another candidate, has censured the ongoing Å“unacceptable” inflation, unemployment and needless politicizing of economy, saying that the present administration has not done enough to improve the current living conditions in Iran.

Other candidates, including Mohsen Rezaei, Mohammad Reza Aref, Ali Akbar Velayati and Gholam Ali Haddad Adel have also criticized the countryâ„¢s dependence on oil revenues, blaming the current administration for the high rate of unemployment and inflation.

Saeed Jalili, another candidate, has denounced the administrative structure of the country for allowing foreign enemies and internal opportunists to take advantage of the inefficient economic mechanisms and undermine the countryâ„¢s economy.

Presidential candidate Hassan Rohani has blamed the current administration and management reshuffles for the economic problems.

Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election will be held on June 14. The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MYA/NN/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

55 die at poultry plant fire in China

0

Fire trucks and ambulances are seen at the site of a fire at a poultry factory in Dehui City, Chinaâ„¢s Jilin Province, June 3, 2013.

Fifty-five people have died and dozens more have been injured in a fire at a poultry processing plant in northeast China.

The official Chinese news agency Xinhua said the blaze broke out on Monday when more than 300 people were working in Baoyuanfeng factory in the city of Dehui in Jilin Province.

Å“At least 55 people were killed,” the report said, adding that rescue forces were sent to the scene of the incident to save the workers trapped inside the plant.

The complicated interior structure of the factory slowed the rescue work, the report said. About 100 workers succeeded to escape.

Security officials have launched an investigation into the cause of the fire.

State broadcaster CCTV, however, said that eyewitnesses had heard a blast and suspected a leak of liquid ammonia in the plant.

Established in 2009, the factory employs 3,000 people and produces 67,000 tons of meat per year, according to the Chinese Ministry of Agriculture.

Fatal accidents happen regularly at mines and factories in China due to poor workplace safety standards.

DB/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Protests against Manning's trial persist

0

Protesters outside the gates of US military intelligence base Fort Meade hold signs in support of whistleblower US Army soldier Bradley Manning on June 1, 2013

As protest rallies in support of US Army whistleblower soldier Bradley Manning continue at a major military intelligence base near Washington and in other countries, activists have blasted the negative portrayal of his case by American media and politicians.

Protest rallies continued Sunday at the Fort Meade military base, where Manning faces a court martial on Monday and a likely life-imprisonment sentence for leaking classified US data to WikiLeaks whistleblower website, including video footage of indiscriminate killing of civilians in Iraq and Afghanistan by occupying American troops.

This is while human rights activist and writer Craig Murray has challenged US militaryâ„¢s vigorous efforts to punish Manning while allowing perpetrators of civilian killings in Iraq and Afghanistan to walk free, further insisting that Manningâ„¢s actions had not at all had the consequences he is being accused of by the American government, politicians and mainstream media.

Å“Nobody has been able to point to a single instance of anybody being harmed as a result of his disclosures. Nothing he has done in any away approaches the level of criminality of American soldiers who were deliberately shooting and killing soldiers in Iraq,” Murray said in an interview with RT published Sunday.

Over 3,000 protesters gathered outside the huge Fort Meade military and intelligence installation in the US State of Maryland on Saturday in solidarity with Manning, flashing signs reading, Å“Bradley Manning: Jailed for exposing war crimes.”

Demonstrations were also held on Saturday and Sunday in more than a dozen other countries worldwide, including Canada, France, Germany and South Korea, to protest Manningâ„¢s trial in a military court.

The 25-year-old former US Army intelligence analyst was arrested in May 2010 in Iraq for allegedly leaking more than 700,000 military field reports from Iraq and Afghanistan and US diplomatic cables to WikiLeaks.

Manning faces 22 charges, including Å“aiding the enemy.” He could face life in prison, if found guilty on all counts.

To sentence Manning to a life term, however, the US military court will reportedly have to prove that he was associating with the shadowy al-Qaeda terror group and its regional affiliates by directly transferring information to them.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israeli aircraft violate Lebanon airspace

0

Five Israeli aircraft have penetrated the Lebanese airspace and flown over several areas of Lebanon in blatant violation of a UN Security Council resolution.

An Israeli drone entered the airspace over the southern village of al-Naqoura, situated 91 kilometers (57 miles) south of the Lebanese capital, Beirut, at 6:45 a.m. local time (0345 GMT) on Sunday, according to a statement issued by the Lebanese military.

The remote-controlled aircraft carried out surveillance flights over several areas in southern Lebanon, including the towns of Riyaq, Baalbek and Zahleh, before it left Lebanonâ„¢s airspace at 2:40 p.m. local time (1140 GMT) while flying over the town of Alma al-Shaab.

Four Israeli warplanes also crossed into Lebanonâ„¢s airspace over the southern border village of Kfar Kila, located 96 kilometers (59 miles) south of Beirut, at 9:20 a.m. local time (0620 GMT) on Sunday.

The warplanes flew over several areas in Lebanon before leaving the airspace at 11:00 a.m. local time (0800 GMT) while flying over Alma al-Shaab.

The Israeli regime violates Lebanonâ„¢s airspace on an almost daily basis, claiming the flights serve surveillance purposes.

Lebanonâ„¢s government, the Hezbollah resistance movement, and the UN Interim Force in Lebanon, known as UNIFIL, have repeatedly condemned the overflights, saying they are in clear violation of UN Resolution 1701 and the country’s sovereignty.

UN Security Council Resolution 1701, which brokered a ceasefire in the war of aggression Israel launched on Lebanon in 2006, urges the Tel Aviv regime to respect Lebanonâ„¢s sovereignty and territorial integrity.

DB/MP/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

This week in history: June 3-9

0

 

3 June 2013

This Week in History provides brief synopses of important historical events whose anniversaries fall this week.

25 Years Ago | 50 Years Ago | 75 Years Ago | 100 Years Ago

25 years ago: Union Carbide reneges on $192 million in Bhopal relief payments

 On June 3, 1988, the US-based chemical giant Union Carbide announced its refusal to pay $192 million in relief compensation to the victims of the 1984 Bhopal gas leak disaster. The interim payment was ordered by the Supreme Court of India. Union Carbide issued a statement saying, “The needs of the victims will be fully addressed only in the context of a final resolution of all issues.”

Since the Bhopal gas disaster on December 3, 1984, Union Carbide proceeded in callous disregard for the hundreds of thousands of victims of the worst industrial accident in history. More than 40 tons of deadly methyl isocyanate gas and other unknown poisons, used in the manufacture of pesticide, were released from its Bhopal plant. The surrounding area was turned into a virtual gas chamber, exposing at least a half a million people to the toxic gas and claiming an immediate 8,000 fatalities. Some 170,000 residents were treated in hospital and temporary dispensaries.

 Carbide’s refusal to pay the $192 million was part of its corporate strategy to minimize its responsibility for the catastrophe in Bhopal. The “final resolution” that was demanded by the multinational corporation was intended to pressure the Indian government to limit the human casualties while the death toll was still increasing from the cataclysm just three-and-a-half years earlier.

The company statement accused the Indian government of delaying “final resolution of all issues.” Yet Union Carbide, in order to limit both its financial and criminal liability, refused even to release the list of toxic chemicals that were stored at the plant.

A 2002 book, Five past Midnight in Bhopal, written by Dominique Lapierre and Javier Moro, describes the health effects, of the catastrophe:

“Today, Bhopal has 150,000 people chronically affected by the tragedy, which still kills 10 to 15 patients a month. Breathing difficulties, persistent coughs, ulcerations of the cornea, early-age cataracts, anorexia, recurrent fevers, burning of the skin, weakness and depression are still manifesting themselves, not to mention constant outbreaks of cancer and tuberculosis.… Finally, retarded growth has been noted in young people between 14 and 18, who look scarcely 10. Because Carbide never revealed the exact composition of the toxic cloud, to this day medical authorities have been unable to come up with an effective treatment.”

A 1989 out-of-court settlement for $470 million–less than 16 percent of the $3 billion originally demanded by the government of India–was approved by the Indian Supreme Court. When the compensation was finally distributed, victims received on average the pitiful sum of 12,000 rupees–US$500.

[top]

50 years ago: Riots in Iran after Khomeini arrest

Two days of rioting erupted in Iran after the June 5, 1963 arrest of the cleric Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, who had delivered a speech in Qom sharply condemning Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi, the US-backed dictator. The shah declared martial law and issued a shoot-to-kill order. The military and police arrested over 400 people and killed hundreds, perhaps thousands, as they crushed the revolt. Khomeini was released in August, and would soon thereafter be sent into exile, most of which was spent in neighboring Iraq.

The shah had announced in January 1963 a new reform program he dubbed the White Revolution, which included promoting peasant ownership of land by buying off the feudal landlords, along with certain social reforms, including offering women the right to vote and improving education. The Shiite clerics bitterly opposed the program’s implicit challenge to their moral authority and their control over education. In addition, many high-ranking clerics were drawn from the landed feudal order compromised by the shah’s reforms. Finally, Khomeini sought to forestall and disorient working class and peasant opposition to the shah.

This was made possible by the Communist Party of Iran, or Tudeh Party, which in the 1940s and early 1950s had exercised decisive influence in the working class. However, following the Stalinist “two-stage” theory of revolution, it let pass opportunities to challenge for power, creating condition where the US could orchestrate the shah’s return to power through a 1953 CIA coup. By the early 1960s, the Tudeh Party had shifted still further right and was seeking to curry favor with dissidents from within the shah’s own regime.

[top]

75 years ago: Sino-Soviet non-aggression pact made public

A visit to Russia this week in 1938 by Sun Fo, the Chinese president of the National Legislative Yuan, was the occasion for details of the secret Sino-Soviet Non-aggression Pact to publicly emerge. For the first time the Foreign Commissariat in Moscow acknowledged that negotiations between the two Eurasian states had begun during the summer of 1937, after the Japanese invasion of China, and that a provisional agreement had been signed in August of that year.

The London Times reported that the agreement had brought about a great deal of activity on the routes between the Soviet Union and China, especially in Chinese Outer Mongolia. According to the British newspaper it was an open secret that officers of the Red Army were conducting the military training of Chinese “volunteers” in this region. Once trained, the newspaper reported, these soldiers go to the front as members of the Chinese Eighth (Communist) Army.

One of the tasks of this army unit was to organize and conduct extensive guerilla warfare in Japanese-held territory, often behind Japanese positions, in order to disrupt supply lines and create tension amongst the invading army. Sources in Moscow stated that the Chinese Eighth Army boasted some 300,000 men at its disposal, who were organized into some 200 separate fighting units.

The pact demonstrated the double game being played both by Stalin and Chiang Kai-Shek, head of the Kuomintang regime in China. Stalin sought to sustain the Chinese Communist guerrilla forces as a potential lever for Moscow while avoiding direct Soviet military hostilities with Japan, which was allied with Nazi Germany and fascist Italy in the Anti-Comintern Pact, signed in 1936.

Chiang Kai-Shek agreed to the flow of aid and training to the Chinese Communist Party, his political opponents within China, in order to retain Moscow’s support for the Kuomintang regime against Japan. His corrupt regime, rooted in the landlord class and viciously oppressing the peasantry, fought as many battles against the CCP-led guerrilla forces as against the Japanese.

[top]

100 years ago: Mine union officials indicted for seeking higher wages

On June 7, 1913, 20 union officials of the United Mine Workers of America (UMW), including the president John White, were indicted by a federal grand jury in Charleston, West Virginia on charges of violating the Sherman anti-trust law. The anti-labor indictment charged the officials with conspiring with Western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois and Indiana coal operators to raise wages in West Virginia in order to prevent it competing with other states in the Western markets.

The Sherman Antitrust law was enacted in 1890, ostensibly to curb the powers of corporate monopolies like Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Trust by outlawing illegal conspiracies by business entities to restrict competition, such as price-fixing and collusion to divide up markets and production quotas. Using the law against a trade union was both reactionary and legally questionable.

The claim by federal prosecutors was that UMW efforts to organize and raise the wages of miners in West Virginia, then a bastion of violent, anti-union coal operators, constituted a criminal conspiracy. The indictment charged that members and officials of the UMW “unlawfully combined and conspired together with the object and intent of unionizing and making members of said organization the laborers employed in and around the coal mines of the State of West Virginia.”

Those indicted included White, president of the union, and all 19 of its regional and district officials, underscoring that the purpose of the effort–mounted under a Democratic president, Woodrow Wilson–was to effectively outlaw union activity in the West Virginia coalfield, the scene of many bitter struggles over the previous decades.

[top]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Mackinac business conference sets anti-working class agenda for Detroit

0

 

By
Bryan Dyne

3 June 2013

The Detroit Regional Chamber last week hosted the annual Mackinac Policy Conference in northern Michigan. The three-day gathering of the state’s business and political elite outlined a program of attacks on the working class, particularly in Detroit.

The conference–held at the Grand Hotel on Mackinac Island–was an exclusive affair. Registration was $1,700 per head for members of the Detroit Regional Chamber and $2,575 for non-members. Spouses were a mere $600 and $700 respectively. Rates for those staying at the Grand Hotel are between $400-$600 a night. Special events such as the Detroit Regional Chamber’s Political Action Committee reception and the Detroit mayoral forum were $200 a ticket.

Among the dozens of corporate sponsors are the W.K. Kellogg Foundation, Kresge Foundation and DTE Energy. The two keynote speakers were Jeb Bush, a potential Republican presidential candidate in 2016, and Michelle Rhee, founder of StudentsFirst, a lobbying organization dedicated to attacking and privatizing public education.

The list of attendees underscored the bipartisan character of the attack on workers in Detroit, throughout the state and the US. Michigan’s Republican governor Rick Snyder was there as well as Democrats including Detroit Mayor David Bing and state treasurer Andy Dillon. Four Detroit mayoral candidates–Mike Duggan, Benny Napoleon, Lisa Howze and Fred Durhal–all Democrats, competed against each other for the support of big business.

In their remarks Jeb Bush and Michelle Rhee expressed their support for the reactionary school “reform” agenda promoted by the Obama administration and the promotion of so-called Common Core State Standards (CCSS). Under this scheme, all students aged five and older will be constantly tested to see whether they are “college or career ready.” Those who “fail” will be slotted into non-college slots on the way to low-paying jobs. (See: “ What is the Common Core US education initiative? ”)

In her remarks, Rhee demanded that US education standards compete with China. “I’ve heard some recent rumblings from folks who say we don’t like it when the federal government is telling us what to do. We don’t like that. You know what you should not like? The fact that China is kicking our butts right now. Get over feeling bad about the federal government and feel bad that our kids are not competing.”

Bush echoed this sentiment. “These standards, the Common Core standards, are clear and straightforward. They will allow for more innovation in the classroom, less regulation, they’ll equip students to compete with their peers from across the globe.”

Rhee also promoted vouchers for private schools and Michigan’s Education Achievement Authority, both of which are ultimately different ways to channel public education funds into the private sector.

In April, it was revealed that top Snyder administration officials and technology corporate executives were holding secret meetings to plot how to overcome the state constitutional ban on vouchers and “expand online learning opportunities using fewer teachers.” In the process of using online classes to replace teachers, the cost per pupil for education would be $5,000-$2,000 less than the state minimum and half of what the average cost per K-12 pupil is in the state. The difference would go directly to the owners of private charter schools. (See: “Snyder administration plot to privatize Michigan schools exposed”)

Community colleges face a similar attack. The conference agreed that one of the goals of the participants should be to “Convene businesses and community colleges to better link the talent needs of employers with community college program offerings.” At the college level, the only option for classes will be those tailored to direct needs of corporate America.

The conference also paid close attention to the situation in Detroit. It held a debate for the supposed four top candidates for Detroit mayor. The “debate” had the character of an audition. Every member of the audience was a member of the corporate or political establishment, either from Michigan or elsewhere. The candidates each promoted themselves as the one who would best attack the working class after the end of the tenure of the unelected emergency manager. All four candidates–Duggan, Napoleon, Howze and Durhal–pledged to carry out austerity and step up law-and-order repression.

The interests of the vast majority of the population did not warrant any mention. All agree with Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr’s plan to slash the jobs and pensions of city workers, gut essential services and sell off public assets, from Belle Isle city park and the public lighting system, to the artwork of the Detroit Institute of Arts and even the animals at the Detroit Zoo.

The speakers also promoted the Detroit region “as a growing and vibrant IT and entrepreneurial hub.” This is in line with the gentrification plans unfolding in the city, which will only benefit billionaires like Quickens Loan CEO Dan Gilbert.

Coming out of the Mackinac Policy Conference, the ruling elite has codified the direction it wants to take in regards to Detroit, Michigan and nationally. Continuing and ever-growing austerity for the working class is the main agenda.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

‘We Steal Secrets’: State Agitprop

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/we_steal_secrets_state_agitprop_20130602/

Posted on Jun 2, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig